THOMAS LINC OLN
CASEY
LIBRARY
1925
if
TRANSACTIONS
fio TOMOnOGICALT SOCINnVY
LONDON.
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
FOR) ELHE YEAR
1898.
LONDON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,
LONDON AND BUNGAY.
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,
AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.
1898-1899.
DATES OF PUBLICATION IN. PARTS.
Part I, (TRrans., pp. 1-120, Proc., i-vili) was published 20th April, 1898.
ENC, 455 121-208, ,, 1x—xx) 5) 29ths june sers,.
Peiien(nee ne 209-380)8 === ——) » 30th Sept., _,,
papVs.( 3 381-444, 4, Xxi-xxxvl) » 22nd Dec., ,,
Vv. (———_--—- XXXVli-]xxxvili) ,,. 9th Feb., 1899
?
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
FOUNDED, 1833.
INCORPORATED BY RoyaL CHARTER, 1885.
OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1898-99.
President.
ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
Vice-Presidents,
Str GEORGE FRANCIS HAMPSON, Bart., B.A.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
GEORGE HENRY VERRALL.
Treasurer,
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.LS.
Secretaries,
WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.
TDibrarian.
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.ZS.
Council.
WILLIAM BATESON, M.A., F.RB.S.
WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A,, F.Z,S.
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.
THOMAS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D.
Str GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart., B.A.
MARTIN JACOBY.
ALBERT HUGH JONES.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
PHILIP BROOKES MASON, M.R.C.8., F.L.S.
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.
(OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)
ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
JAMES WILLIAM TUTT.
GEORGE HENRY VERRALL.
CHARLES OWEN WATERHOUSE.
Resident Inbrarian.
W. R. HALL.
( vi )
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1833—1898.
The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows
at the following reduced prices :—
PUBLIC. FELLOWS.
First Ser’es, 4 volumes (18384—1849) ......... Price £4 13 0 £310 0
Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861)......... 8 0 0 615 0
Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ......... LL 40; 10 410 0
The Transactions for the year 1868 ............ is 0)
USGO Teese escree 1 2 o|
URS YA) eaaceanecase ib key 0) 2 5 0
iti re 15 0 |
Gy PP aeaamsers sac Ly 2570
IESG Monkeroccnoer 1160
Koy (ee serennesoeen 112 0
UGH 5 asprscneccts 1 2 0 3.0 0
5 1 US(A6y sennnonasqer 112 0
Sipe acco se)
P IES Co imecnaenceose 00 015 O
US TOR eee ee 1 2) 0 O16 6
ASSO ee 019 0 014 3
OSU a eeceseeee 1G 40 i
s SS 2 i ee eres. 110 O 12 6
SSSR 0 10 3
LS SAl es Sea eees L310 LO
ISSO Ae sca ib to) Mt) On9G
SSC Sees asee I 16540 019 6
ISSiteeeeec 1 4 6 019 O
iste te Wecopesosenee 115 0 163
US89 eee ees 116 6 i i ©
SOO Nese 119 0 110 0
LSO 1) eee ee- 116) 0 iO
ute} Py eae Seesoodee 1 We) ib al
US} BY Sraconcoacce 1) 6 019 3
Ket) 2 Sepeoabeeseee LONG eae:
S05 eee ees I ib 9)
SOG: eoceseet c= LLORO if Saal
USS Res noarenece 1 4 0 018 0
SOG Mecen ences LeSeLO ak es
Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.
First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and
Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.
The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :
Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana?.....cccecceeeeees 212 0 £119 0
Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1., A posta-
SROBI eek Soca cvs See eS ee ea 016 0 012 0
Saunders’ ‘British Heterogyna and Fossorial
PTY MENODECT IE pieces cote one nee ame eae ee 0 46 OVSy4
Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’
Daron ecsaeneece nese cea ce se eee ee OMG a0 0 4 6
Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifoliw’ (Prize Essay) (Om ake 9) yak ©)
The JouRNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.
Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are
entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,
and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address.
(vii)
CONTENTS.
PAGE
Explanation of the plates _... es es of = wie Vili
Errata i a aA Vili
List of Gellows.. si mee ee oes Ze ce ie a ix
Additions to the Library oon oD ee “ “ez ia Pe XAT
IV.
XVII.
MEMOIRS.
. On some new or little-known Species of African Butterflies. By
RotanD TrimEn, F.R.S., F.L.S., Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond. oe
. Some Results of recent Experiments in hybridising Tephrosia
bistortata and Tephrosia cr eDisene: By James WILLIAM
Tort, EES. ... 17
. A List of Rumanian Oreo prer meet [Mesecniions of Aimee new
Species. By Matcorm Burr, F.Z.S8. xe oe 43
Notes on American and other Tingitide with Deseriphons of
two new Genera and four Species. By GEORGE CHARLES
CHAMPION, F.Z.S. Bs 55
. A List of the Cicindelide, Cuabide and Staphylinide eolleered =
Mr. J. J. Warker, R. N., F.L.S., in the region of the Straits
of Gibraltar. By Guorer CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. ... .. 65
. Descriptions of new Species of American Rhopalocera. By F.
Du CANE GopmANn, F.R.S., F.L.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A.,
TRIS oe 105
. On some Phytophasons Galecnters (Hamolpide) ier ine felends
of Mauritius and Réunion. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. <p ails}
. On the Frenulum of the Lepidonter: By GrorGeE CHARLES
GRIFFITHS, F.Z.8., F.E.S noe APA
. The Larva of Polonnila, “By ‘the Rev, Wrritan FREDERICK
Jounson, M.A., F.E.S., and Grorce H. Carpenter, B.Sc.,
TDD Be Re a re té Poeloo
. Some emanie on Heterogyna penella By THomAs ALGERNON
CHapMan, M.D., F.E.S. . 141
. Neuroptera- plainer allleiedl in AMzete, by the Rev, A. E.
Eaton. By Ropert McLacuran, F.R.S., Xe. ... . 151
. A Revision of the Genus Evrebia. By ar JOHN coe, F. R. S.,
F.L.S., &c. ao . 169
. A Review of the Genus Bpebia, ihasedie on an ) Hxamination. of ithe
Male Appendages. By THOMAS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D.,
F.E.S. ... 209
. The Moths of the emer iarilles By ‘Ste Gzorer F. HAMPson,
Bart., B.A. eo . 241
: Teeenier! Heterocees fr om Northern Cc hinds ceca, aiid Core ea.
By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &c. ace co CAS
. Further Notes’ on Dyscritina, Wasa By E. Ernest Green,
F.E.S. With an Appendix on the species of Dyscritina reared
by Mr. Green. By Matcotm Burr, F.Z.S., F.E.S. “00 . 38]
The Larva of Eriocephala allionella. By THomas Keenan
CuHapman, M.D., F.E.S. 4 j coe sas os ee
( vill )
PAGE
XVIII. A list of the Clavicorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent. Grenada, and
the Grenadines. By G. C. Carton, F.Z.S. ... =o . 393
XIX. Notes on some Syrphidz collected near Aden by Colonel J. Ww.
Yerbury in February and March, 1895. Bs GEORGE HENRY
VERRALL, F.E.S .. 413
XX. On some Oriental Scolytides of ¢ economic Srerante with
Descriptions of five new a Be Water F. H.
BranpForD, M.A., F.Z.S eg ... 42
XXI. On some new Species of Nees SaaS in ane Roilencon of the
British Museum, with notes on rere forms of Belenots.
By Artuvr G. Butter, Ph.D., F. L.S a . bl
XXII. Considerations on the Genus Tet ee Selys, By
Ropert McLacutan, F.Z.8., Xe. ... 39
Proceedings for 1898 __.... es ee 2c aos ~~ wt i—slii
Annual Meeting ... ore = ee — as ae cee xlili
President’s Address =e ae ee ces oe ou ee xlix
Index x re oe ate = sos oe Ses =: Ixxix
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plate I. See pages 1—i6 Plates V—XVI. See pages 209—239
Plates II & IIL. aa 55—64 Plate XVII. eee 341260
Plate IV. ai 121—132 | Plates NVIII& XIX. ,, 381—390
ERRATA.
TRANSACTIONS.
Page 160, line 7, for 10mm. read 20mm.
— 2 line 22, for Jfacropalpus read Mucropalpus.
a a , 2 PDL.
a: fe ee a 5, group viii, pages 230 and 232 throughout, for epispodea read
Pages 233, 234, and 235 throughout, for magdali read 7
Page 233, line 2 from bottom, for Teche ead) Baia erat
Page 351, line 13, for tenuen read termen.
Page 294, line 17, for description of read description and.
= =i ine 10. for Pétersb., ii, read Pétersb., iii.
age 3 ine 7 from bottom, for Il
ay ew or Ill. Typ. Lep. Het.,ii read Ill. Typ.
Page 3 353, are line 7 insert:
Genus PSEUDOPSYCHE.
Oberth., Diagn. Lep. Askold, p. 7 (1879).
Page 333, lines 20 and 21, for Wa-S =
Page 349, line 8,for (1857) read OS). a ee aea
Page 352, line 16, for p. 22 read 23.
Page 357, line 4, for (1814) read Hso4 ?)
Page 406, line 9, for fasciatus read signatus
Page 442, line i for canulatus read cxrulatus.
a nie PROCEEDINGS.
age 111, line 6 from bottom, for Jsoderma read Jsod.
sodermus.
Page xviii, ee: 13 and 14, for ber sey — bertoloni?; line 17, for
—— read roserii; No. 11 and Nos. 26, 27, and 28 on xix should
included under Muscide. . page
P.
e pace xxi, line 17, for for exhibition read an offer from a collector to
Vist of Fellows
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
Date of HONORARY FELLOWS.
Election.
1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland.
1898 GrassI, Professor Battista, The University, Rome.
1898 Lucas, Hippolyte, Campagne des Vergers, Grange-Canal, Geneva.
1884 OsTEN SACKEN, Baron C. R., Heidelberg.
1884 PackarD, Dr. Alpheus S., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.
1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Tertusse, 2, Geneva.
1895 ScuppER, Samuel Hubbard, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.
1871 Senys-Lonccuames, Baron M. E. de, Liége.
1885 SNELLEN, Pieter Carl T., Rotterdam.
1895 Tuomson, Dr. C. G., The University, Lund, Sweden.
1893 WarrenwyL, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Trautsohngasse,
; 6, Vienna.
1898 Weismann, Dr. August, Freiburg.
FELLOWS.
Marked * is an Original Member.
Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.
Date of
Election.
1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria-
street, S.W.
1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enjield, N.
1885 ADKIN, Robert, Wellfield, Lingards-road, Lewisham, S.E.
1897 AupERSON, Hope, Hilda Vale, Farnborough, R.S.O., Kent.
1886 Atmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn.
1892 Batty, William Edward, Lynwood House, Paul Churchtown, near
Penzance.
1894 Baker, Walter F., Trent House, Gainsborough.
1886 Banxkegs, Eustace R., M.A., The Rectory, Corfe Castle, Wareham.
1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer.
1886
1895
1887
1884
1897
( x )
BarGAGLt, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1,
Florence, Italy.
BarkKER, Cecil W., Rownham, Malvern, Natal, South Africa,
BarKER, H. W., 147, Gordon-road, Peckham, S.E.
BaRreEtT?, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Office, Newington Butts,
S.E., and 39, Linden-grove, Nunhead, S.E.
Batss, F., 417, High-road, Chiswick, W.
1894 + Bateson, William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,
St. Johi’s College, Cambridge.
1896 + Bears, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., Park House, King’s-road,
Richmond, Surrey.
1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, The Red Cottage, Pond-road, Blackheath, 8.E.
1893
1898
1897
1882
1885
1895
1886
1880
1879
1895
1897
1896
1891
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Zoological Gardens, Regent's
Park, N.W.
Bennett, Dr. A. L., Mission Protestante, Libreville, French Congo.
Bennett, W. H., 15, Wellington-place, Hastings.
Berea, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos Aires.
BetHUNE-BAKER, George T., F.L.8., 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.
Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., 2, Lansdown-place, Cheltenham.
Bippie, F. W., M.A., 3, Knole Paddock, Sevenoaks.
BIGNELL, George Carter, Zhe Ferns, Homeparl-road, Saltash.
Biuuurs, T. R., 20, Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham, 8.E.
BrycnaM, Lieut.-Col. C. T., F.Z.S., Bombay Staff Corps, c/o Messrs.
King & Co., 65, Cornhill, E.C.
Brrp, George W., The Manor House, West Wickham, Beckenham.
BisHop, Luke, F.R.G.S., 3, Tokenhouse-buildings, E.C.
Braser, W. H., F.LS., 34, Cromwell-road, West Brighton.
1894 BuackBuRNE-Maze, W. P., Shaw House, Newbury.
1889
1890
1885
1886
1876
1875
1876
1891
1892
1888
BLANDFORD, Walter F. H., M.A., F.Z.S., Secrerary, 48, Wimpole-
street, W.
Buarcu, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham.
Buatuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Eagle House, Batheaston,
Bath.
BroomrieLtp, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory,
Hastings.
Borrz, Alfred Preudhomme de, Villa la Fauvette, Petit Saconnea,
Geneva.
Borrer, Wm., F.G.S., Pakyns Manor House, Hurstpierpoint,
Hassocks, R.S.O., Sussex.
BoscHer, Edward, Bellevue House, Twickenham.
Boorn, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carnforth.
Bouske, Frank, Sandown-road, Knighton, Leicester.
Bower, b.A., Langley, Eltham-road, Lee, S.E.
1894 F Bowxes, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross.
( xi)
1852 + Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, 8.E.
1893 Brapant, Edouard, Chateau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord),
France.
1894 Breyer, Professor H. G., M.D., Gymnasium, Pretoria, Transvaal.
1877 Briaes, Charles Adolphus, 55, Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C. ; and Rock:
House, Lynmouth, Barnstaple.
1870 Briaas, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth, Barnstaple.
1894 Bricut, Percy M., Aston Lodge, Surrey-road, Bournemouth.
1897 BriaHTweEn, Mrs. E., The Grove, Great Stanmore.
1890 Bristowg, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, S.E.
1879 Broneniart, Le Chevalier Dr. Charles, Assistant d’Entomologie au
Musée d’histoire naturelle de Paris, Foreign Corr. Geol. Soc.
Lond., Hon. Mem. Geologists’ Assn. Lond., &¢., 9, Rue Linné,
Paris.
1897 Broun, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.
1897 Brown, F.N., M. RCS, The Elms, Chobham, Woking ; and Natal.
1887 Brown, Ie evita Rowena M.A., 3, Pump-court, Temple, E.C.
1886 Browy, John, 5, King’s parade Cambridge.
1892 Browne, Major Clement Alfred Righy, R.E., Southern Mahratta
Railway, Dharwar, India.
1890 Bryant, George.
1898 + BucHan-Herppury, Sir Archibald, Bart., Smeaton-Hepburn, Preston-
kirk.
' 1883 BucKxton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.S., Weycombe, Haslemere,
S.0., Surrey.
1898 Burcess-Sopp, Erasmus John, Saxholme, Hoylake, S.O., CECE.
1889 Burns, Henry, 34, Byrne-road, Balham, 8.W.
1896 + Burr, Malcolm, F. Z.8., Bellagio, East Grinstead.
1868 + BUTLER, Arthur G., Ph. D., F.LS., F.Z.8., British Museum (Natural
History), Oreo pad: S. W.: and The Lilies, Penge-road,
Beckenham.
1883 Burier, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., 39, A shley-road, Crouch Hill, N
1886 CaLvEeRT, Wm. Bartlett, Liceo de Quillota, Quillota, Chili.
1886 CameErRoN, Peter, Union-road, New Mills, Derbyshire.
1885 CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e., Brynllwydwyn,
Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire.
1860 CanpbbhzE, Léon, 64, Rue de ?Ouest, Liége.
1880 CanspaALE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E.
1889 Cant, A., c/o Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 10, Chandos-
street, Cavendish-square, W.
1890 Capper, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire and
Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near Liverpool.
1886 Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford, Surrey.
1894
1892
1895
1898
1868
1890
1895
(a Va
CaracctoLo, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British
West Indies.
CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, Kiplin, Northallerton.
Carpenter, G. H., B.Se., Museum of Science and Art, Dublin.
CarPENTER, J. H., Shirley, St. James’-road, Sutton, Surrey.
Carrineton, Charles, Carylls, Fay Gate, Horsham.
Carter, George Wm., M.A., F.L.S., Cliff End House, Scarboro’.
Carrer, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., 43, Charing Cross, W.C.; and
Government House, Nassau, Bahamas.
1889 + Cave, Charles J. T., Binstead, Cambridge.
1871
1891
1890
1897
1898
Cuampion, George C., F.Z.S., Liprartan, Heatherside, Horsell,
Woking ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
CHapMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Betula, Reigate.
CHATTERTON. Frederick J. 8., 78, Clissold-road, Stoke Newington, N.
CHAWNER, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants.
CHAWNER, Lawrence C., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants.
1891 + Currry, Arthur J., M.A., 27, Hereford-square, 8.W.
1890
1889
Cuoruey, Mrs. H. 8., Moorville Cottage, Burley-in- Wharfedale,
Leeds.
Curisty, W. M., M.A., F.L.8., Watergate, Emsworth.
1886 + Crark, John Adolphus, 57, Weston Park, Crouch End, N.
1867
1886
1891
1874
1873
1892
1886
1867
1895
1888
1890
CiarRKk, Alex. Henry, 109, Warwick-road, Earls Court, 8.W.
CLARKE, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., 13, Kew
Gardens-road, Kew, S.W.
CLARKE, Henry Shortridge, 2, Osborne-terrace, Douglas, Isle of
Man.
Cock1z, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9, Bolton-gardens, 8.W.
Cote, William, F.L.S, 7, Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.
Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.8., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., Loomis, Placer
Co., California.
CoweEtL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),
William Brown-street, Liverpool.
Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o Mrs, Eve, 125, Harley-street, W.
CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester.
CrEGOE, J. P., Fredinick, Mayow-road, Sydenham, 8.E.
Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.
1880 ¢ Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P., Treasurer L.S., 17, Zhrogmorton-
1888
1895
1883
1873
1887
avenue, K.C., and Friar Park, Henley-on-Thames.
Croker, A. J., 90, Albert-road, Walthamstow,
Crompton, Sidney, Salamanca, Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, Canary Islands.
Crow ey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Waddon House, Croydon.
Daty, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.
Daurry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley Vicarage,
Newcastle, Staffordshire.
1886
1898
1885
1886
1875
1887
1898
“1895
1896
1891
1885
1873
1886
1845
1898
1884
1867
1894
1883
1890
1865
1886
1884
1886
1878
1886
1890
1861
1886
( xiii)
Dawnnatt, Walter, Jvy Dene, Westcombe Park, Blackheath, S.E.
Day, G. O., Parr’s Bank-house, Knutsford.
Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.S., 20, Thurloe-square, S.W.
Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Professor of
Divinity in the University of Glasgow, G'lasgove.
Distant, Wm. Lucas, 4, Westbourne-terrace, Lower Addiscombe,
Croydon.
Dixey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow and Bursar of
Wadham College, Wadham College, Oxford.
Dixon, G. B., St. Peter’s-road, Leicester.
Dosson, H. T., Ivy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden, S.O., Surrey.
Do.By-TYLER, Charles H., F.R.G.S., Corresponding Member of the
Italian Anthropological Society, British Vice-Consul, Panama.
DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S.,'73, West Cromirell-road,
S.W., and Durandesthorpe, Chiddingfold, Godalming.
Donovan, Captain Charles, M.D., R.A.M.C., Mangalore, South
Canara, India.
Doria, Marchese Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.
DormeER, The Right Honble. Lord, Cox’s Hotel, Jermyn-street, S.W.
Doueuias, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 158, Lewisham-road,
Lewisham, 8.E.
Downine, John W., 45, Trevelyan-road, Tooting Graveney, S.W.
Druce, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s
Wood, N.W.
Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.8., 48, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood,
N.W.
Dupvekon, G. C., Fagoo Tea Estate, Sailihat P.O., via Julpiguri,
India.
Durrant, John Hartley, The Cottage, Merton Hall, Thetford.
Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming.
Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., Woodlands, Seaton, Aawminster.
Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.
Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Aidbrook-lodge, Blackheath, S.E.
Exuis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.
Ewes, Henry John, J.P., F.RS. F.LS., F.Z.S., Colesborne,
Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.
Enock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park-road, Holloway, N.
Farn, Alfred Brydges, Mount Nod, Greenhithe, Kent; and Medical
Department, Local Government Board, Whitehall, S.W.
FEnn, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E,
Fenwick, Nicolas Percival, The Gables, New-road, Esher.
1881
1889
1898
1878
1874
1886
1865
1898
(xivae 8)
Frrepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.
Fernawp, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.
Fiier, F. E., 58, Southwark Bridge-road, 8.E.
Finzi, John A., 53, Hamilton-terrace, N.W.
Fircu, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon.
Frrou, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park, N.
Frercuer, J. E., 3, Bedwardine-road, St. Johns, Worcester.
Fiercuer, T. B., R.N., H.M.S. “Centurion,” China Station.
1883 + Fuercuer, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing.
1892
1885
1898
1880
1883
1896
1888
1891
1855
1889
1884
1898
1887
1887
1892
1890
Fireurraux, Edmond, 6, Avenue Suzanne, Nogent-sur- Marne, France.
Foxker, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands,
Fountatne, Miss Margaret, 7, Lansdowne-place, Bath.
Fow.er, The Rey. Canon, M.A., F.L.8., The School House, Lincoln.
FREEMAN, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock.
FREKE, Percy Evans, Step House, Borris, R.S.0., Co. Carlow.
FreMLIN, H. Stuart, M.R.CS8., L.R.C.P., Mereworth, Maidstone.
Frouawk, F. W., 34, Widmore-road, Bromley, Kent.
Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood Park,
Norwood, S8.E.
Fryer, Charles John, 410, Wandsworth-road, 8.W.
Funiter, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,
Sydenham, 8.E.
FuLuER, Claude, Department of Agriculture, Cape Town.
GanHan, Charles Joseph, M.A., British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell-road, S.W.; and 16, Ashchurch-grove, Shepherd’s
Bush, W.
Gatton, Francis, M.A., D.C.L., Se.D., F.R.S., F.G.8., 42, Rutland
Gate, S.W.
GarDE, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. “ Waterwitch,” Australian
Station.
GARDNER, John, 6, Friars-gate, Hartlepool.
1865 | GopMAN, Frederick Du Cane, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., South Lodge,
1890
Lower Beeding, Horsham,Sussex ; 7, Carlos-place, Grosvenor-square ;
and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
Gotptuwalt, Oliver C., The Gables, 29, South Norwood-hill, 8.E}
1886 + GoopricH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Lennox Lodge, Malvern
1898
1898
Link, Malvern.
Gorpon, J. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill, R.S.O., Wigtownshire.
Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill, R.S.O., Wigtown-
shire.
Gornam, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.8., The Chestnuts, Shirley
Warren, Southampton.
Goss, Herbert, F.L.S., F.G.S., The Avenue, Surbiton-hill, Kingston-
on- Thames.
( xv )
1886 Green, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.
1891 GREEN, E. Ernest, Kton Estate, Punduluoya, Ceylon.
1894 GREEN, Joseph F., F.Z.8., West Lodge, Blackheath, S.E.
1865 GREENE, The Rev. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton, Bristol.
1898 GREENSHIELDS, Alexander, 38, Blenheim-gardens, Willesden, N.W.
1893 | GREENWOOD, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Sandhill Lodge, Fordingbridge,
Hants.
1888 GriFritHs, G. C., F.Z.S., 43, Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol,
1894 GrimsHaw, Percy H., Natural History Departmeut, Edinburgh
Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh.
1897 HacueE, Henry, 83, Leyland-road, Southport.
1890 + Hatt, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield.
1885 Hawt, Thomas William, Stanhope, The Crescent, Croydon.
1898 Hamuyn-Harris, R., Villa Rominger, Tiibingen, Germany ; and 1,
Francis Grove, Wimbledon, S.W.
1891 Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., VicE-PRESIDENT, 62,
Stanhope-gardens, S.W.
1891 Hanpury, Frederick J., F.L.S., Stainforth House, Upper Clapton,
N.E.
1877 HarpinG, George, 9, Bellevue, Clifton, Bristol.
1897 + Harrison, Albert, F.C.S., 72, Windsor-road, Forest Gate, E.
1889 Harrison, John, 7, Gawber-road, Barnsley.
1892 Heapty, Charles Burnard, Two Elms, Alexandra-road, Stoneygate,
Leicester.
1889 Henn, Arnold Umfreville, Perth, West Australia,
1881 HeEnry, George, 38, Wellington-square, Hastings.
1898 Heron, Francis A., B.A., British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell-road, S.W.
1888 Hiaes, Martin Stanger, F.C.S., F.G.S., Sheba G.M. Co., Eureka
City, Transvaal.
1891 Hut, Henry A., 2, Addison Mansions, Kensington, W.
1876 | Hintman, Thomas Stanton, Eastgate-street, Lewes.
1896 Hockine, The Rev. John, M.A., Copdock Rectory, Ipswich.
1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., 5, Hurle-road, Clifton,
Bristol.
1887 Houuanp, The Rev. W. J.. D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,
Penn., U.S.A.-
1898 Hotman-Hunt, C. B., Meddecombra, Watagoda, Ceylon.
1897 Horne, Arthur, Ugie Bank, Aberdeen.
1876 | Horniman, Fredk. John, M.P., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e., Surrey Mount,
Forest Hill, S.E.
1865 ¢ Hupp, A. E., Clinton, Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.
1888 Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New Zealand.
1897
1893
1891
1886
1892
1869
1898
1886
1886
1889
1888
1894
(geesva/.))
ImaGE, Selwyn, M.A., 6, Southampton-street, W.C.
Irpy, Lieutenant-Colonel Leonard Howard Loyd, F.LS., F.ZS.,
14, Cornwall-terrace, Regent's Park, N.W.
IsABELL, The Rev. John, 65, Waddon Old-road, Croydon.
Jacosy, Martin, 7, HWemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.
Jarrrey, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8, Queen’s-ride, Barnes, S.W.
Janson, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N. ; and 44,
Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.
Janson, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.
Jenner, James Herbert Augustus, Eastgate-house, Lewes.
Joun, Evan, Llantrisant, Pontyclun, R.S.O., Glamorganshire.
Jounson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass;
Co. Armagh.
Jongs, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham.
Jones, Frederic Whitworth, Cleef, Vryburg, British Bechuanaland,
Africa.
894 + Jorpan, Dr. K., The Museum, Tring.
1884
1884
Kang, W. F. de Vismes, M.A.. M.R.LA., Drumleaske House,
Monaghan.
KappeL, A. W., F.L.S., Hilden, 18, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W.
1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.
1896 + Kaye, William James, Worcester Court, Worcester Park, Surrey.
1884
1894
1890
1898
1889
1861
18938
1889
Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.S., 26, Charles-street, St. James’s, S.W.
KEEBLE, Henry.
Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
KerrsHaw,J.A., Morton Banks, Lewisham-road, Windsor, Melbourne,
Victoria.
Kine, J. J. F. X., 207, Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.
Kirpy, William F., F.L.S., Hilden, 18, Sutton Court-road, Chis-
wick, W.
KIRKALDY, George Willis, St. Abbs, Worple-road, Wimbledon,
S.W.
KLaPALEK, Professor Franz, Trebon, Wittingau, Bohemia.
1887 + Kier, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.AS., Hatherlow, Raglan-road,
1876
1895
1868
1895
Reigate.
Kraatz, Dr. G., 28, Link-strasse, Berlin.
Krantz, Paul, Box 413, Pretoria, Transvaal, South Africa.
Lane, Colonel A.M., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford.
Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming.
1887 + LercH, John Henry, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &., ford
1883
Manor, Lewes.
LeMann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.
@ xvi 5)
1892 Lustre, J. H., 58, Foxbourne-road, Upper Tooting, S.W.
1898. LetHpripcr, Ambrose G., Glynde Place, Lewes.
1898 Lewis, E. T., 4, Hlwick-road, Ashford,
1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., St. Regulus, Archer’s-road, Southampton.
1892. Licutroor, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.
1886 Liverr, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.
1865 } LLEWELYN, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.L.S.
Penllergare, Swansea.
1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor.
1885 + Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road, Balham, S.W.
1894 Lowe, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen's Vicarage, Guernsey.
1850 Lower, W. H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road, Wimbledon
Park, S.W.
1893 Lower, Oswald B., Bleak House, Park Side, Adelaide, South
Australia.
1850 + Lussock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L., F.R.S.,
F.LS., F.G.S., ete., High Elms, Farnborough, Kent.
1898 Lucas, W. J., B.A., 4, Minerva-road, Kingston-on- Thames.
1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-road, Headingley, Leeds,
1887 M‘Dovucatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, S.E.
1851 ¢ M‘IntosH, J.
1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India.
1858 McLacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vick-PrEsIDENT and
TREASURER, Westview, 23, Clarendon-road, Lewisham, S.E.
i898 Mapopison, T., South Bailey, Durham.
1887 MANpeErs, Captain Neville, R.A.M.C., Colombo, Ceylon.
1892 ManssripGE, William, 9, The Green, Stratford, E,; Colgate,
Horsham ; and Nieuwehaven, 132, Rotterdam.
, 1894 | MarsHaLt, Alick, Auchinraith, Bexley, S.O., Kent:
1895 MarsuHat., G. A. K., The Master's Office, Salisbury, Mashonaland,
South Africa.
1896 MarsHatt, P., M.A., B.Sc., F.G.S., Grammar School, Auckland, New
Zealand,
1865 MarsHatu, The Rey. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Tavera, Corsica.
1856 | MarsHatt, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, S.O., Kent.
1897 Martineau, Alfred H., Solihull, Birmingham.
1874 + Mason, Philip Brookes, M.R.C.S., F.L.S., Trent House, Burton-on-
Trent.
1895 Massey, Herbert, Zvy-Lea, Burnage, Withington, Manchester.
1865 Maruew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lee House
Dovercourt, Harwich.
1887 Marruews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, Plymouth.
1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson's Green-lane,
Fulham, S.W.
b
(acyl)
1872 + Metpoua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.C.S., 6, Brunswick-square,
W.C.
1885 Metviun, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Brook House, Prestwich,
Manchester.
1887 MeRRIFIELD, Frederic, SECRETARY, 24, Vernon-terrace, Brighton.
1888 Meryer-Darcis, G., c/o Sogin and Meyer, Wohlen, Switzerland.
1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Elmswood, Marlborough.
1894 Matt, Professor Louis Compton, F.R.S., Crag Foot, Ben Rhydding,
Leeds.
1883 Mites, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.
1896 Moserty, J. C., M.A., 9, Rockstone-place, Southampton.
1879 Mownvetro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar,
LInsbon.
1853 Moors, Frederic, D.Sc., A.L.S., F.Z.S., 17, Maple-road, Penge, S.E.
1886 Morean, A. C. F., F.LS., 24, Leinster-square, W.
1889 + Morice, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,
Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking.
1895 + Mortey, Claude, 34, Berners-street, Ipswich.
1893 Morron, Kenneth J., 13, Blackford-road, Edinburgh.
1882 Mosuey, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.
1898 Moustey, W. H., Orchard House, Mundesley, North Walsham.
1869 + Mtuuer, Albert, F.R.G.S.
1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Col. H., 43, Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-road, S.W.
1896 NeEsHan, Robert, Utrecht House, Queen’s-road, Clapham Park, S.W.
1889 Nevinson, Basil George, M.A. F.ZS., 3, Tedworth-square,
Chelsea, S.W.
1887 Newman, The Rey. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple Barton
Oxon.
1890 Newsreap, R., The Museum, Chester.
1882 Nuicévinxe, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Indian Museum ; and 13,
Kyd-street, Culcutta.
1895 NicHonson, Charles, 202, Evering-road, Clapton, N.E.
1886 NicHonson, William E., School Hill, Lewes.
1893 Nonrriep, A. F., Rakonitz, Bohemia.
1897 Norris, Albert, Church-lane, Napier, New Zealand.
1886 Norris, Herbert E., 15, Market-place, Cirencester.
1878 Norrie, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.
1895 Nurse, Captain C. G., F.R.G.S., Indian Staff Corps, 5, St. Mary’s-
square, Bury St. Edmunds.
5
1869 OpeErRTHiiR, Charles, Rennes (Ille et Vilaine), France.
1877 OpertHiR, René, Rennes (Ille et Vilaine), France.
1893 F OLE, Bertram S§., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire.
1883 OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 21, Longridge-road,
Earls Court, S.W.
1893
1873
1878
1895
1898
1893
1897
1897
1883
1879
1887
1897
1891
1885
(Exe)
OxtverR, John Baxter, 12, Avenue-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.
Outvier, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (A llier), France.
OrMEROD, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Torrington House, St. Albans.
Pace, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine’s Park, S.E.
Pauuser, H. G., 6, Mount Park-road, Ealing, W.
PauncKe, Wilhelm, 4, Marienstrasse, Freiburg im Breisgau, Ger-
many.
Perrs, C. R., M.A., Harrow Weald, S.0., Middlesex.
PEGLER, Stephen, Retford.
Piirincury, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town, South Africa,
Perkins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under-Edge.
Puriiips, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter's Hill,
Woolwich, S.E.
Puixures, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., 83, Shirland-gardens, Paddington, W.
Pierce, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.
Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476, Amsterdam.
1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.8., Crosland Hall, Huddersjfield.
1884 + Poutton, Professor Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.8.,
1851
‘1878
1893
1898
Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford, Wykeham
House, Banbury-road, Oxford.
Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Vhurcaston
Rectory, Leicester.
Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham.
Prout, Louis Beethoven, 246, Richmond-road, Dalston, N.E.
Quart, Ambrose, Palmerston North, New Zealand.
1882 + RamspEN, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., 26, Upper Bedford-place,
1874
1893
1891
1898
1890
1898
1886
1891
1894
1853
1889
1892
Russell-square, W.C,
Rerep, Edwyn C., C.M.Z.8., Rancagua, Chili.
Rerp, Captain Savile G., late R.E., Zhe Klms, Yalding, Maidstone.
Reip, William, Pitcaple, R.S.O., Aberdeenshire.
Rewton, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland.
RENDLESHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall, Wood-
bridge.
Reuter, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland.
Ruopes, John, 360, Blackburn-road, Accrington.
RicHarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Monte Video, Weymouth.
Ripine, William Steer, B.A., M.D., Buchkerell Lodge, Honiton.
Ripon, The Most Noble the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS.,
etc., 9, Chelsea Embankment, S.W.
Rosrnson, Arthur, B.A., 1, Mitre Court Buildings, Temple, E.C.
Roprnson, Sydney C., Goldsmith's Hall, E.C,
ae)
1869 + Roprnson-Dovenas, William Douglas, M.A, F.LS., F.R.GS.,
Orchardton, Castle Douglas.
1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool.
1886 Rosx, Arthur J., Sharrow House, Hatherley Crescent, Sidcup.
1868 Roruney, George Alexander James, 8, Versailles-road, Anerley, S.E.
1894 RoruscHiLp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, F.Z.S., 148, Piccadilly,
W.; and Tring Park, Tring.
1888 + RoruscHILp, The Honble. Walter, D.Sc., M.P., F.Z.S., 148, Picca-
dilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring.
1890 Rovutteper, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.
1898 Russet, A., The Limes, Southend, Catford, 8.E.
1892 Russet, S. G. C., 19, Lombard Street, B.C.
1894 Ryn, Bertram George, 212, Upper Richmond-road, Putney, S.W.
1894 Rynanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.8., F.G.S., Highfields, Thelwall,
Warrington.
1886 Satwny, Reginald E., Sungate, Hook-road, Kingston-on-Thames.
1865 | SaunpeErs, Edward, F.L.S., St. Ann’s, Mount Hermon, Woking.
1861 + SaunpERS, G.8., 20, Dents-road, Wandsworth Common, S.W.
1886 Saunpers, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada,
1881 Sconuick, A. J., Boldrewood, Ditton Hill, Surbiton, Kingston-on-
Thames.
1864 Semper, George, c/o Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10, Newgate-street, E.C.
1862 SHarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., Hawthorndene,
Hills-road, Cambridge ; and University Museum of Zoology and
Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.
1883 SHaw, A. Eland, M.R.C.S., Fakenham.
1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.S., 10, Thurloe-square,
S.W.
1887 Src, Alfred, Brentwood, 65, Barrowgate-road, Chiswick, W.
1887 Srpewicr, Arthur, M.A., Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford,
64, Woodstock-road, Oxford.
1869 Smrru, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 5, Bryanston-square, Hyde Park, W.
1895 Smira, W. W., Ashburton, Canterbury, New Zealand.
1885 Sourn, Richard, 100, Ritherdon-road, Upper Tooting, S.W.
1897 SparKeE, E.G. J., B.A., 1, Christchurch-Villas, Tooting Bec-road, S.W.
* + Spence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.
1889 SranpeEn, Richard S., F.L.S., Thorpe-hall, near Colchester.
1898 Srares, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Infirmary, Wandsworth,
S.W.
1890 Srearns, A. E., 99, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde Park, W.
1897 Sreppine, E. P., Indian Forest Service, c/o King, Hamilton and
Co., Calcutta.
1898 SrEpsinc, Henry, The Shawe, Jarvis Brook, Tunbridge Wells.
1862
1837
1889
1896
1895
1882
1884
1894
1876
1893
1892
1886
1892
1897
1893
(3609)
STEVENS, John S., 4, Pope’s Grove, Twickenham.
StevEeNS, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah-hill, Upper Norwood,
S.E.
StRATON, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Salisbury.
STRICKLAND, A. Gerald, 28, Elm Park-gardens, 8.W.
Strupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.
Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.
SwinHor, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Avenue House,
Oxford.
Swinuog, Ernest, Avenue House, Oxford.
Swinton, A. H., c/o General Callender, Clovernooke, Redbridge,
Southampton.
Taytor, Charles B., Rae-street, Rae Town, Kingston, Jamaica.
Taytor, The Rev. George W., F.R.S. (Canada), St. Alban’s Rectory,
Nanaimo, British Columbia.
THEosaLp, F. V., M.A., Lecturer in Economic Entomology and
Zoology to the South Eastern Agricultural College, Wye Court,
near Ashford, Kent.
THORNLEY, the Rev. A., M.A., South Leverton Vicarage, Lincoln.
Tomutn, B., The Green, Llandaff.
TownsEND, Professor C. H. Tyler, Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.
18597 Trimen, Roland, F.R.S., F.L.S., Presipent, c/o The Entomo-
1895
1897
1898
1893
1894
1886
1893
1866
1897
1889
1895
1897
1876
logical Society of London, 11, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
Tuna.ey, Henry, 30, Fauirmont-road, Brixton Hill, S.W.
Tounstautt, Wilmot, Brook House, Meltham, Huddersfield,
Turner, Dr. A. J.. Wickham-terrace, Brisbane, Queensland.
TurNneR, Henry Jerome, 13, Drakefell-road, St. Catharine's Park,
Hatcham, 8.E.
TuRNER, Thomas, Cullompton.
Torr, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath, S.E.
Urnicu, Frederick William, Caparo Valley Railway, Trinidad
British West Indies.
VERRALL, George Henry, VICE-PRESIDENT, Sussex Lodge, New-
market.
Vicg, William A., M.B., Belvoir-street, Leicester.
Vivian, H. W., M.A., Glenafon, Taibach, Port Talbot.
WaAcHER, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.
WAINWRIGHT, Colbran J., 2, Handsworth Wood-road, Handsworth
Birmingham.
WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.
(pextiy 9)
1870 Watker, The Rey. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.8., Dun Mallard,
Cricklewood, N.W.
1878 WatkeEr, James J., R.N., F.L.S., 23, Ranelugh-road, Marine Town,
Sheerness.
1863 t Watuace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon. F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S.,
Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset,
1866 + WALSINGHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.LS.,
F.Z.S., High Steward of the University of Cambridge, Merton
Hall, Thetford, Norfolk ; and 66a, Eaton-square, S.W.
1886 WarreEN, Wm., M.A., 80, Frithville-gardens, Shepherd’s Bush, W.
1869 WarerHousE, Charles O., /ngleside, Avenue-gardens, Actcn, W. ;
and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.
1893 Webs, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, S.E.
1876 f WestERN, E. Young, 36, Lancaster Gute, Hyde Park, W.
1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,
Norwich.
1865 Wuitr, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., 16, Churchfield-road, Ealing, W.
1884 Wuuire, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park, Sheffield.
1896 WiLEMAN, A. E., c/o H.B.M.’s Consul, Kobe, Japan.
1894 Winxson, Edwin, Post Office-terrace, Cambridge.
1894 Wo.tey-Dop, F. H., Box 225, Calgary, Alberta, N.W.T., Canada.
1831 Woop, The Rev. Theodore, 157, Trinity-road, Upper Tooting, S.W.
1894 Wootr, Michael Yeatman, 4, St. John’s Wood Park, N.W.
1897 Wricut, Dudley D’A., F.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 55, Queen Anne-street, W.
1891 WrovueurTon, R. C., Conservator of Forests, Indian Forest Service,
Bombay, India ; and c/o Army and Navy Co-operative Society,
Ltd., 105, Victoria-street, S.W.
1888 YerBury, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., Army and Navy
Club, Pall Mall, 8.W.
1892 Youpate, William Henry, F.R.M.S., 29, Market Place, Cockermouth.
(xxi)
ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
DuRING sath YEAR 1898.
[ELeclusive of Works bequeathed by the late Mrs. H. T. Starnton and
those presented by Mr. W. F. H. BLANDFORD.*]
Bere (C.). Descriptiones Hydrometridarum novarum Reipublice Argentine.
Observations sur ? A’glea levis (Latr.) Leach.
Variation de régime.
Substitucion de nombres genéricos.
{[Com. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Tomo 1, 1898. ] The Author.
BeERLEsE (Ant.). Fenomeni che accompagnano la fecondazione in taluni
insetti.
[Riv. Patol. Veg., Anno VI., 1898}. The Author.
Branprorp (W. F. H.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (O.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana. ]
BioomFiEtD (E. N.). The Natural History of Hastings and St. Leonards
and the vicinity. Third supplementary list. 12mo, St.
Leonards, 1898. The Author.
BruNNER Vv. WATTENWYL. Orthopteren des Malayischen Archipels, gesam-
melt von Prof. Dr. W. Kiikenthal in den Jahren 1893 und 1894.
[Abh. Senckenb, Ges., Bd. XXIV, Heft 2,1898.] The Author.
Burr (Malcolm). British Orthoptera. 8vo, Huddersfield, 1897.
The Author.
CaMBRIDGE (O. P.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sarvriy (O.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana ].
CAMERON (P.). Hymenoptera Orientalia, or Contributions to a Knowledge of
the Hymenoptera of the Oriental Zoological Region.
[Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. aud Philos. Soc., 1898. ]
The Author.
* Notr. Owing to the very large number of additions received from these
two sources during 1898, the Council of the Society have decided to publish
at as early a date as practicable, a supplementary Catalogue of the Library,
to include all additions made thereto since the publication of the Catalogue
in 1893. In view of this decision it has been thought desirable to limit the
present list to works derived from other sources, the receipt of which from
the senders is not separately acknowledged.
(CBeeaky
Cuampron (G. C.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satviy (0O.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana. ]
Cuarmoy (D. d’Emmerez de). Les Insectes invisibles au Manguier a Vile
Maurice.
[Revue Agricole, 1898. ] The Author.
CockERELL (T. D. A.). Preliminary Notes on the Codling Moth.
[New Mexico Coll. Agric. Bull., No. 25, 1898. ]
Biological Netes on some Coleoptera from New Mexico.
(Journ. N. York Ent. Soc., Vol. V., 1897. ]
The Development of Mantis.
[Am. Naturalist, Vol. XXXIT., 1898. ] The Author.
Cook (W. F.). A Revision of Tropical African Diplopoda of the family
Strongylosomatidee.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1898.] The Author.
CoaqurtterT (D. W.). Report on a Collection of Japanese Diptera.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXT., 1898.] The Author.
Dapay (Dr. Eugen von). Mikroskopische Susswasserthiere aus Ceylon.
Budapest, 1898. The Author.
Datta Torre (C. G. de). Catalogus Hymenopterorum hucusque descrip-
torum systematicus et synonymicus. Vol. IV., Braconide.
8vo, Lipsiz, 1898. Purchased.
Dimmocxk (G.). Notes on Parasitic Hymenoptera, with descriptions of some
new species,
[Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. IV., 1897. ] The Author.
Druce (Herbert). Descriptions of some new species of Heterocera.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. I., 1898. ]
Descriptions of some new species of Syntomidee, chiefly in the Oxford
Museum.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. I., 1898.] The Author.
[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satyin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
Dyar (H. G.) and Surry (J. B.). Contributions towards a Monograph of
the Lepidopterous family Noctuidz of Boreal America.
The Authors.
Eiwes (H. J.) and Nickvitrg (L. de). <A list of the Butterflies of Bali,
Lombok, Sambawa, and Sumba.
[Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vol. LXVI., 1897.] H. J. Elwes.
Ericuson (W.F.). Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands. Coleoptera.
Band V, Halfte 1, lief. 5. By G. Seidlitz (1898).
>) 15)
” 9s 9 ue one ” ”
Purchased.
Everts (J. E.). Coleoptera Neerlandica. Deel I. 8vo, ’sGravenhage, 1898.
The Author.
Fert (E. P.). Elm-leaf Beetle in New York State.
[Bull. N. Y. State Mus., Vol. V., 1898. ] The Author.
Freser (F. X.). Rhynchotographieen.
[Abh. Konigl. Bohm. Ges. der Wissenschaften, V. Folge, 7 Band.
1851. ] G. W. Kirkaldy.
@ xxv)
Finn (F.). Contributions to the theory of warning colours and mimicry,
Nos. I—IV.
(Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vols. LXV.—LXVII., 1895—1897. ]
The Author.
FowLer (W. W.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satyin (0.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana. |
GILLErTE (C. P.). American Leaf-hoppers of the subfamily Typhlocybine.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1898. ] The Author.
GopMaNn (F. D.) and Satvry (O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Arancidea
by O. P. Cambridge. J/nsecta by W. F. H. Blandford, G. C.
Champion, H. Druce, W. W. Fowler, H. S. Gorham, A. Pictet,
H. de Saussure, and F. M. van der Wulp. Parts CXL.—CXLYV.
GorHam (H. 8.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0O.). Biologia
Centrali-A mericana. |
GrimsHaw (P. H.). Nottinghamshire Diptera: a preliminary list.
[Naturalist, 1898. ] The Author.
Grote (A. Radcliffe). Specializations of the Lepidopterous Wing, the Pieri-
nymphalidz.
[Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. XXXVII., 1898. ] The Author.
Hanpiirscu (Ant.). Monographie der Phymatiden.
[Ann. K.-K. Hofmus. Wien, Bd. XII., Hft. 2, 1897.]
The Author.
Horvatu (G.). Fauna Regni Hungariz. Hemiptera. 8vo, Budapest, 1897.
The Author.
Howarp (L. O.). On some new Parasitic Insects of the subfamily Encyr-
tinge
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXI., 1898.]
[See U.S. Department of Agriculture, division of Entomology. |
U.S. Dept. Agriculture.
JANET (C.). Etudes sur les Fourmis, les Guépes et les Abeilles, 14e Note.
8vo, Limoges, 1897.
= 15¢ Note.
[Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1897.] The Author.
Jounson (W.G.). Report on the San José scale in Maryland, and remedies
for its suppression and control.
[Maryland Agric. Expt. Stn. Bull. No. 57, 1898.] The Author.
Kirpy (W. F.). Marvels of Ant Life. 8vo, London, 1898. The Author.
Kirkatpy (G. W.). Description d’une espéce nouvelle de Notonectidee
(Hémiptéres) de la collection du Muséum histoire naturelle de
Paris. :
(Bull. Mus d’Hist. Nat., No. 3, 1898.] The Author.
Konow (F. W.). Ueber wenig bekannte oder bisher zweifelhalfte sowie
einige neue palaarktische Tenthrediniden.
[Entom. Nachr., X XII., 1896. ] G. W. Kirkaldy.
Lron (N.). Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Mundteile der Hemipteren.
[Inaug.-Dissert. der Philos. Fak. zu Jena, 1887. ]
G. W. Kirkaldy.
Gebocae ®
Linnt [Lixnzvus] (Carl von). Systema Nature per regna tria naturz,
secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum characteribus
differentiis, synonyimis, locis.
Tom. I., editio decima. 1758, cura Societatis Zoologicze Germanicz
iterum edita, A. MDCCCXCIV. 8vo, Lipsiz, 1894.
Purchased.
Linect (M. L.). New species of Coleoptera of the family Chrysomelide,
with a short review of the tribe Chlamydini.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1897.]
Coleopterous Insects of the Galapagos Islands.
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXI., 1898.] The Author.
Lintner (J. A.). Twelfth Report on the injurious and other Insects of the
State of New York for the year 1896. 8vo, Albany, N. Y., 1897.
The Author.
Lowk (V.H.). Plant Lice: Descriptions, Enemies and Treatment.
LN. Y. Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 189, 1897.]
Cottonwood Leaf Beetle. Green Arsenite.
[N. Y. Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 143, 1898.] The Author.
Mackinnon (P. W.) and Nicf&virre (L. de). List of the Butterflies of
Mussoorie in the Western Himalayas and neighbouring regions.
(Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. XI., 1897, 1898. ]
The Authors.
McLacuian (R.). Odonata collected by the Rev. A. E. Eaton in Algeria,
with annotations.
[Ent. Monthly Mag.,2 Ser., Vol. VIII., 1897.]
Some new Species of Trichoptera belonging to the European Fauna,
with notes on others.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. IX., 1898.] The Author,
Marcuat (Paul.). La dissociation de ’ceuf en un grand nombre d’individus
distincts et le cycle évolutif chez VEncyrtus fuscicollis
(Hyménoptére).
[C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1898. ] The Author.
Marrarr (C. L.). [See U. 8S. Department Agriculture, division of Ento-
mology. }
Meiers (J.C. H. de). [See Wuxp (F. M. van der).]
Morvey (Claude). The New Forest in May.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VI., 1895.]
A Day in Kirby’s Country.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VIII., 1897.]
A list of the Hymenoptera-Aculeata of the Ipswich District.
(Entomologist, 1898. ] The Author.
Nic&vILLE (L. de.). [See Ewes (H. T.) and Mackinnon (P.W.)]
OrmerRoD (Eleanor A.). Handbook of Insects injurious to Orchard and
Bush Fruits, with means of prevention and remedy. S8vo,
London, 1898. The Author.
PackarD (A. §.). Text Book of Entomology, including the Anatomy,
Physiology, Embryology and Metamorphoses of Insects. 8vo,
New York, 1898.
A Half Century of Evolution.
[Proc. Am. Assn. Adv. Sci., Vol. XLVII., 1898.] The Author.
(7 xvi)
PeRINGUEY (L.) Descriptions of some new or little-known South African
Mutillide.
Catalogue of the South African Hispinze (Coleoptera).
[Ann. 8. African Mus., Vol. I., 1898.] The Author.
Pictrr (A.). [See ,Gopman (F. D.) and Savin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
Pinrers (M. C.). Die Farbenevolution (Phylogenie der Farben) bei den
Pieriden.
(Tijd. Ned. Dierk. Ver. (2), 1898.] ~The Author.
RevurTer (Enzio). Berattelse Ofver skadeinsekters upptradande i Finlandar,
1897.
[Landt. Meddelanden, No. XXIITI., 1898. ]
On a New Classification of the Rhopalocera,
[Ent. Rec. and Journ. Var., Vol. X., 1898. ] The Author.
Reuter (O. M.). Hémiptéres Gymnocérates d’Europe, du bassin de la
Mediterranée et de Asie Russe. Tomes I.—III., 1878—18838.
[Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicee, Tomus XIII., 1584. ] Purchased.
Rogerson (C.). New or little-known North American Bees.
[Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis., Vol. VIII., No. 3, 1898.]
The Academy.
SaussurRE (H. de). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sarvin (O.). Biologia
Centrali-Americana. ]
Scuauruss (C.). Beitrag zur Kaferfauna Madagascars.
[Entom. Nachr., X VI., 1890. ] The Author.
Scupper (S. H.). Revision of the Orthopteran Group Welanopli (Acridiile)
with special reference to North-American Forms.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX., 1897. ]
The Alpine Orthoptera of North America,
[Appalachia, Vol. VIII., No. 4, Boston. 1898. ]
The Orthopteran Group Scudderix.]
[Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. XX XTIT., 1897. ]
The Author.
Sripritz (Georg). [See Ericuson, Insecten Deutschlands, Coleoptera. |
SyempER (Georg). Die Schmetterlinge der Philippinischen Inseln. Beitrag
zar Indo-Malayischen Lepidopterenfanna. Band 2. Die
Nachtfalter-Heterocera. Lfg. 2. 4to, Wiesbaden, 1898.
The Author.
Sirrine (F. A.). A Spraying Mixture for Cauliflower and Cabbage Worms.
[N. York Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 144, 1898. ]
The Author.
Smit (J. B.). [See Dyar (H. G.).]
THEOBALD (F. V.). Notes on Injurious Insects.
[Journ. 8. E. Agric. Coll., No. 6, 1897.]
The San José Scale, and its probable introduction into England.
8vo, Ashford, 1898. The Author.
Turr (J. W.). Some considerations on the Nature and Origin of Species.
(Trans. City of Lond. Ent. Soc., 1897. The Author.
(xxvii)
UnireD Statrs DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION OF ENTOMOLOGY),
BuLieETINs (New Series), 1897—98.
No. 10. Some miscellaneous results of the work of the Division of
Entomology. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 11. The Gipsy Moth in America. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 12. The San José Scale in 1896—97. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 18. Recent Laws against Injurious Insects in North America,
together with the Laws relative to Foul Brood. (L. O. Howard.)
No. 14. The Periodical Cicada. (L. O. Howard.)
U.S. Dept. Agriculture.
Van Dvzee (E. P.). Preliminary Review of the North American Delphacide.
[Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., Vol. V., 1897.] The Author.
VOLLENHOVEN (Dr. 8. C. Snellen van). Sepp’s Nederlandsche Insecten.
2nd Serie. II., Nos. 45—48. 4to, 1894—97. Purchased.
WarRrEN (W.). New Geometridz in the Tring Museum.
New Species of Drepanulidz, Uraniidze, Epiplemidze, and Geome-
tride from the Papuan Region, collected by Mr. Albert S.
Meek.
New Indian Epiplemide and Geometride.
New Species of Drepanulidee, Thyrididz, Uraniide, Epiplemide, and
Geometride in the Tring Museum.
[Nov. Zool., Vol. III., 1896. ]
New Genera and Species of Moths from the Old-World Regions, in
the ‘Tring Museum, Pts. I. and IT.
New Genera and Species of Drepanulide, Thyrididze, Epiplemide,
Uraniidae, and Geometride in the Tring Museum.
New Genera and Species of Thyridide, Epiplemidz and Geometride,
from South and Central America and the West Indies, in the
Tring Museum.
[Nov. Zool., Vol. IV., 1897. ] The Author.
Wart (George). Pests and Blights of the Tea Plant. S8vo, Calcutta, 1898.
The Author.
WEED (Clarence M.). Studies in Pond Life, &c.
[Bull. Ohio Agric. Expt. Stn., Techn. Ser., Vol. I., 1889. ]
G, W. Kirkaldy.
Wore (Ff. M. van der) and Mriere (J.C. H. de). Nieuwe Naamlijst van
Nederlandsche Diptera. S8vo, ’s Gravenhage, 1898.
The Authors.
[See Gopman (F. D.), and Sarvyin (O.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
(— sent 4)
Periodicals and Publications of Societies.
AFRICA.
Cargt Town. South African Philosophical Society. Transactions, Vol. IX.,
The Society
South African Museum. Annals. Vol. I., Pt. 1.
Trustees S, Afr. Mus.
AMERICA (NORTH).
CANADA.
HaciFax. Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Proceedings and Transactions.
Viol EXG. Eta: The Institute.
Lonpon, OnTARIO. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXX., 1898.
By Exchange.
Monrrear. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions.
Ser. 2, Vol. IIT., 1897. The Soctety.
UNITED STATES.
Burrato. Soc. Nat. Sci. Bull. Vol. V. The Society.
CampripGE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,
Annual Report, 1896—97. The Curator.
New York. N.Y. Entomological Society. Journal, 1898. Purchased.
PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings,
1898. By Exchange.
Entomological News, 1898. Proceedings of the Entomological Section.
Vol. IX. By Exchange.
American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1898. :
By Exchange.
WasHInGTon. Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1898. Purchased.
U.S. National Museum. Proceedings, Vol. XIX. The Museum.
WEST INDIES.
Jamaica. Institute of Jamaica. Journal, Vol. II., No. 5.
The Institute.
AMERICA (SOUTH).
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.
Buenos Arres. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin.
Tomo XV. By Exchange.
( Sexe }}
ASIA.
INDIA.
Bompay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XI., Nos. 3, 4.
By Exchange.
AUSTRALASIA.
ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Proceedings
and Reports. Vol. XXII., Pt.1. - By Exchange.
BRISBANE. Queensland Museum. Annals. The Museum.
Sypney. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1898.
Agric. Dept.
Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 1898.
By Exchange.
NEW ZEALAND.
We uneton. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and. Proceedings.
Vol. XXX., 1897. The Institute.
HUROPE.
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY.
Buparest. Rovartani Lapok. 1897. The Publishers.
Termés zetrajzi Fuzetek, kiadja a Magyar nemzeti Mizeum. Vols.
VII.—XX. 1882—1897. By Exchange.
Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.
Verhandlungen. Band XLVIII., 1898. By Exchange.
Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1898. By Purchase.
BELGIUM.
BrussEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales, 1898.
By Exchange.
DENMARK.
CopENHAGEN. Entomologiske Meddelelser. Bd. VI. By Purchase.
FRANCE.
Carn. Société Francaise d’Entomologie. Revue. Tome XVII. 1898.
By Purchase,
Soc. Linnéenne de Normandie. Bulletin. 1896.
By Exchange.
CHaTEAUROUX. Le Frélon, 1898. By Purchase.
Lyon. Soc. Linnéenne de Lyon. Annales. 1896. By Exchange.
Paris. L’Abeille, 1898. By Purchase.
Soc. Entom. de France. Ann. et Bulletin. 1896.
By Exchange.
(@ xxx)
GERMANY.
BERLIN. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische
Zeitschrift. 1898, Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange.
Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift. 1898. Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange.
Drespen. ‘‘Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Bd. XI.,
Hefte 1, 2. By Exchange.
Franxrort. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht.
Abhandlungen, Bd. XXI., Heft1. Bd. XXIII., Heft 4. Bd. XXIV.,
Heft 1. By Exchange.
Stertry. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LIX.,
Hefte 1—6. By Exchange.
Wirspavren. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbicher. Jahrg. LI.
By Exchange.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
Buckuurst Hitt. Essex Naturalist. Vol. X. 1897—98.
The Essex Field Club,
Dusuin. Roy. Dublin Society. Transactions and Proceedings.
: By Exchange,
LrEeps. Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. Transactions. Pt. 21.
The Yorks. Nat. Union.
Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1898.
By Purchase.
Athenewun. The Publishers.
City of London Entomological and Natural History Society.
Transactions for 1897. The Society.
Entomologist (The). 1898. R. South.
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, 1898. The Editors.
Linnean Society of London. Transactions, Vol. VII., Pt. 4.
Journal, Nos. 169—172. By Exchange.
Nature. 1898. The Publishers.
Nature Notes. 1898. The Publishers.
Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1898. The Club.
Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 3rd Ser., Vol. IX.
The Society.
Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1898. By Exchange.
Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 882—404. By Exchange.
Year Book. 1896—97, 1897—98. By Exchange.
Philos. Trans. Ser. B., Nos. 187—189.
By Exchange.
South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings,
1897. : The Society.
Year Book of Se.cntific Societies. 1898. By Purchase.
Zoological Record for 1897. By Purchase.
Zoological Socisty. Proceedings, 1898. Transactions, Vol. XIV.,
Test BOs Te to 2 Wa Teta Ihe By Exchange.
Zoologist (The). 1898. The Publisher.
Wve (Kent). Journal 8.E. Agricultural College. Nos. 6 and 7. 1898.
F.V. Theobald.
(Go pxcxextie 9)
HOLLAND.
Tue Hacur. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1898. Nos. 1, 2.
By Exchange.
IMMA De
FLorENcE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino, XXTX. Pt. 4. 1898.
By Exchange.
Genoa. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Annali. Ser. 2.
Viol XVALI. By Exchange.
RUSSIA
Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1897
and 1898, Pt. 1. By Exchange.
Sr. Pererspurc. Societas Entomologice Rossice. Hore. Tome XXXI°
1897. By Exchange.
Académie Impériale des Sciences. Annuaire du Musée Zoologique,
1898, No. 1. FF. D. Godman.
SWITZERLAND.
Gwyxerva. Sociétéde Physique et V’Histoire Naturelle. Mém. Tome XXXIIL.,
2e Partie. By Exchange.
Soc. Ent. Suisse. Bulletin, Vol. X. Heft2. By Exchange.
SCHAFFHAUSEN. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. | Mitthei-
lungen, Heft 2. 1898. By Exchange.
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For THE YEAR 1898.
I. On some new or little-known Species of African Butter-
jlies. By RotanD TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.LS., Pres. Ent.
Soc. Lond.
[Read November 8rd, 1897.]
PuatE I.
THE butterflies here described are the following, vid. :—
ACREINA.
Acrexa hypoleuca, sp. 0.
LYCHNID&.
Lycena gigantea, sp. n
Desmolycena (g. n.) mazoensis, sp. n.
Aphnexus erikssoni, Trim., g.
Lolaus alienus, sp. n.
Durbania pallida, sp. n.
Mimacrea marshalli, sp. n.
HESPERIIDZ.
Pyrgus delagox, sp. n.
The Lyczenide are all natives of Mashunaland, and have
been sent to me by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall. The actual
locality of the Acrxa is not known; the unique ~ example
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTI. (APRIL.) 1
2 Mr. R. Trimen on
is in the Hope Department of the Oxford University
Museum, and was kindly lent by Prof. Poulton for des-
cription. The Pyrgus was taken by the Rev. H. Junod
at Delagoa Bay, and is in his collection at Neuchatel.
One of the Lycznidx presents characters in combina-
tion that amount to generic value, and I propose for it
anew genus, Desmolycwna. Two others, Lycwna gigantea
and Mimacrea marshalli, exhibit mimetic relations with
the protected group Acreine, but the former to a less
extent than the latter.
Fam. NYMPHALIDA.
Subfam. ACRAINA.
Genus ACRHEA.
Acrxa hypoleuca, sp. n. (Pl. I, fig. 1).
¢. Exp.al., 2in. 2lin. Fulvous-ochreous, each wing with the
following black markings, vid.:—two disco-cellular spots (one being
terminal) ; an irregular discal series of seven spots; and a hind-
marginal border containing pale spots ; cilia white, narrowly inter-
rupted with fuscous at extremities of nervules. Forewing: costa
narrowly edged with black ; spot in cell subreniform, just beyond
origin of Ist median nervule ; terminal cellular spot attenuated
superiorly ; below median nervure a small slender oblique spot ; in
discal series, the first three spots are united and form, with the
smaller separate fourth spot, a narrow rather oblique subapical bar
between costa and 3rd median nervule,—the fifth is round, nearer
base, between 2nd and 8rd median nervules,—the sixth, also rounded,
is between 2nd and 1st median nervules, immediately below terminal
disco-cellular spot,—and the seventh is reniform, below 1st median
nervule and not far from posterior angle; hindmarginal border
rather narrow, enclosing eight rather large (but inferiorly diminish-
ing) almost contiguous spots of the ground-colour, so that these are
outwardly bounded only by a linear black edging of even tenuity,
but inwardly by much wider black, which is a little diffuse, and,
while of even width near costa, becomes unequal and strongly
dentated inwardly between nervules below 2nd radial. Hindwing :
a very narrow blackish suffusion at base; spot in cell oblique,
narrow, just above origin of 1st median nervule ; spot at extremity
of cell very small; in discal series, the spots are smaller than in
New or little-known African Butterflies. 3
forewing, the 4th being smallest and farthest from base, and the Ist
and 6th nearest to base ; hindmarginal border of even and moderate
width (its inner edge very slightly irregular), enclosing seven small
but rather conspicuous rounded white spots, of which the last, at
anal angle, is geminate. UNDERSIDE.—Hindwing and broad apical
bar of forewing white ; disco-cellular and discal spots as on upper-
side. Forewing: in discoidal cell an additional small sub-basal
black spot, preceded by a black dot ; black on inner side of hind-
marginal border thin and diffuse, and partly effaced by radiation of
the apical white along the nervules as far as 2nd median. Hind-
wing : on costa at base a fulvous-ochreous spot; bases of nervures
clouded with black ; the following additional black spots, vid. :—a
small one on costa very near base ; a large, elongate, sub-basal one
between costal and subcostal nervures; a similar large elongate
one between median and submedian nervures ; and two small spots
below submedian nervure ; on the right side only, there is a very
small spot near base in discoidal cell ; an eighth spot in discal series,
below submedian nervure ; white spots in hindmarginal black border
very much larger than on upperside, and outwardly bounded by a
merely linear black edging.
Palpi ochre-yellow ; abdomen pale dull creamy-ochreous, clouded.
with blackish in its basal part.
From its nearest ally, A. chilo, Godm., ~, this remark-
able species differs in its (1), much reduced black mark-
ings throughout—especially, on the upperside, the sub-
basal disco-cellular spot in the forewing, and the basal
clouding in the hindwing; (2), small white and rounded
spots—as in A. violarum, Boisd—in the hindmarginal
black border of the hindwing on the upperside, instead of
large dull-reddish crescentic ones; (3), more ochreous
eround-colour of upperside, in tint like that of A. anacreon,
Trim. ; and (4), much purer white of hindwing and apex
of forewing on underside. Another curious feature in
this Acrva is that, although clearly belonging to the zetes
and acara group and a close ally of A. chilo and A. bar-
beri, Trim., yet the hindmargin of the forewings is not
incurved about the median nervules as in that group,
but is even and almost straight, as in A. violarwm and
A. nohara, Boisd.
The only example known to me is in the Oxford Uni-
versity Museum, where Prof. Poulton most kindly brought
it to my notice; it bears a ticket “Coll. Watson, 1871,”
but unfortunately no record of locality. It is unquestion-
4, Mr. R. Trimen on
ably African, and I think not unlikely to prove a native
of some dry and elevated part of the S. W. tropical area.
The pure-white underside of the hindwings and apices of
the forewings is very striking and peculiar, and must
make the butterfly highly conspicuous in repose; and in
life there can be little doubt that the rufous of the entire
upperside and of the forewings on the underside was of a
much brighter and livelier tint than is now seen in the
specimen—red colouring in the Acrwx invariably fading
greatly after death.
Fam. LYCANIDA.
Lycena gigantea, sp. n. (Pl. I, figs. 2, $; 3, 2).
Exp. al.($)2in. 1lin. ; (9) 2in.25lin. Allied to LZ. leucon, Mab.,
but much larger.
¢. Rather dull pale lilacine-blue, with a pinkish tinge; the
conspicuous spotting of the underside showing faintly through
the wings; a rather strongly-marked black hindmarginal edging
streak ; cilia blackish, faintly tipped with whitish and mixed with
whitish at posterior angle of forewing, and between 2nd median
nervule and anal angle of hindwing. Forewing: an almost linear
terminal disco-cellular black striola, which looks diffused on both
sides owing to the large broad corresponding marking on the under-
side showing through. Hindwing: between Ist and 2nd median
nervules a hindmarginal small blackish spot, scaled with bluish-
white, and bounded internally by a very faint stain of orange; a
similar but much smaller and fainter hindmarginal spot immediately
above submedian nervure; at extremity of Ist median nervule a
short rather thick black tail. UNpbErRsipE.—Dull-white, with con-
picuous black spots ; costal border of both forewing and hindwing,
and neuration generally, ochre-yellowish, and a tinge of the same
tint over hindwing generally. Forewing: terminal disco-cellular
spot much the largest on the entire underside, very broad, reniform ;
discal series irregular, consisting of 8 spots—of which the 1st (on
costa), the 7th, and the 8th (geminate, below Ist median nervule),
are much smaller than the rest, and in a line with the round 2nd and
5th spots—the round 3rd and the much larger and obliquely-elon-
gated 4th are beyond the rest,—and the ovate 6th (between Ist and
2nd median nervules) is before the rest; a well-marked submarginal
black streak, interrupted regularly on each nervule, from costa to sub-
median nervure; hindmargin edged with a sharply-defined thin
black line. Hindwing: a sub-basal series of three round spots—of
New or little-known African Butterflies. 5
which the largest is between costal and subcostal nervures, a smaller
one in discoidal cell, and the smallest on inner margin ; terminal
disco-cellular marking elongate, curved, but little more than a third
of the width of the corresponding marking in forewing ; eight spots
in irregular discal series decreasing in size from costa to inner
margin,—the 1st, 6th, and 8th before, and the 3rd and 4th beyond,
the remaining three ; submarginal black streak situated as in fore-
wing, but lunulate, and with much wider interruptions on nervules,
—its 6th lunule faint orange-yellow, instead of black ; hindmarginal
black spot just beyond this. orange-yellow lunule and smaller black
spot at anal angle, thickly scaled with bluish-silvery ; a few black
scales between the two spots ; hindmarginal black edging linear.
Q. Pale-greyish, inclining to whitish on discs ; both wings, ex-
cept along costal and hindmarginal borders, shot with pale-blue,—
the former strongly, the latter slightly. Forewing : terminal disco-
cellular marking very large and broad, as on underside, but not so
sharply defined ; a submarginal ill-defined dusky stripe, succeeded
by some very indistinct, sublunulate whitish marks. Hindwing: a
submarginal ill-defined lunulate dusky stripe, immediately succeeded
by a series of tolerably distinct whitish lunules, of which the three
lower ones at their extremities unite with a white streak imme-
diately preceding the black hindmarginal edging streak ; blue-scaled
black spot between 1st and 2nd median nervules considerably larger
than in ¢, and the preceding orange lunule better defined. Under-
side asin g.
A very worn female of this species in the British Museum,
from Lake Nyanza, has been associated erroneously by
Mr. A. G. Butler with the female of his Castalius hypoleucus
(Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893, pp. 660—61), from Lake
Nyassa.* The Nyanza female in question still retains part
of the tail on the hindwing—an appendage wholly absent
in L. perpulchra (hypoleuca).
The nearest ally of Z. gigantea is L. lewcon, Mab., a
native of Madagascar, which is, however, very much
smaller, the male being barely 1 in. 3 lin. in expanse of
wings, and on the upperside of a pure sky-blue, with
paler discs, and a well-defined narrow black hindmarginal
* As the Rev. Dr. Holland has pointed out (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
XVill, p. 239, 1895), C. hypoleucus is identical with his Lycxna per-
pulchra described in the ‘ Entomologist’ for September, 1892, as well
as with my own Lycena exclusa (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 47,
pl. vi, fig. 11, ¢).
6 Mr. R. Trimen on
border in the forewing, as well as sublunulate linear dark
marks in the hindwing. On the underside the two species
in the main agree; but in. the forewing, LZ. gigantea has
actually and relatively much larger terminal disco-cellular
and discal spots, and a much stronger and more continu-
ous submarginal black streak, but it wants the succeeding
marginal series of black spots found in L. lewcon ; while in
the hindwing the spots are all relatively smaller, and (as
in the forewing) there are no hindmarginal spots except
the blue-scaled ones below 2nd median nervule,—the tail
being shorter and not white-tipped.
L. gigantea is not so nearly allied to either LZ. perpulchra
or L. mashuna, Trim., which are similarly characterised by
the heavy black spotting of the underside * but have no
tail on the hindwing. The extraordinary size of the
terminal disco-cellular spot, and the great elongation of
the fourth spot of the discal series, in the forewing, and
the black subterminal streak in both wings are features
of the underside which at once distinguish L. gigantea.
The lilacine-blue tint of the male on the upperside brings
it nearer to LZ. mashuna, but the dull-white ground of the
underside resembles that of L. perpulchra. ‘The very
much greater size is also of importance, L. gigantea being
the largest Lycwna known to me, while LZ. perpulchra does
not exceed 1 in. 9 lin. (2?) and LZ. mashuna 1 in. 8 lin. (2 )
in expanse of wings.
Five specimens of this exceedingly fine Lycwna were
taken by Mr. Marshall, a male in the Mazoe Valley on the
16th October, 1894, and three other males with a female at
Gadzima, Umfuli Valley, Mashunaland, on 18th December,
1895. The first-named male was flying through fairly thick
bush in which there were few or no flowers, and settled
on the ground among some dead leaves.
* There is some ground for believing that this great and unusual
development of the black spots on the underside is in imitation of
certain Acrexe, especially in the case of LZ. mashuna, in which the
ground-colour is ochre-yellow. Mr. Marshall wrote to me that on
20th October, 1894, he saw two of this Lycena sleeping on the end
of a stem of dry grass among a number of Acrexa nohara and A.
caldarena, and was struck with the general similarity of their under-
side to that of the Acree; he also noticed that in the attitude of
repose the forewings of the Lycwna were well depressed between
the hindwings, giving the insect the elongate outline of an Acra.
New or little-known African Butterflies. i
DESMOLYCANA, gen. n.
Allied to the genera Lycexnesthes, Hypolycena, and Zeritis.
d Head small: eyes smooth ; palpi long, porrect, not rising more
than half-way to vertex, the second joint decidedly long, flattened
laterally, and inferiorly densely clothed with elongate erect scales,
and the terminal joint very short, slender, cylindrical, rather blunt,
clothed with closely-appressed scales ; antennz long (almost three-
fifths as long as costa of forewing), rather slender, but with very
well-developed, elongate, cylindrical, blunt club. Thorax rather
slender. Forewings rather elongate, with somewhat acute apex ;
hindmargin incurved a little above posterior angle, costa and inner
margin nearly straight ; costal nervure ending about middle of costa ;
subcostal nervure 4-branched—the 1st nervule originating a long
way and the 2nd a moderate distance before extremity of discoidal
cell,—the 3rd (very short) originating considerably nearer to apex
than to extremity of cell, and the 4th running to apex itself; upper
radial united to subcostal nervure a little beyond extremity of cell,
lower radial originating rather nearer to subcostal than to median
nervure. Hindwings slightly lobate at anal angle, and bearing a
rather long moderately-slender tail at extremity of submedian
nervure :; costa beyond basal prominence very slightly curved ; costal
nervure extending to apex ; subcostal nervules originating a little
before extremity of discoidal cell. Legs rather short, moderately
stout ; tarsi of first pair rather long, with inferior bristles well
developed.
Type: Desmolycena mazoensis, sp. 0.
I am unable satisfactorily to assign the Lycznide above
characterised to any recognised genus, and therefore pro-
pose a new one for it, although hesitating to do so in the
absence of any specimen of the female. In neuration this
butterfly is in agreement with the genus Lycwnesthes, but
is of far more slender structure throughout: it has porrect
palpi with short and blunt (instead of long and acuminate)
terminal joint; longer antennze with cylindrical and blunt
(instead of flattened and acuminate) club; a single longish
sublinear tail on the hindwings instead of 3 slender
pencils of short hairs; and an underside pattern and
colouring altogether different from that of Lycwnesthes.
From Hypolycena the new form differs markedly in palpi,
8 Mr. R. Trimen on
neuration (especially in having one more subcostal nervule
in the forewings), outline of wings, and Zeritis-like under-
side; but agreement between the two genera is found in
the antennez, the slender structure, and the colouring of
the upperside. The relation to Zeritis is shown towards
the rather aberrant section of that genus which wants the
usual fifth branch of the subcostal nervure in the fore-
wings, and includes Z. chrysantas, Trim., and Z. leroma
(Waller.) ; and it is the last-named species to the colour-
ing of whose underside that of D. mazoensis exhibits so
much resemblance.
Desmolycxna mazoensis, sp. n. (Pl. I, fig. 4).
6 Exp.al. Udlin.—lin. Greyish-brown, strongly shot throughout
with bright violaceous; hindmargins with a linear fuscous edging ;
cilia white ; on submedian nervure of hindwing a linear black tail,
reddish at base and conspicuously white at tip. UNnbErstpE.—Pale
brownish-grey, with numerous silvery and black spots ; a hindmarginal
linear black edging emitting a short acute projection on each ner-
vule ; in each wing the following silvery spots, vid.: a linear
transverse terminal disco-cellular mark, finely dark-edged on both
sides ; some sub-basal and cellular spots; a highly irregular discal
series of eight ; and a regular submarginal series : all these silvery
spots slender and many sublinear, most of them edged in parts with
some black scales, and each (except the terminal disco-cellular ones,
two in discoidal cell of forewing, and one close to anal angle of fore-
wing, and one close to anal angle of hindwing) succeeded by a
completely separate black spot of corresponding size. Forewing: A
short silvery streak along lower edge of costal nervure near base,
some silvery scales near costal margin, and three spots in discoidal
cell towards the extremity ; the exceedingly irregular discal series of
spots is preceded by a subcostal row of three, placed longitudinally
between 1st subcostal and upper radial nervules, the outermost of
these making the uppermost of the discal series of six; the black
spots accompanying these discal ones increasing in size downward to
below Ist median nervule ; below median nervure and its Ist nervule
a sub-basal black spot followed by a premedian one. Hindwing :
some silvery basal scales, succeeded by a partly indistinct series of
five very small silvery and blackish spots running straight from costa
to inner-margin—the 3rd spot being in discoidal cell ; a sub-basal
series of three elongate silvery marks, with accompanying separate
black marks, between costal and submedian nervures—the middle
New or little-known African Butterflies. 9
pair being in cell towards extremity ; in discal series of spots the
first, seventh, and eighth are largest and most elongate, while the
fifth (in fork of second and third median nervules) is minute ; 8
silvery marks in submarginal series, of which the last is elongate and
extends from submedian nervure to inner-margin ; between the 7th
mark and a silvery hindmarginal spot is an orange-yellow mark, and
at anal angle a large round black spot.
Described from four examples, which vary somewhat
in the size and distinctness of the black spots of the
underside.
On the upperside this butterfly looks very like an
ordinary Lycwnesthes or Hypolycena, but the underside
pattern and markings are quite unlike anything in those
genera, and come near to those found in Aphnaus pseudo-
zeritis, Trim., while their colouring resembles that of the
more brightly marked examples of “Zeritis leroma (Wallgr.).
The singular association of an entirely separate black spot
with nearly every silvery spot is altogether peculiar, and
at first sight renders it difficult to gain a clear idea of the
actual pattern.
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall wrote that he had taken eleven
males, but no female, of this curious little species in the
Mazoe River district of Mashunaland during the last ten
days of October, 1894; he notes it as abundant about the
same “machabel” trees at the top of a kopje that were
frequented by Aphnxus erikssoni and its congeners.
Genus APHNZUS,
Aphneus erikssoni, Trim. (Pl. I, fig. 5, $).
2. Aphnexus erikssoni, Trim., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1891, p. 86, n. 65; pl. ix, fig. 15.
3d Exp. al. 1 in. 6$-74 lin. Ground-colour brighter and deeper
in tint than that of the 2, more ferruginous, and bounded hind-
marginally by an ill-defined narrow fuscous border ; forewing with
the discal yellow-ochreous spots redder in tint and better defined,
and with a small irregular basi-inner-marginal patch of bright
metallic blue. Forewing: a narrow fuscous cloud along costal
margin ; terminal disco-cellular spot narrow, vertical ; 5 discal spots
rounded, distinct, ringed with dark scales; blue patch from base
10 Mr. R. Trimen on
lying mainly between median nervure and inner-margin but en-
croaching on discoidal cell at base, extending superiorly not much
beyond origin of Ist median nervule, but inferiorly along inner-
margin to beyond middle, where it ends abruptly and truncately ;
in discoidal cell, at about its middle, a metallic-blue spot, variable
in size and distinctness. Hindwing : a moderately-wide basal fuscous
space, with a faint gloss of blue which extends over lower part of
discoidal cell and along 1st median nervule ; inner-marginal fold
dull pale-yellowish, densely clothed with grey hair, which becomes
whitish just before anal angle ; on disc beyond middle on each side
of radial nervule, a small yellowish fuscous-ringed spot, marked with
some blue scales. Cilia white, with rather wide brownish interrup-
tions at ends of nervules, UNDERSIDE.—<As in 9, but of a deeper
more rufous tint throughout ; the spots better defined (especially the
hindmarginal spots in the forewing), and those in the hindwing
decidedly larger. Forewing : inner-marginal area dull-whitish, with
a subnacreous gloss which is brighter near base.
As pointed out (loc. cit.) in my remarks on the female
type of this species, A. erzkssoni appears a much isolated
member of the genus as far as colouring goes, though
structurally belonging to the group of orcas, Drury, and
hutchinsonii, Trim. The single example on which I
founded the species was taken in 8. W. Africa (at Ehanda,
in South Ambuella) by Mr. A. W. Eriksson in September,
1887. The six males now described were captured by
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall at Gadzima, Umfuli River, Mashuna-
land, on the Ist, 6th, 17th, and 20th September, 1895.
Four other examples of the male were taken previously on
25th October, 1894, in the Mazoe district to the north of
Salisbury, and two of them were sent to me by Mr.
Marshall, but these were not in fit condition for descrip-
tion. The Mazoe specimens are noted as flying with other
Lyczenidze round “machabel” trees at the summit of a
kopje.
Genus IOLAUS.
Tolaus alienus, sp. n. (Pl. I, fig. 6, f).
d Exp. al.1 in. 4—6 lin. Glossy pale-hlue ; with a greyish-fuscous
border, which is exceedingly broad in apical area of forewing. Fore-
wing : blue from base occupying area between subcostal nervure and
inner-margin, extending throughout discoidal cell (except at ex-
New or little-known African Butterflies. ie
tremity where it is bounded by a very ill-defined black mark), to
beyond middle over basal parts of median nervules and on submedian
nervure, but narrowing to about middle on inner-marginal edge ; a
dull-grey costal border from base to extremity of cell. Hindwing :
some blue scaling at base and along median nervure ; bluezarea
extending from about middle to hindmargin, and from above 2nd
subcostal nervule to submedian nervure, but with a narrow fuscous
hindmarginal edging which becomes black and linear towards anal
angle ; a good-sized black spot on hindmargin between Ist and 2nd
median nervules, and a similar spot on anal-angular lobe ;_basi-
costal sexual glossy patch very large but not sharply defined, its
lower portion occupying discoidal cell ; tails on Ist median nervule
and submedian nervure black, tipped and inwardly edged with white
—the former short and almost linear, the latter more than twice as
long and rather wide (especially at base) ; a rather dense fringe of
whitish hair along inner-margin beyond middle. Cilia fuscous
generally, but white on inferior part of hindwing. UNDERSIDE.— White,
with two subcostal dark-brown spots in forewing, and one in hindwing ;
a common interrupted sublunulate brown submarginal line, and
a narrow pale-brown hindmarginal border. Forewing : larger dark-
brown spot subreniform, at extremity of discoidal cell; smaller one
about midway between this and apex but close to costa, more ovate ;
below this spot faint fragments of a linear brown discal streak to
below 2nd median nervule ; inner-marginal sexual tuft of bristles black.
Hindwing : dark-brown spot between costal nervure and Ist sub-
costal nervule large, oblong, conspicuous ; below it a very much
smaller contiguous spot is the commencement of a_ transverse,
irregular, interrupted discal brown line, which terminates in a black
W close to inner margin; two black hindmarginal spots strongly
marked and sprinkled with a few bluish-silvery scales ; lunule of
submarginal streak immediately before superior black spot orange-
yellow.
I do not know any Lolaus to which this species is nearly
allied. Like Z. stdus, Trim., and J. mimosx, Trim., the
subcostal nervure of the forewing has four branches ; but
the apical part of the forewing is remarkably prolonged,
occasioning a corresponding incurve of the hindmarginal
outline between 2nd and Ist median nervules, and: the
anal-angular part of the hindwing is also much produced
and exceptionally acute at the extremity of the submedian
nervure. ‘Ihe underside markings are very peculiar, owing
to the expansion into a conspicuous spot in both wings of
the commencement of the discal streak, while the rest
12 Mr. R. Trimen on
of the streak is very feebly marked in the hindwing, and
all but wanting in the forewing; besides which the
terminal disco-cellular mark of the forewing is strikingly
enlarged.
I have seen only the two males here described, which
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall informs me were taken by himself
at Gadzima, Umfuli River, Mashunaland, on 13th Sep-
tember, 1895. They were found at the summit of an
isolated kopje, in company with Jolaus trimeni, Wallgr..
which they resembled in flight and habits.
Genus DURBANIA.
Durbania pallida, sp. n. (Pl. I, figs. 7, $; 8, 2).
Exp. al. (¢) 113 lin. (2) 1 in. 13 lin. ¢ Pale ochre-yellow ;
forewing with dull-brownish costal marking and apical border ; cilia
in both wings brownish, with dark-brown interruptions at extremities
of nervules. Forewing: apical border narrow, sprinkled with
ochre-yellow scales, and extending only from costa just before 3rd
subcostal nervule to hindmargin a little below lower radial ; trans-
verse costal marking rather beyond middle, narrow, ill-defined
inwardly, extending from costa to lower radial; before middle,
indications of some faint brownish markings along costa. Hindwing :
unmarked, except by the dark-brown interruptions of the cilia,
which are more conspicuous than in forewing. UNpDERsIDE.—Hind-
wing and markings of forewing dull pale-grey, varied with indis-
tinct dull-reddish spots. Forewing: discoidal cell from base to
extremity tinged with ochreous-orange, but inner-marginal area
widely pale-yellowish ; a narrow costal grey border from base,
interrupted by three almost equidistant small square spots of the
ground-colour ; costal marking prolonged as far as third median
nervule ; apical border prolonged throughout hindmargin but
narrowing to a point at posterior angle—traces of its two series
of reddish spots barely perceptible ; two disco-cellular small grey
spots, one terminal, the other a little before it. Hindwing: of five
transverse series (about equidistant) of dull-reddish spots, the sub-
basal, premedian, and median are fairly marked, but the discal and
submarginal scarcely visible ; indications of two or three small spots
at base,
2 Paler throughout; especially on underside, where only the
costal bar in forewing is dark (the cellular and adjacent costal
markings being faint), while the apical hindmarginal border and
New or little-known African Butterflies. 13
the entire hindwing are of a dull creamy tint slightly tinged with
reddish, and with the various series of spots faintly marked, paler
than ground-colour, but with darker outlines.
This Durbania is nearly related to D. aslauga, Trim.,
but is readily distinguishable by its very much paler
colouring and (in the male) by the very great reduction
of the dark markings of the forewing. The females of the
two forms are much closer as regards the latter character,
but on the underside are strikingly dissimilar, D. aslauga
? closely resembling the male in colouring, while D.
pallida 2 is of extreme paleness, especially as regards the
spots of the hindwing.
The male and female described were taken by Mr.
G. A. K. Marshall at Gadzima, Umfuli River, Mashunaland,
on 28th and 31st August, 1895, respectively.
Genus MIMACRZA.
Mimacrea marshalli, sp. n. (PI. I, fig. 9).
Exp. al. 1 in. 10$ lin.—2 in. Fulvous-ochreous ; apical half of
forewing fuscous with white subapical bar; hindwing with rather
narrow fuscous hindmarginal border. Forewing: a widening
fuscous costal border from base, becoming merged in apical fuscous
about middle ; confluent with this border is a terminal disco-cellular
fuscous spot; apical fuscous area extending hindmarginally to
posterior angle by a narrow prolongation from below 2nd median
nervule ; subapical white bar oblique, continuous, consisting above
subcostal nervure of three small elongate-cuneiform marks (of which
the Ist and 2nd are situated nearer to base than the 3rd), and between
subcostal nervure and 3rd median nervule of three much larger
subrectangular divisions ; a faint fuscous mark on disc between 1st
median nervule and submedian nervure; fulvous-ochreous area
paler externally ; neuration (especially submedian nervure) black.
Hindwing: fulvous-ochreous field much paler externally, and
narrowly still paler along inner-margin; fuscous border com-
mencing narrowly at apex, but widening on Ist subcostal nervule,
thence moderately broad as far as 2nd median nervule where it
abruptly narrows and whence it remains merely linear to anal
angle ; a small, almost linear, terminal disco-cellular fuscous spot,
and a larger subcostal one beyond middle ; in discoidal cell and
beneath it the fuscous spots of the underside are faintly visible.
Unversipe.—Hindwing and apical-hindmarginal border of forewing
14 Mr. R. Trimen on
dull yellowish creamy, crossed by fine fuscous neuration ; hindwing
in basal area with 13 or 14 small whitish-ringed black spots. Fore-
wing : fulvous-ochreous area as on upperside, and also fuscous area
except beyond subapical white bar and along hindmargin—where
(but for a narrow external edging to the bar) the fuscous is replaced
by dull yellowish-creamy, the latter narrowing and becoming macular
from lower radial to lst median nervule. Hindwing : hindmarginal
fuscous border very narrow, almost linear, throughout ; the follow-
ing small black spots (more or less imperfectly ringed with whitish
scales), vid. : 1 at base ; 1 close to base, between costal and subcostal
nervules ; a sub-basal transverse series of 3 (the middle one in
discoidal cell) between costal and submedian nervures ; 1 in dis-
coidal cell near extremity ; 2 (one above the other) on disco-cellular
nervules ; and a transverse series of 6, from costa beyond to sub-
median nervure before middle.
Head, thorax, and legs, black with white spots; antenne and
palpi black ; abdomen creamy-ochreous-yellow, mixed with greyish
on back and sides.
In the pattern of the upperside this Zimacrva has some
resemblance to the type species from West Africa. JZ. dar-
winia, Butl. (Lep. Exot., pl. xxviii, fig. 8), but is easily
distinguished by having the costal fuscous border in the
forewing and the hindmarginal one of the hindwing very
much narrower, and the subapical bar of the forewing
pure-white instead of fulvous-ochreous. The underside
of M. darwinia is not figured, but Dr. Butler notes it (op.
cit., p. 104), as being almost as in Acrwa cynthia, Drury,
so that it must be very widely different from that of JZ.
marshalli. A very close ally of M. darwinia from
Camaroon, Jf. apicalis, Smith and Karby (Rhop. Exot.,
p. 41, Afr. Lyc. pl. x, figs. 6, 7, 2 —1890), is also an
accurate mimicker of Acreva cynthia on the underside, but
has a pale yellowish subapical bar in the forewing.*
This interesting species has all the aspect of an Acrea,
but is not an exact mimicker of any species known to me,
coming on the whole nearest to A. encedon (Linn.), but
having a much brighter fulvous-ochreous field on the
upperside, with the subapical bar in the forewing of a
* A very distinct species, 1/7. charmian, Smith and Kirby (op. cit.,
p. 42, figs. 8, 9), also from Camaroon, imitates (but less closely)
Planema elongata, Butl. g.
New or little-known African Butterflies, 15
purer white, and differing also in the almost entire
absence of black spots, except those on the underside of
the hindwing near the base. In these respects IM. marshalli
somewhat resembles the ? of the type-form of Planema
esebria (Hewits.), but on the underside, again, and on the
abdomen, the colouring is much nearer to that of Acrew
encedon.
The discoverer and captor, Mr. G. A. K. Marshall—
after whom I have named this butterfly—informs me that
he took the two specimens described and one other on the
Mazoe River, in Mashunaland, near the end of December,
1894; they were flying very slowly along the edge of the
bush at from six to ten feet from the ground. Notwith-
standing their small size Mr. Marshall noticed that on
the wing they bore much resemblance to Danais chrysip-
pus, the colouring on the whole being closer to the aspect
of this butterfly than to that of either Acrwa encedon or
Planema esebria.
Fam. HESPERITDL.
Genus PyrGus.
Pyrgus delagox, sp. n.
Allied to P. sataspes, Trim., and P. zebra, Butl.
Fuscous, with whitish spots. Forewing : in discoidal cell, rather
beyond its middle, a moderate-sized rather narrow transverse spot ;
at extremity of cell a larger, subreniform spot ; in discal series, the
npper three spots are small and contiguous, forming a narrow sub-
costal transverse mark, but the lower three are larger (especially the
middle one), separate from each other, and placed in an oblique row
between third median nervule and submedian nervure ; a sinuated
submarginal series of seven very small spots; a series of very indis-
tinct dots on hindmargin. Hindwing: median band represented by
a rather wide central, subrectangular, somewhat oblique whitish
marking, bounded by 2nd subcostal and 1st median nervules ; only
4 very small spots in submarginal series, situated between the ner-
vules just mentioned and very near hindmargin. UNDERSIDE.—
Yellowish-brown ; base and costa to beyond middle of forewing and
base of hindwing closely irrorated with dull yellowish-white. Fore-
wing : lowest spot of discal series indistinct, geminate ; spots in sub-
marginal series better defined than on upperside, but hindmarginal
dots wanting. Hindwing: no sub-basal white marking ; median
16 Mr. R. Trimen on African Butterflies.
white stripe very sharply defined, unbroken, straight, and even
almost from costa beyond middle to 2nd median nervule, whence it
narrows to its junction with the inner-marginal greyish-white on
submedian nervure not far from anal angle,—its external edge
presenting slight dentations on nervules; submarginal series de-
veloped into a continuous strongly-festooned white line, with the
effect of a row of small contiguous incomplete ocelli.
On the upperside there is but little to distinguish this
Pyrgus from P. sataspes, but the small spots of the sub-
marginal series are better defined, and in the hindwing
the central whitish marking is broader. On the under-
side, however, the differences are considerable, vid. :—(1)
the almost uniform tint of the ground-colour and the
absence of the reddish tinge on hindwing and at apex of
forewing presented by P. sataspes; (2) in the forewing the
complete and rather conspicuous sinuate submarginal series
of small whitish spots; while in the hindwing (8) there
is no sub-basal white bar or streak; (4) the median bar is
of a much purer white, begins on edge of costa instead of
on costal nervure, is not constricted in the middle but of
nearly even width till towards its inferior extremity ; and
(5) the submarginal series of spots—which is wanting in
P. sataspes—is modified into the festooned hindmarginal
border above described.
From the allied P. zebra, a native of the Punjab, the
form here described differs much in the same way as from
P. sataspes; but in P. zebra on the underside of the hind-
wing the median bar is considerably broader and less
regular, and there is a white submarginal waved streak
(much as in P. ferox, Waller.) instead of the regular
festooned hindmarginal border.
It is remarkable that the last-named character occurs
in both wings and in a more pronounced form in the
otherwise very different and much larger European con-
gener, P. proto, Esp.
I have seen only one example, taken by the Rev. H.
Junod at Delagoa Bay, and sent to me for identification
in June, 1897.
PrATE I,
[The explanation faces the PLATE. |
€ 17)
IL. Some Results of Recent Experiments in Hybridising
Tephrosia bistortata and Tephrosia crepuscularia.
By James WILLIAM Tutt, F.E.S.
[Read November 17th, 1897. ]
THE recent experiments made by Dr. Riding and Mr.
Bacot in hybridising the two allied species, Tephrosia
bistortata, Goeze (crepuscularia, auct.), and Tephrosia
crepuscularia, Hb. (biwndularia, auct.), and the interest
caused by the exhibition of the specimens, has led to the
expression of a wish that some permanent record of the
results exhibited by the various broods should exist.
This is my only excuse for this paper.
It is necessary to define the two species with which the
experiments have been made, because it has been sug-
gested that they really form but one species. The first,
Tephrosia bistortata, is of an ochreous (often tending to
ferruginous and fuscous) ground-colour ; it occurs in the
British Islands in March and again in July, is widely
distributed in Scotland and the southern counties of
England, and is found in the greater part of the Palearctic
and Nearctic regions. The ‘second brood of this species
differs from the first in being, usually, smaller, of a dead
white colour and almost entirely without the ochreous
tint of the first brood. The second species, Tephrosia
crepuscularia (biundularia), has a white ground-colour ; it
occurs in the British Islands in May and June, that is, at
a period intermediate between the two.broods of Tephrosia
bistortata, is never double-brooded, is widely distributed
in Ireland, and the midland and northern counties of
England, overlaps T. listortata in the southern counties of
England—in some cases occurring in the same woods, ¢.g.,
near Swansea, Leigh Woods (Bristol), the New Forest,
Reading, &c.,—occurs in central Europe, but is not known
to occur either in southern or northern Europe, nor be-
yond European territory.
So far, then, the specific separation of these undoubtedly
allied species is insisted upon by many specialists. The
points urged by them are: (1) The differences in the
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTI (APRIL.) 2
18 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments im
eggs; (2) the differences in the general character and
appearance of the imagines; (3) the difference in the
shape of the wings, those of 7. crepuscularia being much
the squarer; (4) the independent life-histories of the two
insects; (5) the constant difference in the times of ap-
pearance, even when inhabiting the same wood; (6) the
fixed double-brooded habit of 7. bistortata, the fixed
single-brooded habit of 7. crepuscularia; (7) the fact that
the two insects breed true and always produce their own
kind. On the other hand, those who maintain the specific
identity of the species, do so on the ground that they are
not able to refer with certainty occasional individual
specimens to one or the other species. So far as the
distinctness of two insects with perfectly independent and
distinct life-cycles allows us to constitute them as separate
species, these may be so considered.
Both species are subject to melanic variation. Melanic
aberrations of 7’. bistortata are exceedingly rare, and
almost confined to South Wales; on the other hand,
melanic specimens of 7. crepuscularia are very generally
distributed in certain districts, such as Delamere Forest,
Yorkshire, Mansfield (Notts), Derby, Swansea district
(South Wales), &c. There is no district known where
only the melanic form occurs, the typical form being
regularly present in all localities in which it is taken.
The melanic form of 7. crepuscularia is known as ab.
delamerensis, B.-White.
Dr. Ripina’s EXPERIMENTS.
ORIGIN OF PARENTS USED FOR ParRINnGs.—BPy a little
judicious artificial treatment during February and March,
1897, Dr. Riding obtained a pretty free emergence of 7.
bistortata, T. crepuscularia and T. ab. delamerensis. These
insects were the parents of the hybrids and were obtained
as follows :—
(1) 7. bistortata.—These were (a) from eggs laid by a
female of the second brood in July, 1896, and captured at
Clevedon (Somerset), (b) eggs laid by female (second brood)
bred by Mr. Bacot also from Clevedon ova. The imagines
emerged between February 17th and March 27th, 1897.
These were of the large, well-marked, ochreous, spring-
form, known as ab. abietaria, Haw.
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia. 19
(2) T. ab. delamerensis—These were the imagines from
pupz bred from ova laid by a $ 7. ab. delamerensis, cap-
tured in the York district. The eggs hatched May
30th—31st, 1896. Imagines of the typical form appeared
with those of the melanic form from this batch of eggs;
there were no real intermediates between the two forms;
emergence took place between February 26th and April
27th (few came out before March 9th and some as late as
April 27th).
(3) ZL. crepuscularia—These were reared from ova of a
female from the York district, the ova having hatched
June 3rd—4th, 1896. The melanic form appeared w
the type in almost equal proportions. The imagines
emerged between March 7th and the end of the first week
of April.
Selections from these three broods from which the
parents were chosen, together with a brood of Tephrosia
bistortata that emerged in July, 1897, to show the differ-
ence between this second brood and the first brood (7.
ab. abietaria, Haw.) were exhibited at the meeting of the
Ent. Soc. of London, Oct. 6th, 1897. The following are
my notes on the specimens exhibited :—(1) Tephrosia
bistortata—From Clevedon (Somerset); those exhibited
emerged between February 17th and March 8th, 1897.
These are of the well-marked southern form, with suffused
ochreous ground-colour, distinct -basal and subterminal
bands, and strongly shaded on either side of the wavy
antemarginal line=ab. alietaria, Haw. 7 $ and 10 9.
The latter more strongly banded and less suffused than
the males.
(2) 7. bistortata (second brood).—Progeny of specimens
of the previously described brood; emerged between June
7th and June 24th, 1897. These exhibit the dead grey
colour and ill-developed markings that characterise the
second brood of the species, known as ab. consonaria, St.
These are especially useful as showing the progeny of
T. bistortata, uncrossed by 7. crepuscularia.
(3) Z. crepuscularia.—From York ova, bred between
March 7th and the end of the first week of April. These
are of arather more suffused form than those from our
southern woods; this is probably due to the influence of the
melanism that has produced ab. delamerensis, a form that
probably appears as a part of every brood in the York
district whence these were obtained. The use of this
20 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments in
rather suffused type form has complicated the colour
difficulties in dealing with the hybrids, but has made them
more interesting. 8 ¢ and 10 9.
(4) 7. crepuscularia ab. delamerensis.—From York ova,
bred between February 26th and April 27th, 1897.
Blackish-grey in colour, deeply suffused but with irregular
grey patches; the white antemarginal line not particularly
strongly marked.
The broods marked 1, 3 and 4 are those from which the
parents of the hybrids were selected.
RECIPROCAL CROSSINGS OBTAINED.—Fertile reciprocal
crossings from 1, 3 and 4 broods (above), were obtained as
follows :—
1.—T. bistortata f x T. ab. delamerensis 2 .—a. Paired
March 11th; ova deposited March 15th; hatched April
26th—27th.
2.—T. ab. delamerensis f x T. bistortata 2 .—a. Paired
March 9th; ova deposited March 14th; hatched April
18th-19th. 8. Paired March 9th; ova deposited March
13th—14th; hatched April 18th—19th.
3.—T. bistortata f x T. crepuscularia 2 .—a and 8. Two
pairings on March 17th; ova deposited March 20th—22nd;
hatched April 25th—27th.
4.—T. crepuscularia $ x T. bistortata 2 .—a. Paired
Merch 7th; ova deposited March 16th; hatched April
21st-22nd. 8. Paired March 14th; ova deposited March
20th; hatched April 22nd—28rd.
Reciprocal crossings that failed were: (1) Z. ab. dela-
merensis § x T.bistortata § , two pairings—February 28th
and March 12th. (2) 7. erepuscularia g x T. bistortata ¢ ,
three pairings,—March 7th, March 10th, March 14th.
Hysrips.—I. Hybrids between f T. bistortata (Clevedon)
x % T.ab. delamerensis (York)—No. 1 above. One batch
of eggs; hatched April 26th—27th ; 100 imagines examined ;
emerged between June 12th—October 22nd, 1897. These
may be roughly divided as follows :—
Ja Ls? The males scarcely distinguishable from male
T. lustortata of the second (summer) brood ;
the females much whiter and suggesting
strongly typical ? bistortata of this brood by
the clearness of the transverse lines.
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia. 21
29
3g
bt 49
252 329
2f 1¢
48 f 529
These two females are very small, and
would belong to the preceding set, but for
the remarkable development (1) of the square
spot about two-thirds towards the apex of the
forewing and placed between the submarginal
and marginal lines; (2) of the transverse
bands, which suggest strongly a superficial
likeness to 7’. consonaria, Hb. [See further
notes on this form in Bacot’s inbred series
from Batch VI (p. 32).]
Bred June 18th, June 21st and June 24th.
I am scarcely able to distinguish these from
typical 7’. crepuscularia, they are rather more
suffused, and hence tend to approach the set
following.
These are remarkable. The ground colour
is pale, but with much fuscous suffusion ;
strongly marked transverse lines, tending to
form bands by shading within the basal and
outside the median lines. They are totally
unlike the southern 7’, bistortata ab. abietaria
(the male parent) and 7’. bistortata ab. conson-
aria (the summer brood); superficially the
paler ones are not very unlike 7’. crepuscularia
(the York form). On the other hand, they
are quite inseparable from Perthshire 7’. bzs-
tortata, which is a very specialised form of
the species. They are much larger and
broader winged insects than one ever obtains
among 7’. bistortata ab. consonaria.
Uniformly suffused and practically ab.
delamerensis. 'The males are darker (blackish-
fuscous) than the females, with stronger
transverse lines and a more or less clearly
defined subterminal line; the females are
uniform, grey-black in colour, with ill-defined
markings, and here and there small irregular
patches of the typical pale coloration.
The forewings approaching ab. delamerensis,
the hindwings more or less typical; probably
nearer delamerensis than any other form.
2 pup# remained unemerged on November
10th, 1897.
22 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Haperiments in
Il. Hybrids between f T. crepuscularia ab. delamerensis
(York) and 2? 7. bistortata (Clevedon).—No. 2 above. Two
batches of eggs; hatched April 18th-19th. The two
broods were fed up together, the imagines being a mixture
of both broods. 61 imagines examined, emerged between
June 12th, 1897, and September 19th, 1897. They may
be grouped as follows :—
22% —® These are very close to ordinary second
brood 7. bistortata, but have the ground-
colour rather more suffused than is usual in
that form.
5 These are very like small 7. crepuscularia,
the tint and markings are almost identical
with the Yorkshire specimens of this species.
At These have the size and markings of the
last set, but are ochreous, and tend in this
respect to come nearer JT. bistortata ab.
abvetaria.
Ce Of the same fuscous suffused form as those
described in the last crossing as resembling
the Perthshire 7’. bistortata.
We Larger and almost indistinguishable from
the first brood of 7. bistortata, the forewings
rather less ample towards apex.
26 2 These are of the ab. delamerensis, although
some are more uniformly grey than the pure
bred examples of this aberration. The dark
transverse markings are very ill-defined, but
the pale subterminal line is perhaps a shade
more well-developed than in the specimens of
last crossing. The single female of this brood
is small, ill-developed, and has crippled wings.
60 oe? Complete brood ; no pups going over.
The two crosses just summarised represent the recipro-
cal crosses of typical Tephrosia bistortata and T. crepus-
cularia ab. delamerensis. The following points are worthy
of notice. J.—Percentage of a form approaching ab. dela-
merensis in the two crossings: (1) 7. bistortata $ x T.
ab. delamerensis 2 = 60 per cent. (2) 7. ab. delamerensis
& x T. bistortata 2 = 40 per cent. I[L—Percentage of
females: (1) in Ist crossing = 52 per cent.; (2) In 2nd
Hybridising T. listortata and T. crepuscularia. 23
crossing = 1°64 per cent. I]I.—Percentage of the suffused
form resembling Scotch 7. bistortata: (1) In 1st crossing
= 19 per cent.; (2) In 2nd crossing 3°83 per cent. I[V.—The
crossing in which 7’. bistortata was the male parent has
produced by far the larger and more vigorous-looking
offspring.
Ill. Hybrids between 2 T. bistortata (Clevedon) and 2 T.
erepuscularia (York).—No. 3 above. Two batches of eggs ;
hatched April 25th-27th; larve fed up together; 121
imagines examined, emerged between June 17th and
November 38rd, 1897. These may be grouped as follows :—
lf 429 These are pale specimens, resembling the
second brood of 7’. bistortata in their small size,
but distinctly of a cleaner white, thus approach-
ing the ground-colour of 7’. crepuscularia, and
with the fine median transverse shade or line,
between the elbowed and basal lines (observable
in the York 7. crepuscularia, but practically
obsolete in the Clevedon 7’. bistortata). They
also show a tendency to form, by means of
darker shading outside the elbowed line and
within the basal line, transverse bands.
61f 92 These, the bulk of the specimens, have the
ground-colour much suffused with fuscous
and the transverse lines and shades distinct,
resembling closely the Perthshire 7’ bistortata;
the earlier emerged specimens of this form are
smaller and lighter, the later larger and
darker.
a be These closely resemble small specimens of
the early brood of 7. bistortata, although one
sees none like them in nature. They are
as strongly marked as the last, but suffused
deeply with ochreous instead of fuscous.
65 f 562 Two emerged October 31st and November
3rd. Complete brood ; no pupz going over.
IV. Hybrid between § T. crepuscularia (York) x 9 T. bis-
tortata (Clevedon).—No. 4 above. Two batches of eggs ;
hatched April 21st-28rd; larve fed up _ together;
40 imagines examined; emerged between June 16th
24 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments in
and November Ist, 1897. These may be grouped as
follows :—
9f — These are small dull grey males with the
ground-colour much suffused as in the pale
males of crossing II. One is inclined to say
that they have a slaty hue. The marks are
ill-defined, since they merge into the darkish
ground-colour. They resemble the second
brood of 7’. bistortata in the absence of definite
markings and general suffused appearance ;
they approach 7’. crepuscularia in the squarer
forewings. These emerged chiefly in June.
3¢ Small; ground-colour strongly suffused with
ochreous; transverse markings moderately
distinct.
28 gf Rather larger, and fuller winged than the pale
specimens. Of the form with the ground-
colour suffused with fuscous. These larger,
darker and more strongly marked specimens
were the last to emerge, chiefly in late Sep-
tember and October; two as late as Octo-
ber 30th and November 1st respectively.
40% —® 5 pups going over on November 10th, 1897.
The two last crosses enumerated represent the reciprocal
crosses of typical 7. bistortata and 7. crepuscularia. The
following points are noticeable. I. Cross with 7. bistortata
as ¢ parent produced 47 per cent. females. The cross with
T. crepuscularia as $ parent produced no females. II. In
both crossings the earliest specimens to emerge were much
the palest. These were females in the first case, males in
the second. The ochreous specimens were those that were
intermediate in the pupal state; the darkest, largest, most
strongly marked and most vigorous-looking were much
longer in the pupal stage.
Mr. Bacot’s EXPERIMENTS.
ORIGIN OF PARENTS USED FOR PAIRINGS.—These were
from the same localities as those used by Dr. Riding, viz.,
Clevedon (Somerset) for 7. bistortata and York district for
T. crepuscularia.
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia 25
RECIPROCAL CROSSINGS OBTAINED.—Fertile reciprocal
crossings obtained were :—
1.—T. bistortata f x T. ab. delamerensis 2 .—Paired
March 9th.
2.—T. ab. delamerensis $ x T. bistortata 2 —Three
pairings. a. Paired February 26th; ova deposited
April 6th. @. Paired March 5th. y. Paired March 9th ;
ova deposited April 7th.
3.—T. bistortata f x T. crepuscularia 9 .—Two pair-
ings. a. Paired March 9th; hatched April 8th—9th.
8. Paired March 9th; hatched April 8th—9th.
4.—T. crepuscularia ¢ x T.bistortata 9° .—Paired Feb
ruary 27th.
Crossings that failed were: (1) 7. crepuscularia f x
T. bistortata 2. Paired February 27th. (2) 7. ab. dela-
merensis f x T. bistortata @. Paired March 4th.
Hysrips.—I. Hybrids between 2 T. bistortata x 2 T.
ab. delamerensis. [Ova received from Dr. Riding.]—They
are part of Dr. Riding’s cross marked I, eggs laid March
15th, hatched April 26th-27th. Examined 21 specimens
=11 males, 10 females.
Af 49 The males dead grey, not ochreous, fairly
well marked, showing the more definite
markings of 7. bistortata; the females are
_ almost pure white with the fuscous lines dis-
| tinct, but the transverse shading usually
united with them almost obsolete.
FG Ge. These may be classed as ab. delamerensis
although six males only carry the dark ground-
colour of this form ; one of the males, and two
of the females uniform dull grey (-black),
weakly developed, almost without markings,
and with a tendency to be diaphanous ; the
remaining four females, saved for eggs, are
worn, but were evidently of the same type.
[This ill-developed form of ab. delamerensis is
undoubtedly due to the crossing, the rapid
feeding of the larva, and the production of a
second brood, a phenomenon never occurring
in nature. The other portion of this brood
shows the same peculiarities in a rather less
marked degree. |
~I
oY
ie ade
26 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments in
IT. Hybrids between $ T. ab. delamerensis x 9 T bistor-
tata.—No. 2a above. One batch of eggs hatched April
6th; some larve full-fed by May 9th; larve mostly like that
of the ? parent (bistortata) only a few having the apex of
the A open like the larva of 7. crepuscularia. Most of the
larvee pupated about the middle of May. Imagines com-
menced to emerge early in June, at first rapidly and after-
wards more slowly until the end of June; there was then
a break until July 16th, when they again commenced to
emerge and continued to do so at intervals until the first
week in September; one specimen emerged during the
last week in October. 58 specimens examined all males—
29 pale and 29 dark specimens.
18 f —? Of a cold grey colour, near (but whiter
than) the normal second brood of 7’. bistortata,
just showing the dull grey suffusion so charac-
teristicof Yorkshire 7’.crepuscularia; the trans-
verse markings and shades well developed.
ti¢ —?¢ Having the same well-marked characters as
the last, but strongly suffused with ochreous.
29 f The ground-colour of an uniformly cold
steely grey, only two showing a suspicion of a
_ warmer brown tone, otherwise uniformly dark
like ab. delamerensis; the darker transverse
_ lines and shades obsolete, the whitish sub-
_ terminal line moderately developed but not
conspicuous; irregular grey patches and
_ streaks on all the wings.
58g —? al pupa unemerged on November 16th.
This brood is most uniform in size, rather larger than
is usual in second-brooded 7. bistortata. There is a very
strong, albeit almost indefinable, suspicion of both parents
in every specimen, due perhaps to the general tendency
towards a slight lengthening of the wings, a tendency to
ochreous in some, the running of the markings into trans-
verse bands, all characters of 7. bistortata; whilst the
whiter ground colour, the defined character of the square
spots (one at the lower end of the discoidal cell, the other
on the submarginal line) tend towards 7. crepuscularia,
and taking the brood as a whole it distinctly leans towards
the latter. Few of these emerged late, but these are the
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia 27
most ochreous. Comparison with Dr. Riding’s parallel
(IT) cross, many of which were much longer in the pupal
stage, 1s instructive.
Ill. Hybrids between f T.bistortata x 9 T. crepuscularia.
—Of this cross there were two different broods. Of the first
(a), marked 3a in Bacot’s pairings, the larvee for the most
part followed the % parent (bistortata), only a few have the
apex of the A. mark open asin the 2 parent; full-fed from
about May 16th—20th. 22 specimens examined—l4 ¢
and 8 2. These emerged in June with the exception of
two which came out in July.
14f¢ 82 These are an exceedingly uniform batch,
the superficial resemblance to second brood
T. bistortata being very marked. The sexual
dimorphism marked; the females whiter,
clearer, and less mottled than the males.
There is a distinct absence of ochreous and a
tendency to the suffusion noticeable in pure-
bred Yorks. 7. crepuscularia. [None of these
emerged late, and none shows any tendency to
become dark. ]
14f 89
B. (2 T. bistortata x 2. T. crepuscularia.)—Of the other
brood of this cross (marked 38), a fair number of the larvee
fed up and pupated very quickly, but others fed up slowly
and did not go down until the earliest specimens had
commenced to emerge; larve unhealthy, a large proportion
died. I examined 9 specimens—6 males and 3 females.
Four minute specimens—i3"(f), 18°22), 14°01).
These small specimens emerged in late June, two normal
specimens in early July, one on September 29th, and two
late in October.
ig 3 These are pale and practically without
markings, although faint traces of the various
lines can be seen in 1 f and 19; the second
small 2 with hindwings crippled ; these three
specimens measure only +3” in expanse. The
other is also a pigmy, but fuller winged
and better marked, being 1” in expanse.
3g
22
6¢ 3%
28 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments rm
Normal size of second-brood 7. bistortata ;
ground-colour distinctly ochreous in tint ;
strongly developed transverse markings. Two
of these were October emergences.
Much suffused with fuscous; strongly
marked,small,size of second-brood 7. bistortata ;
one emerged July the other September 29th ;
the only two of Bacot’s insects yet examined
that approach the Scotch bistortata form.
It may be well to mention here that these tiny speci-
mens are not infrequent in inbred 7’ bistortata. Such a
brood as this last is practically useless for comparative
purposes.
SPECIMENS BRED BY Mr. PRovt.
Ill. Hybrid between f T. bistortata (Clevedon) x &
T. crepuscularia (York).—One batch of eggs; 15 imagines
examined, emerged from June—August, except one speci-
men, which emerged September 26th; no pup going
over the winter.
ig 39
3h 5g
32
ete
Pale, differing but little from summer
T. bistortata except that the females are
poorly marked, the transverse bands being
ill-developed.
Pale, with the square spot (noted in Batch
I of Dr. Riding’s crosses, and Batch VI @ and
B of Mr. Bacot’s) well developed ; females
paler than males.
Suffused with the ochreous tint of 7’. bistor-
tata early brood ; more strongly marked. These
were the last to emerge, two in August, and
one on September 26th. The last is the
most strongly marked specimen of the brood.
Complete brood ; no pupz going over.
Dr. Ripine’s EXPERIMENTS (Continued).
Besides obtaining reciprocal crossings of the parent
species, pairings of the hybrids were obtained by Dr.
Riding, between June 13th and 26th as follows :—(1) ¢
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia 29
(2 T. bistortata x 2 TL. ab. delamerensis) x 9 (f T.ab.
delamerensis x 9 T. bistortata). (2) g (f T. ab. dela-
merensis X § T. bistortata)x 2 (f T. bistortata x
T. ab. delamerensis). (8) ¢ (fg T. bistortata x 9 T. ab.
delamerensis) xX § (f T. bistortata x 2 T. crepuscu-
laria). (4) £ (¢ T. erepuscularia x 2 T. bistortata) x
2 (g T. bistoriata x 2 T. crepuscularia). (5) gf (o
T. bistortata x 2 T. crepuscularia) x 2 (fh T. erepuscu-
laria x & T. bistortata). Of these different crosses,
twelve pairings in all were obtained, eleven of which
gave ova, and yet of these eleven batches only two were
fertile, both crosses of ~ (f TZ. ab. delamerensis x @
T. bistortata) x 2 (gf T. bistortata x @ T. ab. delameren-
sis). The progeny resulting from these two batches are
summarised later in this paper (vide, V). Later pairings
or ¢ (f T. crepuscularia x 2 T. bistortata) x 2 (¢
T. bistortata x 2 T. crepuscularia) also proved infertile.
Dr. Riding, however, obtained four inbred pairings of
a Cf Tf. bistoriata x 2 T. crepuseularia) x 9 (¢ T.
bistortata x § T. crepuscularia); one of these produced
no eggs, another was infertile, the two others were only
partially fertile.
V. SECOND GENERATION OF HysBrips.— ¢ ( & ab. dela-
merensis X 9 bistortata) paired with 2 (gf listortata x
2 ab. delamerensis).—The parents taken from crossings I],
and I above respectively. ‘Two batches of eggs, hatched
June 27th—-30th; 44 imagines examined; emerged be-
tween August 21st and November 8rd,1897. It is almost
impossible to classify these. As an approximation the
following table is appended.
Sa 12 Most nearly approaching to 7. ab, dela-
merensis, but with the exception of their
tendency to unicolorous suffusion very differ-
ent therefrom.
2¢ Of a slaty-grey tint, approaching the hue of
Boarmia gemmaria.
4d Not unlike pale second-brood specimens of
T. bistortata.
2 ¢ Dark fuscous, well-marked, closely resem-
bling 7’. bistortata from Perthshire.
Sy) Lag Closely resembling typical Yorkshire 7.
crepuscularia.
30 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments in
I8¢y 3 I am obliged to term these “ intermediates,”
as they will not fall into any of the above
divisions. They are moderately well-marked
and might be looked upon if found in nature
as odd aberrations of either species. Need-
less to say, such forms do not to my know-
ledge occur in nature.*
2° Unclassified. Quite distinct from any-
thing that I have ever seen.
376 : ue One emergence on November 4th; 14
pup still left on November 10th, 1897.
VI. Insrep Hysrips.— gf (f TZ. histortata x 2 T.
crepuscularia) x 2 (gf T. bistortata x 3 T. crepuscularia).
—From two batches of eggs :—(1) Paired August 10th ;
ova laid August 12th; hatched during the fourth week of
August, some only fertile: (2) Paired August 13th; ova
laid August 15th; hatched first week in September. By
October 22nd all except 13 larvee had pupated. The
first two imagines emerged on November 4th, fine full-fed
larvee at that date not having gone down. 5 specimens
examined, 3 ¢ and 2 2 ; emerged between November
4th and 10th.
et 2 These are again perfect intermediates be-
tween TZ’. bistortata ab. consonaria and 7.
crepuscularia. The larger size of the 2, the
uniform grey tint, the ill-defined markings
all lean to the former, whilst the squarer
wings approach the latter.
ies Of a cleaner and better marked type.
Difficult to place, but certainly more nearly
approaching 7’. crepuscularia.
32 22! The brood only just commencing to appear.
This cross is similar to the two which follow, but two
months later. They are not so very dissimilar from the
first section (12 ¢ 1 ¢) of Bacot’s Batch VI, but very
different from the 9 @ specially described.
* IT use the term ‘‘ intermediate” simply to include those speci-
mens in which the characters of both parents are more or less defined
without any very strong tendency towards either.
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia 31
Mr. Bacot’s EXPERIMENTS (Continued).
Tn addition to the first crosses already summarised, Mr.
Bacot obtained the following more or less fertile cross-
ings of the various hybrids reared from the already-
described broods.
(1). 2 (f T.ab.delamerensis x 2 T. bistortata) x 2 (fg
T. bostortata x 2 TL. ecrepuscularia). Two pairings: a.
June 10th. @. August 6th.
(2). & (gf T. ab. delamerensis x § T. bistortata) x
(f Tf. bistortata x 2 T. ab. delamerensis). Two pairings
on June 10th. (Eggs mostly infertile.)
(3). 6 (gf TL. bistortata x 9 T. crepuscularia) x 2 (fg
T. lustortata x T. ab. delamerensis). Paired June 11th.
He further obtained the following inbred pairings.
(4). ¢ (gh T. bistortata x 2 T. crepuscularia) x 2 (of
T. bistortata x 9 T. crepuscularia). Four pairings: a.
June 10th. 8. Junel0th. y. Junel4th. 6. June 17th.
(A large percentage of the eggs infertile.) «
(5). ¢ (ST. bistortata x 9 T. ab. delamerensis) x &
(fT. bistortata x 2 T. ab. delamerensis). One pairing,
June 13th.
The following pairings of a hybrid with one of the
parent species were also obtained :—
(6). ¢ (gf T. ab. delamerensis x 2 T. bistortata) x
T. bistortata (second brood). Paired June 15th. Only
one or two ova hatched, remainder infertile.
(7). 2 T. crepuscularia (second brood) x 2 (f T. bistor-
tata x 2 T. ab. delamerensis). Paired July 4th.
The following crosses entirely failed :—(1) #(f T.
bistortata x 9 T.ab.delamerensis) x 2 (af T. bistortata x
2 LT. ab. delamerensis). Paired June 12th. (2) Z (2
T. bistortata x 2 T.ab.delamerensis) x 2 (gf T. bistortata
x 2 T. crepuscularia). Paired June 14th. (3) #( 2% 7.
ab. delamerensis x 2 T. bistortata) x 2 (¢ T. bistortata
x 2 T. crepuscularia).
Vi.—InpreD Hysrips—a. f(f 7. bistortata x 2
T. crepuscularia) x @ (T. bistortata fg x T. crepuscularia
2 ).—Both parents came from Mr. Bacot’s Batch IIIa.
The parents are normal for that brood. Pairing took
place June 17th, 1897; 22 imagines examined, 12 f and
10 2 ; these emerged between the middle of August and
end of October.
32 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments in
Overt S
9¢
122 102
The brood from which the parents were
selected was remarkably free from any ochre-
ous tint, the two selected as parents for this
brood being absolutely without a trace. These
12 f and 1 § are of the same well-marked
type as the parent form ; the males, however,
ochreous, more suffused in colour, and rather
smaller. The later emerging males are darker
than those which emerged first. The female
is white, with distinct transverse lines and
bands, and the shape of the wings is parti-
cularly bistortata-like.
These bear no resemblance to either parent,
nor to either species from which derived. Five
of the specimens are of a clear white ground-
colour, and five are tinged with ochreous. The
former have the base and centre of the wings
with only the faintest traces of the transverse
markings; theseare rather more evident (though
still inconspicuous) in the others. The speci-
mens all agree in having the inner part of the
normally pale submarginal line of the fore-
and hind-wings conspicuously white (as in
well marked ab. delamerensis), edged internally
with a very dark, blackish-fuscous line, which
develops a conspicuous costal blotch and a very
distinct, dark, square spot (about a third down
from the apex) on the forewing, reaching to
the fringe. This gives the specimens a distinct
resemblance to 9 7. consonaria, but, in the
latter, the square spot is most strikingly
developed in the elbowed, and not on the
submarginal, line. The same spots are clearly
traceable in 7’. bistortata and T. crepuscularia,
but never show up conspicuously as in these
specimens. The hindwing is similarly marked
with a conspicuous antemarginal band. One
is much reminded of the dark band of Acidalia
trigeminata, but in that species it is the
elbowed, and not the antemarginal, line that
is affected.
Hybridising T. bistortata and 7. crepuscularia 38
B. & (eC 2. bistoriata x 9 T. crepuscularia) x 2 (¢
T. lustortata x & T. crepuscularia)—Another brood, the
male and female parents of which were selected from the
same batch as the last (Bacot’s Batch, III, a). The parents
also were normal for that brood. Eight imagines examined,
4 2 and 4 2 ; emerged from August until end of October,
Ze aed (thee Males small, the female larger. As in the
last brood, a tendency to ochreous. The
female well marked. The last two males
to emerge more suffused than the two earlier
ones; one very late tending to the fuscous
(Perth) form. Otherwise not unlike second-
brooded 7. bistortata.
39 Of the same: form as the nine females
described in the last brood, but with the
peculiar band-like appearance less strongly
defined.
4g 49
VIL. ¢ (¢ T. bistortata x 2 T. ab. delamerensis) x 9
(f T. bistortata x 2 Tab. delamerensis)—The parents of
this brood were both taken from Bacot’s Batch I. They
paired on June 13th, and produced in September only
two small, round-winged imagines—1 f (14 in. in ex-
panse) suffused with ochreous-fuscous and with distinct
transverse lines; 1 ¢ (14 im. in expanse), whitish ground-
colour, with basal and median bands, and well-developed
submarginal lines to forewings, and median and outer
bands to hindwings. Both specimens show traces of a
fine, black, longitudinal line on median nervure at outer
point of discoidal cell, and a small, black costal blotch at
upper end of the basal line. [This latter is most marked
in two males of 7’. crepuscularia (second brood) bred by
Mr. Bacot. ]
VIII. Hyprip CROSSED WITH ¢ OF PARENT RACE.—
2 T.crepuscularia (second brood) x 2 (gf TZ. bistortata x
2 T. ab. delamerensis).—The progeny is, therefore, three-
fourths 7. crepuscularia and one-fourth 7’. bistortata. The
female hybrid chosen for this experiment was of the de-
lamerensis form and taken from Bacot’s Batch I. Pairing
took place on July 4th. Forty-nine imagines resulted and
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898—PARTI. (APRIL.) 3
34 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments in
were examined ; 38 f and11 ¢. These emerged during
September and October. Only 2 ? were present among
the first 37 emergences and 9 among the last 12. These
consisted of 31 pale and 18 dark specimens.
Dt ae Considerable ochreous suffusion in ground-
colour, otherwise these specimens have quite
reverted to T. crepuscularia and are of normal
size for that species. One is darker fuscous
and tends rather to the bistortata facies.
uae Larger (with exception of one specimen)
than males of this brood ; well marked females
of distinct 7. bistortata type, but with a sus-
picion of the whiter ground-colour of 7’. eve-
puscularia. [The important factor relating
to these females is that these specimens
were longest in pupa, and show a tendency
to be larger, a common sexual difference in
T. bistortata in nature, but not in 7’. crepus-
cularia. |
Gee 2-2 These are of the 7. ab. delamerensis form,
and are practically inseparable from those of
the ¢@ parent brood, except that they are
more mottled with irregular patches of
white.
882 112
With the exception of the 7 females separated from the
others above, the remainder of this brood are, to all
intents and purposes, 7. erepuscularia. Only one who
had made a very special study of these could tell that the
latter had been crossed with 7. bistortata.
This completes my summary of the various broods that
I have examined. The comparisons of the different
crosses have been made with: (1) Typical 7. bistortata
of the first and second broods, bred from Clevedon ova ;
T. crepuscularia, and T. ab. delamerensis bred from York
ova by Dr. Riding. (2) Three second-brood examples of
T. crepuscularia (parents of York origm) bred by Mr.
Bacot (only five individuals of this brood are positively
known to have occurred in England). (8) Some 200 wild
specimens (or specimens bred from wild parents) of 7’.
bistortata and about 150 of 7. erepuscularia and 7. ab.
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia 35
delamerensis from various Scotch, Irish, Welsh and English
localities in my own collection.
I have, as much as possible, neglected the use of the
term “intermediate.” It appears to me that it is frequently
most carelessly used, and, as generally applied, comprises
almost anything from a sort of ‘“ piebald” mixture, so to
speak, of two species, to the general resemblance a hybrid
must bear to both parents, according as we study them
from the point of view of one or other of the parents.
All the hybrids dealt with in this paper are, with here
and there an exception, in varying degrees, intermediates,
i.e. almost every specimen appeals, in some part of its
facies, to a specialist as resembling 7’. bistortata, whilst
the same specimen, in other particulars, strikes one as
resembling 7’. crepuscularia, Even the (approximately)
black specimens, which, from their striking coloration,
naturally most conceal any approach to 7’. bistortata, are
distinctly modified in general appearance and wing struc-
ture, and show a tendency to the more marked sexual
differences apparent in wild 7’. bistortata. There is also
another difficulty which the introduction of 7. ab. dela-
merensis has caused. In nature, specimens of this aber-
ration are frequently marked with irregular patches of
white on all, or some, of the wings (they are “piebald” so
to speak), and this may well result from the crossing of
the type form with its aberration, for, occasionally, the
hindwings are of the typical, and the forewings of the
same specimen of the melanic, form. This “ “piebald id
condition is very marked in some of the hybrids classed
as delamerensis, and this increased “piebald” condition
may be the result of hybridity, although one hesitates to
say it is so. The ground-colour of the ab. delamerensis
so-called, which occurs among the hybrids, is of a much
more uniform grey (especially in the females), the scales
ill-developed, the markings weak or obsolete, and the size
small, in almost all individuals that emerged quickly as a
second brood. These features are undoubtedly referable
to the hybridisation which has brought about rapid ma-
turity, the hybrid larvae feeding up rapidly as do those of
T. bistortata, producmg a second brood, a phenomenon
practically unknown in nature in 7’. crepuscularia. It
may, therefore, be looked upon as the influence of 7.
bistortata on the hybrids, since the second brood of this
species is characterised by small size, ill-developed mark-
36 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments in
ings, and weak colour. It has been deemed advisable,
however, to classify these specimens as ab. delamerensis,
The conclusions to which these experiments point may
be briefly summarised as follows :—
1. The intercrossing of the two species may result in
every possible intermediate stage of fertility, from complete
sterility to the production of the full number of fertilised
eggs. These extreme results may even happen when
dealmg with different individuals of the same _ brood.
[Failure, therefore, in a few individual cases must not be
taken as proving that any particular cross is infertile.
Individual aberration of the genital organs may lead to
failure; one of Dr. Riding’s failures happened with a pair that
remained in copuld two days and then had to be forcibly
separated ; this probably was due to such an aberration.]
2. Certaim crossings produced almost entirely male
offspring. [These were (a) the cross 7. ab. delamerensis
g xT. bistortata 9. Oftwo broods of this crossing, the
larvee of which were mixed, Dr. Riding obtained 60 males
and but 1 ill-developed female. A cross of the same
two forms, as male and female parent respectively, by
Mr. Bacot produced 58 males and no female. It would
have been easy here, had Dr. Riding’s one ill-developed
female not emerged, to have assumed that this cross
would produce only male progeny. (b). The cross in which
T. crepuscularia gf was paired with 7. bistortata 2
produced in Dr. Riding’s hands 38 males and not a single
female. It is worthy of note that these were the only
four fertile crosses obtained in which 7. crepuscularia was
the male parent. |
3. The hybrids are fertile enter se but to a less extent
than in the parent stock, 7.e¢., there appears to be a larger
proportion of failures. They are also fertile with the
parent stock. [The former part of this conclusion
has been amply proved by both Dr. Riding and Mr.
Bacot. The latter was proved by Mr. Bacot successfully
crossing a 2 TZ. bistortata x delamerensis with a g T.
crepuscularia. One might have expected that if the males
of a hybrid were capable of fertile union with females of
either parent species as shown by Standfuss, that a certain
percentage of the females should be so, and probably also
with each other. The number of specimens at the
disposal of Dr. Riding and Mr. Bacot has made their
experiments particularly useful, as it allowed for a large
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuseularia 37
number of failures to take place, and yet ultimately for
success to be obtained. |
4. The direct hereditary influence exerted by the
parents is a great one. [In every case in which one of
the parents was a 7’. ab. delamerensis, there was a large
percentage of specimens of, or approaching, this form in
the progeny, and this in spite of my opinion on other
grounds that 7’. bistortata is the phylogenetically older and
predominant species. In no case in which typical 7.
crepuscularia was used as a parent were any forms
approaching delamerensis produced, although the parent was
from a brood producing both the typical and melanic forms. |
5. The older species phylogenetically is more dominant
in stamping its characters on the progeny. [This is
probably the same as Standfuss’s statement that the
phylogenetically older of the parent species is prepotent.
My view is abundantly proved by the extent of approxima-
tion (leaving out the direct influence of the ab. delamerensis
form) towards 7’. bistortata in almost all the broods. This
approximation is more especially striking in the large
broods of Dr. Riding, in which delamerensis does not
enter as a disturbing influence. If, as is here assumed,
and afterwards attempted to be proved, 7. bistortata
is phylogenetically a much older species than 7’ ere-
puscularta, it is evident that the phylogenetically older
parent leaves more mark on the offspring. It may be,
of course, that 7’. bistortata is a predominant species, more
active in its vital functions, and more ready to respond to
environmental influences, although the variation of 7’.
crepuscularia renders the latter scarcely probable. At any
rate, the dominating influence of 7. distortata on the
progeny is most marked. |
6. The sex-condition of the hybrids depends on the
predominating influence exerted by one of the parents.
[In the reciprocal pairing in which 7’. bestortata is the
male parent, a fair share of females is the result; when
T. crepuscularia is the male parent the females are practi-
cally wanting. This suggests also that the male exerts the
greater influence in the production of female progeny and
vice versa. |
7. A recently formed aberration may be prepotent and
dominant over the type from which it has but recently
sprung. [This conclusion appears somewhat paradoxical
in the face of 5, yet it isevident from these crosses that,
6)
38 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Experiments in
whereas 7. bistortata is the more dominant of the two
species J’. ab. delamerensis is dominant over typical
T. crepuscularia. In cases in which ab. delamerensis is
used as a parent, the number of individuals of, or approach-
ing to, this form is rarely less than 50 per cent. In
all cases where typical 7’. crepuscularia has been used its
influence has been almost extinguished by that of 7.
bistortata. This may probably be explained by the fact
that at the present time 7’. ab. delamerensis is in rapid
process of specialisation in its colour development, and
that this activity is maintained in the crosses; or it may
be explained as following the ordinary laws of natural
selection, if it be conceded that variation is important to
the existence of the species, since it is simply the survival
of the fittest locally. This conclusion does not, then,
necessarily conflict with the fact that the phylogenetically
older form, which has survived as the fitter over large
areas for a long period, is more potent}.
8. The re-crossing of a hybrid with one of the parent
species, produces offspring scarcely differing from the
parent species with which the hybrid has been paired.
[This conclusion is weak, so far as it is based only on a fairly
large brood (49 specimens) bred by Mr. Bacot by pairing
a dark @ hybrid (gf TZ. bistortata x T. ab. delamerensis)
with a 7. crepuscularia (second brood). These are,
therefore, three-fourths Z. crepuscularia and one-fourth
T. bistortata ; the connexion of the latter species is only
evident in a tendency to ochreous in the ground-colour of
the males, although the latest emergences (7) of the
females show very distinctly the 7. bistortata cross. With
the exception of the slight change in ground-colour, all
the other specimens are practically indistinguishable from
typical 7. crepuscularia.]
9. The inbreeding of the hybrids of the same cross
with each other produces a large percentage of individuals
differing much from either parent form. [The form
frequently produced by this cross has already been
described and compared with female Z. consonaria, which
it superficially resembles in some respects. The same
form, but of a rather less pronounced type, occurs
occasionally in first crosses.]
10. The crossing of the hybrids obtained from original
reciprocal crosses tends to produce a mixed progeny, some
referable to known forms of the crossed species, others
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia, 39
quite unlike anything ever obtained in nature. [This is
very evident in Dr. Riding’s double brood of ¢ hybr.
delamerensis-bistortata x & hybr. bistortata-delamerensis. I
consider this and Mr. Bacot’s inbred hybrids in many ways
the most important crosses of all, for they prove absolutely
that the species operated on are really distinct. If, as has
been stated, these were simply two racial forms of the
same species, with independent life-histories, existing side
by side in the same districts, these crosses should have pro-
duced one or other of the parent form (or the parent form if
both are identical). The production of forms quite
unknown in nature by crossing would be quite inexplicable
if the species were in any way identical. These experi-
ments support Eimer’s view that sexual combination can
lead to the production of new forms. I doubt, however,
very much whether they could be perpetuated without
selection, and should such a cross occur in nature, it
would in my opinion (ante, p. 38, par. 8) revert at once if
crossed with one of the parent species, and isolation and
selection would both have to be carried out for the per-
petuation of the new form.]
11. The darkest, best-marked, largest and most
vigorous specimens are those which remain longest in
the pupal state. [The fact of the females being normally
paler than the males in both parent species, suggests that
they have less energy (and material) at disposal for
pigment-formation than have the males, more energy
being required for the formation of the ova. When
small and of a very pale form, the females are the first to
emerge (see Riding, Batch IT.), the males following on
quickly ; on the other hand, when they are larger, darker,
and more vigorous, they emerge after the males (vide
Bacot, Batch VIIL). Asa rule, it may be taken that the
size, vigour, and depth of colour are almost directly
proportional to the length of pupal life. The gradation in
colour (apart from ab. delamerensis) in some of the broods
is most remarkable. The very late emerging specimens in
Dr. Riding’s Batches III. and IV., have resulted in the
production of specimens quite different in hue from the
colours reached by the parent species, either at Clevedon
or York.]
12. The hybrids have lost all regularity as to the time
of emergence, 7.¢., hybridity causes continuous-brooded-
ness. [All the crosses result in producing progeny which
40 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent Hxpervments in
pair and in turn produce progeny, and so on ad. wf.
Even the TZ. crepuscularia, one of the most regularly
single-brooded species in England (only five undoubted
second-brood specimens are known) are unable to prevent
this. Broods of almost all the crosses are now feeding,
and in one case, at least, larvee of hybrids of the third
generation. Allowance must of course be made for the
tendency of the prepotent 7. bistortata to be double-
brooded (and that it will occasionally also produce an
individual or so of a third brood), but these broods emerge
almost entirely and appear capable of going on indefinitely
if food be provided. The same tendency is observable in
hybrid Smerinthus populi-ocellatus, both parents of which
are normally single-brooded species, but the hybrids from
which always emerge in autumn as a second brood (vide
Ent. Record, I, pp. 202-203, where Kirk gives :—Pairing
May 31st, 1890; larve pupated July 20-27th; ten
imagines bred after being in pupa three weeks; normal
S. ocellatus and S. populi fed up side by side going over
the winter). It is also observable in hybrid Amphidasys
strataria-betularia, both of which parents are absolutely
single-brooded (vide Ent. Record, II, p. 88, where Dr.
Chapman records a ¢ A. stratarwa paired with a Q A.
betularia ab. doubledayaria; fertile eggs produced ; larve
fed up on sallow and oak ; half-a-dozen larvee missed a
moult and pupated early; emerged some time during
winter (as they were found dead in spring).|
The following general observations have also been noted _
in my examination of the insects :—
The influence of the male parent is less than that of
the female, as shown by the percentages of Z. ab.
delamerensis, but this varies with individual broods.
When 7’. bistortata is the male parent, the progeny
is more vigorous than when 7’. crepuscularia is the male
parent.
The greater vigour of the male results largely in the
production of female offspring. When the male is of the
dominant species, females are developed in fair propor-
tion; when the female is of the predominant species,
males are largely in excess.
The hybrid facies of all the first crosses, and the ease
(judged from the one large brood at disposal) with which
the progeny of first crosses revert to one or other of
the parent forms, when crossed therewith (even when
Hybridising T. bistortata and T. crepuscularia. 41
that form is the younger phylogenetically and therefore
less prepotent), suggests very strongly that the insects
under consideration are true and distinct species. It also
shows that if, accidental hybridisation took place in
nature, the progeny of the hybrids thus produced would,
if such hybrids paired with either parent species, lose its
separate identity and merge at once into that parent
species with which it crossed. Although possible, it
appears very improbable that any lepidopterous hybrids
would in nature continue their race apart, and this, not
from any want of vigour, but from want of sufficient
isolation. Given the latter, then it is quite possible
that they should do so. It must not be overlooked that
the continuous-brooded element introduced into their
habits would also tend to their destruction, as the eggs
laid during October and November would hatch and the
larvee perish from want of food.
The tendency for all the late-emerging specimens to be
entirely different from either (1) the Clevedon spring form
of 7. bistortata (=ab. abietaria, Haw.), (2) the Clevedon
summer form of 7’. bistortata (= ab. consonaria, St.), (3) the
typical Yorkshire form of 7’. crepuscularia, or (4) the T.
ab. delamerensis, and to develop a form identical with the
Perthshire 7. bistortata, a form that does not occur in
England, but which closely resembles that found on the
Continent, in certain Asiatic portions of the Palearctic
region, and in the Nearctic region, suggests most strongly
that the Perth form is, so far as the forms occurring in
Britain are concerned, the natural type form of the species.
This vast distribution of 7. bistortata, when compared
with the restricted range of 7. crepuscularia (so far as it
is known), strongly supports the view that 7’. bistortata
is the older species phylogenetically.
As bearing out No. 12 of my conclusions, Dr. Riding
remarks: “The fact of all the insects taking after Tephrosia
bistortata in habits, 2.¢., in a second and even third (second
generation of hybrids) emergence in the same year, is
remarkable. Virtually, none takes after 7. crepuscularia
and 7’. ab. delamerensis in this respect. The environment
and captivity cannot have anything to do with causation,
as I have pupe of both these latter and of Perth 7.
bistortata—bred more or less about the same time and under
the same conditions—all going over the winter as pup.”
Dr Riding further adds: “It may be well to note the
42 Myr. J.W. Tutt on 7. lustortata and T. crepuscularia.
similarity of the single specimen of 7. bistortata that is
exhibited and that emerged as the representative of
a third brood on August 17th, 1896, to a small 7.
erepuscularia, though the rest of the pupz of the brood
that went over the winter emerged as typical 7’. bistortata
melSOT.:
Mr. Bacot has given me the following interesting
information on the early stages :—
(1) The ova of 7. bistortata are considerably larger than
those of 7. erepuscularia. The ova of all the hybrids
examined approach more nearly in size to those of 7.
crepuscularta, mM some cases being somewhat smaller. Dr.
Riding gives the relative sizes of the ova as—T. bistortata
(Ist brood): 7. bistortata (2nd brood): TZ. crepuscularia :
ovum of hybrids :: 4°25: 3°75: 3:5: 3.
(2) The hybrid larvee feed up more rapidly than those
of either parent species.
(3) There is a slight tendency for the hybrid larve to
follow the larval form of the female parent; at the
same time, there is a much more strongly marked
tendency for the larvee of all the crosses to follow the larva
of 7. bistortata, 2.e., that whilst the larvee of all the crosses
are very close to those of 7. bistortata, as regards the dark
united A, a larger proportion of the cross 2 7. crepuscularia
x ¢T. bistortata tends to have a distinct gap at the apex
than is the case with the reciprocal cross.
(4) In the batches of inbred hybrid crosses that
produced fertile eggs, a certain number failed to hatch, an
event quite without parallel im the eggs of the first crosses.
[Dr. Riding also notes that in the inbred hybrid crossings
that he obtained, which produced fertile eggs, only some
were fertile. |
(5) The larva of the inbred hybrids inclined rather to
those of 7’. crepuscularia than to T. bistortata, although a
few larvee had theAmark united as in the larva of T.
bistortata.
Il. A List of Rumanian Orthoptera, with Descriptions of
Tiree New Species. By Matcotm Burr, F.ZS8.
[Read November 17th, 1897.]
I Am indebted to the kindness of Prof. A. L. Montandon, of
Bukharest, for an interesting collection of Orthoptera,
taken this year in that sadly neglected hunting ground,
Rumania. From this material I have been able to draw up
a list of the Orthoptera at present known to occur in that
country, including the species recorded from Dobrudsha
by Brunner in his ‘Prodromus der europaischen Orthop-
teren, and others, collected some years ago by Prof.
Montandon, in the rich collection of European Orthoptera
formed by M. de Bormans, which I have recently had the
good fortune to acquire. Prof. Montandon has also pro-
vided me with notes explaining some of the localities,
which are probably more or less unknown to British
entomologists, thus enabling me to add a little local
colour.
In Moldavia, Cruce is situated in the Carpathians, on
the upper courses of the River Bistritza, in the north-west
of the country. In Wallachia, Gurguiata and Plainesti
are two small places in the district of Rimnik Sarat
(Romnikui), a town and district to the north-east of
Bukharest, on the confines of the plain on the last spurs
of the Carpathians, near the frontier of Moldavia. Buzeo
is a town and district to the west of Rimnik Sarat.
Meledik is a locality in the Carpathians, on the River
Slaniku, in the district of, and to the north of, Buzeo.
Komana and Gradishtea are two localities to the south of
Bukharest,on the road between Bukharest and the Danube.
by the railway station Bukharest-Giurgevo. Komana is
thickly wooded, apparently chiefly with pines, as the col-
lection included two specimens of Raphidia flavipes, Stein,
kindly identified by Mr. McLachlan.
In Dobrudsha, Tultcha (German, Tuldscha) is at the
mouth of the Danube.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART I. (APRIL)
44 Mr. Malcolm Burr's
LIST OF THE SPECIES.
FORFICULARIA.
1. Labidura riparia (Pall.).
Buzeo, Meledik, and Gureuiata in the district of Rimnik
Sarat. One male and one female of this cosmopolitan
species.
2. Labia minor (L.). Bukharest.
3. Forficula auricularia, L.
Bukharest. Several specimens, including one male of
the form borealis, Steph. with considerably elongated
forceps.
BLATTODEA.
ECTOBIIDA.
4, Letobia lapponica (1.).
Moldavia, Cruce, several specimens (co//. mea).
PHYLLODROMIID.
5. Phyllodromia germanica (1.).
Bukharest. The collection includes several specimens,
with oothece, and the species seems to be established at
Bukharest.
MANTODEA.
MANTIDZ.
6. Ameles decolor (Charp.).
Tultcha in Dobrudsha (Brunner).
ACRIDIODEA.
TRYXALID.
7. Tryxalis nasuta (L.).
Bukharest. Two males, one female.
List of Rumanian Orthoptera. 45
8. Chrysochraon brachypterus (Ocskay).
Wallachia, Komana. One male. This species is fairly
common in Southern and Eastern Europe, and occurs also
in the region of the Amur (Brunner).
9. Stenobothrus lineatus (Panz.).
Wallachia, Komana. The two females included in the
collection represent a curious variety ; being entirely of a
testaceous colour, with pale and dark markings; the head
is larger than in British and French examples in my
collection, and the green is quite lost. I do not attribute
this to fading after death, as I possess specimens taken
from one to twenty years ago, which retain their original
colour.
10. S. pullus (Phil.).
Moldavia, Cruce (coll. mea).
11. S. rufipes (Zett.).
Wallachia, Komana. 8S. rujipes does not seem to be
common, as Prof. Montandon’s collection only includes two
females.
12. S. bicolor (Charp.).
Wallachia, Komana and Gradishtea ; Bukharest. Appa-
rently a very common species.
13. S. biguttulus (L.).
Bukharest. Several specimens.
14. S. dorsatus (Zett.).
One curious reddish variety from Bukharest. The
specimen is a female, with the posterior femora rosy
exteriorly, and the mediastinal and scapular areas of the
elytra rosy. .
15. S. pulvinatus (Fisch. de W.).
Wallachia, Komana. Also Dobrudsha (Brunner). In
the females the elytra are considerably abbreviated, and
in the male these organs are shorter than the abdomen.
S. pulvinatus is widely distributed, occurring in Europe
AG Mr. Maleolm Burr’s
from Sarepta on the Volga as far west and north as Paris
(Lrunner) and Jersey (coll. mea).
16. S. elegans (Charp.).
Moldavia, Cruce ; one female. S. elegans does not seem
to be a common insect anywhere, but it has a wide
distribution, being found throughout Europe from England
to Servia and Rumania, and perhaps in South Russia.
17. Gomphocerus rufus (L.).
Wallachia, Komana ; three examples.
18. Epacromia thalassina (Fabr.).
Buzeo and Bukharest, several specimens.
CEDIPODID.
19. Acrotylus insubricus (Scop.).
Wallachia, Komana and Gradishtea ; Bukharest. Several
specimens. In two specimens from Bukharest the red of
the wings is very faint, and in the specimen from
Gradishtea it is bleached to white.
20. A. versicolor, sp. n.
Plainesti, in the district of Rimik Sarat. One female.
21. A. longipes (Charp.).
Buzeo, Meledik ; one faded example.
22. Mdipoda cxrulescens (L.).
Bukharest ; Gradishtea and Komana in Wallachia ;
several specimens. In addition to the type form, the
collection contains two varieties, one with the blue of the
wings almost obsolete, and the other, var. swl/wrescens,
Finot, with the red replaced by yellow. The last form
seems to be the commonest in Algeria (not, in coll. mea),
and I also possess a specimen from Ferrol.
23. Psophus stridulus (L.).
Moldavia, Cruce (coll. meq).
24. Eremobia limbata (Charp.).
Dobrudsha (Brunner).
List of Rumanian Orthoptera. 47
ACRIDIID.
25. Caloptenus italicus (L.).
Buzeo, Meledik; one female.
26. *Podisma alpinum (Koll.), var. collinum, Brunn.
Wallachia, Komana; two females. JP. alpinum is a
native of Central Europe from Servia (Brunner) to Savoy
(coll. mea); but the form collinum seems to be restricted to
a more easterly distribution than the typical form.
27. P. mendaz, Fisch.
Wallachia, Komana; two females. More or less common
in the eastern half of Southern Europe.
28. Platyphyma giornx (Rossi).
Bukharest. Several specimens.
TETTIGIDA.
29. Tettix bipwnctatus (1.).
Bukharest, numerous examples.
30. JZ’. subulatus (L.).
Wallachia, Gradishtea; Bukharest; Moldavia, Cruce.
(coll. mea).
LOCUSTODEA.
CALLIMENIDA.
31. Callimenus montandoni, sp. a.
Wallachia, Komana. Of this fine new species, the
collection contains a single male. I have great pleasure
in dedicating it to Prof. Montandon, in recognition of the
kindness he has shown me in communicating so interesting
a collection.
PHANEROPTERID&.
32. Phaneroptera falcata (Scop.).
Bukharest. Two females.
* Scudder has shown that Podisma, Laty., has priority over
Pezotettix, Burm. (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xx, p. 95. 1897.)
48 Mr. Malcolm Burr’s
33. Pecilimon brunnert (Friv.).
Dobrudsha (Brunner).
34. P. fusst, Brunn.
Dobrudsha (runner).
35. LIsophya modesta (Fieb.).
Tultcha in Dobrudsha (Brunner).
36. Leptophyes albovittatus (Koll.).
Dobrudsha (Brunner).
MECONEMID.
37. Meconema varium (Fabr.).
Chiojden, in the district of Rimnik Sarat. One male.
CONOCEPHALIDA.
38. Xiphidiwm hastatwm (Charp.).
Dobrudsha (Brunner).
DECTICIDA.
39. Lhacocleis discrepans, Fieb.
Common in Dobrudsha (Brunner).
40. Platycleis brachyptera (L.).
Moldavia, Cruce ; one female (coll. mea).
41. Thamnotrizon fallax, Fisch.
Dobrudsha (Brunner).
42, T. littoralis (Fieb.).
Wallachia, Komana; one male. This fine species is
found only in the south-eastern portion of the European
Continent, in Dalmatia, Mehadia in Hungary, Servia, and
Greece (Brunner).
43. T. cinereus (L.).
Wallachia, Komana; two females. This is the common-
est and most widely-spread species of the genus, occurring
List of Rumanian Orthoptera. 49
from Lapland and Sweden to the Alps, from England to
Southern Greece, and in the district of the Kazan Tartars,
and also in the south-western portion of the Ural Moun-
tains, where however it seems to be rare (Hversmann).
44, Decticus verrucivorus (L.).
Moldavia, Val de Barnaru; one male and two females
(coll, mea).
EPHIPPIGERIDA.
45. Ephippigera vitium ; Serv.
Wallachia, Komana; one female. It occurs also in
Belgium, at Vienna, Freiburg, in the Siebengebirge and
Servia (Brunner, in coll. mea).
GRY LLODEA.
GCANTHIDA.
46. eanthus pellucens (Scop.).
_ Bukharest; Plainesti in the district of Rimnik Sarat.
Apparently a common species in Rumania.
GRYLLID.
47. Nemobius saussuret, sp. 0.
Bukharest. T'wo females. This pretty little cricket
differs from all the other European species of Nemobius in
possessing fully-developed and caudate wings.
48. Gryllus domesticus, L.
Moldavia, Cruce (coll. mea) ; Bukharest.
49. G. campestris, L.
Wallachia, Komana; one nymph. The collection also
contains some very immature specimens which are prob-
ably to be referred to this species.
50. G. frontalis, Fieb.
I have some hesitation in referring to this species an
immature example from Bukharest.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART I. (APRIL.) +
50 Mr. Malcolm Burr’s
GRYLLOTALPIDA.
51. Gryllotalpa gryllotalpa (L.).
Moldavia, Cruce (coll. mea). I have ventured to restore
the specific name given by Linnzus, which has a prior
right over Latreille’s vulgaris. The repetition is awkward,
but cannot be helped (vide Entom. 1897, xxx, p. 189 ;
also Brit. Orth., p. 67 in Nat. Journ., 1897).
TRIDACTYLID.
52. Tridactylus variegatus, Laty.
Wallachia, Gradishtea. Three specimens. This curious
little cricket occurs throughout Southern Europe from
Spain to Sarepta on the Volga, except apparently in
Dalmatia and Greece; it also is found in Turkestan, Asia
Minor, Algeria and Egypt. I possess an extremely rare
variety, alis caudatis, from Turin.
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE NEW SPECIES.
Acrotylus versicolor, sp. 1.
2 Colore pallide-testacea, Caput rotundatum, oculis prominulis.
Pronotum asperum, rugulosum, postice quam antice multo latius,
margine postico rotundato, Elytra et ale perfecte explicate, illa
angusta, parte basali testacea, fusco-variegata, parte apicali hyalina ;
he ample, basi rose, fascia fusca marginem haud attingente
ornate, parte apicali hyalina. Femora, tibiz, tarsi testacea, genubus
pallidis.
Long. corporis, 23 mm. : pronoti, 4mm.: femorum posticorum,
12°5 mm.
Of a general light-testaceous colour. Head rounded and pro-
minent, antenne as long as the head and pronotum united. Pronotum
hardly constricted, rugulose, with a deep cross furrow in the middle,
hinder border rounded. lytra narrow, basal half opaque, apical
half hyaline. Wings ample, the basal part rosy pink ; the centre
with a dark-fuscous, short, broad crescent-shaped fascia, which
nowhere reaches the margins; the remainder hyaline. Crura:
posterior femora stout, pale-testaceous, with a few dark dots;
posterior tibie pale, with a row of small black spines on each
margin above.
Inst of Rumanian Orthoptera. 51
Head, pronotum, anterior and middle femora and tibizw, the
posterior femora beneath, posterior tibiew, and valves of the ovi-
positor clothed with a few short fine hairs. Valves of the ovipositor
curved,
Hab. WALLACHIA, Plainesti, in the district of Rimnik
Sarat.
This new species differs from <A. insubricus, Scop., in
having the pronotum slightly more constricted, clothed
only with very few and fine hairs, and its posterior margin
rounded. In A. inswbricus, when the head is viewed from
above, the eyes can be seen to project beyond the sides of
the head, but in A. versicolor, when the head is viewed
from above, the eyes are seen to be situated right upon
the top of the head and not to project beyond its margins.
This species may be distinguished from A. patruelis
(Sturm), by the much broader head and pronotum, the
latter being considerably wider than the head. The dark
fascia on the wings is narrower and darker than in
A, patruelis, and the red colour of the wings is more
sanguineous than the pale pink of the latter species.
A, versicolor may be distinguished from A. longipes
. (Charp.), by the presence of the dark fascia on the bright-
red wings (yellow in A. longipes), and by the posterior
margin of the pronotum being rounded (nearly straight in
A. longipes).
Callimenus montandoni, sp. 0.
¢, Glaber, statura major, totus ater, eneo-nitens, Caput rotund-
atum, pronoto latius. Pronotum postice quam antice latius, margine
postico leviter emarginato, supra plicis longitudinalibus duabus
ornatum, costis lateralibus acutis; prosterni lobi mesosternales
triangulares, obtusi. Tibiz tarsique atri ; femora compressa, fusca,
nigro-maculata, inermia; tibie omnes infra supraque utroque
margine spinis multis validis armate.
Long. corporis, 53 mm. : pronoti, 18 mm, : femorum posticorum,
19°2 mm.
Head large, rounded, shining black ; eyes small, brown ; antenn
fuscous-brown. Pronotum shining black, very finely granulated,
widening considerably posteriorly, concave above anteriorly, anterior
margin nearly straight, lateral lobes concave, lower margin sinuate,
the edges joining the superior surface to the lateral lobes forming a
raised sharp ridge. Abdomen shining black, each segment with the
52 Mr. Malcolm Burr's
posterior border adorned with one plica in the centre, with a larger
plica on each side, outside each of which are 5—3 smaller plice,
diminishing in number from anterior to the anal segments; sub-
genital lamina simple, with two plicze beneath ; cerci very obtuse.
Legs; femora compressed, unarmed, dark-fuscous, with black dots ;
tibize stout, compressed, dark-fuscous, with a row of: stout spines on
each margin above and below.
Hab. RuMAntA, Bukharest.
I have great pleasure in dedicating this fine species to
Prof. Montandon. It differs from C. pancict, Brunn., in
having two, not four, longitudinal plice on the hinder
part of the pronotum, which is a little more emarginate
posteriorly. It may be distinguished from C. oniscus,
Charp., by having the pronotum broader behind than in
front, with sharper sides and more pointed mesosternal
lobes. It further differs from both these species in being
almost entirely black, with a metallic sheen.
The only other species of the genus is C. inflatus,
Brunn., from Asia Minor, which seems to ke very distinct
and is considerably smaller.
Nemobius saussuret, sp. n.
2 Parva, testacea, nigro-setosa. Caput pronoto paulo latius ;
antennz longiores, oculi nigri. Pronotum antice quam postice
angustius. Elytra et ale perfecte explicate, he caudate, illa
pellucida, castanea. Tibize posticee margine interiore spinis 4,
quarum prima brevissima, margine exteriore spinis 2 supra armatze,
calcaribus terminalibus exceptis. Cerci @ ovipositore brevi
longiores.
Long. corporis, 8 mm,.: pronoti, 2 mm.: elytrorum, 4 mm. :
femorum posticorum, 4°5 mm. : ovipositoris, 2°5 mm.
Head dark castaneous-brown, and with the pronotum, clothed
with long dark stiff bristles. Pronotwm flat, dark castaneous-brown,
broader posteriorly than anteriorly. lytra long, but not reaching
the apex of the abdomen, truncated posteriorly in the female, pel-
lucid, pale castaneous. Wings caudate, reaching well beyond the
cerci. Legs pubescent, dark brown, tibiz somewhat paler than the
femora. Ovipositor very short, slightly curved upwards, and slightly
dilated at the apex. Cerci longer than the ovipositor.
List of Rumanian Orthoptera. 53
Hab. RuMmAntA, Bukharest.
The perfectly developed wings distinguish NV. sawssurei
at once from the other European species of the genus, but
as this is not sufficient alone, I will enumerate other
marks of difference. It is considerably smaller than
NV. sylvestris (L.), lighter in colour, and with the ovipositor
much shorter. It is smaller and paler than JV. lineolatus
(Brullé). It is most closely allied to NV. heydeni, Fisch.,
but is slightly larger, and lacks the pale lines upon the
head and pronotum that distinguish the latter species; it
also differs in having two, and not four, spines on the
exterior margin above of the posterior tibize, whereas
NV. lineolatus has three. It is paler than WV. heydeni, in
which the pronotum is cylindrical, and ‘is not broader
posteriorly than anteriorly, as in WV. sawsswret,
I dedicate this species with much pleasure to Dr. Henri
de Saussure, of Geneva.
IV. Notes on American and other Tingitide, with
Descriptions of two new Genera and four Species.
By GeorGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.
[Read December Ist, 1897.]
PrArEs ei iii:
THE following notes were made while studying the
numerous Central-American species of this family of
Heteropterous insects (cf. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynchota, ii,
pp. 1-48). Most of the corrections in the synonymy of
various South-American species have already been noted
by me, but as they may be overlooked in a work dealing
with a limited fauna, they are here repeated. Professor
Poulton having kindly lent me the small but valuable
collection of American Tingitid belonging to the Oxford
Museum—mostly from the Antillean island of St. Vincent,
or from the Amazons (Bates),—some remarks on these are
added, with descriptions of one new genus and three
species. Herr A. Handlirsch, also, has sent me for exa-
mination a large number of American Tingitide belonging
to the Vienna Museum: amongst these, there are speci-
mens of an interesting new genus, from Lower California,
allied to <Acalypta, Westw., a description of this insect
being included in the present paper. The opportunity is
taken, too, of figuring a number of the types of Stal’s
South-American species, very many of which, including
those of all his numerous American genera, have been
communicated by Dr. Aurivillius of the Stockholm Mu-
seum. The two South-American species of Monanthia
described by Mr. Distant (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1888,
p. [xxxiil) are also figured.
PHYLLOTINGIS, Walker.
This genus (= Alyattes, Stal, 1865, and Luloba,
Uhler, 1884), based upon a single species from the
Amazons, P. arida, Walk. (= eximia, Hagl., and pallida,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART I. (APRII..)
56 Mr. G. C. Champion’s notes on
Uhler), is incorrectly referred to the Tingitide: it belongs
to the Aradide. The name Alyattes being preoccupied,
Dr. Bergroth [Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvi, p. 59
(1886)] has substituted Phyllocraspedum for it; Walker's
name, published in 1873, must however be retained.* His
species will stand as Phyllotingis eximia, Haglund’s name
having five years’ priority. ‘Two others are now known.
SOLENOSTOMA, Signoret.
Coleopterodes, Philippi, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxv, p. 306
(1864).
This genus includes a single species, S. liliputianwm,
Sign. (= Coleopterodes fuscescens, Philippi), from Chili.
There are two specimens of it in the Oxford Museum.
DOLICHOCYSTA, gen. 0.
Rostrum extending to the meso-metasternal suture. Rostral groove
uninterrupted, narrow and parallel on the pro- and mesosternum,
closed in front, the buccal laminze long and very prominent. Intercoxal
portion of the metasternum broad and transverse. Antenne slender,
widely separated at the base. Head without spines, the eyes small.
Pronotum tricarinate, with broad, rounded, closely reticulated mem-
branous margins, and a long decurved, anteriorly prominent hood,
the triangular posterior portion largely developed, acute at the tip.
Elytra short, broad oval, a little longer than the abdomen ; dis-
coidal area large, occupying more than two-thirds of the length of
the elytra, raised externally, and surrounded by prominent nervures,
the outer (median) nervure subfoliaceous ; subcostal area about as
wide as the costal ; costal area of uniform width from the base to
near the apex, biseriate almost to the tip. Orifice not visible. Legs
very slender.
This genus bears a general resemblance to Acalypta,
Westw. (= Orthostira, Fieb.); but differs from it in the
very prominent buccal lamin, which close the rostral
groove in front, the long, anteriorly prominent, decurved
pronotal hood, &c. It is perhaps best placed near Corythaica,
Stal. The specimens described may perhaps belong to
a brachypterous form; they are from the northern part of
Lower California.
* The antenne are incorrectly described by Walker, the type
having a very elongate basal joint P
American and other Tingitide. 57
I. Dolichocysta venusta, sp.n. (Pl. II., figs. 1; 1a, profile.)
Broad oval, short, dull ; fuscous, the pronotum with the areole at
the sides in front and behind, the areolz of the hood in part, the tip
of the posterior process, and the three carine, a broad blackish patch
on the median one excepted, more or less whitish and subhyaline;
the elytra greyish, with a spot on the discoidal area before the apex,
a patch on the costal area before the middle, and some spots or
some of the nervures before and beyond it, black, the other portions
of the costal area whitish and subhyaline with pale nervures, the
nervures on the rest of the elytra blackish or fuscous ; the antenne
testaceous, with the outer half of the apical joint black ; the legs
testaceous, the femora black or piceous in the middle. Antenne
with joints 1 and 2 stouter than the others, 2 much shorter than 1,
3 very slender and elongate, 4 lanceolate and pilose, about as long
as land 2 united. Pronotum closely punctured on the disc ; the
membranous margins with 3—4 rows of small areolz ; the median
carina strongly, the two outer carine feebly, foliaceous, the
latter sinuous and connected anteriorly with a layer of mem-
brane which fills the space outside the base of the hood; hood
extending beyond the head, narrowed and strongly curved down-
wards in front, rather widely reticulated. Elytra a little wider than
the pronotum ; discoidal, subcostal, and sutural areas (the margin
of the latter excepted) closely reticulated ; costal area slightly re-
curved, with larger areole, the two rows diminishing to one at the
apex.
Length 21—23, breadth 13—1} millim.
Hab.—LowrErR CALIFORNIA, Guadalupe (Bilimek, in
mus. Vind. Cxs.).
Three examples, two of which are from Guadalupe, the
other without definite locality. The insect is not included
in Prof. Uhler’s list of Hemiptera Heteroptera of Lower
California [Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2) iv, pp. 228-295
(1894) ].
CoRYTHUCHA, Stal.
Numerous closely allied American species belong to
this genus. '!Monanthia lucida, Walk. (= C, fuscigera, Stal),
and Tingis spinosa, A. Duges, both from Mexico, also
appertain here. Stal’s type of C. fuscomaculata, from
Brazil, is figured on Plate II, fig. 2. This last-mentioned
insect is extremely like C. /usciyeru, Stal, but it appears to
have the apical margin of the elytra less rounded, the
inner portion being oblique.
58 Mr. G. C. Champion’s notes on
TINGIS, Fabr.
Stal (Enum. Hemipt. ii, p. 128) uses the name
Stephanitis for the European Tingis pyri, Fabr., and
T. oberti, Kol., and a very dissimilar South-American
form, S. mitrata, Stil, but this course has not been
followed by Lethierry and Severin. The American
species ought to be separated, and the name Stephanitis
could be retained for it, Stil’s type is figured on Plate II,
figs. 3, 3a.
“Tt may be here noted that the insect figured in Cuvier’s
Regne Animal, Ins., Atlas, u, pl. 91, figs, 5, 5a, b, under
ine name Tingis cristata, Panz., is evidently referable to
T. pyri, Fabr. It has nothing to do with Panzer’s species.
LEPTOBYRSA, Stal.
The type of this genus is ZL. steini, Stal, from Rio
Janeiro. It is figured on Plate II, fig. 4. Two others
have been described by Berg from Buenos Ayres and five
by myself from Central America.
GARGAPHIA, Stal.
This genus seems to be well characterised by the pro-
minent transverse sinuous ridge between the meso- and
metasternum, the cordate intercoxal portion of the meta-
sternum being surrounded at the sides and in the front by
a continuous membranous ridge. The species are all
American.* Stil’s type of G. trichoptera, from Bogota,
Colombia, is figured on Plate II, fig. 5
CorYTHAIGA, Stal.
Typonotus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1898, p. 716.
The characters of this genus were taken by Stal and
Uhler from the same species, C. monacha, Stal (= Tingis
cyathicollis, Costa, and Typonotus planaris, Uhler), the
type of C. monacha being from Rio Janeiro and that of
T. planaris from the Island of St. Vincent. Numerous
specimens of the species are contained in the Oxford
Museum. Stiil’s type has been communicated by Dr.
* inate formosa, Galdi, Peay Para, probably belongs here or to
Leptostyla, Stal.
American and other Tingitide. 59
Aurivillius. The insect has been beautifully figured by
A. Costa. The second known species of the genus, C.
carinata, Uhler, is from the Island of St. Vincent, and it
has also been found in Guatemala by myself.
PACHYCYSTA, gen. n.
Rostrum reaching the first ventral suture. Rostral groove sub-
parallel, uninterrupted, closed in front, the buccal laminze not promi-
nent, the meso- and metasternal lamine slightly converging behind.
Antenne pilose, distant at the base, with moderately long, slender
joints, 1 and 2 stouter than 3, 1 a little longer than 2, (4 broken off)
Head with five short decumbent spines, very short, obtuse antenni-
ferous tubercles, and an oblong, smooth, convex prominence in front.
Pronotum with a very large, ova], anteriorly truncate hood, three
foliaceous caring, and very broad, shell-like, incurved membranous
margins. Elytra oval, rounded at the tip; discoidal and subcostal
areas closely, the costal and sutural areas more widely, reticulated,
the costal area very broad, with three or fours rows of hyaline
areolee, the discoidal area extending to the middle and surrounded
by prominent nervures. Orifice visible. Nervures of the pronotal
processes and elytra stout, thickly pilose.
The single species from which the above characters are
taken is perhaps nearest allied to the monotypic genus
Megalocysta, Champ. ; but differs from it in having the pro-
notum strongly tricarinate, with the membranous margins
greatly extended, vertical, ‘and shell- like, and the reticula-
tion of the elytra and of ‘the inembranous portions of the
pronotum very much closer, &e. It cannot be included in
Leptostyla or any of the other genera characterized by Stal.
Pachycysta diaphana, sp. n. (Pl. I, figs. 6, 6a.)
Body ferruginous, the integument testaceous, the areole of the
elytra and pronotal processes more or less hyaline, the nervures and
the costal margin thickly clothed with very short pallid hairs ;
the legs and antennz ferruginous. Pronotum with the three carinz
strongly foliaceous, each with a row of transverse hyaline areole,
the median carina angularly raised anteriorly, the outer carine
curved inwards and partly covered by the hood; the hood extending
to about the middle, rather closely veticulated ; the membranous
shell-like margins rounded externally, with numerous small areole ;
the triangular posterior portion large, and, like the disc, closely
60 Mr. G, C. Champion’s notes on
reticulated, Elytra with the subcostal area biseriate ; the broad
costal area with three to four rows of rather small areole; the
sutural area unequally reticulated. Wings extending to a little
beyond the abdomen.
Length 32, breadth nearly 2 millim. (@.)
fab. AMAZONS (Bates, in Mus, Oxon.).
One example.
LEPTOSTYLA, Stal.
Four American species were referred to this genus by
Stil; one other has since been added by Berg, and seven-
teen by myself; Monanthia lineifera, Walk., from Brazil,
also belongs to it.* It is one of the most characteristic
genera of the family in Central America. Stil’s type of
L. furcata, from Rio Janeiro, is figured on Plate II,
HiGS.4 7,010.
LEPTOPHARSA, Stal.
This genus will probably prove to be inseparable from
Leptostyla. Two species were known to Stil and a third
has been added by myself, all from Tropical America.
Stal’s type of LZ. elegantula, from Colombia, is figured on
Plate II, fig. 8.
LEPTODICTYA, Stal.
Five Tropical-American species were included by Stal
under Leptodictya, and two others have been added by
myself. Monantiia tabida, H.-S., from Mexico, also belongs
here. Stil’s type of L. fuscocincta, from Rio Janeiro, is
figured on Plate II, fig. 9.
ACANTHOCHILA, Stal.
The type of this genus is A. armigera, Stal (= spinuli-
gera, Stal), from Rio Janeiro, this species being now known
to extend northwards to Southern Mexico. Two others have
since been added by Buchanan White and Uhler respec-
tively. .A. armigera has been figured by me elsewhere.
_ * The type of an allied species, M. lanceolata, Walk., from Brazil,
is apparently lost, as it cannot now be found in the British Museum.
American and other Tingitide. 61
LEPTOCYSTA, Stil.
Stil’s single species, LZ. sexnebulosa, from Rio Janeiro, is
figured on Plate II, figs. 10, 10a.
SPHEROCYSTA, Stil.
Of the two Brazilian species included in this genus, one,
S. globifera, Stil, is figured on Plate II, figs. 11, 11a.
AMBLYSTIRA, Stal.
Stil included in this genus a single species, A. pallipes,
from Rio Janeiro, and four others have been added by
myself. The type of A. pallipes is figured on Plate IT, fig. 12.
LEPTOYPHA, Stil,
The type of this genus is Tingis mutica, Say, from Texas.
Two allied forms from Mexico and Guatemala have been
figured and described by me elsewhere.
TIGAVA, Stal.
This genus was based upon a single species, 7. precel-
lens, Stal, from Rio Janeiro; two others have been added
by me from Central America. Stil’s type is figured on
Plate ITI, fig. 1.
TELEONEMIA, Costa.
Tings, subgen. Americia, Stil, Enum. Hemipt. i,
p. 131. .
Lasiacantha, Lethierry et Severin, Cat. Hémipt. Hété-
ropt. 111, p. 18 (part.).
This appears to be the most characteristic genus of
Tingitide in Tropical America, fourteen being known to
me from Central America alone.
The types of Stil’s species of Teleonemia have been com-
municated by Dr, Aurivillius, also those of Zingis (Americia)
albilatera and T. (Americia) limbata. T. albilatera, as I have
noted elsewhere, = Tingis triangularis, Blanch., Stal appar-
ently not having seen Blanchard’s figure. The types of the
following species are figured on Plate IIL: 7. (Amauro-
62 Mr. G. C. Champion’s notes on
sterphus) morvo, fig. 2; T. validicornis, fig. 4; T. luctuosa,
fig. 5; T. prohwa (¢=elevata, Fabr.), fig. 6; TT. belfragii,
fig. 8; also that of 7. (Americia) limbata, fig. 10. A figure
of 7. aterrima is given, fig. 8, from a specimen from the
Amazons in the Oxford Museum, Stil’s type having the
apical joint of the antennze broken off.
Of 7. sacchari, H.-S. and Stilt, there are numerous
specimens from the Island of St. Vincent in the Oxford
Museum.
The two following species from the Amazons cannot be
identified with any of the known members of the genus,
and they are therefore treated as new.
Teleonemia longicornis, sp.n. (Pl. III, fig. 7.)
Elongate, narrow, dull ; fusco-ferruginous, the spines on the head,
and the margins, carinee and hood of the pronotum testaceous, the
triangular posterior portion of the latter yellowish ; the elytra
fuscous, with the base, the outer and inner margins of the sutural
area, the costal margin, and the nervures of the costal area from a
little beyond the middle to near the apex, testaceous, the areole of
the latter for a similar distance, and also some of those along the
apical margin, and two of the inner ones before the tip, hyaline ;
the antennze ferruginous, the two basal joints and the apex of the
third darker, the fourth joint black; the legs ferruginous. Head
with decumbent spines ; antennz very elongate, about as long as
the elytra, moderately stout, joint 2 slightly shorter than 1, 3 three
times as long as 4, 4 pilose. Pronotum sharply tricarinate, and
with a small, compressed, angularly projecting hood in front, the mar-
ginal carine moderately prominent, the interspaces coarsely, closely
punctate. Elytra long, constricted beyond the middle, and slightly
dilated at the apex, the apices bluntly rounded, the median
nervure prominent ; discoidal area with rather deeply impressed
areolze ; subcostal area biseriate ; costal area with a single row ©
of transverse areole from about the middle onwards, becoming
vertical and cariniform towards the base. Rostrum reaching the
meso-metasternal suture.
Length 5, breadth 15 millim. (¢.)
Hab. AMAZONS (ates, in Mus. Oxon.).
One example. This insect resembles Costa’s figure of
T. funerea, but has shorter, less parallel, and differently
coloured elytra, the small pronotal hood more prominent in
front, &c. Amongst the numerous species described by
Ameriwan and other Tingitide. 63
Stal (the types of all of which are before me) it is per-
haps nearest allied to 7. scrupulosa, from which it may be
separated by the very long and less distinctly pilose
antenne, the longer elytra, with glabrous discoidal area
and the hyaline areole of the costal area not extending to
the base, &e.
Teleonemia brevipennis, sp.n. (Pl. IIT, fig. 9.)
Moderately elongate, narrow, dull ; blackish-fuscous, the spines on
the head and the front of the pronotum obscure testaceous, the tri-
angular posterior portion of the pronotum, and the hood in part,
yellowish ; the elytra fuscous, with the costal margin and the
nervures of the costal area for some distance beyond the middle
testaceous, the areole of the latter to near the apex hyaline. Head
with decumbent spines ; antennz long and moderately stout, joint
2 considerably shorter than, and not so stout as, 1, 3 rather more
than twice the length of 4,3 and 4 clothed with very short hairs.
Pronotum sharply tricarinate, and with a small, compressed, sub-
angularly projecting hood in front, the marginal carinze prominent,
the interspaces coarsely, closely punctate. Elytra (when closed)
suboval, comparatively short, rounded at the apex ; discoidal area
with deeply impressed areole, the nervure limiting it externally
rounded and prominent; subcostal area biseriate ; costal area rapidly
widening beyond the middle, very narrow towards the base, with a
single row of areolee, increasing to two in the widest part, the areolz
small to about the middle and then becoming larger and transverse.
Rostrum reaching the meso-metasternal suture.
Length 37, breadth 1} millim. (9.)
Hab. AMAzons (Bates, in Mus, Oxon.).
This species differs from all the Zeleonemix known to
me in the relatively short, somewhat oval elytra. The
costal area is abruptly widened beyond the middle, and at
the widest part there are two additional hyaline areole,
there being thus two rows at this place. The wings
extend beyond the abdomen. The insect approaches
the Tingis (Americia) limbata, of Stal, which would be
better placed in Z'eleonemia.
EURYPHARSA, Stal.
The type of this genus is Tingis nobilis, Guér., from,
Tropical South America, and 7. circwmdata, Blanch.,
64 Champion: American and other Tingitide.
belongs to the same species. There are two specimens
of it in the Oxford Museum: one labelled “S. Amer.,
dOrbigny, ex Mus. Jard. Plantes,” this being, no doubt,
one of Blanchard’s types, which were from Chiquitos,
Bolivia; and the other from the Amazons (Bates). A
second species has been described by me from the State of
Panama. Both have been figured.
MonantuHiA, Lep.
The four Tropical-American representatives of this
genus known to me—J/. monotropidia, Stal, M parmata,
Dist., and JL loricata, Dist., and a new species described
by me elsewhere —are closely allied. memes
Figures of Mr. Distant’s species are here “given on
Plate III: fic. 11 being taken from JZ. loricata, and fig, 12
from JV. parmata.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES II anp III.
[See Explanation facing the PLATES. ]
—
lop)
or
Ww
V. A List of the Cicindelide, Carabide and Staphy-
linidze collected by Mr. J. J. WALKER, R.N., F.LS.,
in the region of the Straits of Gibraltar, By GEORGE
CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.
[Read December 1st, 1897. ]
In the Transactions of the Entomological Society for 1891,
pp. 375—401, I gave a list of Heteromerous Coleoptera
collected by Mr. Walker in the region of the Straits of
Gibraltar. The present paper contains a list of the Cicin-
delidze, Carabide, and Staphylinide, forming part of the
same collection. It has been prepared with the assistance
of M.M. Bedel and Fauvel, both of whom are engaged at
the present time in the publication of a list of the N.
African species of these families, M. Bedel with the
Cicindelidz and Carabidz and M. Fauvel with the Staphy-
Jinide. A considerable portion of their work (that of
‘ M. Bedel having been commenced in March 1895, and
that of M. Fauvel during the present year) has now been
published. The chief object of this paper is to give a list
of the species inhabiting the European side of the Straits,
as well as of those found on the N. African side. At the
end of the Carabide, a list of the N. African species not
met with by Mr. Walker is inserted, compiled from M.
Bedel’s Catalogue* as far as published, and from MS.
notes kindly communicated by him. In this family a
considerable number of species do not cross the Straits,
some conspicuous forms being confined to the African side
(e.g. Casnonia olivieri, &c.) and others (Carabus favieri,
Acinopus giganteus, Percus politus, Aptinus displosor, &c.)
to the Spanish side. Since the publication of the Anda-
lusian lists of Rambur (1842), Rosenhauer (1856), Dieck
(1870), v. Heyden (1870), &c., many additional species of
Carabide have been detected in the country bordering the
Straits of Gibraltar. My own researches in Andalusia
* Catalogue Raisonné des Coléoptéres du Nord de VlAfrique
(Maroc, Algérie, Tunisie et Tripolitaine), avec notes sur la Faune des
Iles Canaries et de Madére.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTI, (APRIL.) 5
66 Mr. G. C. Champion's list of
(1895) were almost entirely confined to more inland
localities—Ronda, Granada, Lanjaron, Sierra Nevada, &c.,
—and I have therefore nothing to add to the present list.
To Mr. Walker’s unflagging energy the addition of several
species to the N. African Catalogue is due, as may be
seen by a reference to M. Bedel’s work, in which many of
bis captures are noted. Several interesting species having
been found by him at Malaga, they are included in the
present list, though this locality is rather beyond | the
limits of the Straits. The species marked with a * are
additions to v. Heyden, Reitter, and Weise’s Hee
Catalogue (1891). Of Cicindelide and Carabide 280
species were met with by Mr. Walker, 68 of which are
found in Britain; 35 others are known from the Maroccan
side of the Straits, 12 of which are British.
CICINDELIDA.
CICINDELA, L.
C. flecwosa, F. Tetuan, Gibraltar, and Malaga: sandy
places, abundant. The commonest species of the
genus at Gibraltar, nearly all the year.
CO. lunulata, F. Gibraltar: abundant on the sea-beach,
not seen in winter.
C. lunulata ¥., var. littoralis, F. Tetuan, Gibraltar.
C. maura, L., var. milleri, Beuth. Tangier. Gibraltar :
sandy banks of streams, local, San Roque, &e.
Apparently the only form of the species in the region,
of the Straits. All the specimens have the humeral
spots widely separated, but in some of those from both
Gibraltar and Tangier the median fascia is divided
into two spots.
C. luctwosa, De}. Tangier: rarely. Probably confined to
Marocco.
C. trisignata, De}. 'Tetuan and Tangier: notcommon. A
well-known European species. Found by Rambur at
Malaga.
C. campestris, L. Gibraltar: sandy places, in the spring,
common.
C. campestris, L., var. maroccana, F. Tangier and
Gibraltar: perhaps more numerous than the typical
form at Gibraltar.
Coleoptera from the region of Grbraltar. 67
CARABID/.*
CALOSoMA, Weber.
C. sycophanta, L. Gibraltar: wood near Algeciras,
running on trunks of cork-oaks, four specimens. It
occurs in Marocco, Algeria, Tunis, &c,
C. maderx, F. (indagator, F.). Tetuan. Gibraltar: two
specimens—one in flood refuse, in the dockyard, and
one at Sierra Lorca.
CaRaBus, L.
C. faviert, Fairm. Tangier: one specimen, Not found in
Europe.
C. dufowrt, De}. Gibraltar: under stones, not rare,
winter, Campamento, &c. Not recorded from N.
Africa.
C. melancholicus, F. Gibraltar: under stones in damp
places, winter, not rare. Occurs at Tangier.
C. rugosus, F. Tetuan, Tangier: two specimens.
Gibraltar: under stones, winter, Rock, Campameuto,
&e., not rare.
NEpRIA, Latr.
N. complanata, L. Tetuan and Ceuta: in plenty at
Tetuan. Gibraltar: eastern beach, under wreck
timber, &c., invariably below high-water mark,
common. Recorded from Tangier.
NV. andalusiaca, Ramb. Tetuan, Tangier, Djebel Mousa
(Ape’s Hill), Gibraltar: under stones, not common.
N. rubicunda, Quens. Tangier, Algeciras: a few examples,
under stones.
LEIsTUS, Frol.
*Z. amplicollis, Fairm. Djebel Mousa (Ape’s Hill) and
Gibraltar. One specimen from each locality.
* The record of Cathoplius asperatus, De}j., from Gibraltar, men-
tioned by M. Bedel (Cat. p. 22), upon Mr. Walker’s authority, is a
mistake : the insect in question was given to Mr. Walker at Gibraltar
by Mr. W. Glassford ; it probably came from Casablanca or Larache
on the Maroccan coast, where the species is known to occur.
68 Mr, G. C. Champion’s list of
Described from a single example from Tangier. The
Gibraltar example has been compared by M. Bedel
with the type.
L. fulvibarbis, Dej. Tetuan and Gibraltar: under stones ,
rare.
NotiopHiLus, Dum.
N. 4-punctatus, Dej. Gibraltar: several specimens, Linea,
&e. Occurs at Tangier and elsewhere in N. Africa.
N. geminatus, Dej. Tangier. Gibraltar: sparingly, San
Lorca. Occurs also in the Canary Is. and in
Madeira.
SCARITES, F.
S. buparius, Forst. (gigas, F.). Gibraltar: sandy places,
Neutral ground, &c., common. Occurs in N. Africa,
Canary Is., &c.
S. occidentalis, Bedel (polyphemus, olim). Tangier.
Occurs along the littoral of the Iberian peninsula,
from Lisbon to Cadiz (teste Bedel).
S. saxicola, Bon. (hespericus, Dej.). Tetuan, Tangier,
Gibraltar, and Algeciras: under stones, winter and
spring, not rare.
S. terricola, Bon. (arenarius, Bon.). Tetuan and Malaga :
one example from each locality.
S. levigatus, F. Tetuan, Gibraltar, and Malaga: a few
specimens. Recorded from Tangier.
S. pianus, Bon. Tetuan and Ceuta. Gibraltar: in flood
refuse, in the spring, not rare.
DYSCHIRIUS, Bon.
D. arenosus, Steph. (thoracicus, Gyll.). Tetuan. Gibraltar :
sandy ground, behind Linea, locally common.
D. rufo-eneus, Chaud. Tangier. Gibraltar: San Roque,
Linea, &c., sandy places, also on clay.
D. punctatus, Dej. Tetuan. Gibraltar: bed of stream
near Campamento and on the neutral ground, rare.
Recorded from Tangier.
D. chalybeus, Putz. Tetuan: onespecimen. A European
species. Recorded from Tangier.
D. pusillus, De}. Tetuan: in plenty. A Mediterranean
insect,
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 69
Tacuypus, Lap. (ASAPHIDION, Gozis).
flavipes, L. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: under
decaying pine branches. First pine wood.
BEMBIDION, Latr.
B. ambiguum, Dej. Tetuan and Tangier. Gibraltar :
Campamento, &c., not rare.
B. lampros, Herbst. Gibraltar: in flood refuse, three
examples. Not included in M. Bedel’s N. African
list.
letum, Brullé, Tetuan: one specimen. Gibraltar :
one specimen, on a wall, Campamento. Recorded
from Tangier.
B. variwm, Ol., var. semipunctatum, Don. Tetuan: not
tb oh & b&
rare. Gibraltar.
lusitanicwm, Putz. Gibraltar: one specimen, Campa-
mento beach, March 1888. Not included in M.
Bedel’s N. African list.
. nitidulum, Marsh. Gibraltar: in the bed of the river
Palmones. Occurs in Tunis and Algeria.
. dahli, Dej., var. cribrum, Duv. Tetuan: in flood refuse,
not rare. A South European species. Recorded
from Tangier.
elongatum, Dej., var. nordmanni, Chaud. Tetuan: in
flood refuse, with the preceding. Recorded from
Tangier, Tunis, and Algeria.
. genet, Kiist. (4-guttatum., Ill). Gibraltar: not rare.
Recorded from N. Africa.
normannum, Dej. Tetuan. A common littoral
species in Europe. Recorded from Tangier.
. minimum, F. Tetuan: with the preceding. A well-
known European species.
octomaculatum, Geeze (sturmi, Panz.). Tetuan: in
flood refuse, two specimens. Gibraltar: one
specimen, Campamento. Recorded from Tangier.
. vicinum, Lucas. Gibraltar: two specimens. Re-
corded from Tangier and elsewhere in N. Africa.
. lunulatum, Geoffr. (biguttatwm Gyll.). Tangier
and Gibraltar.
tricolor, Bedel. Tetuan and Gibraltar: in flood
rubbish, common.
70 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
Ocys, Steph.
O. harpaloides, Serv. (rufescens, Guér.). Tetuan and
Gibraltar : in flood rubbish.
TACHYS, STEPH.
. biswicatus, Nic. Tetuan: two specimens. A European
species, occurring also in Madeira.
. globulus, De}. Tetuan, Gibraltar : in damp places and
in flood rubbish, not rare.
. hemorrhoidalis, Dej. Tetuan. Gibraltar: in flood
refuse, common. Recorded from Tangier.
. sexstriatus, Duft., var. bishimaculatus, Chevr. Tetuan :
one example. A South European species.
. parvulus, De}. Malaga: one specimen.
. bistriatus, Duft. Tetuan, Tangier, Gibraltar: not un-
common. Recorded from Madeira and the Canary
Is.
T. micros, Fisch. (gregarius, Chaud.). Gibraltar: two
specimens. Recorded from Algeria.
T. scutellaris, Steph. Tetuan and Tangier. Gibraltar:
in flood rubbish on the beach, Linea.
T. algiricus, Lucas. Tetuan, Gibraltar: not rare, in wet
places. Recorded from Tangier.
efies)}) oles] Sp = Gs pe L)
ANILLUS, Duv.
A, massinissa, Dieck. Tangier: in numbers, under large
deeply-embedded stones, in clayey soil. Malaga:
three specimens.
PERILEPTUS, Schaum.
P. areolatus, Creutz. Tetuan. Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
Campamento. Malaga.
TRECHUS, Clairv.
T. fulvus, Dej. (lapidosus, Daws.). Tangier. Gibraltar :
a few specimens in spring, in flood refuse, on the
Rock.
T. quadristriatus, Schrank (minutus, F.), var. obtusus, Er.
Tetuan and Gibraltar.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 71
*7. tingitanus, Putz. Tangier. Gibraltar: not rare, in
Dy
flood rubbish, Campamento. Not included in von
Heyden, Reitter, and Weise’s European Catalogue.
It has already been quoted by M. Bedel from
Gibraltar.
DELTOMERUS, Motsch.
rufipennis, Dej. Gibraltar: one example. Recorded
by M. Bedel from Tangier. .
Poconus, Nicolai.
. smaragdimus, Waltl. Tetuan and Gibraltar: one
specimen in each locality. Recorded from Tangier.
litoralis, Duft. Tetuan: rarely. A well-known
European species.
P. chaleeus, Marsh. Tangier, Tetuan, and Gibraltar :
C.
common,
Apotomus, Ill.
. rufus, Rossi. Tetuan. Gibraltar: under stones, in
winter, common. Recorded from Tangier.
. flavescens, Apetz. Tangier: not uncommon. Ap-
parently not found on the European side of the
Straits.
. rufithoraz, Pecch. Tetuan: a few specimens, including
one with the elytra rufous (?=¢estaceus, Dej.).
Recorded from Portugal, Tuscany, Sicily, &e., as well
as from Tangier.
PANAGAUS, Latr.
cruz-major, L. Tetuan: in plenty in the Esmir marsh
in damp tufts of grass. A well-known European
species. Recorded from Marocco by M. Bedel from
Mr. Walker’s specimens only.
CHLANIUS, Bon.
spoliatus, Rossi. Tetuan: Plain of Buzaghal, Esmir
marsh, in plenty, in flood rubbish, &. A European
species. Recorded from Tangier.
circumscriptus, Duft. Tetuan: sparingly, with the
preceding. Recorded from ‘Tangier. Occurs in
Southern Europe, Canary Is., 8. Africa, &c.
72 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
C. decipiens, Dufour (azwrews, Duft.). Tetuan: four
specimens. Gibraltar: under stones, Campamento,
very rare. The examples from Tetuan belong to the
var. algericus Raffr., which is said to be peculiar to
N. Africa.
C. tristis, Schall. (holoseviceus, F.). Tetuan: in plenty,
Esmir marsh, in cut reeds. Gibraltar : in flood refuse,
rare, Campamento. Recorded from Tangier and
Malaga.
C. variegatus, Geoffr. (agrorum, Oliv.). Tetuan: in plenty.
Gibraltar: in flood refuse and in damp _ places,
common. Recorded from Tangier.
C. vestitus, Payk. Benzus Bay, Marocco. Gibraltar:
wet places, abundant, Campamento. Recorded from
Tangier.
C. velutinus, Duft. Tangier and Gibraltar: common,
under stones, in the beds of streams. The variety
auricollis, Gené, occurred on both sides of the
Straits, predominating at Tangier.
C. nigricornis, F. Gibraltar: one specimen, in flood
refuse, Campamento. Not included in M. Bedel’s
N. African list.
C. chrysocephalus, Rossi. Tetuan, Tangier: plentiful.
Gibraltar : under stones, in damp places, local, but
common when found.
C. macrocerus, Chaud. Tangier: notcommon. Doubtfully
recorded from Spain.
C. virens, Ramb. Tetuan: rare. Gibraltar: abundant,
under stones, Campamento. Some of the Spanish
specimens have the thorax and elytra deep violet, like
those found in Marocco. Recorded by Rambur from
San Roque.
CALLISTUS, Bon.
C. lunatus, F. Gibraltar : one specimen, Sierra Carbonera
under a stone ina damp place. This genus has not
been noticed as yet in N. Africa.
OovEs, Bon.
0. hispanicus, Dej. Tangier: one specimen. Found in
Spain and Portugal.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 73
O. mauritanicus, Lue. Tetuan: in plenty, in the Esmir
marsh, in flood refuse. Probably confined to N. Africa.
DrpLocuiLa, Brullé.
D. xgyptiaca, Dej. Tetuan: one specimen. Recorded
from Andalusia, Tangier, &c.
Licinus, Latr.
L. punctatulus, F. (granulatus, De}j.). Tangier and Tetuan.
Gibraltar : common and generally distributed, under
stones.
BADISTER, Clairy.
B. bipustulatus, F. Tetuan. Gibraltar: in moist places
and in flood refuse, rare. Recorded from Tangier.
. peltatus, Panz. Tetuan: four specimens, Esmir marsh.
A European species. The only N. African capture
mentioned by M. Bedel is Mr. Walker’s.
by
AMBLYSTOMUS, Er.
. mauritanicus, De}. Tangier. Algeciras and Gibraltar :
under bark and beneath stones, winter, not common.
. metallescens, De}. Tetuanand Ceuta. A Mediterranean
species.
. niger, Heer. Tetuan. Gibraltar: not rare, in tufts of
grass, in winter. Recorded from N. Africa.
. algirinus, Reitt. Tangier: one specimen. Perhaps
confined to N. Africa, but confounded till recently
with A. niger.
S PB f& f&
SIAGONA, Latr.
S. deeani, Ramb. Tangier: not rare, Gibraltar: one
specimen, in flood refuse, in the Dockyard, April
1887; abundantly at Algeciras, March 1889, under
stones on stiff clay soil. Runs very rapidly when
disturbed ( Walker).
S. genissoni, Dej. Tangier: common. Gibraltar: under
stones, common and widely distributed, winter and
spring. Same habits as preceding.
S. depressa, F. (ewropea, Dej.). Tetuan and Ceuta: not
rare. Gibraltar: one specimen, in flood refuse, April
1887. Found near Malaga by Rambur.
74 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
Ditomus, Bon. (Aristus, Latr.).
D. clypeatus, Rossi. Tangier. Gibraltar: under stones,
in winter, not rare.
D. sphxrocephalus, Oliv. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar,
Algeciras: with the preceding, but commoner.
CaRTERUS, Dej., Bedel.
C’. cephalotes, Dej. Tetuan, Tangier: not rare. Gibral-
tar: near San Roque, in winter, scarce. This and
the other species of the genus live in vertical burrows
under stones, and are most partial to the stiffest clay
soil (Walker).
C. tricuspidatus. F. Tetuan: plain of Buzaghal, common.
Gibraltar : near Campamento, a few specimens.
C. interceptus, Dej. Gibraltar: in plenty, foot of Sierra
Carbonera, in spring. Occurs in Marocco, Algeria, &c.
C. dama, Rossi. Tangier: rare. A Mediterranean
species.
C. rotundicollis, Ramb. Tetuan, Tangier, Gibraltar: not
rare.
C. fulvipes, Latr. Tetuan. Gibraltar: not rare, in winter,
near Campamento. The only N. African capture
mentioned by M. Bedel is Mr. Walker’s.
C. microcephalus, Ramb. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar :
sparingly, in winter, at the foot of the Sierra
Carbonera.
C. gracilis, Ramb. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: in flood
refuse, near Campamento.
Eriotomus, La Bril.
E. villosulus, Reiche. Tangier and Gibraltar: a single
specimen at each locality.
Actnopus, De}.
A. giganteus, Dej. Gibraltar: two specimens, one at
Algeciras and one beyond San Roque. Not known
from N. Africa.
A. picipes, Oliv. Malaga: one specimen. Not known
from N. Africa.
A. megacephalus, Rossi. Tetuan: not rare. Gibraltar:
in flood refuse, &c., in spring, not rare.
hm & b& &
PS & Fee HR FB
sa)
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 75
ANISODACTYLUS, De}.
. heros, F. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
April 1887.
. binotatus, F. Tetuan: Esmir marsh, a few specimens.
A common European species.
. winthemt, De}., var. metallicus, Bedel. Tetuan : Esmir
marsh, two examples. It occurs in the Balearic Is., &c.
. peciloides, Steph. Gibraltar: in flood rubbish, one
specimen.
DIAcHROMUS, Er.
. germanus, L. Tetuan: Esmir marsh, numerous speci-
mens. Gibraltar: not rare, in wet flood rubbish,
Campamento, in January. This species has a very
limited distribution in N. Africa.
HARPALUS, Latr.
. punctatostriatus, De}. Tetuan, Tangier: not uncom-
mon. Gibraltar: in flood refuse, &c., rather com-
mon.
. distinguendus, Duft. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar :
Neutral ground, &c., not rare.
siculus, Dej. Tangier. Gibraltar: under stones, not
rare.
. oblitus, Dej., var. patruelis, Dej. Tetuan, Tangier,
Gibraltar : rare.
. oblitus, De}j., var. tingitanus, Fairm. Tetuan, Tangier :
one specimen from each locality.
. Litigiosus, Dej. Gibraltar: Neutral ground, under
stones, occasional. Not known from Marocco.
. tenebrosus, De}. Benzus Bay, Tetuan, Tangier, Gibral-
tar: rare.
attenuatus, Steph. (consentaneus, Dej.). Tetuan: four
specimens. A well-known European species.
sulphuripes, Germ. Tetuan: one specimen. A Euro-
pean species.
. fulwus, Dej. (littoralis, Ramb.). Plain of Buzaghal,
Tetuan, and Tangier. Gibraltar: sandy places, not
rare.
. neglectus, Dej. Tangier and Tetuan: common. A
well-known European species.
76 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
or & &
ab
A
OpHoNnus (Steph.), Bedel.
. cordicollis, Serv. (ditomoides, Dej.). Gibraltar: one
specimen. Occurs in N. Africa.
. rotundicollis, Fairm. ‘Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar:
common, under stones.
. quadricollis, De}. (laminatus, Fairm.). Tetuan: one
specimen. A Mediterranean species.
. planicollis, Dej. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: under
stones, Campamento, &c, common. The variety
hispanus was found at San Roque by Rambur.
. puncticollis, Payk. Gibraltar: a few specimens. M.
Bedel possesses an example of this species from
Tangier.
. subquadratus, De}. (meridionalis, De}., discicollis, Waltl).
Gibraltar : common, under stones. Occurs in N. Africa.
. pumilio, Dej. Tetuan, Tangier, Gibraltar: under
stones, &c., not rare.
. rupicola, Sturm (subcordatus, Dej.). Tangier :"a few
specimens. A widely-distributed European species.
SCYBALICUS, Schaum.
. oblongiusculus, Dej. Gibraltar: a few specimens, in
flood rubbish and under stones on clay soil, April.
Occurs in Marocco and Algeria.
STENOLOPHUS, Latr.
. teutonus, Schrank. Tetuan, Tangier: not rare. Gibral-
tar: in damp places, occasional. Malaga.
. skrimshiranus, Steph. Tetuan: a few specimens in
the Esmir marsh. Gibraltar: in flood refuse, Cam-
pamento.
. proximus, De}. Tetuan: not rare, in the Esmir marsh.
A Mediterranean species.
ACUPALPUS, Latr.
marginatus, De}. Tetuan and Gibraltar: rare, in
flood refuse.
. elegans, Dej. Gibraltar : one specimen, in flood refuse.
Occurs in Algeria.
. piceus, Rott. Tangier : two specimens. A Mediterranean
species,
A,
A
iD}
Lb.
B.
Jey,
Z.
sol ees) asi ts) Gas
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. (ii
dorsalis, F. Tetuan, Tangier, Gibraltar: in damp
places, occasional.
brunnipes, Sturm, Tetuan, Tangier, Gibraltar: spar-
ingly, in damp places.
DICHIROTRICHUS, Duv.
obsoletus, Dej. Tetuan. Gibraltar: in flood rubbish,
abundant.
BRADYCELLUS, Er.
distinctus, Dej. Tetuan and Gibraltar: a few
specimens.
lusitanicus, Dej. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: on E.
beach, under pieces of wood, common.
similis, De}. Tetuan and Gibraltar : rare.
ZABRUS, Clairv.
piger, Dej. Tangier, Tetuan. Gibraltar: chiefly on
Neutral ground, common.
AMARA, Bon.
zned, De Geer (trivialis, Gyll.). Tetuan, Tangier.
Gibraltar: on walls, pathways, under stones, &c.,
common.
. fervida, Coq. Tangier. Gibraltar: under stones, Cam-
pamento, not rare.
. montana, Dej. (distincta, Ramb.). Gibraltar: one
specimen. Not known from Marocco.
PaciLus, Chaud.
dimidiatus, Oliv. Gibraltar : under stones and on path-
ways, not rare. Not recorded from Marocco.
erenulatus, Dej. Gibraltar: in damp places and in
flood refuse, not rare.
. crenulatus, Dej., var. mauritanicus, Dej. Tetuan and
Tangier : not rare.
quadricollis, De}. Tetuan: Plain of Buzaghal, abund-
ant. Gibraltar: under stones, &c., not rare.
quadricollis, De}., var. vicinus, Levr. Tetuan. Gibraltar :
abundant, under stones, &c. Occurs at Tangier.
78
FE
Hy bby WW
PD
ts
Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
purpurascens, De}. (infuscatus, Dej., nwmidicus, Luc.).
Tetuan, Tangier, Djebel Mousa (Ape’s Hill). Gib-
raltar : under stones, near San Roque, not rare.
splendens, Gené. Tetuan, Ceuta. Gibraltar: damp
places and in flood refuse, not rare.
crenatus, De}. Tetuan. Gibraltar: under stones, &c.,
plentiful.
. beticus, Ramb. (planidorsis, Reitt.). Tangier. Gibraltar.
. decipiens, Waltl. Tangier. Gibraltar: not rare, under
stones, in winter.
cupripennis, Chaud. Tangier: in plenty. Confined to
N. Africa.
PTEROSTICHUS, Bon.
. elongatus, Duft. Tetuan: not rare, in the Esmir marsh,
in flood refuse.
OrtTHOMUS, Chaud.
. quadrifoveolatus, Chaud. (?=hispanicus, Dej.). Gib-
raltar : under stones. Not known from N. Africa.
maroccanus, Chaud. Tangier, Tetuan, Djebel Mousa
(Ape’s Hill). Gibraltar : under stones in waste places,
common.
barbarus, Dej. Gibraltar: dry waste places, under
stones, common. Malaga. Found throughout the
whole of N. Africa.
Lacarus, Chaud.
. vernalis, Panz. Tetuan: one specimen, in the Esmir
marsh.
PLATYDERUS, Schaum.
montanellus, Graells. Gibraltar, Malaga: rare. Not
known from N. Africa.
ruficollis, Marsh. Tetuan: one specimen. Gibraltar :
under stones, near Algeciras.
. tenuistriatus, Woll. Tetuan and Ceuta: three specimens.
Described by Wollaston from a single specimen found
by Crotch at Teneriffe. The insect bears an extra-
ordinarily close resemblance to Calathus mollis, which
was also found by Mr. Walker at Tetuan.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 79
STEROPUS, Dej.
S. globosus, F. Tetuan, Tangier, Djebel Mousa (Ape’s
Hill). Gibraltar: on paths, under stones, &c., Rock,
Campamento, &c., common. Malaga.
PErRcus, Bon.
P. politus, Dej. (stultus, Rosenh.). Gibraltar: under
stones, Campamento, &c., not rare. Not known from
N. Africa.
ABACETUS, De}.
. salemanni, Germ. Tangier. Gibraltar: not rare, in
the bed of a stream; also in flood rubbish, near
Campamento.
LZMOSTENUS, Bon. (PRISTONYCHUS, Dej.).
L. mauritanicus, De}. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: on
NN
the Rock and also near San Roque.
. punctatostriatus, Fairm. Tangier.
complanatus, De}. Tangier, Tetuan. Gibraltar: in the
town, occasional.
CALATHUS, Bon.
C. circumseptus, Germ. Tetuan. Gibraltar: locally com-
mon, under stones.
C. fuscipes, Goeze, var. punctipennis, Germ. Djebel Mousa
C.
Te.
P,
(Ape’s Hill): two specimens. A Mediterranean
insect. The var. /atws, Serv., occurs in Marocco.
mollis, Marsh. Tetuan. Gibraltar: dry sandy places,
abundant.
CARDIOMERA, Bassi.
. genet, Bassi. Benzus Bay, Marocco: one specimen.
Occurs in Sicily.
PLATYNUS, Bon.
JSulgidicollis, Er. Tetuan: in plenty in the Esmir
marsh. Replaces P. viridicupreus on the African
side of the Straits.
viridicupreus, Goeze. Gibraltar: in abundance on
Neutral ground, under stones, after heavy rain,
December and January. Not recorded from N.
Africa, where it is replaced by P. fulgidicollis.
80 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
marginatus, L. Tangier, Tetuan. Gibraltar: with the
preceding, but scarcer ; also in flood refuse.
. numidicus, Luc. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: in flood
refuse, 1n spring.
niger, Dej. (dahlt, Preudh. de Borre). Tetuan, Tangier.
Gibraltar : common, in flood refuse, Campamento, &c.
ruficornis, Goeze (albipes, F.). Tetuan. Gibraltar:
common, in damp places.
dorsalis, Pont. (prasinus, Thunb.). Tetuan. Gibraltar:
under stones, locally common. MJRecorded from
Tangier.
Bel = ge) es | as) F3 s
OLIsTHOPUS, De}.
0. fuscatus, Dej. Tetuan. Gibraltar: on walls, &c.,
occasionally.
Masorewvs, De}.
M. xgyptiacus, De}. Gibraltar: dry sandy places, Neutral
ground, &c., not rare. Varies a good deal in colour.
Also found at Sfax by Mr. Walker in 1874. It isa
common species in Tunis and Algeria.
Lest, Latr.
L. fulvicollis, F. Gibraltar: in tufts and under stones, in
winter, rare. Found at Malaga by Rambur. Occurs
in N. Africa.
L. cyanocephala, L. Gibraltar: under stones, near
Campamento, January. Found at Malaga by Rambur.
Occurs in N. Africa.
L, rufipes, Dej. Gibraltar: two specimens, one found on
a wall at Rosia in January. Found at Malaga by
Rambur. Occurs in Algeria.
LionycuHus, Schmidt.
L. albonotatus, Dej. Tetuan: a few specimens, Esmir
marsh. Occurs in Spain, France, &c.
PSEUDOTRECHUS, Rosenh.
P. mutilatus, Rosenh. Tetuan: Plain of Buzaghal, rare.
Tangier. Gibraltar: in nests of Atta barbara and
A. capitata, under stones, sparingly, in November,
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 81
February, and March, near Campamento and San
Roque. It has also occurred in flood rubbish in
spring near Gibraltar. Rosenhauer’s specimens were
from Algeciras.
METABLETUS, Schmidt.
M. fuscomaculatus, Motsch. Tetuan. Gibraltar: on walls,
scarce. Mr. Walker has also taken this species in
plenty at Sfax.
Jf. obscurogutiatus, Duft. Tetuan: Esmir marsh. A
common European species.
M. scapularis, De}. Tangier. Gibraltar: under stones,
common.
M. pallipes, Dej. Tetuan. Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
Campamento, a few specimens.
M. foveolatus. Dej. (cupreus, Waltl). Tetuan, Tangier.
Gibraltar: dry places, not rare.
M. myrmidon, Fairm. Gibraltar: one specimen, in rub-
bish, on Rock, April 1888.
BLECHRUS, Schaum.
‘BB. minutulus, Goeze (glabratus, Duft.). Tetuan. Gib-
raliar: on walls, &c., common.
BL. mauritanicus, Luc. Tangier. Confined to the African
side of the Straits.
BL. levipennis, Luc.? Djebel Mousa (Ape’s_ Hill).
Gibraltar, Malaga: under stones, on walls, &c.
B. plagiatus, Duft. Tetuan. Gibraltar: on walls, &c.,
not rare.
Ss
.
Dromtius, Schaum.
D. linearis, Oliv. Tetuan. Gibraltar: in tufts of grass,
&e., not rare.
D. meridionalis, De}. Gibraltar: one specimen. Occurs
at Tangier, as well as in Algeria.
D. insignis, Luc. Tangier: one specimen.
D. vectensis, Rye. Gibraltar: rare, Sierra Carbonera, in
the spring.
D. melanocephalus, Dej. | Tetuan. Gibraltar: near
Campamento.
DEMETRIAS, Bon.
D. atricapillus, L. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: in tufts
of grass, &c., not rare.
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.— PARTI. (APRIL.) 6
82 Mr. G. C. Champion's list of
SINGILIS, Ramb.
S. soror, Ramb. Tangier, Tetuan. Gibraltar: in tufts of
grass, winter, not rare, Rock, Campamento, &c.
Rambur’s specimens were from San Roque, in the
bay of Algeciras. This insect has also been found by
M. Favier in Marocco, whence another species of the
genus has been recorded, viz. S. maroccana, Fairm.,
from Cape Spartel.
S. bicolor, Ramb. Malaga: five examples. Rambur’s
specimens were found in the environs of Granada.
Already recorded from Malaga by Rosenhauer.
TRYMOSTERNUS, Chaud.
T. truncatus, Ramb. Gibraltar: one specimen, under a
stone, on the Rock, March 2nd, 1889. Recorded
from the Rock of Gibraltar, by Rambur. M. Bedel
possesses an example of it from Tangier.
T. rveflecimargo, Chaud. Malaga: four specimens, on a
hill-side under stones.
CYMINDIS, Latr.
C. axillaris, F., var. faviert, Fairm. Tangier: common.
The var. africana, Chaud., also occurs at Tangier.
Both varieties are confined to N. Africa.
C’. betica, Ramb. Gibraltar: three specimens.
CYMINDOIDEA, Lap. (PLATYTARUS, Schaum).
C. bufo, F. (mauritanica, Dej.). Tetuan, Ceuta. Gib-
raltar: under stones in winter, not rare. Recorded
from Algeciras and Malaga by Rosenhauer.
C. gracilis, De}. (protensa, Rosenh.). Tetuan, Tangier.
Gibraltar: with the preceding, occasional.
PoLystTicHus, Bon.
P. connexus, Fourcr. (vittatus, Brullé). Gibraltar: one
_ Specimen, in flood refuse, in the Dockyard, April
1887. Occurs in Algeria.
ZUPHIUM, Latr.
Z. olens, F. Tetuan: not rare,in flood refuse, in the Esmir
marsh. A Mediterranean species.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 83
Z. numidicum, Luc. Tangier, Tetuan. Found with Z. olens
at Tetuan. Recorded from Algeciras by Rosenhauer.
Z. sp. ? Tangier: one specimen. Not known to M. Bedel.
It cannot be referred to either of the N. African
species recently described by M. Vauloger (Bull.
Soc. Ent. Fr. 1897, pp. 292, 293).
Dryrpta, De}.
D. dentata, Rossi. Tetuan: not rare, in the Esmir marsh.
Gibraltar: locally common, in damp places, San
Roque, Sierra Carbonera, &c. This and the following
species are known from Tangier.
D, distincta, Rossi. Tetuan: not rare, in the Esmir marsh.
Gibraltar : in flood rubbish, in the spring.
Casnonlia, Latr.
C. olivieri, Bug. Tetuan: sparingly, in flood refuse and
cut reeds, in the Esmir marsh. A genus not repre-
sented in Europe.
BRACHYNUS, Weber.
B. humeralis Ahr. Tetuan: plentiful, in the Esmir marsh.
A Western Mediterranean species.
B. exhalans, Rossi. Tetuan: sparingly, with the preceding.
A Mediterranean species. .
B. immaculicornis, De}. (grxcus, Dej.). Tangier. Gib-
raltar: under stones, scarce.
B. evepitans, L. Tangier, Tetuan. Gibraltar: under stones,
common.
B. psophia, De}. Tetuan. Gibraltar: under stones, &c.,
not rare.
B. psophia, De}., var. plagiatus, Reiche. Tetuan: not rare.
A Mediterranean insect. Not met with at Gibraltar.
B. sclopeta, F. Tetuan. Gibraltar: under stones, in damp
places, in winter, common.
B. angustatus, De}. (hispalensis, Ramb.). Tangier. Gib-
raltar: with the preceding, sparingly.
B. pygmxus, Dej. Tetuan, Tangier. Gibraltar: with the
preceding.
84 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
B. pygmeus, Dej., var. testaceus, Ramb. Tangier: in
plenty. Gibraltar: under stones, in damp places, in
winter, Campamento, &c., commoner than the typical
form.
PHEROPSOPHUS, Solier.
P. hispanicus, Dej. Gibraltar: in abundance, in the
Neutral ground, among roots of rushes in a sandy spot,
in January; once, in flood refuse, Campamento.
Malaga. Occurs in Marocco.
APTINUS, Bon.
A. displosor, Duf. Gibraltar: in plenty, under stones, in
winter, Campamento, &c. Not known from N. Africa.
The following species of Cicindelidz and Carabide
known from the North African side of the Straits were not
met with by Mr. Walker.
Cicindela littorea, Forsk., var. goudoti, Dej. ‘Tangier.
Cicindela melancholica, F. Tangier. Occurs in Andalusia,
Sicily, &e.
Scarites ewrytus, Fisch. Tangier. Occurs in Spain, Sar-
dinia, &c.
Dyschirius globosus, Herbst, var. towrniert, Putz. Tangier.
Cillenus lateralis, Sam. Tangier. Widely distributed in
Europe.
Bembidion ephippium, Marsh. Tangier. Widely distri-
buted in Europe.
Bemlidion andrex, KF. Tangier. A European species.
Bembidion laterale, De}. (callosum Kiist.). Tangier. Widely
distributed in Europe.
Anillus silvanoides, Dieck. Tangier. The only locality
known for the species.
Aépus robini, Lab. Tangier. Chiefly confined to the
English Channel.
Trechus rufulus, De}. Tangier. Occurs in Andalusia and
Sicily.
Pogonus luridipennis, Germ. ‘Tangier. A European
coast species.
Chlenius infantulus, Chaud. Tangier. Recorded from
Southern Spain, perhaps in error.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 85
Oodes helopioides, F. Tangier. A well-known European
species.
Eviotomus tomentosus, Dej. Tangier, Tetuan. Occurs in
Southern Spain.
Harpalus fuscipalpis, Sturm (castilianus, Vuillefr.). Tan-
gier. Occurs in Spain.
Harpalus goudoti, Dej. Tangier. A European species.
Ophonus pubescens, Mill. (rujicornis, F.). Tangier. A
common European species.
Ophonus femoralisiCoq. (carteroides, Fairm., olceset, Fairm.).
Tangier. Occurs in Spain.
Bradycellus verbasci, Duft. Tangier. A common European
species.
Stenolophus miaxtus, Herbst (vespertinus, Panz.). Tan-
gier. <A well- known European species.
Acupalpus puncticollis, Coq. ‘Tangier.
Acorius ghiliani, Baudi. Tangier. Occurs also in Southern
Spain.
Amara subconvexa, Patz. Tangier.
Amara affinis, Dej. (cotty:, Coq,). Tangier. Occurs in
Spain.
Pterostichus nigerrimus, Dej. Tangier. A European
species.
Calathus semisericeus, Fairm. Tangier.
Sphodrus lewcophthalmus, L. Tangier. A well-known
European species.
Lemostenus algerinus, Gory. Tetuan. A Mediterranean
species.
Cymindis setifensis, var. maroccana, Reiche. Tangier.
Phleozetwus mauritanicus, Luc. Tangier.
Singilis maroccana, Fairm. Cape Spartel.
Metabletus foveatus, Fourer. (foveola, Gyll.). Tangier. A
common Kuropean insect.
Zuphium microphthalmum, Putz. Tangier.
Zuphium vaucheri, Vaul. ‘Tangier.
STAPHYLINIDA.
Three catalogues of the North-African species of this
family of beetles have already been published by M.
Fauvel, the third [Rev. d’Ent. v. pp. 9-100 (1886)|
including no fewer than 555 species, belonging to 103
genera; and a fourth [Rev. d’Ent. xvi. pp. 237-348
(1897)] is now in course of publication, this latter in-
86 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
cluding also the species inhabiting the Azores, Madeira,
the Salvages, and the Canary Islands, but excluding
those of Egypt. The Maroccan species enumerated by
Quedenfeldt [Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Staphylinen-
Fauna von Siid-Spanien, Portugal und Marokko, Berl.
ent. Zeitschr. 1884, pp. 351-879] are mentioned by M.
Fauvel in his third catalogue: Quedenfeldt’s list in-
cludes altogether 327 species. Rosenhauer [Die Thiere
Andalusiens, pp. 64-88 (1856)] mentions 144 species of
Staphylinide from Andalusia, including as far inland as
the Sierra Nevada. Mr. Walker’s collection contains
representatives of 237 species, 188 of which are British,
some few others (chiefly Homalota and Oxypoda) being
left undetermined at present. These insects, it will be
noticed, afford very little data for remarks on geographical
distribution, as they are more widely distributed than
most Coleoptera—the coprophagous species especially,—
and with few exceptions the whole of those enumerated
occur on both sides of the Straits, though Mr. Walker
did not in every case succeed in finding specimens on
each side. The species marked with a * are additions
to v. Heyden, Reitter, and Weise’s European Catalogue
(1891). Iam much indebted to M. Fauvel for his assist-
ance in determining most of the critical species, as without
his aid the present list could not have been prepared.
He has himself included many of Mr. Walker’s N. African
captures in his fourth catalogue.
OcaLEA, Erichson.
O. concolor, Kies. Esmir, Marocco. One specimen. A
European species, recorded by Rosenhauer from San
Lucar.
O. murina, Er. Gibraltar: in flood refuse, near Campa-
mento, several specimens. Recorded from N. Africa.
CHILOPoRA, Kraatz.
C. longitarsis, Er. Esmir and Malaga.
APTERANILLUS, Fairm.
*A. dohrni, Fairm. Tangier: in plenty, under large stones
embedded in damp clayey soil, winter and early
spring. Gibraltar: one specimen, near the Sierra
Lorca. An addition to the European list.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 87
OxypopaA, Mann.
. exoleta, Er. Gibraltar: on walls and in flood refuse.
Recorded from N. Africa.
. caloderina, Fauv. Tangier: one example. The type
was found at Bone, Algeria.
hemorrhoa, Grav. Tangier and Gibraltar.
recondita, Kr. Gibraltar: three specimens, under oak
bark, Cork Woods, &c. Recorded from Algeria.
. lurida, Woll. Tangier : one specimen.
nigrina, Wat. ‘Tangier.
SS SS LS SS
MIcroGLossa, Kraatz.
M. sutwralis,Sahlb. Gibraltar. Recorded from N. Africa,
ALEOCHARA, Grav.
A, olivieri, Fauv. Tangier and Gibraltar. Recorded from
Bone, Algeria, and Spain.
*4. rudella, Fauv. Tangier and Gibraltar: one example
from each locality. Described from a single specimen
found by M. Olcese at Tangier. An addition to the
European list.
A. clavicornis, Redt. Gibraltar: three specimens. Mr.
Walker believes that he found them in the nests of
Aphxnogaster testaceo-pilosa, on the Sierra Carbonera.
Recorded from N. Africa.
A. crassiuscula, Sahlb. Tangier and Gibraltar: not rare.
A, tristis, Grav. Gibraltar. Found throughout N.
Africa.
A. lipwnctata, Oliv. Gibraltar and Tangier.
A, crassa, Baudi (pulicaria, Rosenh.). Tangier and Gibral-
tar: two specimens. Rosenhauer’s specimens were
found at Cadiz.
A. tenwicornis, Kraatz. Tetuan, Esmir, and Gibraltar.
Not rare.
A. puberula, Klug. Gibraltar and Tangier. Not rare.
A, lanuginosa, Grav. Esmir, Marocco. A common
European insect.
A. succicola, Thoms. Gibraltar: one specimen.
A. nitida, Grav. Tangier, Esmir, Gibraltar, and Malaga.
Common.
A, grisea, Kraatz. Esmir and Gibraltar.
38
vAR
A
Jes
S RRR F RS
Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
ASTILBUS, Steph.
canaliculatus, F. Malaga. Apparently not recorded
from N. Africa.
DinarpDA, Mann.
. nigrita, Rosenh. Esmir and Gibraltar. Found in
plenty near Gibraltar, in the nests of Aphenogasicr
testaceo-pilosa. Rosenhauer’s specimens were found
at Jerez and Malaga. Recorded by Quedenfeldt
from Algeciras, Tangier, and Mazagan.
ALEUONOTA, Thoms.
leviceps, Bris. Gibraltar: four specimens, including
both sexes. Apparently not recorded from Spain.
ALIANTA, Thoms.
. brucki, Epp. (porosa, Fauv.). Gibraltar : one specimen.
Recorded from Grenada, Carthagena, Sicily, Algeria,
and Tunis.
NototHecta, Thoms.
. lxvicollis, Rey. Tetuan, Tangier, and Gibraltar.
Found in plenty in ants’ nests (Aphenogaster bar-
bara), also on walls. Campamento, &c.
HoMALota, Mann.
elongatula, Grav. Esmir, Tangier, and Gibraltar.
gregaria, Kr. Tangier and Tetuan. A common
Kuropean species.
longula, Heer. Gibraltar: one example. Recorded
from N. Africa.
exilis, Kr, Gibraltar. Recorded from Mogador.
vicina, Steph. Gibraltar. Recorded from N. Africa.
oraria, Kr. Gibraltar. Recorded from Algeria.
longicornis, Grav. Gibraltar. Recorded from N.
Africa.
. nigritula, Grav. Tangier. A common European
species.
pertyi, Heer. Gibraltar. Recorded from N. Africa.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 89
H. atramentaria, Gyll. Gibraltar. Recorded from N.
Africa,
HT, fungi, Geav. Esmir, Tangier, and Gibraltar.
HT. sordida, Marsh. Tangier and Gibraltar.
H, nigerrima, Aubé. Tangier. A European species.
H. amicula, Steph. (sericea, Rey.). Gibraltar. Recorded
from N. Africa.
TAcHYUSA, Er.
T. balteata, Er. Gibraltar: one example. Recorded from
N. Africa by Fauvel and Quedenfeldt.
T. ferialis, Kr. Esmir and Gibraltar.
MyRMECOPORA, Saulcy.
M. uvida, Er. Esmir, Ceuta, and Gibraltar.
EcHIDNOGLOsSA, Woll.
E. ventricosa, Qued. Gibraltar: in tufts of grass, Campa-
mento, &c., rare. Recorded from Tetuan, Algeciras,
and Cordova.
FALaaria, Steph.
F, nevula, Er. (formosa, Rosenh.). Esmir. Gibraltar :
in flood rubbish, Alcadeza Crags, in the Cork Woods.
Malaga.
F. suleata, Grav. Gibraltar. Recorded from N. Africa.
F. obscura, Grav. Esmir, Tangier, Gibraltar, Malaga.
SIPALIA, Rey.
S. plicatella, Fauv. Tangier: four examples. Recorded
from Marocco, Algeria, Malta, and Spain.
Bo.iTocHara, Mann.
B. lucida, Grav. Gibraltar: two specimens, under bark,
in the Cork Woods. These belong to the dark
variety described by M. Fauvel from Algeria.
PHLG@opPORA, Er.
P. reptans, Grav. Gibraltar: under bark, Cork Woods.
Apparently not recorded from N. Africa.
90 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
Puytosus, Curt.
P. spinifer, Curt. Tetuan. Occurs also on the Algerian
coast, as well as in Europe.
P. nigriventris, Chevr. Tetuan. Recorded from Tangier,
as well as from Europe.
PRONOMAA, Er.
P. rostrata, Er. Gibraltar: in flood refuse, near Campa-
mento, one specimen. Occurs in Algeria, as well as in
various parts of Europe.
MYLLzANA, Er.
M. Kraatzi, Sharp. Esmir and Gibraltar: in flood refuse.
M. intermedia, Er. Esmir: with the preceding. <A
European species.
Oxicora, Mann.
O. pusillima, Gray. Gibraltar. Recorded from N.
Africa.
Hypocyptus, Mann.
H, longicornis, Payk. Esmir, Tangier, and Gibraltar.
H, apicalis, Bris. Esmir. A European species.
TRICHOPHYA, Mann.
T. pilicornis, Gyll. Malaga: three specimens. Recorded
from Algeria.
HABROCERUS, Er,
HT, capillaricornis, Grav. Esmir, Algeciras, and Gibraltar.
LEUCOPARYPHUS, Kr.
L. silphoides, L. Gibraltar: on walls, Linea, &. Occurs
in N. Africa.
TACHINUS, Grav.
T. flavolimbatus, Pand. Gibraltar and Malaga: on walls,
in flood refuse, &c. Found throughout N. Africa.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. or
TACHYPORUS, Grav.
T. hypnorum, F. Tangier and Gibraltar. Occurs in N.
Africa,
T. solutus, Er. Gibraltar: flood refuse, Campamento.
Occurs in N. Africa.
T. nitidulus, F. Esmir and Gibraltar : on walls, &c.
ConuRrus, Steph.
C. pubescens, Payk. Esmir. Gibraltar: under stones and
in tufts of grass; also found in St. Michael’s Cave,
near the summit of the Rock.
C. immaculatus, Steph. Gibraltar. Recorded from
Marocco and Algeria.
C. lividus, Er. Esmir and Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
tufts of grass, &c.
BoLitTosivs, Steph.
B. pygmeus, F. Gibraltar: in putrid fungus, First Pine-
wood, near San Roque. Recorded from Algeria.
MEGACRONUS, Steph.
M. analis, F. Gibraltar: under stones, rare. Recorded
from Marocco.
M. inclinans, Grav. Gibraltar: one specimen, Cork
Woods, by sweeping. Recorded from Algeria.
MycetToporus, Mann.
M. splendens, Marsh. Gibraltar and Malaga: on walls,
&e. Recorded from N. Africa.
M. brunneus, Marsh. Gibraltar. Recorded from Algeria.
M. veichei, Pand. Esmir. Gibraltar: under stones and
on walls, Algeciras, San Roque, and Campamento.
M. splendidus, Grav. Esmir and Gibraltar.
TANYGNATHUS, Er.
T. terminalis, Er. (varicornis, Woll.). Esmir, Plain of
Buzaghal, Tetuan. Found in numbers in flood refuse.
A well-known European species. Quedenfeldt has
recorded it from Algeciras.
92 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
AcyLopHorus, Nordm.
A. glaberrimus, Herbst (glabricollis, Grav.). Tetuan and
Gibraltar. In wet tufts and flood rubbish. Re-
corded from Algeria. Quedenfeldt found two
specimens of it at Algeciras.
HETEROTHOPS, Steph.
HI, dissimilis, Grav. Tismir, Tangier, and Gibraltar.
QuEDIUS, Leach.
Q. brevicornis, Thoms. Gibraltar : under'stones, San Roque.
Q. molochinus, Grav. Tangier, Esmir, and Gibraltar: in
flood rubbish, &c.
Q). conctus, Payk. (impressus, Panz.). Gibraltar: on walls.
Found throughout Algeria.
Q. maurorufus, Grav. Gibraltar and Malaga: in flood
rubbish. Recorded from Tangier.
Q. precox,Grav. Gibraltar. Recorded from Tangier.
(). obliteratus, Kr. Gibraltar: on walls, three specimens.
Recorded from N. Africa.
Q. scintillans, Grav. Gibraltar. Recorded from Tangier,
Ceuta, and Tetuan.
Q. semieneus, Steph. Esmir and Gibraltar.
VY. attenuatus, Gyll. Gibraltar.
CREOPHILUS, Mann.
C. maxilosus, L. Tangier and Gibraltar.
STAPHYLINUS, L.
*S. medioxumus, Fairm. Tetuan. Gibraltar: four
specimens, in flood refuse, near Campamento, Jan.
1888. Described originally from Tangier and not
included in v. Heyden, Reitter, and Weise’s European
Catalogue.
Ocypus, Miill.
O. olens, Mill. Djebel Mousa (Ape’s Hill), Marocco.
Gibraltar : under stones and on roads, autumn.
O. ophthalmicus, Scop. (cyaneus, Payk.). Esmir: two
specimens. A European species.
S & SS 8
P,
Joleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 93
. planipennis, Aubé. Esmir marsh, plain of Buzaghal :
three specimens. A European species.
. nigrinus, Lucas. Esmir. Gibraltar: under stones,
Campamento. Also found in Algeria.
ewthiops, Waltl, Benzus Bay, Esmir, and Djebel
Mousa, Maroceco. Gibraltar.
. eneocephalus, De G. (eupreus, Rossi). Esmir and
Gibraltar: under stones, &c.
. walkert, Fauv.* Esmivr.
CaFius, Steph.
cantholoma, Grav. Esmir, Tangier, and Gibraltar.
sericeus, Holme. Esmir and Gibraltar.
ORTHIDUS, Rey.
eribratus, Er. Esmir marsh, plain of Buzaghal: in
plenty, in flood refuse. A South-European coast
species.
ACTOBIUS, Fauv.
. procerulus, Grav. Esmir and Gibraltar: in flood
refuse.
PHILONTHUS, Curt.
. sordidus, Grav. Tangier and Gibraltar.
. varius, Gyll., var. bimaculatus, Grav. Gibraltar: two
specimens. Recorded from N. Africa. Also found at
Algeciras by Quedenfeldt.
. fenestratus, Fauv. Esmir. A European species.
. ebeninus, Grav. Esmir, Tangier, Gibraltar, and Malaga :
common.
. varians, Payk. Gibraltar and Malaga: on walls, &c.
Recorded from N. Africa.
. agilis, Grav. Tangier. A European species.
. longicornis, Steph. Gibraltar. Recorded from N.
Africa.
. discoideus, Grav. Gibraltar. Recorded from N. Africa.
. ventralis, Grav. Malaga. Recorded from N. Africa.
PR
micans, Grav. Esmir marsh.
dimidiatipennis, Kr. Esmir marsh: in plenty in flood
refuse. Also occurs in Southern Europe.
* M. Fauvel’s description of this species will be published in the
supplement to his Fourth N. African Catalogue. The name is
taken from his list (p. 297).
94 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
P. quisquiliarius, Gyll. Tangier, Esmir, and Gibraltar :
common.
P. alcyoneus, Er. Gibraltar: one specimen. Also occurs
in N. Africa.
P. virgo, Grav. Esmir marsh: two specimens. A Euro-
pean species.
P. nigritulus, Grav. Tangier and Gibraltar, common.
P. nunctus, Grav. Esmir marsh: five specimens. Recorded
from Algeria, as well as from Europe.
OTHIUS, Steph.
O. paralleliceps, Qued. Gibraltar: on road to Sierra Lorca,
six specimens. Recorded by Quedenfeldt from Tetuan
and Algeciras.
O. leviusculus, Steph. Gibraltar: two specimens. Re-
corded from N. Africa.
LEPTACINUS, Er.
L. parwinpunctatus, Gyll. ‘Tangier and Gibraltar.
LL. batychrus, Gyll. Tangier. A well-known European
species.
LL. linearis, Gyll. Gibraltar.
LEPTOLINUS, Kr.
L. nothus, Er. Esmir, Tangier, and Gibraltar: in plenty
in flood refuse, tufts of grass, &e. The variety with
reddish elytra occurred on both sides of the Straits,
in about equal numbers with the dark form.
Nupopsius, Thoms.
NV. collaris, Kr. Gibraltar: one specimen, under loose bark
of an old oak,* Alcadeza Crags, March 1888. Re-
corded from Algeria, from under bark of cork-oak,
by M. Fauvel. Possibly an addition to the Spanish
list.
XANTHOLINUS, Serv.
NX’. glabratus, Grav. Tangier, Esmir, and Gibraltar.
NX. fulgidus, F. Tangier, Esmir, and Gibraltar.
NX’. translucidus, Scriba. Tangier, Esmir, and Gibraltar :
five specimens.
* Found under beech-bark, in Corsica, by myself.
AX,
AG
Ae,
A.
NG
C.
19)
Dy;
iD}
Ty}
bs
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 95
elegans, Ol. Gibraltar: under stones, in plenty, Cam-
pamento. Apparently not recorded from N. Africa.
Found singly at Algeciras by Quedenfeldt.
rujfipes, Luc. Gibraltar: one specimen, on the Rock,
Jan. 1889. Recorded from N. Africa and Spain.
grecus, Kr. Tangier. Occurs in Algeria, as well as in
S. Europe.
hesperius, Kr, Tangier and Gibraltar: under stones,
on walls, &c., not rare.
linearis, Grav. Esmir, Gibraltar, and Malaga: with
the preceding.
CRYPTOBIUM, Mann.
JSracticorne, Payk., var. jacquelini, Boield. Esmir and
Gibraltar. Found in plenty in flood refuse in the
Esmir marsh. All the specimens have a reddish
thorax.
Do.icaon, Lap.
nigricollis, Woll. (artus, Karsch). Gibraltar: one ex-
ample, determined as D. nigricoilis, Woll. (a species
not recognised as European), by M. Fauvel. It
differs from Wollaston’s types, from the Canary Is.,
in being larger, and in having the punctures on the
head and thorax finer, and those on the hind body
coarser. D. nigricollis has been recorded by Queden-
feldt from Tripoli.
cribricollis, Fauv. Tangier: not rare. Also occurs in
Spain.
gracilis, Gray. Esmir and Ceuta. Found in numbers
in the Esmir marsh. Occurs in Spain, Portugal, &c.
biguttulus, Lac. Gibraltar: under stones, near Cam-
pamento, occasional. Recorded from N. Africa.
LATHROBIUM, Grav.
. anale, Luc. Esmir, Tangier, and Gibraltar. Found in
some numbers in the Esmir marsh.
_angustatum, Lac. Gibraltar: wet places, Campamento.
Recorded from Tangier.
labile, Kr. Esmir: one specimen, with the preceding.
A European species.
dividuum, Er. Esmir: one specimen. Occurs in
Algeria, as well as in Europe.
96 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
ACHENIUM, Curt.
A. rugipenne, Fauv. Esmir, Ceuta, and Gibraltar. Found
in flood refuse in the Esmir marsh. Described from
Spanish specimens.
A. planum, Er. Esmir: two specimens, with the preced-
ing. A European species.
A. striatum, Latr. Tangier, Esmir, and Gibraltar: under
stones, in flood refuse, &e.
A. depressum, Grav. Gibraltar : under stones, Campamento.
Recorded from Algeria.
A. rufulum, Fairm. Gibraltar: one specimen. Appar-
ently not recorded from N. Africa.
A, brevipenne, Qued. Tangier: rather common. Not
recorded from Europe. Quedenfeldt’s specimens
were from Tangier and Aseila.
A. nigriventre, Fairm. Esmir marsh: four specimens.
Recorded from Tangier, as well as from Europe.
A. tenellum, Er. Esmir and Gibraltar: not rare in wet
places.
SCIMBALIUM, Er.
S. pubipenne, Fairm. Esmir and Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
&e., not rare.
S. scabrosum, Fauv. Tangier and Esmir: in plenty in
flood refuse. Apparently confined to Marocco.
S. testaceum, Er. Esmir. Gibraltar: under stones, &c., in
damp places, Campamento, Sierra Carbonera.
MEDON, Steph.
M. piceus, Kr. Gibraltar: in flood refuse, five specimens.
Not recorded from N. Africa.
M. ripicola, Er. Gibraltar and Malaga. Occurs also in
N. Africa.
M. apicalis, Kr. Esmir marsh: one specimen. Recorded
from Algeria. Found at Algeciras by Quedenfeldt.
JM. obsoletus, Nordm. Gibraltar: in flood refuse. Recorded
from Algeria.
M. simon, Qued.* Esmir, Tangier, and Gibraltar: six
specimens. Found in nests of Aphenogaster barbara
at Gibraltar, near Campamento, January 1888.
* Recorded by -Mr. Walker in Ent. Monthly Mag. XXV. p. 377, ‘5
ne the name JJ. seminiger, Fairm.
Coleuptera from the region of Gibraltar. 97
M. nigritulus, Er. Esmir and Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
tufts of grass, &c., common.
M. propinquus, Bris. Esmir, Gibraltar, and Malaga: in
tufts of grass, &e.
M. ochraceus, Grav. Gibraltar and Malaga. Occurs
throughout N. Africa.
Scopus, Er.
S. levigatus, Gyll. Esmir marsh: three specimens. Occurs
in Algeria, as well as in Europe. Found at Malaga
by Quedenfeldt.
S. gracilis, Sperk. Esmir and Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
three specimens.
. minimus, Er. (sulercollis, Quedenf.). Esmir and Gibraltar :
two specimens.
ea)
StiLicus, Latr.
S. orbiculatus, Payk. (afinis, Er.). Esmir, Gibraltar, and
Malaga.
SUNIUS, Steph.
S. collaris, Fauv. Tangier and Esmir: in flood refuse,
&e. Occurs also in Spain. Recorded from Algeciras
by Fauvel.
S. latus, Rosenh. Gibraltar: under stones, occasional.
One of these specimens has been named S. collaris by
M. Fauvel; but it differs from the Maroccoan exam-
ples in being larger and darker, and in having the
upper surface more coarsely punctured. Found at
Cadiz by Rosenhauer.
. flum, Aubé. Tangier and Gibraltar: not rare, under
stones and in tufts of grass.
. filtiformis, Latr. Tangier: one specimen. A European
species.
. uniformis, Duv. Gibraltar: four specimens. Occurs
in N. Africa.
. melanurus, Kiist. Gibraltar: one specimen. Widely
distributed in N. Africa, as well as in Europe.
| bimaculatus, Er. Esmir and Gibraltar: under stones
and in tufts, not uncommon.
S. angustatus, Payk. Tangier and Gibraltar.
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PARTI. (J PRIL.) rs
R RR NR
TR
58 Mr. G. C. Champion’s (ist of
NaAZERIS, Fauv. (MESUNIUS, Sharp).
N. pulcher, Aubé. Gibraltar: nine specimens, in flood
refuse, San Roque, March 1888 and January 1889.
Occurs in Marocco and Algeria, as well as in Spain
and Portugal.
P#DERUS, Grav.
P. meridionalis, Fauv. Esmir, Gibraltar, and Malaga:
not uncommon in tufts of grass, &c.
P. caligatus, Er. Esmir, Gibraltar, and Malaga: in flood
refuse, rather common.
P. ruficollis, F. Esmir and Gibraltar.
CEDICHIRUS, Er.
@. pxederinus, Er. Tangier: common. Also occurs in
Sicily, Algeria, &c.
GG. unicolor, Aubé. Gibraltar: plentifully under stones,
in dry tufts, &c., Campamento. Hitherto a rare
European insect. Recorded from Tangier. Found
singly at Algeciras by Quedenfeldt. ;
. terminatus, Er., var. walkeri, Fauv.* Tetuan: five
examples—one from flood refuse in the Esmir marsh,
a few miles to the north of Tetuan, and four from
dry flood rubbish on the banks of the Bus-feka or
Kus River, five miles below the town of Tetuan ;
these latter were taken on March 4th, 1888. M.
Fauvel states that @. terminatus is spread from
Caramania (Asia Minor) to Delagoa Bay.
PRocirrvus, Latr.
P. lefebvrei, Latr. Esmir marsh, sparingly, in flood refuse.
Recorded from Sicily and Algeria. Found at Tangier
by Quedenfeldt.
PINOPHILUS, Grav.
P. siculus, Er. Esmir marsh, plentifully, with the pre-
ceding. Recorded from Sicily and Algeria. Not met
with by Quedenfeldt.
* Rev. d’Ent, 1897, p. 271.
Coleoptera from the region of Gibraltar. 99
DIANOUS, Samouelle.
D. caerulescens, Gyll. Malaga. Not recorded from N
Africa.
STENUS, Latr.
S. guttula, Mill. Esmir and Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
rare.
. providus, Er. Tetuan and Gibraltar: in flood refuse.
. wntricatus, Kr. Esmir marsh: not rare. A European
species. Found near Granada by Rosenhauer.
. languidus, Er. Esmir and Gibraltar: five specimens.
. melanopus, Mann. Esmir and Gibraltar: found in
numbers in the Esmir marsh.
S. mendicus, Er. Esmir and Gibraltar: not rare.
S. wigritulus, Gyll. Gibraltar: in flood refuse, three
examples. Recorded from Algeria.
S. similis, Herbst. Esmir and Gibraltar.
S. canescens, Rosenh. (major, Rey). Esmir marsh: six
specimens. A European species. Found at Algeciras
by Rosenhauer.
S. pallitarsis, Steph. Esmir: one specimen. A European
species, occurring also in Algeria.
S. paganus, Kr. Esmir marsh: seven examples.
S. fornicatus, Steph. Esmir: one specimen, <A well-
known European species. Mr. Walker’s is the only
recorded N. African capture.
S. cordatus, Grav. Gibraltar: one specimen. Recorded
from Algeria. Found in Spain by Rosenhauer.
S. elegans, Rosenh. Gibraltar: one specimen. Recorded
from Algeria. Found at Algeciras by Rosenhauer.
S. xvrosus, Er. (annulatus, Crotch). Gibraltar: three
specimens. Recorded from Algeria.
S. flavipes, Steph. Gibraltar: one specimen. Recorded
from Algeria.
RR
RR
PLATYSTETHUS, Mann.
P. spinosus, Er. Tangier, Esmir, and Gibraltar: not rare,
in dung, flood refuse, Kc.
P. alutaceus, Thoms. Esmir: two male specimens, with
the elytra coloured as in P. cornutus, Grav.
100 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
Pe
Soy sa & & & &
soho issi | es} les} aes
caito, Heer. Gibraltar: four specimens, in flood
refuse, Sierra Carbonera, &c. Recorded from N.
Africa.
nitens, Sahlb. Tangier and Esmir: numerous ex-
amples. A European species. |
OXYTELUS, Grav.
. piceus, L. Tangier, Esmir, and Gibraltar: in dung and
flood refuse.
. sculpturatus, Grav. Gibraltar and Malaga. Occurs
throughout Marocco.
. sculptus, Grav. Gibraltar: on walls, Campamento.
Occurs in Algeria and Marocco.
. complanatus, Er. Gibraltar. Occurs throughout
Marocco.
. inustus, Grav. Esmir and Gibraltar: in dung.
. plagiatus, Rosenh. Gibraltar and Malaga: in dung.
Occurs in N. Africa. Found at Cadiz by Rosenhauer.
. brevipennis, Fauv. Tangier and Gibraltar.
. nitidulus, Grav. Gibraltar. Occurs throughout N.
Africa.
. speculifrons, Kr. Tangier: one specimen. A European
species. Recorded from Ceuta.
BLEDIUS, Mann.
. taurus, Germ. Esmir: one specimen. A well-known
European species. Found at Cadiz by Rosenhauer,
and at Tangier by Olcese.
. spectabilis, Ky. Esmir and Gibraltar: found in numbers
at Esmiur.
. verres, Er. Gibraltar: not rare. Recorded from
Marocco, Tunis, &c.
. fossor, Heer. Gibraltar: sandy places, near Linea, not
rare. Recorded from N. Africa.
. unicorns, Germ. Esmir: not rare. A European
species.
. corniger, Rosenh. Tangier: one specimen. Found at
Cartama, Spain, by Rosenhauer.
. debilis, Er. Esmir and Gibraltar: in banks of streams
and pools, burrowing in the sand, common.
. arenarius, Payk. Esmir: four specimens. A Euro-
pean species.
Coleoptera from the region of Grbraltar. 101
TROGOPHL@US, Mann.
T. bilineatus, Steph. Tangier and Gibraltar: not rare, in
flood refuse, &c.
T. corticinus, Grav. Esmir and Gibraltar: in flood refuse,
&e.
T. punctipennis, Kies. Esmir: one example. A European
species.
T. nitidus, Baudi. Esmir: one example. A European
species.
ANCYROPHORUS, Kr.
A. angustatus, Er. Esmir and Malaga. Occurs also in
Algeria.
A. homalinus, Er. (venustulus, Rosenh.). Esmir, Gibraltar,
and Malaga: in flood refuse, &c.
CoMPSOCHILUS, Kr.
C. filiformis, Qued. (rosti, Reitt.). Tangier and Gibraltar :
one specimen from each locality; the second was
found on the bare sand hills beyond Linea. Found
singly at Algeciras by Quedenfeldt. Also recorded
from the Ionian Islands.
HoMALIUM, Grav.
H. rivulare, Payk. Malaga. Recorded from Algeria.
H. allardi, Fairm. Gibraltar: in decaying poplar bark,
San Roque, and on a wall, at Campamento. Re-
corded from N. Africa. .
H. vile, Er. Gibraltar: under bark and in fungus, Cork
Woods. Recorded from N. Africa.
H, striatum, Grav. Gibraltar: in putrid boleti, First Pine
wood, three specimens. Not recorded from N. Africa.
ANTHOBIUM, Steph.
A. minutum, ¥. Gibraltar: on flowers, in spring, common,
Recorded from Tangier.
PROTINUS, Er.
P. atomarius, Er. Gibraltar: in fungus, Cork Woods, also
on the Rock. Recorded from N. Africa.
102 Mr. G. C. Champion’s list of
PHLEOBIUM, Er.
P. clypeatum, Mill. Gibraltar: in flood refuse, Sierra
Lorca, April 1888, Recorded from N. Africa.
MIcROPEPLUS, Latr.
M. porcatus, Payk. Tangier and Gibraltar.
M. staphylinoides, Marsh. Gibraltar. Recorded from
Algeria.
The following additional species are recorded from the
Maroccan side of the Straits by M. Fauvel, in his
Fourth Catalogue, so far as published. This adds 67
species to Mr. Walker’s list, 38 of which are British.
Gnypeta carbonaria, Mann. Tangier.
Homalota plumbea, Waterh. Tangier and Ceuta.
- exsula, Kr, Tangier.
5 triangulum, Kr. Tetuan.
i soror, Kr. Tangier.
7m africana, Fauv. Tangier.
" rugata, Fauv. Tangier.
. trinotata, Kr. 'Tetuan.
rs oblita, Kr. Tangier.
ie inermis, Fauv. Tangier.
B minor, Aubé. Tangier.
; zosterxe, Thoms. (nigra, Kr.). Marocco generally.
- macrocera, Thoms. Tangier.
- aterrima, Grav. Meta
. pulchra, Ky. Tangier.
a melanaria, Mann. Tangier.
» Jsuscipes, Heer. Tangier.
parva, Sahlb. Tangier.
Mi yrmecopora sulcata, Kies. Tangier and Ceuta.
Myllena gracilicornis, Fairm. ‘Tangier.
. greca, Kr. Tangier.
‘ brevicornis, Matth. Tangier and Tetuan.
Oligota inflata, Mann. Tetuan.
» punctulata, Heer. Tangier and Tetuan.
» parva, Kr. Tangier.
» pumilio, Kies. Ceuta and Tetuan.
Hypocyptus unicolor, Rosenh. ‘Tangier and Tetuan.
Coleoptera from the region of Grbraltar.
Conurus monticola, Woll. Tangier.
Mycetoporus angularis, Rey. Tangier.
Bolitobius exoletus, Er. Tangier.
Luryporus eneiventris, Luc. Tangier.
Quedius abietum, Kies. Tangier.
iridicolor, Qued. 'Tetuan.
» duplex, Fauv. Tetuan.
Leistotrophus marginalis, Gené. Tangier.
Ocypus obscuroeneus, Fairm. Tangier.
ater, Grav. Tangier.
bellicosus, Fairm. Tangier.
”?
2)
bP)
Philonthus intermedius, Luc. Marocco generally.
politus, L. Tangier.
jimetarius, Grav. Tetuan.
hesperius, Fauv. Tangier.
thermarum, Aubé, var. maritinus,
Tangier.
Othius pilifer, Qued. Tetuan.
103
Motsch.
Xantholinus punctulatus, Payk. Marocco generally.
Dolicaon densiventris, Fauv. Marocco generally.
, Allyricus, Er. Marocco generally.
Lathrobium lusitanicum, Er. Tangier.
_ Medon despectus, Fairm. Tangier.
» ovaliceps, Fauv. Tangier.
Scopeus longicornis, Fauv. ‘Tangier and Tetuan.
» didymus, Er. Tangier.
Pederus fuscipes, Curt. Marocco generally.
Stenus ater, Mann. Marocco generally.
» pusillus, Steph, Tangier.
, tarsalis, Ljungh. Tangier.
» preipennis, Er. Tangier.
Platystethus oaytelinus, Fauv. Tangier.
* cornutus, Grav. Marocco generally.
Oxytelus intricatus, Kr. Tangier.
pumilus, Kr. Tangier.
e tetracarinatus, Block. Tangier.
Trogophlieus exiguus, Kr. Tangier.
Compsochilus curtipennis, Fauv. Tangier.
Lesteva fontinalis, Kies. Tangier.
Protinus brachypterus, F. Tangier and Tetuan.
Pseudopsis sulcata, Newm. Tangier.
?
: Oa. Teint ii.
bi Lita ‘A Wa
we ' rt se -
7 ae
zs nai yi a
a il a“ oy ied
( 105 )
VI. Descriptions of New Species of American Rnropalocera.
By F. Du CanE Gopman, F.R.S., aud OSBERT
SALVIN, M.A., F.RS.
[Read February 2nd, 1898.]
WE have long felt the inconvenience of having a number
of unnamed species of Rhopalocera in our collection and
the consequent difficulty of referring to them. We
propose in this and similar papers to describe such
species as require names and when necessary to give
figures of the more notable forms.
We begin with the American Ithomiine, which require
a good deal of attention.
Tithorea furina, sp. 0.
T. furix, Staud. similis sed fascia anticarum mediana omnino
maculosa distinguenda.
Hab. COLOMBIA.
This is a form of 7. fuwria, Staudinger, but it differs in
having the band, which crosses the middle of the pri-
maries through the end of the cell to the middle of the
outer margin, split up into six separate small spots. In
T. furia these are partially run ‘together and form a
, broken band.
We have six specimens including both sexes, most of
them obtained by the late T. H. Wheeler during his
travels in the interior of Colombia. One specimen was
unnamed in Bates’s collection.
Lithorea flacillu, sp. n.
T. furix quoque similis sed quoad maculis anticarum ZT. furine
proxima, anticis ad basin fere omnino nigris; fascia posticarum
mediana nigra margine externo conjuncta, maculis tribus flavidis ad
angulum apicalem differt.
Hab, COLOMBIA.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART I. (APRIL.)
106 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s
This seems to be another distinct form of this section of
Tithorea. It has blacker bases to the primaries, almost
asin 7’. irene, with narrow longitudinal fulvous streaks.
There is a strong black transverse band on the second-
aries, which joins the black outer margin near the apical
angle, where there are three yellow spots.
One of our specimens is from the Valley of the Cauca ;
three others from Wheeler’s collection but without
record of the place of capture.
Tithorea hernias, sp. n.
T. megarex, Godt, affinis, sed maculis omnibus anticarum minori-
bus ad basin fulvescentioribus : posticis fulvis, fascia mediana macu-
losa marginem externum ad angulum apicalem haud attingente,
margine externo angusto.
Hab. Ecuapor, Sarayacu, Cururai, Gualaquiza
(Buckley).
The narrow black border of the secondaries of this
form seems to render it distinct from its near allies, of
which the species of Guiana and the Lower Amazons
which used to pass as 7. megara of Godart, and Mr.
Butler’s 7. egaensis are the nearest. The black trans-
verse band of the secondaries is narrow and, in most
cases, broken up into spots, some specimens having as
few as two, others three or four.
We have eight specimens from various parts of
Keuador.
Tithorea parola, sp. n.
T. hecalesine, Feld. similis et forsan vix distinguenda, area
mediana posticarum fulva multo magis extensa, area costali tantum
nigra.
Hab. CoLomBIA, Cauca Valley.
This is probably the Cauca-Valley form of 7. hecalesina,
the types of which came from the neighbourhood of
Bogota. The sole difference is in the greater extension
of the fulvous colour of the secondaries towards the
costal margin, which alone shows a black border. The
black spot near the apical angle is more distinct.
Descriptions of American Rhopalocera. 107
We have four specimens of this form.
Melinxa cramert, sp. n.
Papilio mneme, Cramer. Pap. Ex., Pl. 190, fig. C. (nec
Linn.)
Cramer’s figure of what he supposed to be P. mneme
of Linnzus clearly refers to a very different species.
This is shown distinctly by five specimens from Guiana
in our collection, four of which were sent us from British
Guiana by Henry Whitely.
The differences consist in MZ. crameri having two black
spots in the middle of the cell of the primaries instead
of a comma-shaped spot extending towards the base.
The base of the secondaries is fulvous and there is no
definite fulvous subcostal stripe. The imner margin of
the primaries is fulvous almost throughout its length,
instead of black.
Melinzxa egesta, sp. n.
M. menophilo (Hew. Ex. Butt. Wechanitis 1, fig. 3, nee 2) similis,
sed anticis apice nigro maculis tribus in linea obliqua flavis notato.
Hab. CotomsBia; E. PERvu.
We have four specimens of this Melinwa, two from
Wheeler’s collection from the interior of Colombia, and
two from Dr. Staudinger, to whom they were sent by
Hahnel from Yurimaguas in Eastern Peru. The species
is closely allied to IZ. menophilus, Hew., of Colombia and
Ecuador as regards its chief markings, but may at once
be distinguished by the yellow apical spots on the
primaries.
i eliné L 7 are sp. .
Uelinva macaria, n
M. menophilo quoque similis, sed anticis ad apicem flavo-maculatis
ut in J. egesta, posticis plerumque nigris, margine externo et fascia
subcostali tantum fulvis.
Hab. COLOMBIA.
Five specimens, of which three are from San Martin in
108 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s
the Llanos of the Rio Meta on the eastern side of the
Andes.
In the markings of the primaries this form almost
exactly resembles J. egesta, but the black of the second-
aries is concentrated into one patch instead of forming a
double row of black spots.
Methona psamathe, sp. u.
M. confuse, Butl. (I. psidii, Bates ex Cramer, nec Linn.) affinis et
orsan forma geographica, fasci ium oleta e
forsan f geographica, fascia per cellule medium obsoleta et
fasciis per cellulas alarum angustis distinguenda.
Hab. Ecuapor, Gualaquiza.
A name for this form of J/ethona confusa seems desir-
able, as its peculiarities are closely followed by a form of
Dysmathia orise (Bdv.) found in the same districts.
We have four specimens, two of which were in the
collection of the botanical collector R. Pearce, who took
them at Gualaquiza in Eastern Ecuador.
Thyridia colombiana, sp. nu.
T. xdesix similis sed maculis omnibus fulvis multo pallidioribus
et magis hyalinis, parte inferiore macule subapicalis partim dis-
juncta, fascia per cellulam posticarum integra sat lata ad marginem
externum paulo constricta,
Hab. CoLomBtia, Rio Meta.
We have long had a specimen of a Thyridia allied to
T. xdesia which does not quite agree with our series of
that species. The fulvous spots are more transparent,
the subapical spot of the primaries is nearly entire and
not divided, and a complete band crosses the secondaries
through the end of the cell.
From 7. pallida it differs in having the subapical spot
of the primaries larger, and its inner edge much more
broken; the black colour over the second submedian
segment is wider.
Our specimen was obtained on the eastern side of the
Andes of Bogota which is drained by the Rio Meta.
Descriptions of American Rhopalocera. 109
Thyridia pallida, sp. n.
T. xdesix affinis sed maculis omnibus fulvis multo pallidioribus
semidiaphanis, plaga anticarum subapicali integra ut in 7. pythone,
Feld., fascia transversa posticarum quoque integra sed angusta.
Hab. BRAZIL, Matto Grosso.
Mr. Herbert H. Smith’s collection from Chapada,
Matto Grosso, contained a series of specimens of this
Thyridia, which to some extent combine the characters
of 7. edesia and T. pytho, a near ally of 7. psidii. The
fulvous marks are paler and more transparent than in
T. xdesia. The subapical spot of the primaries is entire,
the lower portion not being separated by a black band
from the rest. There is no definite black spot at the end
of the cell, but a narrow black line passes through the
end of the cell and joins the outer border. In the arrange-
ment of the black markings of the wings this species
closely follows T. pytho, but the colour of the semitrans-
parent marks at once separates it from that species.
Mechanitis equicoloides, sp. n.
Alis anticis ad basin fulvis, ad apicem nigris, macula subapicali,
fascia transversa irregulari discali flavis, macula rotunda in cellula
altera inter ramos medianos primo et secundo nivra, vena submediana
ad basin nigra, margine externo punctis sex albis notato ; posticis
maculis duabus, una cellulari altera ultra eam, nigris fascia mediana
valde irregulari fere maculosa quoque nigra margine externo nigro
introrsum irregulari, punctis tribus albis includente : subtus ut supra
punctis albis submarginalibus magis distinctis et magis numerosis (in
anticis novem in posticis septem) ; posticis macula nigra ad basin
cellule.
Hab. EcuapDor, PERU.
Dr. Staudinger has sent us from time to time several
specimens of this species with the MS. name of JZ equi-
coloides attached to them, a title we now adopt. They are
from Sad Paulo, Olivencia and Yurimaguas. We have
110 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s
also a specimen obtained by E. Bartlett on the Huallaga
River, and others from Ecuador collected by Buckley at
Cururai. In all ten specimens.
Mechanitis sylvanoides, sp.
Precedenti similis et marginibus externis alarum quoque albo
punctatis ; posticis autem fascia mediana et margine externo nigris
confluentibus, anticis area ad cellule finem flavo tincta.
Hab. GUIANA.
A Cayenne specimen sent us some years ago by Deyrolle
belongs to this form, and two others of uncertain origin
from the Kaden collection agree with it.
The resemblance of this Mechanitis to Heliconius sylvana
is great, the two insects being homceochromatic.
Callithomia butes, sp.
C. thornaci similis et forsan vix distinctas, alis anticis area apicali
maculis flavis plerumque notata, posticis margine externo late nigro
introrsum distincte dentato, fascia maculosa mediana magis distincta.
Hab. Ecuapor, Rio Napo.
We have fourteen specimens of a species of Callithomia
which seems to be distinct from the single type of Bates’s
C. thornax, inasmuch as the apical area of the primaries
is always marked with large spots of either yellow or
fulvous, the former predominating.
Our series came from one collection made somewhere
in the district of the Lower Napo, and they all have the
prevalent fulvous tints peculiar to so many butterflies of
that region; as is usual the amount of variation between
individuals is considerable.
Callithomia procne, sp. Nn.
Alis anticis ad basin fulvis apicibus nigricantibus nigris fascia lata
flava per cellule finem a costa ad angulum analem extendente,
Descriptions of American Rhopalocera. me
cellule finem ipsam et ramum medianum secundum ad basin fulvis,
maculis duabus nigris una ad cellule finem apud venam subcostalem
altera inter venam medianam et ramum suum secundum tertia indis-
tincta ad medium cellule; posticis fulvis, maculis tribus infra
cellulam et margine externo apud angulum analem nigris: subtus
anticis ut supra macula in cellula magis distincta ; posticis fascia
subcostali nigra interrupta, maculisque tribus submarginalibus albis
ad angulum analem.
Hab. COLOMBIA.
Of this Callithomia we have two specimens, both
females, one of them from San Martin in the Llanos of
the Rio Meta, captured by Mr. G. D. Child. The other
was given us by Dr: Semper and came from Sabatoga in
Colombia. This specimen differs slightly from the other
in that the black of the apex of the primaries reaches
quite up the end of the cell, and the yellow cross-band is
severed by the second median segment being broadly
fulvous.
Callithomia megaleas, sp. n.
Alis anticis nigricantibus ad basin fulvis maculis sex submarginali-
bus ad costam extendentibus, stria inter venam medianam et ramum
suum secundum, et fascia obliqua ultra cellulam flavis, fascia obliqua
per cellulam altera-inter ramos medianos fulvis : posticis fulvis uni-
coloribus margine externo angusto nigro: subtus ut supra anticis ad
apicem posticis ad apicem etad angulum analem punctis albis notatis
posticis quoque area subcostali nigra.
Hab. PANAMA.
We have a single female specimen of this distinct
species which was captured by Mr. Champion near David
in the State of Panama.
Callithomia philomela, sp. n.
C. zeurippe, Bates affinis sed alis anticis angustioribus posticis haud
semidiaphanis ad angulum apicalem strictissime nigro-limbatis,
maculis transversis nigris ad marginem inferiorem cellule magis
approximantibus: subtus posticis maculis submarginalibus albis
112 Descriptions of Amerwan Rhopatocera.
minoribus ad angulum analem tantum obviis ad angulum apicalem
absentibus.
Hab. COLOMBIA.
We have three male: specimens of this Callithomia
taken by Mr. G. D. Child near San Martin in the Llanos
of the Rio Meta, on the eastern side of the Andes of
Colombia.
(@ TH.)
VII. On some Phytophagous Coleoptera (Kumolpide) from
the Islands of Mawritius and Réunion. By MARrtIn
JACOBY, F.E.S.
[Read February 2nd, 1898.]
Monsieur Charles Alluaud of Paris, who spent some
weeks in the Islands of Mauritius and Réunion, has
kindly submitted to me the Phytophaga he obtained at
these places. Some of the species appear to be new to
science, and of these I here give the descriptions. But
few species from these localities are known at present, and
in some instances those which have been described have
remained doubtful as to their proper genera, and are
wrongly placed in Catalogues.
Those dealt with in this paper all belong to the
Eumolpide, and it is certainly remarkable that so many
different species of one family should be found in such
small and isolated localities, a fact which scarcely agrees
with Wallace’s theories with regard to island faunas; the
genus 7'richostola however is not confined to these islands
but is represented in Africa.
The insects described here were obtained at Carepipe in
the centre of Mauritius at a height of about 1000 feet,
and in the Plaine des Palmistes in the Réunion mountains
at an elevation of 3000 feet.
Trichostola (Acis) vestita, Boh.
Among the Phytophagous Coleoptera described by
Boheman in the “ Hugenies Resa” the present species is
one of which the genus has been doubtful and was not
known to Chapuis or Lefévre. The latter writer placed it
in Colasposoma Cast., which is rather remarkable, since no
form of such small size has ever been known of this genus,
in species of which a dense pubescence is very uncommon.
Curiously enough, Chapuis has described, or rather
diagnosed, another Z'richostola from the same locality
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART.I. (APRIL) 8
114 Mr. Martin Jacoby on
under the same specific name; as Boheman’s name has
priority, that of Chapuis cannot remain and I alter it there-
fore to Trichostola chapuisi. This species is described as
being flavo-ferruginous, so that it has nothing to do with
any of those in the present paper.
Through the kindness of Dr. Aurivillius of the
University Museum at Stockholm, I have been enabled to
examine Boheman’s types, both of <Acis vestita and
Colaspis puberula, from the island of Mauritius.
With respect to the first-named species, the type seems
different from any of the forms obtained by Mons.
Alluaud and described here; it is a true Zvichostola and
has nothing to do with Colasposoma. The entire upper
surface is densely clothed with pale fulvous pubescence,
through which the punctuation can only be seen with
difficulty. Boheman gives the colour as “‘ cupreus-eneus,”
but the specimen sent to me by Dr. Aurivillius is nearly
black excepting the shoulders; the punctuation of the
head is not distinguishable owing to the pubescence; the
antennze extend rather beyond the middle of the elytra,
the first five joints being flavous, the rest fuscous and
thickened ; the thorax is twice as broad as long, narrowed
in front, with strongly rounded sides, its punctuation
is again indistinguishable, or extremely fine where
traces are visible; that of the elytra consists of closely-
placed large punctures, arranged in very close longitudinal
striz ; the interstices are clothed with pale pubescence
arranged in rows, to the number of about twelve, the
shoulders and the sides showing a distinct metallic brassy
gloss ; the underside is darker obscure-zeneous and the legs
are fulvous. The length of the insect is 1? millim.
Trichostola (Colaspis) puberula, Boh.
This species is much larger than the preceding one
(measuring nearly 3 millim. in length), of dark zneous
colour. The head is remotely and finely punctured
(sparingly pubescent in the specimen before me), the
labrum is fulvous; the antennz are robust, nearly black,
the lower three joints dark fulvous, the third and fourth
joints equal. The thorax is strongly transverse, widened
at the middle, with strongly rounded sides and close and
very strong punctuation, “which distinguishes this species
Eumolpide from Mauritius and Réunion. 115
at once from any other of the genus; the interstices are
also pubescent, but the specimen seems rather rubbed.
The elytra are greenish-cupreous, with a distinct basal
depression, and deep and closely-placed punctures in rather
regular rows; the interstices have some small punctures
here and there and are clothed with fulvous pubescence,
rather long and somewhat sparsely distributed in the
specimen before me, showing the metallic cupreous-ground
colour distinctly; the sides are of a more greenish tint.
Underside and legs as in the preceding species.
The thorax in this insect is less narrowed in front than
in 7’. vestita and the punctuation is very strong and close ;
the elytra are also distinctly broader at the base than
the thorax, with the shoulders rather projecting, a feature
which distinguishes the species at once from any of its
allies.
Trichostola aurata, sp. n.
Below black, above reddish-cupreous, clothed with fulvous pubes-
cence, antenne and legs fulvous; head and thorax finely and
_ closely punctured ; elytra finely punctate-striate.
Length, 2—3 millim.
Head closely covered with long fulvous pubescence, very finely
punctured, the epistome not separated from the face, labrum and
palpi fulvous; antennze extending nearly to the middle of the
elytra, fulvous, the terminal joints gradually and slightly thickened,
each joint stained with fuscous at the extreme apex, the third joint
as long as the following ones. Thorax twice as broad as long, the
sides rounded, the anterior portion rather strongly deflexed at the
sides and very obsoletely transversely depressed, the surface clothed
like the head with long falvous pubescence directed towards the
base, scutellum covered with long whitish hairs. Elytra a little
wider at the base than the thorax, with a slight transverse basal
depression, finely but distinctly punctate-striate, pubescent like the
other parts. Underside black, sparingly clothed with grey pubes-
cence, legs entirely fulvous ; prosternum very broad.
Hab. Mauritius, Carepipe.
This little species is at once distinguished by the bright
metallic reddish-cupreous colour, and by the fulvous, and
not grey, pubescence of the upper surface, which nearly
obscures all punctuation except that of the elytra.
116 Mr. Martin Jacoby on
Trichostola striatipennis, sp. n.
Greenish-zneous, clothed with fulvous pubescence, below black,
the basal joints of the antenne, and the legs fulvous; thorax
extremely finely and closely punctured; elytra with strongly punc-
tured stri, the interstices finely and sparingly punctured, slightly
convex.
Length, 2 millim.
Clothed, like the preceding species, over all the upper surface
with fulvous pubescence, obscuring the punctuation of the head and
thorax ; the labrum and the lower four joints of the antenn fulvous,
the other joints black and strongly thickened. Thorax about twice
as broad as long, sides rounded and strongly deflexed anteriorly,
punctuation very fine and close. Elytra strongly convex, rather
pointed posteriorly, cupreous or metallic greenish, like the head and
thorax, with closely-approximate and strongly punctured strie,
interstices slightly raised and finely punctured, basal depression
absent. Legs entirely fulvous.
Hab. Mauritius.—ReEvunion, Plaine des Palmistes.
It is with some doubt that I separate this species from
T. vestita, to which it is at all events closely allied ; but
all the specimens obtained by Mons. Alluaud are much
larger and more pointed posteriorly, the pubescence is of
a more decided fulvous colour and the punctures of the
elytra are large and closely placed in striz, the imterstices
slightly convex throughout.
At first sight the insect appears to be double the size
of 7. vestita on account of its much greater breadth and
length, and the elytral punctuation is distinctly visible in
spite of the pubescence.
Trichostola variegata, sp. n.
Below obscure fulvous, above obscure cupreous, the basal three
joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous ; head and thorax closely
punctured and pubescent; elytra with basal depression, strongly
punctate-striate, the interstices slightly convex, with long pubescence
the disc cupreous, the sides greenish,
Length, 2 millim.
At once separable from the other species described here by the
very distinct elytral depression. Head finely rugosely punctate,
cupreous and clothed with grey pubescence, eyes large, labrum
Humolpide from Mauritius and Réunion. 117
fulvous ; antennz long and slender, extending beyond the middle
of the elytra, fuscous, the lower three joints fulvous, the third joint
shorter than the fourth, the terminal six joints very little thickened,
elongate. Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded at the
middle and deflexed anteriorly, where there is a distinct transverse
depression at the sides ; surface with similar sculpture to that of the
head and equally pubescent, sides greenish, disc cupreous, the
posterior margin nearly straight. Scutellum broad, densely pube-
scent. Elytra clothed with long greyish pubescence, which in well-
preserved specimens forms a small and more conspicuous patch at
the middle, the punctures large and rather closely placed, the inter-
stices impunctate.
Hab. Mauritius, Carepipe.
This species is less convex than the others here de-
scribed,a feature caused by the sub-basal elytral depression ;
the thorax has likewise a rather shallow but distinct
depression anteriorly, and in some well marked specimens
the elytra are coppery at the disc and metallic-green at
the sides. I cannot refer this insect to Chapuis’s 7’ vestita,
which is described, as mentioned before, as flavo-ferru-
ginous. The totally inadequate diagnosis of three lines
proves again the utter absurdity of such descriptions as
soon as closely allied species become known ; such work
ought to be ignored altogether.
Trichostola alluaudi, sp. un.
Obscure piceous with eeneous gloss, closely pubescent, the basal
joints of the antennz fulvous; thorax extremely minutely and
closely punctured ; elytra finely and closely punctate-striate, the
interstices minutely punctured and closely pubescent, legs dark
geneous.
Length, 3 millim.
Of broadly rounded shape, the head not perceptibly punctured,
closely covered with grey pubescence, epistome not separated from
the face, labrum fulvous, palpi piceous; antennz extending to
within a short distance from the apex of the elytra, piceous, the
lower four or five joints fulvous, the third joint longer than the
second but shorter than the fourth, the rest elongate and slender.
Thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, the sides strongly
rounded, surface very finely and closely punctured, closely covered
with long grey pubescence. Scutellum subpentagonal, pubescent.
Elytra dark ceneous, shading gradually to fulvous at the sides and
118 Mr. Martin Jacoby on
shoulders (only visible when viewed sideways), closely and finely
punctate-striate, the interstices also very finely punctured and
closely covered with long greyish hairs, Legs piceous, femora
unarmed, claws bifid.
Hab. MAuRIitTIUS, Carepipe.
Of very convex and broad shape, and at once dis-
tinguished by the nearly black legs.
TRICHOSTOLA, Chap.
The species described and referred to in this paper may
perhaps be more easily separated by the following table.
Elytra with a distinct sub-basal transverse
depression.
Thorax very coarsely Banca nEDee
surface geneous . . cute deel Le. aepuverulaebol:
Thorax finely punctured.
Elytral pubescence not arranged in
patches: uppersurfacereddish-cupreous aurata, sp. n.
Elytral pubescence arranged in patches :
upper surface variegate. . ... . . variegata, sp. n.
Elytra without distinct sub-basal transverse
depression.
Legs fulvous.
Elytra finely punctured throughout, the
interstices flat ; upper surface densely
pubescent : length 12mm. 65,7 vestita, Boh.
Elytra with strongly punctured striz, the
interstices convex and finely punc-
tured: length 2mm. ....; .. . striatipennis, sp. n-
Legs black: length3mm. ..... . . alluaudt, sp. n.
Lvongius mauritre, sp. 0.
Fulvous, terminal joints of the antenne and the legs partly
piceous ; thorax very sparingly punctured, nearly black; elytra
with regular rows of punctures diminishing posteriorly, a spot at
the sides, another near the scutellum, and the posterior portion to a
greater or smaller extent, blackish-zeneous, the rest fulvous ; femora
unarmed.
Length, 3—4 millim.
Head blackish, vertex with a few punctures, eyes very large with
a more or less distinct fulvous mark at their inner margins, clypeus
broad, separated from the face by a transverse groove, the sides
Lumolpide from Mauritius and Réunion. 119
rather acutely raised into sharp edges, surface somewhat strongly
punctured, labrum and palpi fulvous ; antenne long and slender
the lower six and the base of the following joints fulvous, the second
joint nearly as long as the third but much thicker, the others very
elongate, slightly thickened. Thorax about one-half broader than
long, the sides nearly straight, scarcely narrowed in front, the disc
blackish with a slight eneous gloss, more or less marked with
fulvous near the margins, with a few fine punctures, irregularly
distributed. Scutellum broad, blackish, impunctate. Elytra slightly
wider than the thorax, with a distinct transverse depression below
the base, strongly punctate anteriorly, the punctures gradually
diminishing towards the apex, the interstices smooth and impunc-
tate, the ground-colour fulvous, an oblique spot from the middle of
the base towards the scutellum, a smaller spot at the lateral margin
below the shoulders, and a large subtriangular patch, occupying
nearly the entire posterior portion and sending off a branch
anteriorly to the lateral margins, blackish. Underside and legs
fulvous, the femora stained with black at the apex, unarmed ;
prosternum broad and impunctate.
Hab. Mauritius, Carepipe.
This insect, on account of the deeply emarginate tibiz,
‘ bifid claws and strongly convex anterior margin of the
prothoracic episternum, approaches the group of Typo-
phorinze but does not entirely conform to any genus which
is placed in it, as its femora are all unarmed. In this it
agrees with Liniscus, Lef., and Jvongius, but in the first-
named genus the prosternum is constricted at the middle,
and Ivongius contains species of small size and different
shape. Nevertheless the structural characters of the
present species are those of the last-named genus, while
the shape is that of Zypophorus or Syagrus; the present
insect varies considerably in the amount of fulvous or
black colour, one or the other predominating.
Nossiecus lateralis, sp. n.
Oblong, fulvous, the apical joints of the antennz black ; head and
thorax impunctate ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the apex nearly
impunctate, fulvous, the sides broadly piceous or fuscous; femora
unarmed, claws appendiculate.
Length, 35—4 millim.
Head impunctate, clypeus separated from the face by a distinct
transverse groove, broad, the anterior margin semicircularly emar-
120 Humolpide from Mauritius and Réunion.
ginate, the surface with a few fine punctures, labrum fulvous, man-
dibles piceous ; antennze extending beyond the middle of the elytra,
fulvous, the apical five joints black, the second and third joints
equal, as long as the first, but more slender ; apical joints slightly
thickened. Thorax twice as broad as long, the lateral margins feebly
rounded, the anterior angles continued with the episternum below ;
surface impunctate or with a few minute punctures. Elytra broader
at the base than the thorax, with a very shallow depression below
the base, regularly and rather strongly punctate-striate anteriorly,
the strize widely separated, the punctures nearly obsolete near the
apex, disc fulvous, the sides with a bluish fuscous or piceous band,
which is not well defined at its inner margin and leaves the extreme
lateral margin and the epipleurze of the ground colour. Underside
and legs fulvous, the latter unarmed, the posterior four tibiz
emarginate, claws appendiculate.
Hab, Mauritius, Carepipe.
On account of the equal length of the second and third
joints of the antennz and the appendiculate claws, I have
placed this species in Harold’s genus Nossiwcus, although
in the type the femora are described as toothed. There
are moreover only two or three other genera with appendi-
culate claws placed at present in the group of Typophorine,
to which the present genus belongs, and none of these
genera agrees in structural details with the species before
me. It may perhaps require a new genus for its reception,
if other forms of similar structure turn up. I may add
that the prosternum in this species is broad and flat, and
that Harold says nothing about the shape of this part in
the description of his genus.
APRIL 20, 1898.
@ P21 +)
VIII. On the Frenulum of the Lepidoptera. By
GEORGE CHARLES GRIFFITHS, F.Z.S., ¥.E.S.
[Read October 6th, 1897.]
PrarE TV.
THE existence of an apparatus for connecting the fore-
and hindwings of many of the Lepidoptera was _ first
noticed by the Swedish naturalist, De Geer, in the first
volume of his “Mémoires pour servir 4 lHistoire des
Insectes,” published in 1752. He there describes “a
process curved like a hook, situated on the under surface
of the forewing near its base, which holds with its point
a long stiff hair springing from the basal portion of the
hindwing.” This, he says, he has found in the males of
all species of nocturnal Lepidoptera in which he has
sought it, but not in any of the Diurni. He failed, how-
-ever, to detect the corresponding appliance in the females,
and in summing up his account of the organ candidly
owns himself to be ignorant of its use, though he seems
to have recognised that it has the effect of making the
fore- and hindwings act in unison.
The next mention of the appliance occurs in an essay
on the “Tendons and Membranes of the Wings of
Butterflies” by Moses Harris, 1767. The author figures
and describes the spring or bristle and observes that. it
pertains only to the males, the females having instead of
the spring four small hairs or bristles.
On the 2nd June, 1789, a paper entitled an “ Account
of a singular conformation in the wings of some species
of moths,” by Esprit Giorna of Turin, was read before
the Linnean Society and published in its Transactions,
i, p. 135.
The author was unaware of De Geer’s previous refer-
ence to the subject, and lays claim to the discovery of the
appliance. To this he is, in fact, partially entitled, as he
supplements the research of the earlier observers by call-
ing attention to the corresponding apparatus to be found
in the females of many species. He gives a list of some
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (JUNE.) Y
122 Mr. G C. Griffiths on the
seventy species examined, and his remarks as to these
are for the most part correct and show careful observa-
tion, though in one or two instances in which the organ
is weakly developed it appears to have been overlooked
by him.
Kirby and Spence refer somewhat at length to the
appliance but state that it is found “in many male
butterflies, hawk-moths and moths.” Later observers,
however, have determined that, as regards the Diurni, it
occurs only in one or two species of the Hesperiide,
which in some other respects partake of the characters
of the Heterocera. Blanchard, indeed, has given the
name Achalinoptera to the butterflies and Chalinoptera
to the moths on account of the absence or presence of the
apparatus, but this, as will presently be seen, is not of
sufficiently general occurrence to be made use of as a
discriminating character of such importance. Kirby and
Spence refer rather unfortunately to the organ of the
male as consisting of one o7 more bristles but add that
the females often have the bristles, but never the hook.
Burmeister in his “ Handbuch der Entomologie,” and
Boisduval in the “Spécies général des Lépidopteres,” 1836,
both refer at some length to the frenulum, as also does
Prof. Westwood in his “ Introduction to the Modern
Classification of Insects,’ 1838.
Dr. Chenu in his “ Encyclopédie d’Histoire Naturelle ”
(Vol: Papillons Nocturnes, by EK. Desmarest) mentions
the organ, but assigns as its object the maintenance of
the wings in a horizontal or an inclined position during
repose.
It will be evident from the above that the accounts of
the frenulum as given by various authors differ both as to
its development and its purpose.
In commencing an examination of the subject several
years ago this was brought strongly under the notice of
the writer at the outset, and it seemed that much might
still be learned from a study of the appliance in a large
number of examples extending over the various groups
and genera of the Heterocera. Accordingly an examina-
tion, either microscopic or by means of a platyscopic lens,
has been made of the majority of our British moths, in-
cluding the so-called Micro-lepidoptera, and of several
hundred species of exotic Heterocera. The results of this
investigation are here recorded.
Frenulum of the Lepidoptera. 123
Since this examination has been in progress Prof.
Comstock in his essay, “ Evolution and Taxonomy,”
published in 1893, and subsequently in his “ Manual for
the Study of Insects,’ 1895, has formulated a classification
of the Lepidoptera principally based on wing-characters.
He proposes a division of the Order into two Suborders,
Frenate and Jugate, the former of which embraces all
those species which either possess this structure or appear
to be descended from groups formerly possessing it, whilst
the Jugatz have the wings united by a lobe or jugum.
The latter Suborder consists only of the Hepialidz and
Micropterygidz, which are certainly some of the most
primitive of the Lepidoptera, and in other respects, as
well as in the possession of the jugum, are clearly related
to the Trichoptera.
With the merits of this classification we cannot deal,
but will simply observe that the frenulum is scarcely so
persistent or general in its occurrence as to give its name
to a broad division of the Lepidoptera.
Mons. E. L. Ragonot (Essai sur la Classification des
Pyralites, 1891), Sir George F. Hampson (Fauna of
British India—Moths, 1892-96), Mr. E. Meyrick (Hand-
- book of British Lepidoptera, 1895), and Dr. A. S. Packard
(Monograph of the Bombycine Moths of America North
of Mexico, 1895) have all considered the frenulum with
great care, employing it with other characters in dis-
crimination of genera, whilst they do not attribute to it
the supreme importance claimed by Comstock.
Speaking generally, and with certain exceptions to be
mentioned later, we find in those species which possess
the frenulum that the males have a strong single bristle,
springing from the costal nervure of the hindwing, and
passing through a loop, or sometimes into a pocket, situ-
ated on the costal nervure of the forewing; that the
females usually possess two or more slender and weak
bristles upon the hindwings in place of the single bristle
of the male insect, and that these bristles, instead of
passing into a loop, are simply thrust into, and entangled.
among, a group of large raised scales or hairs situated
between the costal and median nervures of the forewings.
And here at the outset we meet with a difficulty
arising from the confusion of names applied by different
authors to the various parts of this appliance. Whilst
De Geer speaks of the bristle under the name of pot! and
124 Mr. G. C. Griffiths on the
denominates the loop crochet, Giorna calls the former
ressort, appui or fulerwm, and the latter anneaw. Kirby
and Spence name the bristle tendo and the loop hamus ;
Boisduval appropriates to the bristle the names of erin
or frein and to the loop that of coulisse; some authors
following him so far as the bristle is concerned give it
the Latinised designation of /renulwm, whilst Burmeister
spenks of it as crin or subula, at the same time applying
to the loop the name of frenu/um.
In view of the confusion arising from these various
names it seems convenient in this paper to retain the
name frenulwm for the organ as a whole; to speak of the
strong single bristle of the male insect as the spina,
referring to the group of smaller bristles of the female
under the diminutive plural spinule; to speak of the
loop which holds the bristle of the male as a retinaculum,
the term now in general use by Hampson and other
recent writers, and to refer to the bunch of scales in the
female as a fasciculus.
Having thus cleared the ground, we may now consider
the varied development of this organ as observed in the
several divisions of the Lepidoptera.
The only Rhopalocerous insect known to the writer as
having the frenulum completely and functionally de-
veloped, is the very curious and interesting Hesperiid
from Queensland, Huschemon rafflesix.
In the male (Fig. 14) the spina is strong and of con-
siderable length and works through a fully developed
retinaculum, bare or almost bare of scales. In the female
the spinulz are perceptible only with difficulty, and are
short and weak bristles, five in number, probably of little
or no value to the insect. In the “Classification of the
Hesperiide ” by Lieut. E. Y. Watson (P.Z.8. 1893, p. 3)
this insect is omitted from the list and is considered to be
a moth, principally on the ground that it possesses the
frenulum ; but at that time the larval and pupal stages
were unknown. The writer is glad to be able to announce
that these have now been discovered by a correspondent
in Queensland, and as in both stages the insect is clearly
allied to the Hesperiidz, its claim to be placed among
them will probably be fully sustained. Two or three
other exotic species of Hesperiidz possess small bunches
of hair-like scales upon the hindwings which are evidently
rudimentary spine, but these are unaccompanied by even
Frenulum of the Lepidoptera, 125
a trace of the retinaculum and are quite useless: they are,
however, very interesting as showing the near relationship
of these insects to the Heterocerous Lepidoptera.
The Sphingidz exhibit the highest development of the
frenulum, the spina of the male insect attaining its
maximum of size and strength and the retinaculum being
powerful and capable of holding with a firm grip. In
the female insect too the spinule are strong, and their
extremities converge to a strong fine point, thus forming
a claw or hook, which catches the fasciculus of the fore-
wing with considerable effect. These characters hold
good as regards the majority of the species of this family,
but some members of the subfamily Smerinthine form
a noteworthy exception. Of one of these, Smerinthus
popult, Giorna states in the paper referred to, that it
is without the appliance. Such, however, can hardly be
said to be the case; the male insect possesses, in the
position occupied by the spina in other species, a process
standing out from the margin of the wing, rounded in
outline and in some few examples terminated by a
minute point (Fig. 4). This process corresponds to the
root or prominence which in other species carries the
- spina.
The female has a much more largely developed appa-
ratus ; not only does she possess the root-process, but also
a perfectly formed group of spinule (Fig. 5), which, how-
ever, are too small to be of any practical use in connecting
the wings; so that the organ in both sexes may be
considered abortive.
The retinaculum of the male is absent, as we might
expect, and its place is simply indicated by a most
inconspicuous group of scales. It will be evident on
consideration that the peculiar rest-position always as-
sumed by S. populi would be quite impossible in a species
with fully developed spina and retinaculum, inasmuch as
the humeral angle of the hindwing always projects before
the costal margin of the forewing, and it would be necessary
for the moth to withdraw the bristle from its loop every
time that it composed its wings for rest.
A similar rudimentary development of the part also
occurs in greater or less degree in several other allied
species, notably in the fine Australian species, Cagwosa
triangularis, which has the spina very short and probably
quite useless. Some other Smerinthinz, however, such
126 My. G. C, Griffiths on the
as the genus Mimas of Hiibner, which includes MW. tiliz
and I. quercus, have the appliance fairly well developed.
So also the very fine and remarkable South African moth,
Lophostethus dwmolini, which is usually referred to the
Smerinthinz, has the organ well and strongly developed
in both sexes.
The flight of many Smerinthinz is so different from
that of the typical Sphingidz, and their habits are so
much more sluggish, that it is interesting and instructive
to find a diversity in the perfection of this apparatus.
Further, as we shall presently see, the spina and retina-
culum are absent in the Saturnias and Attaci, thus
affording another character which strongly supports Prof.
Poulton’s contention (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 568)
that the Smerinthi are closely connected with the Attaci
in their natural affinities.
In the Zygeenide the retinaculum, instead of being
hook-like or ring-hke, resembles a long pocket upon the
costal nervure into which the spina fits somewhat closely,
the point being sometimes just visible at the extremity,
but often quite concealed (Fig. 10). The genus Himan-
topterus belonging to this group is however without the
frenulum (Hampson—Moths of India, 1, p. 288).
The Cossidee have the frenulum present but it is absent
in the Arbelidz.
The Lithosiide are possessed of the frenulum but in
certain genera, Padenia, Garudinia and Pseudoblabes the
costa of the forewing has a strong fold, holding tnat of the
hindwing ; this fold is more largely developed in the male
than in the female (Hampson, /. ¢. ii, pp. 97, 98).
Both the Agaristidee and the Arctiidz have the process
strongly and fully developed, the retinaculum in many of
the latter being of very unusual length (Fig. 8).
The Lymantriidz also possess the frenulum, with the
exception of the genus Ratarda in which it is absent
(Hampson, /.¢. 1, p. 493).
In the Callidulidz one genus, Cleosivis, is quite without
the frenulum, whilst in another genus, Herimba, the spina
is long, the retinaculum of the male arising from the sub-
costal nervure of the forewing. In the other genera of
this family, Callidula and Pterodecta, the frenulum is
present but minute; the retinaculum arises from below
the median nervure (Hampson, J. c. 1, p. 322).
In the Bombycide, Saturniidee and Lasiocampide a
Frenulum of the Lepidoptera. 127
large number of species have been examined, and in all
of these the frenulum is found to be entirely wanting.
The rudiment of the spina may indeed be detected, as is
observed by Burmeister. It is enclosed in the membrane
of the hindwing, but is perfectly useless, and does not
even extend to the edge of the wing. When we consider
the shape of the wings in this group we perceive that the
frenulum is not required, as the anterior angle of the hind-
wing is carried forward in a kind of shoulder almost or
quite to the costal nervure of the forewing, and as this
nervure in many species bends back over the surface
of the wing, it seems probable that during flight the
prominent shoulder of the hindwing locks beneath it.
The common silk-worm moth, Bombyx mori, however,
which has this configuration of wing, still possesses a very
small rudimentary spina, as do also the two remarkable
North-American moths, Cicinnus melsheimerti and Lacosoma
chiridota referred to by Comstock (Study of Insects, p. 357).
The Uraniidee, so difficult to assign to a satisfactory
position in classification, exhibit a similar development of
the humeral portion of the hindwings, and both spina and
retinaculum are absent so far as the genus Urania is
concerned. NVyctalemon has in some few instances a very
imperfect rudiment, but Sematura possesses the appliance,
although so feebly developed as to be of very little use.
Coronis, on the other hand, in the thirteen species which
have come under the writer’s observation, has a frenulum,
the bristles of which, although rather slender in both
sexes, are in all cases sufficiently strong to be effective.
In the Epicopiide the spina is quite rudimentary.
The late Mr. G. R. Gray in his classification of the
difficult group Castniide (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., i)
based his division in part upon the development of this
organ, assigning to some species the possession of three,
and to others of four, “wing-guides.” Unfortunately the
specimens, upon which these characters were founded,
must have been females, as examination shows that this
singular group is in accord with nearly all others in which
the frenulum is found, in having the spina single in the
male and double at least in the female.
The Notodontidz possess the frenulum, but in many
species in little more than a rudimentary degree, that of
Stawropus fagt in particular being very small.
Amongst the Drepanulide the humeral angle of the
128 Mr. G. C. Griffiths on the
hindwings is largely developed, but all our British Hook-
tips have a weak and slender frenulum in the male, and a
small bunch of spinulz in the female, which is probably
of little or no functional value. The organ is absent
altogether, according to Hampson and Comstock, in the
genera Phalacra and Oreta.
Nearly all the species of the great family Noctuids
possess the frenulum in normal development, though
slight variations in the strength of the bristles occur in
certain genera. Of the genus Stictoptera, however, which
has not come under the writer’s observation, Hampson
remarks :—‘ Frenulum of male very strong; single in
female.” This single spina of the female is very inter-
esting, as being at variance with all the nearly related
genera.
In the Geometride the frenulum is found in the great
majority of the genera, but, as may be expected from the
frail and slender structure of their wings and bodies, it
is of weaker development than in the stronger-bodied
Noctuide. In the genera Pseudoterpna, Geometra and
Phorodesma, however, the humeral angle of whose hind-
wings is much extended, we find in the male the spina
very weak, and in the female the spinule either nearly
rudimentary or altogether wanting, whilst in Jodis the
frenulum is entirely absent in both sexes. In one section
of Synegia, as defined by Hampson (Moths of India, 11,
p. 167) the retinaculum is a tuft of hair, in a second it
forms a large spatulate plate, whilst in a third it is
described as bar-shaped. Other genera according to the
same author lack the organ, namely, Genusia, Hypulia,
part of Naxa, Eucrostes, Paramaxates and Thalera.
Writing of the Sesiide, Prof. Comstock (Study of
Insects, p. 260) says :—“ Another remarkable feature of all
the forms that we have studied is that in the female the
bristles composing the frenulum are consolidated as in the
male.” Amongst our British Sesias this holds good in
respect of Sesia ichnewmoniformis and S. cynipiformis; but
S. myopxformis 2 and S. tipuliformis 2 (Fig. 15) have
the spina single for about one-third of its length and bifid
at the tip. As S. tipuliformis occurs in North America,
this peculiarity has apparently been overlooked by Com-
stock ; this is not surprising, as the spina under micro-
scopic examination appears at first sight to be single,
and its divided nature is only revealed when subjected
Frenulum of the Lepidoptera. 129
to slight pressure. The spina of the female rests
under a catch composed of scales proceeding from the
costal nervure of the forewing, which bends over very
strongly. It is to this catch that Prof. Comstock probably
refers when he goes on to remark :—“The females also
possess a frenulum-hook; but this is not so highly
specialised as that of the male.” It may be mentioned
that Sesia omphale, 2, a native of Florida, has a weak
double spina, and that Z'rochiliwm erabroniforme, 2, has a
frenulum composed of five spinulz locking into . scales
upon the median nervure, as in the normal development
of this appliance.
The Tortricina and the majority of the Pyralidina have
the frenulum of the usual character, but it is in some of
the members of the latter group that the most singular
variations of this organ exist. Hitherto we have found
that the spina of the male insect works through a retina-
culum arising from the costal nervure of the forewing :
but in several species of our british Pyralides the male
spina locks into a fasciculus of strong scales on the median
nervure of the wing, in fact in the manner generally
characteristic of the organ in the female. Amongst these
.species are Agrotera nemoralis, Endotricha flammealis,
Diasemia literalis, Stenia punctalis, Botys flavalis, B.
Juscalis, B. verticalis and B. asinalis. In each of these
species the female insect has two spinule, but in Cata-
clysta lemnalis (Fig. 16) which has the male frenulum as
above described, the female has a single spina exactly
similar to that of the male. In the subfamily Phycitine
according to Ragonot (Mon. Phyc: 1894) and Hampson
(Moths of India, iv, p. 64) the spina of the frenulum is
simple in the female, asin the male. A striking peculiarity
of the Chrysauginee is referred to by Ragonot (Essai sur
la Classn. des Pyralites, 1891) and Hampson (P.Z.S. 1897,
p. 633). In many species the spina of the male is
described as being much thickened, flattened and con-
torted, and in some instances accompanied by a strong
lower fork; this very singular development does not
appear to have its parallel in any other group.
Certain species of the genus Crocidolomia referred to by
Hampson (Moths of India, iv, p. 371) have a thick tuft of
hair springing from the subcostal nervure, whilst from a
fringe below the median nervure arise four strong curved
spines playing on the subcostal tuft. At first sight these
130 Mr. G. C. Griffiths on the
processes appear to be ancillary to the frenulum, but a
careful examination by the writer of several specimens
from Queensland, leads to the conclusion that this is not
the case. No binding of the wings can be due to these
spines, as both they and the tuft of hair belong to the
forewing only, whilst the supposition that they hold down
the point of the spina after passing through the retina-
culum is negatived by the fact that they are at too great
a distance from the base of the wing to come in contact
with it.
The great division of the Tineina, which has been
observed by several recent writers to be of a very hetero-
geneous character, proves to be so also in respect to the
frenulum. Whilst the great majority of the species pos-
sess 1t and in numerous instances the spina is of a greater
size In proportion to that of the insect than in many of
the larger moths, yet in one or two groups it is found to
be wanting. In the Nepticulide, particularly, this is the
case ; also in Micropteryx, which in most of its species has
a well-developed jugum, this is only rudimentary however
in M. calthella and M. seppella. Several species of this
group have a few strong hairs on the costal margin of the
hindwing, which, as Dr. Chapman points out, may be a
commencing frenulum.
Turning next to the structure of the organ under con-
sideration we find on microscopic examination that the
spina of the male insect, simple and homogeneous as it
appears at first sight, is really composite in its character.
Viewed under a high power its apparently polished and
smooth surface is seen to be deeply furrowed with fine
longitudinal lines,'and the significance of this is made
clear when, on making a transverse section, we find that
the spina is really an agglutination of tapering hollow
tubes or hairs, and is in fact evolved from the less perfect
organ of the females by fusion of the bunch of spinule
into one strong bristle. Being thus made up of hollow tubes
the spina possesses great elasticity as well as strength.
The spinule of the female when microscopically ex-
amined are found to be simple hollow tubes, and these,
with the few exceptions just cited, vary in number from
two in some species, to upwards of twenty in others.
They spring lke the spina of the male from a raised
socket formed by an extension of the costal nervure of
the hindwing.
Frenului of the Lepidoptera. 131
The retinaculum in its normal form is a process spring-
ing out of the substance of the costal nervure of the
forewings, and curling over at the end into a small loop
or ring; this process is usually thickly covered with
scales. In those cases before-mentioned in which its
form is that of a pocket receiving the point of the spina,
rather than a loop, this pocket is formed in the same way
from the substance of the nervure, and in most cases it
also is clothed with scales.
The fasciculi or bunches of scales which receive and
hold the spinulz of the female are larger and longer than
the other scales of the wing, but beyond this they possess
no distinguishing character. Whilst speaking of these
we must not forget to notice certain long buxches of hair-
like scales which are often found associated with this
organ ; these proceed from the thorax of the insect and
lie across the spina or spinule, thus probably helping to
keep them in position.
We have next to consider the two different purposes
assigned to this appliance by various observers, namely,
the holding of the wings in position during repose, or, as
an alternative, the locking together of the fore- and hind-
' wings as an aid in flight. With a view to ascertain the
correctness or otherwise of the first supposition, the spinze
of several living male specimens of moths were amputated,
such species being selected as assume a well-marked and
striking position during repose—Pygera bucephala and
Sphine ligustrc being amongst those experimented upon.
In every case the original rest position was again assumed
by the insect after the operation.
The behaviour of these insects, having one or both of
the spine removed, was then observed during flight, the
movement of their wings being watched as they flew up
and down before the glass of a closed window. In all
cases in which one spina only was amputated, a difference
in the blur of the rapidly moving wings was noticed, the
wings on the side experimented upon being observed to
move more independently of each other. These experiments
being conducted within-doors in order to prevent the
escape of the insect, the conditions were somewhat un-
natural, and no very clear idea could be arrived at re-
specting the actual loss of power of flight resulting from
the want of one or both spin. It is probable that the
effect of the wind upon a moth so situated would be very
132 Mr. G. C. Griffiths on the Frenulum of the Lepidoptera.
great, for the wings which before presented one broad
strong surface to the breeze, would after the amputation
of the spina lose much power by the escape of the air
between them, and would probably be bent or displaced
if the wind were at all boisterous.
Another point having a bearing upon the question of
the use of this apparatus was noticed in a female specimen
of Deilephila ewphorbix, and might no doubt be observed
in many other species. The insect resting on a flat surface
with its wings outspread held the anterior margin of the
hindwings in such a position as to be just in contact with
the costal nervure of the forewings, but on being dis-
turbed it prepared for flight by bringing forward the
front pair slightly, and strongly depressing their points.
This clearly forces the spinulz into close contact with
the fasciculus of long scales destined to receive and hold
them, and thus locks the wings firmly together. This
proceeding was gone through by the insect again and
again on being disturbed, and is evidently its first prepara-
tion for flight.
In the examination of living specimens the writer was
at first somewhat doubtful whether the male insect, if by
accident it should withdraw its spina entirely from the
retinaculum, would be able to replace it at will, but this
point was cleared up by the chance discovery of a male
specimen of Hnnomos angularia lying upon its back in a
pool of water. On examination the spina of the left wing
was found to be withdrawn from its retinaculum. It was
placed in a position in which it could dry its wings and
from time to time examined to ascertain whether the
spina had been replaced. Before the next morning the
moth had once more inserted it in the retinaculum.
It seems clear from the foregoing experiments that the
purpose of the frenulum is to hold the wings together
during flight, and this conclusion is accepted by most
recent writers. The organ is therefore analogous in its
purpose to the less perfect jugum of the Trichoptera and
Micropteryx, to the wing-hooks of the Hymenoptera and
to the locking apparatus of Belostoma.
Pear ave
[The explanation faces the PLATE]
IX. The Larva of Pelophila. By the Rev. WILLIAM
FREDERICK JOHNSON, M.A., F.E.S., and GEORGE
H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., F.E.S.
{Read February 2nd, 1898.]
THE ground-beetle Pelophila borealis (Payk.) is among the
most interesting of our native insects. Spread over the
northern parts of Siberia, Russia and Scandinavia, it seems
to be entirely absent from Central Europe as well as from
the mainland of Great Britain. It occurs however in the
Orkneys, while in Ireland it is widely distributed in
Ulster, Connaught and Munster, down to the south-
western corner of the island. This beetle is, perhaps, the
most striking instance of a typically Arctic species ranging
in Ireland far to the south, where it finds itself in com-
pany with the characteristically southern animals and
plants of the Lusitanian fauna and flora. Pelophila borealis
and one other species of the genus inhabit Europe, while
several other species have been described from the
northern parts of Asia and America. The genus, there-
fore, has a complete circumpolar range.
Systematic writers on the Coleoptera class Pelophila
with Leistus, Nebria, and Hurynebria in the tribe Ne-
briina,* which is distinguished from the nearly allied
Elaphrina (comprising Blethisa and LHlaphrus) by the
coxal cavities of the front legs being open behind. Fowler
remarks however} that Pelophila appears to form some-
what of a connecting link between the two tribes ; al-
though its mouth-parts resemble those of Nebria, the
general form of the beetle is like that of Blethisa. It wiil
be seen that, in the larval stage, Pelophila in several most
important points of structure differs from Nebria and
Leistus and agrees with Hlaphrus. On larval characters
it will now be impossible to discriminate sharply between
the two sections.
* Fowler and Sharp, “ Catalogue of British Coleoptera,” London,
1893. Ganglbauer, “ Die Kafer von Mitteleuropa,” i, Wien, 1892.
+ “The Coleoptera of the British Islands,” i, London, 1887.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (JUNE.)
134 The Rev. W. F. Johnson and Mr. G. H. Carpenter
LIFE-HISTORY AND HABITS.
So far as we know the early stages of Pelophila have
not hitherto been described. It seems worth while, there-
fore, to place on record a few facts concerning the life-
history of P. borealis which one of us has been able to
observe during several years’ collecting in the neighbour-
hood of Armagh, together with a detailed account of the
external structure of the full-grown larva.
The female beetle lays her eggs in the ground. They
are hatched in the course of three or four days, and the
erubs, when they first emerge, are white and soft-skinned.
At the age of four days, the larva has attained a length of
4 mm. and is covered with dark chitinous armour. The
insect at this stage (Fig. 1) scarcely differs in structure
from the full-grown larva, except for the very marked
constriction at the seventh abdominal segment, and the
simple form of the cerci (Fig. 2). At this early stage,
these are fixed processes of the ninth abdominal segment,
not mobile appendages as they become in the full-grown
larva (Fig. 10). There are, moreover, but few nodular
tubercles and sete, as compared with the complex arrange-
ment developed at a later stage.
By feeding the grubs on raw beef which they devoured
ereedily, it was possible to rear them until they had
attained their full growth. The time taken in completing
the larval development was about a fortnight. Full-
grown larve were subsequently discovered in well-known
haunts of the beetle, their identity being placed beyond
doubt by their correspondence with the grubs which had
been reared from the eggs. Unfortunately none of the
larvee pupated, as all those reared to their full size met
with accidents. They seemed to devour their cast skins,
as none of these were found, and one was observed
devouring what appeared to be its cast skin.
In their native haunts the habits of the larva are much
the same as those of the perfect insect. They live on the
borders of lakes and banks of rivers preferring a firm clay
bank with plenty of loose stones lving on it. They are
always found at a short distance from the water where
the ground is moist, a condition which seems indispensable
to their well-being. The larve are very active and run
about quickly when disturbed. They hide under stones
and they either wait for their prey there, or else pursue
On the larva of Pelophila. 135
(pH ¢
DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES.
1. Young larva (four days old) of Pelophila borealis (Payk.)
2. Hinder end of young larva, showing cerci. 3. Full-grown larva
of Pelophila borealis. 4. Head from above, with mandibles.
5. Head from beneath, with antenne, maxilla, and labium. 6. Ocelli,
from side. 7. Terminal segments of antenna. 8. End of maxilla.
9. Terminal abdominal segments, from beneath. 10. Terminal
abdominal segments, anal tube, and cercus from side. 11. Leg of
the first pair. 12. End of tarsus and claws.
136 The Rev. W. F. Johnson and Mr. G. H. Carpenter
it at night. During the earlier stages of its existence the
larva must hide very carefully as it has not been found in
its haunts until full-grown or nearly so. When full-
grown the larva is easily observed, just like the imago by
turning over stones in the place it frequents. The larva,
when young, is more restless than when full-grown; it runs
about trying things with its mandibles evidently in search
of food. When full-grown it becomes less restless and
though if disturbed it makes off with great rapidity
rushing into any hiding place that offers, yet otherwise
it sits quietly in the one spot.
The perfect insect is most plentiful in the months of
May and June, but it has occurred as early as April 4th
and as late as October 4th. The larve are to be found in
August and September. From these dates it would seem
probable that the beetle hibernates either in the pupal
or in the imaginal state. That the latter occurs, in some
cases, was shown by experiment. Several specimens were
placed in a flower pot and covered with a glass shade;
they vanished during the winter but reappeared in the
spring, quite well, though no food had been supplied to
them for five months. They had evidently spent the
intervening time in a state of torpor. Their place of con-
cealment when under natural conditions has not been
detected. At Lough Neagh, and also at Lowry’s Lough
near Armagh, the locality they haunt in the summer is
in winter covered with water, so that they must retire to
a position above the reach of the floods and here burrow
into the ground, for they were not found in moss taken
from the bank at Lowry’s Lough where they were most
likely to have taken refuge. We have no facts bearing on
the duration of the beetle’s life, except that specimens
captured during the first week in August bred, and were
still alive and vigorous, at the end of the month when
they were removed to avoid the danger of their attacking
the young larve.
STRUCTURE OF FULL-GROWN LARVA.
The full-grown grub of Pelophila borealis measures
14—15 mm. in length. It is of elongate form, attaining
its greatest breadth (25 mm.) at the third segment of
the abdomen, whence it tapers gently towards the head
and more decidedly towards the tail-end. (Fig. 3.)
on the larva of Pelophila, 137
Head, The head is subquadrate, flat above with a
deep median groove, and a deep lateral depression be-
hind each antenna; hardly produced in front, the margin
of the clypeus bearing four teeth of which the centrals
are more prominent than the laterals; slightly convex at
sides and beneath; rather strongly emarginate behind,
but not constricted into a neck. Above and in front,
the surface of the head is black and rugose, the epi-
cranial and lower lobes are smvoth and yellow, each lobe
beneath being marked with two longitudinal dark streaks
(Figs. 4, 5). There are six ocelli on each side, situated
just behind the antenna, arranged in two transverse rows
of three each; the forward row is the longer, and its two
terminal ocelli are the largest of the six, the dorsal
ocellus of the hinder row being only slightly smaller
(Fig. 6).
Antenne. These are rather shorter than the head; the
first segment is the longest, the second and third each
three-quarters as long as the first, the fourth three-
quarters as long as the third (Fig. 5). The third segment
is enlarged distally and carries three papille, of which
the longest shows rudimentary segmentation ; at the end
of the fourth segment are two papille (Fig. 7).
Mandibles, As long as the antenne, rather slender,
evenly curved, bearing a stout tooth near the base
(Fig. 4).
Maxille. The stipes is elongate nearly half as long as
the head; the lacinia is represented by a minute seti-
gerous papilla; the galea is two-segmented, with the
distal segment slightly longer than the proximal; the
palpigerous stipes is short and cylindrical; the palp is
three-segmented with the first segment slightly longer
than the third, and the third, which is conical, slightly
longer than the second (Fig. 8).
Labium. The palpigerous stipites are short, cylindrical
and divergent ; the palp is two-segmented, the proximal
segment stout and cylindrical and rather longer than the
distal which is slender and conical; the ligula is elongate,
rounded at the tip, and bearing two long sete inserted
close together, and directed straight forwards parallel to
one another (Fig. 5).
Thorax. The pronotum is trapezoidal, its length equal
to its breadth in front, which is as broad as the head;
evidently widened behind ; there are two lateral depres-
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (JUNE) 10
138 The Rev. W. F. Johnson and Mr. G. H. Carpenter
sions ; the colour is deep black in the centre, shading off
to dark brown at the sides.
The mesonotum and metanotum are each three-quarters
as long as the pronotum, deep black, each with two lateral
sintiate depressions.
A central longitudinal suture is apparent on the dorsal
aspect of all the thoracic and abdominal segments.
The prothorax is chitinous beneath from the front
margin to the insertion of the legs. In the meso- and
metathorax, the sternite is reduced to a small sub-
triangular median plate.
Legs. The legs are of moderate length, the two hinder
pairs as long as the breadth of the metathorax, the front
pair rather shorter. The coxa is twice as long as broad,
its outer surface bearing a row of strong sete. The
trochanter is half as long as the coxa, thickened distally,
bearing on its inner surface a double row of spines and a
long tactile seta. The femur is slightly longer than the
coxa, bearing spines along its inner margin (in double
row), and around its thickened distal extremity. The
tibia is two-thirds as long as the femur, slightly thickened
distally, bearing a single external basal spine and a
prominent subapical series. The tarsus is slightly
shorter than the tibia, cylindrical, bearing a fine spine
near the base, and two stout ones at apex; the two claws
are equal in length, slightly curved and ending in a blunt
point (Figs. 11, 12).
Abdomen. The terga of segments 1—8 are similar in
form, transverse with anterior and posterior ridges and
lateral sinuate depressions; the tergum of the ninth
segment is much narrower and shorter than the pre-
ceding. ‘The pleurze of segments 1—8 are oblong-oval,
that of segment 9 oblong. ‘There are seven ventral plates
on each of the segments 1—7: a transverse hexagonal
anterior plate, four small plates arranged transversely
posterior thereto, the two centrals being subquadrate and
the two laterals subtriangular, and a pair of lateral oval
plates arranged longitudinally. The eighth segment has
a single quadrate central plate, and the pair of lateral
oval plates as the preceding segments. The ninth
segment has only a single ventral plate (Fig. 9). The
anal cylinder is about twice as long as its diameter or as
the length of the ninth segment. The cerci are long and
mobile, provided with numerous nodulose tubercles bear-
on the larva of Pelophila. 139
ing long setz, the arrangement of which does not exactly
correspond in the two cerci of the same individual
(Fig. 10).
COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF THE LARVA,
As mentioned above, the genus Pelophila is classed, by
its imaginal characters, with Leistus and Nebria. In the
larval stage it resembles those genera in the possession of
long, mobile cerci, as well as in the general structure of
the antennze and mouth-parts. But it differs widely
from them in its broad quadrate head and short legs with
equal tarsal claws. The larva of Pelophila indeed shows
relationships with various carabidous larve of widely
separated genera. The form of the head, without the
constricted neck so characteristic of the Nebriina, recalls
that of Hlaphrus, and still more perhaps that observed in
certain Harpaline genera, such as Broscus, Chlenius and
Pterostichus.* The larva of Pelophila agrees with these
latter in the insertion of the antennz over the base of the
mandibles. ‘The head-appendages agree generally with
those of the Nebriine larve, as well as with those of
Hlaphrus ; in the proportional lengths of the segments
of the maxillary galea Pelophila is intermediate between
these two groups. The long paired sete of the labial
ligula again recall the larval characters of Broscus and
Chlenius. A character in which our larva is most clearly
separated from the Nebriina is the comparative shortness
of the legs, which by the arrangement of the spines and
the equality of the two tarsal claws resemble those of
Elaphrus and the Harpaline. It is remarkable that
Amara seems the only other carabidous genus in which
the larval tarsi are shorter than the tibiz. The abdominal
cerci are the most unequivocal nebriine structures to be
found in our larva. It is of some interest to note that
while the cerci of the full-grown Pelophila grub closely
resemble those of Nebria, in the young larva they are
simpler, as in the full-grown grub of Leistus. As men-
tioned above, these cerci are mobile in the full-grown
larva, but not in the young. In the majority of cara-
bidous genera these appendages appear to remain fixed
throughout larval life.
* Schigdte, “De Metamorphosi Eleutheratorum,” Pars. III.
(Naturh. Tidsskr, iv. 1867.)
140 On the larva of Pelophila.
RELATIONSHIP OF PELOPHILA TO OTHER CARABIDS.
The combination in the grub of Pelophila of structures
characteristic of the Notiophilina, Nebrina and Elaphrina
suggests that we have to do with an archaic type near to
the common ancestors of these tribes, a view supported
by the restricted northern range of Pelophila and the
small number of its species. Also the similarity in
several points between the grub of Pelophila and those
of harpaline beetles gives evidence that it must be re-
garded as a generalised member of the Carabidz since it
shows affinities with such dissimilar types. There can be
little doubt that the possession of long abdominal cerci is
an archaic character, when we consider that such append-
ages are found in primitive insects such as the Thysanura,
Ephemerids and Perlids. The fact that in the young
larva of Pelophila the cerci are comparatively short, and
fixed, might indeed be thought inconsistent with such a
view. But it is possible to regard the persistence of this
condition of the cerci in the great majority of carabidous
larvee as an instance of arrested development. The long
legs of the larve of Loricera, Notiophilus, Nebria and
Leistus, the head constricted behind into a narrow neck,
and (in Lezstus and Notiophilus) drawn out in front into
long spinose processes, appear on the other hand to be
specialised characters, adapted to ready and rapid motion.
From such a larva as that of Pelophila, then, can be
derived, on the one hand, those of the Nebriina and
Notiophilina, in which the head and legs have become
highly modified while the primitive cerci have been
retained ; on the other hand, those of Hlaphrus and the
majority of the Harpalinz, in which the primitive quadrate
head and short legs have been retained while the long
cerci have become greatly reduced.
( 141 )
X. Some Remarks on Heterogyna penella. By THomas
ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.ES.
[Read March 16th, 1898.]
Fleterogyna penella is a moth with an apterous female, and
a male of the same flimsy black texture as many Psychids.
But to these it does not appear to be at all related, nor to
any other group with apterous females. Whether the
very similar aspect of the males of H. penel/la and some
Psychids is purely accidental, or whether habits similar in
some respects are in any way facilitated by their very
similar facies, that is, whether this black, gauzy texture
is of advantage to both under like habits, is a question in
elucidation of which I have not been able to range any
facts.
_ Except that it is not of a whitish colour, the female of
H, penella is more maggot-like than that of most Psychids.
One of its most obvious differences is that it is coloured
in almost exactly the same way as the larva, with a char-
acteristic pattern in black and yellow, and it even happens,
that a larva pale from a predominance of yellow, or dark
from the dark markings being more pronounced produces
a moth varying in precisely the same manner. The female
moth has even been described as being the same as the
larva, and superficially it resembles it very exactly. Be-
sides the essential differences between a larva and an
imago, it differs in possessing no appendages whatever ;
not only has it no wings and no legs, but it has no tuber-
cles, scales, or hairs of any sort, the skin being smooth
and shining, with some wrinkles due to muscular attach-
ments and traces of circular marks in the position of the
larval prolegs. The male moth even has some yellow
markings on the abdomen that are in the same positions
as those of the larva, these are actual body markings, the
hairs being all black; though it is apparently clothed
sparsely with hairs only, a considerable proportion of
these, especially on the wings, are really scales, being
somewhat flattened and striated.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898,—PART I. (JUNE.)
142 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella.
The most specialised peculiarity of this moth (ZH.
penella §) is that it emerges from its cocoon and pupa
case, remains outside until the male is attracted and for
a bare ten minutes after, and then re-enters its pupa
case. This drops back into the cocoon, and the appear-
ance is the same as if the moth had never emerged. The
mechanism by which this manceuvre is accomplished by a
maggot without appendages is very interesting.
Until last year (1897) I had never met with the species
in sufficient numbers to make any observations of value ;
I had found the female pupa case a very puzzling
structure, and not having seen the male pupa, could form
no idea of its relationships. Last spring, however, I met
with it freely at Digne and have been able to observe it
very fully.
Whilst Heterogyna penella inhabits a large part of
Southern Europe, it would appear that the Basses Alpes
are its headquarters, and in some districts of this depart-
ment it has even been described as destructive; it is not,
therefore, surprising that Digne affords it in plenty, at an
elevation of 2,000 to 3,000 feet. I do not think it is at
all common towards the Mediterranean coast, but it
descends to lower levels and a warmer climate than
Digne, whilst I have also taken it at Lauteret at 8,000
feet, where intense cold obtains in winter, and the sum-
mer is comparatively short. Sucha range of climate, with
so narrow a geographical range is difficult to understand.
As I am not aware that it is anywhere double brooded, I
conclude that, in its warmer habitats, it goes into hiber-
nation before midsummer.
The larva is full-fed at Digne about April 20th to 30th,
at Lauteret nearer the end of June. The males are
full-fed quite ten days before the females.
To spin their cocoons the males seek a dead twig of the
food plant (chiefly broom at Digne) or a dry stem of grass,
against one side of which, usually in a prominent and
conspicuous position, they spin a spindle-shaped cocoon
of silk, at first white, then turning golden-yellow, of a
somewhat open texture, so that the contained larva or
pupa is easily seen. A large proportion of these at once
produce parasitic dipterous larva; only twice were any
other parasites produced, these were chalcids.
The diptera emerge in confinement in six or eight
weeks, certainly too early to infest the next brood of
Dr. T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella. 143
penella, so doubtless they have alternative hosts, as with
other of these dipterous parasites. 1 forwarded a small
supply of them to Mr. Bignell, who attempted to ascer-
tain their name, with the following results from different
authorities :—Demoticus plebeius; a Blepharidea near Bb.
vulgaris; a species of Ceromasia. For aught I know these
are synonyms.
The female does not usually place her similar but
much larger cocoon so conspicuously, and I think even
makes some attempt to hide it, near the ground, under a
leaf, &c., nor are so many to be seen, though the larve
are equally abundant. These also produce the dipterous
parasites, but I think much less abundantly than the
males.
The larva in its short squat form and sluggish habits
reminds one of those of the Zygenas, and like them
they have minute stellate skin points. They retain,
however, simple one-bristled tubercles up to the adult
stage, and so have none of that angularity and upholstered-
cushion appearance so characteristic of Zygzenas.
The prolegs also, though of macro-lepidopterous type,
are much less fully evolved than in the Zygenas. The
. circle of crochets is, indeed, quite incomplete on the outer
aspect, but the hooks extend round the front and back of
the pad suggesting rather a complete circle damaged on
one side than the fully evolved foot with single inner
flange of the Zygenas. The formula of the larval tuber-
cles seems to be the same as that of the newly-hatched
Zygena. After the trapezoidals and supra-spiracular, we
find a subspiracular, placed well below and slightly be-
hind the spiracle, with three points placed in an equi-
lateral triangle, of which two, an upper and an anterior,
carry long hairs (Iv and v), the third, below and behind,
is merely a point; below this are two others (VI and vit)
on the same level, half-way between the subspiracular
and the prolegs (marginal). Of the larger larve the
general skin surface is closely set with extremely fine
hair- -points, then there are numerous minute tubercles
each carrying four to six short, apparently tubular bristles,
these seem to be quite independent of the ordinary
tubercles.
In the newly-hatched Jarva, the subspiracular tuber-
cles are a posterior one, below but well behind the spira-
cle, and another rather lower and directly below the
144 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella.
spiracle, there is no trace of the third hairless point of
the larger larva, nor of the tubercles being fused into
one. The next tubercle is very low down, ventral rather
than marginal, solitary, carrying one hair like the others.
There is also a black plate on the dorsum of the second
segment.
The female pupa is much less like the larva than the
imago is. Anteriorly it resembles the larva, slightly
obscured in colouring and with the head bent down in
front of the thorax, and hardly a trace of true legs. The
head is like that of the larva with the appendages
dwindled and atrophied ; the antennz are conical promi-
nences, and the labrum, labium and mandibles appear as
slight projections. The bending forwards is really that
of an ordinary pupa, a bending usually obscured by
the presence of the wing- and leg-cases filling up the
hollow in front. These anterior segments are quite soft
and larva-like and may be regarded as free, though the
pupa does not move. The terminal segments (5th to
10th abdominal) are enlarged, forming a rounded mass
which makes the whole pupa look very like one of those
toy tumblers that always stand upright on a hemispheri-
cal base. These posterior segments, unlike the anterior
ones, are more of an ordinary brown pupal texture, but
the larval markings are still visible, appearing to be
deeply buried within them. It would not be correct to
describe these segments as “fixed,” since there are no
incisions soldered together; the incisions are fully on the
stretch and are of nearly the same texture as the rest of
the segments. The spiracle of the first abdominal seg-
ment is of course fully exposed, there being no wings,
and there are circular patches, as in the imago, marking
the position of the ventral prolegs. The first thoracic
spiracle cannot be detected ; there is a point marking the
position of the second. The spines on the anterior margins
of the segments are microscopically small.
On emergence the pupa protrudes the head and several
segments from the cocoon, and the pupal case opens by a
slit beginning transversely behind the head, thence passing
down each side to the third thoracic segment. This
portion of the pupal case is very elastic, so that, as the
moth emerges, the anterior and posterior flaps thus formed
stretch forwards and backwards into a plane and, whilst
the moth is outside, open widely something like the upper
Dr, T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella. 145
and lower jaws of one of these reptiles whose gape is 180°.
Their edges are smoothly continuous by the stretching of
the material at their angle of union in the last thoracic
segment, so that there is in fact no such angle or any
danger of the slit continuing further down the pupa, the
upper and lower sections being continuous, without any
appearance of being separated by an open fissure or
crack.
The moth when emerged retains an organic connexion
with the pupa-case, and this is its most unusual feature.
The imaginal legs, or rather the positions they should
occupy, remain inseparable from the minute black papillee
that represent them in the pupa. If any attempt be
made to separate the imago from the pupa case at this
point, the pupal legs break away from the rest of the case,
or more frequently, the separation is made at the expense
of the imago, leaving bleeding wounds. The ‘imaginal
head continues also to occupy the pupal head; only twice
have I seen it separated naturally, but it is not very
difficult to extricate the head of the imago from that of
the pupa. The imaginal head is almost identical with the
pupal head, except that it is white and colourless and
- obviously not intended to be exposed, the antennz and
mouth parts existing as structureless elevations.
This, however, is not the only means by which the
moth maintains its position. Organically connected with
the anterior flap of the pupa case, the moth lies across the
open mouth of the pupa, and its hinder extremity lies
along the dorsal flap, formed of the dorsal thoracic seg-
ments. The ventral surface of the moth is swollen, so as
exactly to fit the hollow these form in their inner surface,
and there it adheres either by the suction of atmospheric
pressure, or by an actual stickiness of the apposed surfaces.
The bulb of the posterior segments of the pupa being still
within the cocoon, the moth appears to be sitting across
the mouth of the cocoon, the pupa case not being visible
on a casual glance, though the moth is in contact with it
throughout its whole ventral surface, except just centrally
opposite the lumen of the chrysalis case. Fertilisation
occupies five or ten minutes only, and this may be the
whole duration of the imaginal existence outside its pupa
case, since, as soon as this is accomplished, the moth com-
mences to return into it and completes the process in
about an equal time. Strong vermicular movements
146 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella.
reverse the process of emergence; these movements,
however, pass backwards along the posterior surface and
past the anal extremity, and forwards along the ventral
surface. The full rounded extremity of the moth main-
tains its apposition with the dorsal jaw of the pupa case,
which it glides along until it comes over the opening into
the pupa case, into which it then goes by an ordinary
vermicular movement.
The moth is thus replaced exactly into its former
position in the pupa, the elastic jaws resuming their
natural relations, and appearances are almost precisely as
if the moth had never emerged. As a matter of fact, the
dorsal plate of the prothorax overlaps the head, thus
closing the opening more completely, but even so, a
close examination is necessary to recognise the difference
from an unemerged pupa.
The process of oviposition then commences and ap-
parently lasts for some days, the denser bulbous part of the
pupa case being packed with eggs, the moth acting as a
stopper over them in the upper part.
Though little more than a bag of eggs, the female
imago has a well-developed set of cutaneous muscles, in
longitudinal, transverse and diagonal bundles, very much
the same as may be demonstrated in the larva, and as are
figured by Lyonet and others in the larve of other
Lepidoptera.
The eggs are ovoid, yellow and delicate in texture,
not unlike those of Zygenas and, like them, have a
transparent space at one end. They do not appear to
be laid in any particular order or arrangement, but adhere
so firmly to each other and to the pupal shell, that any
attempt to individualise them only results in smashing
them. If exposed, as by breaking the chrysalis case and
removing the moth, they very soon dry up and shrivel. A
chief object, probably the chief object, of the remarkable
modification of structure and economy in the female of
Hf, penella, is evidently the protection of the ova from
predaceous enemies and parasites, no doubt, but most
especially from the danger of desiccation. That this is an
object most necessary to be attained, will appear when we
remember the high temperature and arid character of the
country where the species is most plentiful, such as the
neighbourhood of Digne. It seems to be very effectually
carried out by the thick, elastic, gutta-percha-like texture
Dr. T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella. 147
of the rounded posterior part of the pupa; brittle though
this may be when its functions are completed and it is
dried up, it is very tough and impervious whilst in use.
Above, the moist body of the moth covers the eggs and is
itself sheltered from evaporation by the anterior part
of the pupa case. The cocoon again must prevent any
very rapid circulation of air outside, and the eggs them-
selves form a dense solid mass.
Protection of the eggs against evaporation, or rather
against desiccation, is a matter of imperative necessity for
all insects in a hot and dry climate, and, indeed, under
most circumstances. Usually, at least with our British
Lepidoptera, this is secured by a position on or amongst
herbage. Frequently laid on a leaf, the lower surface
is thinner than the upper and absorbs moisture from
the leaf as quickly as it evaporates from above. A very
dense shell is another expedient, as in Orgyia antigua,
which has to exist for a long period, otherwise unprotected
and unassisted. One advantage of the position in which
the eggs of Micropteryx and Adelids are laid, viz., inside
the plant tissues, is its moisture. One use, probably of
the ribbing and flanging on the eggs of many butterflies
- and Noctuz, is the impediment it offers to a rapid circula-
tion of air over the egg surface, and those eggs that are
enwrapped with hair and scales by the parent moth,
benefit most from it, probably by the protection against
desiccation so afforded. It is certainly not as a protection
against cold, as its suggestion of blankets and swansdown
at first makes us believe. It is not to hide them, since in
most cases it makes them more conspicuous. It may be
to make them more difficult of access to smaller foes, and
unpalatable to larger ones. But no one who has tried
to clean such an egg of its covering, and found how closely
it is covered with scales and hair, and how difficult it
often is to get a view of even a portion of egg shell
after prolonged efforts to clean off the scales, can doubt
that they must be very efficacious in preventing evapora-
tion, both by their own thickness and that of the gum
which attaches them so closely, and by their loose outer
layers. Probably not a few of the less understood pe-
culiarities of eggs have some reference to this protection.
Without denying that the protection provided in /.
penella may be against enemies and parasites, as well
as against drying up, it must be regarded as a remarkable
148 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella.
instance in having led to such extreme modifications:
of both the pupa and imago of the female moth and of
her habits.
It is difficult to understand how the dispersal of the
species is effected, and how a new area of its food plants
gets colonised. ‘The newly hatched larva is an excellent
wanderer but is too small to cover any distance, and the
older larva is very sluggish. What I have interpreted as
a desire of the female larva to hide her cocoon, may be the
result of some wandering that is instinctive at this period.
its chief resource for dispersion probably les in the fact
that it will eat almost anything papilionaceous and even
other things, and so may manage to exist precariously
across intermediate country.
When the young larve hatch they eat up the remains
of their mother, leaving only a few fibrous shreds and
some pellets, probably of urates. When emerged the
moth does not void any ejecta or other fluid as nearly
all insects do on exclusion, and the necessarily present
effete material is no doubt represented by these pellets.
The larvee make their way out of the pupa case by the
opening left in it, and also by forming some very small
holes for themselves, but beyond this they make no
attempt to eat the pupa case itself, which remains nearly
uninjured. They are at first fairly active little wanderers,
but are too small to travel any considerable distance ;
they feed readily, and Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher, to whom I
sent some, tells me that when in their third skin they
prepare for hibernation by forming a little cocoon, in size
and form not unlike that of a Nepticula.
When we come to the male pupa, which presumably
has not suffered any of these special adaptive modifica-
tions, we find that to be the case. There is nothing
definite to distinguish it from one of Zygwna, except the
very large antenna case, which overshadows the other
appendage cases in front, and may be the reason why no
femur case exists between the maxilla and first leg. It
is black and shining, with abdominal segments | to 7 all
free. The maxille are short, the antenna cases cover the
second legs, the tips of the third legs project. The
appendage cases extend to the end of the sixth abdominal
segment. The pupa is deep from back to front about
the seventh and eighth (third and fourth abdominal)
segments, has a very marked waist (first abdominal seg-
Dr. T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella. 149
ment) and tapers to the posterior extremity. The dorsal
anterior margins of the abdominal segments are rough
with longitudinal wrinkles on the fourth becoming very
definite spines which on the later segments up to the
eighth are placed two, three, and four deep, in irregular
alternating rows. There is a certain amount of lateral
flanging (as in Zygena and Procris), that is,a soft wrinkled
area leaves the harder parts in some degree as dorsal and
ventral plates. In this flange some trace of the lateral
yellow band of the larva still remains. The appendages
are extremely polished and smooth, and are easily separ-
ated from each other. There is a large dorsal head piece,
no trace of maxillary palpi; all seven abdominal spiracles
are exposed,
For emergence the pupa projects from the cocoon
through a loose valvular opening and remains there after-
wards,
On dehiscence the eye pieces separate from the dorsal
head pieces, and remain attached in front. In an empty
pupa case the labrum, mandibles and _ well-developed
labium are all very distinct.
In the male imago, the frenulum is interesting as con-
sisting of a bundle of hairs, which are all separate at their
bases, but unite into a solid bristle above ; the frenulum
has the appearance of being compounded in many species,
but I do not remember it to have been actually resolved
into its constituent hairs for a portion of its length in any
other species I have observed.
The general surface of the wing-membrane is tinted as
with a wash of indigo. In the forewing, a small portion
at the base of the inner margin, corresponding with the
jugum in the Jugatz, is folded over on to the wing, the
fold being clear of tinting and studded, as the rest of the
wing is not, with very fine hairs. The corresponding
portion of the hindwing is much larger, and is similarly
marked off by a colourless line or area, from the base to
the hind margin, where there is a notch.
The male pupa, the egg, larva and, I think, the imago
all point to a close relationship to the Zygenide, but at a
considerably lower level, as is chiefly evidenced by the
larval tubercles and prolegs. The pupa also is probably
lower, having the parts even less firmly soldered. Though
one does not look to the female pupa for much light
on the affinities of this form, owing to its being so specially
150 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Heterogyna penella.
modified, it gives us, I think, this information, otherwise
unattainable, that not only are all the forward abdominal
segments “free,” but the thoracic ones are so also. In
the male pupa this is obscured by the appendages being
partially soldered together, and fixing the body ; but with
the information obtained from the female pupa it may be
inferred that we are correct in regarding the opening of
the thoracic incisions on dehiscence as a proof that they
are not fixed segments.
The resemblance to Psychids appears to be entirely
superficial. The Psychids are clearly derived from a
Tineid stirps and have a pupa associated with many Tineids
in its amount of specialisation. Assuming a relation-
ship of H. penella to Psychids, then it must have branched
off before Psyche left Tinea, .c., before it had made the
first steps to a vermiform female, before in fact it was a
Psyche. On the other hand, the larval prolegs show that
Heterogyna has been an external feeder, at least, for a long
time, and in this respect it is as much above Psyche, as
pupally it is beneath it. In other words, we have to go
a long way outside the Psychids to find a common point
of relationship; or, in the usual way of expressing such a
degree of relationship, there is no relationship at all, that
is beyond their both being somewhat generalised forms in
many respects.
(2151)
XI. Neuroptera-Planipennia collected in Algeria by the Rev.
A. E. Eaton. By Roperr McLacutay, F.RS., &e.
[Read April 4th, 1898.]
I HERE enumerate the species found by Mr. Eaton in
various parts of Algeria, during his stay in that country
from the end of 1892 to the middle of 1897, interrupted
only by occasional short visits to England. Mention is
occasionally made of materials from the same region from
other sources, according to specimens in my collection,
but only when the same species are concerned.
The number of species is not large, but nearly every-
thing is recorded from the country for the first time, and
a few new species are described.
The general aspect of the materials is Mediterranean
with occasional extensions to Asia Minor and Central
Asia. No Panorpide, Sialide, Rhaphidiide, Mantispide,
or Dilaridz were found, but I have seen a Mantispa from
‘ Algeria, and the other Families probably exist there.
Much remains to be done in the forests of the higher
districts.
The Family Coniopterygide is not included. There is
a considerable number of the minute insects representing
this Family, and of four or five species, which will, I hope,
receive attention in another paper.
MYRMELEONID.
Palpares hispanus, Hag.
Hab. Médéa, north side of Koudia Sma, about 3,180 ft.,
and another locality in the vicinity, July 1893 ; Constantine
in June 1895,2 f and 2 2. Probably it is distributed all
over Algeria, and is the species noticed by Lucas as
P. libelluloides.
P. libelluloides has been recorded as occurring in Marocco,
but in the Entomol. Monthly Mag., xxv, p. 346, when
writing on Neuroptera captured by Mr. J. J. Walker in
Marocco, I implied a doubt as to confusion with P. hispanus,
and at the same time gave distinguishing characters for
separating the two.
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898,—PART II. (JUNE.)
152 Mr. R. McLachlan on
Palpares angustus, sp. ni.
Head and thorax above yellowish-ochreous with a cinereous
tinge: face whitish yellow: palpi blackish piceous, the labial about
thrice the length of the maxillary, second and third joints nearly
equal, clavate at the tips ; mandibles shining black ; antennz black,
about as long as the pro- and meso-nota united : pronotum much
broader than long, narrowed anteriorly, clothed with cinereous hairs,
a broad median black longitudinal band (continued on the meso-
and meta-nota and asa fine line on the hinder half of the vertex),
sides broadly black, the disk divided into three raised portions by
two deep transverse impressed lines; on the meso-notum (in addi-
tion to the black median band) there is a fine curved black line on
each lateral lobe and the black margins of the pronotum are also
continued here, but narrower, and more vaguely also on the meta-
notum: underside of thorax cinereous clothed with whitish hairs :
legs black (coxee cinereous), with short stiff black hairs and fine
adpressed cinereous pubescence : abdomen above olivaceous, becoming
darker, and finally blackish, towards the apex, black beneath from
base to apex, base clothed with rather short whitish hairs ; appen-
dages of ¢ short (5 mm.), black, cylindrical, much curved, gradually
clavate to the obtuse apex, clothed with dense short black hairs,
Wings of ¢ long and narrow, the two pairs of about equal
breadth, the anterior slightly longer; costal edge straight, the
costal area narrow ;.inner margin gradually rounded and slightly
sinuate in the apical portion ; ground colour whitish hyaline, more
decidedly whitish in the posterior : anterior wings with the neuration
mostly whitish (but the radius and upper cubitus nearly wholly
black) rather closely and nearly evenly sprinkled with small black
points, forming a double row along the inner margin from the apex,
costal nervules mostly with a black point at each end and another
in the middle ; there are also four fasciate black spots, (1) at about
2ths. from the base small and not extending half across the wing
(almost connected with larger points on the branch of the lower
cubitus), (2) before the middle extending half across, sometimes
interrupted or sometimes only an isolated discal spot, (3) some-
what oblong, going half across, often broken up in the lower half
(all these start from the radius), and (4) a pterostigmatic series of
connected spots with an elongated linear one below them ; ptero-
stigma small, whitish ; the sector radii originates in the first fasciate
spot, and it has a branch directed towards the base ; posterior wings
without the small black irrorations (save a few at the base of costal
nervules), but with a series of rather large, more or less connected,
black spots along the inner margin (except on the basal portion) ;
Neuroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. BE. Eaton, 153
4 black transverse fascie, viz.: (1) a reniform spot placed just be-
yond the fork of the lower cubitus, (2) a band before the middle,
starting from the radius, dilated in its lower portion (not reaching
the inner margin), and sometimes emitting a process directed to-
wards the base, (3) a broad band starting from the costal edge, and
extending more or less to the inner margin (where it is often con-
nected with the row of spots), very irregular on its inner side, and
often produced in a K-shaped manner, (4) an apical band more or
less broken up by spots of the whitish ground.
Length of body, ¢ with the appendages 61mm. Expanse 107
mm. Greatest breadth of anterior wing 14 mm.
Hab. Biskra, 11th and 15th June, 1897, 2 f.
Mr. Eaton notes that it rests by day on shrubs, but
easily takes alarm, and then mounts in the air out of
sight.
P. angustus, var. oranensis, nov.
Differs from the type from Biskra in its slightly larger size, the
black points on the anterior wings larger and more numerous, the
fasciate bands broader and more distinct, much more so in the
posterior wings.
‘In the 2 the abdomen is apparently wholly olivaceous, femora
externally olivaceous. Wings broader, the pattern of the markings
essentially asin the ¢, but the transverse bands are broader and
more distinct, especially in the posterior, where band 3 forms a very
broad irregular K.
Length of body, ¢ with appendages 65—66 mm., 9 45 mm.
Expanse ¢ 112—120 mm., ? 126 mm. Greatest breadth of anterior
wing § 19mm.
Hab. Méchéria, Oran (LZ. Bleuse), 2 $1 2.
The character of the markings of the wings is extremely
unstable both in the type form and variety, and is seldom
alike on the opposing wings of the same individual.
This species seems to be distinctly related to P. patiens,
Wik., from India, LP. walkeri, McLach., from Aden, P.
solidus, Gerst., from Mesopotamia, and probably also to
P. cephalotes, Klug, and P. papilionoides, Klug, from Arabia.
Gymnocnemia variegata, Schnd. (Aplectrocnemia multi-
punctata, Costa).
Hab. Médéa, between Dakela and Lodi, one example.
A wide-spread insect over the Mediterranean Region and
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (JUNE.) 11
154 Mr. R. McLachlan on
extending to Turkestan ; always apparently very rare, but
no doubt owing to want of systematic searching.
Creagris plumbeus, Oliv.
Hab. Algiers, on the ramparts, 3rd May, 1893; Sidi-
Ferrouch, on the coast west of Algiers, 8th May, 1898 ;
Azazga, at light in the inn, 13th September, 1893 ; various
localities about Biskra in May and June, 1894; 13 examples
in all.
Those from Algiers and neighbourhood equal the largest
South European examples, those from Biskra are distinctly
smaller. The markings on the pronotum vary. In all
(excepting one ¢ from Biskra) the dark interruptions on
the neuration are absent or scarcely visible, but examples
from Sicily are similar in this respect. I possess the species
also from Tiout and Méchéria in the province of Oran
(L. Bleuse).
Hagen has pointed out (Stett. ent. Zeit., xxvii, p. 289)
that the probable range of this insect is very great, if
certain forms presenting slight differences are considered
as scarcely worthy of separate names. The same form
(slightly modified) would thus extend over all the Mediter-
ranean region, the whole of Africa to the Cape of Good
Hope, Asia Minor and Central Asia, and probably to India
and Ceylon if C. perfidus, sedulus and adversus, Walk.
(scarcely separable znter se) be considered.
C. murinus, Klug (a synonym of plumbeus) is given by
Hagen (1. c.) following Schneider, as extending from Syria
to the Cape of Good Hope, and further on (p. 402) as from
the Cape only. Klug, Symb. Phys. gives Syria as the
locality, and on pl. xxxvi, fig. 5 it is indicated as syriacus,
a name that does not occur in the text.
Myrmeleon lugdunensis, Villers, has been identified with
C. plumbeus. Could this be sustained that name would
have priority ; the very short description does not convey
to my mind any indication that Villers had this insect
before him.
Myrmecelurus atrox, Walk.
Hab. Biskra, 3rd June, 1894, 3 ¢, 2 2. Practically
agreeing with Walker’s type from Turkey; the Indian
M. acerbus, Walk., is perhaps not different. Differing
from typical M. trigrammus, Pallas, in its smaller size, in
Newroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. LE. Eaton. 155
the absence of the strong yellow tinge on the wings, and
in most of the longitudinal nervures (and parts of the
neuration otherwise) being interrupted with blackish of
which there is rarely a trace in MZ. trigrammus: in this
latter respect it agrees with Klug’s description of I. /etus
from Arabia Deserta : “ale hyaline, nervis fusco-albidoque-
variegatis reticulate ;” this latter is usually considered a
synonym of trigrammus.
I have undescribed species of the genus from the
Province of Oran.
Macronemurus appendiculatus, Latr.
Hab. Médéa, 27th June, 1893, Constantine, 14th and
16th June, 1894, Bone, 11th June, 1896, Le Tarf, 24th
June 1896. 4 ¢,1 9. Also from Perrégaux, Oran
(L. Bleuse).
Macronemurus elegantulus, sp. n.
Pale yellow. On the antennal region is a large blackish space (in
which the antenne are seated) forming a broad shining black tri-
angle below the antennz the lower edge of which is slightly excised
(like a broad “\): antennze brownish black, the two basal joints
_ yellow, somewhat annulate with brownish beneath ; on the swollen
vertex is a blackish -shaped spot: pronotum scarcely longer than
broad, very slightly narrowed anteriorly, on the middle a broad
blackish longitudinal band the whole length, dilated anteriorly,
and on each side a narrow abbreviated blackish line, not reaching
the anterior margin ; mesonotum with a very broad median black
band dilated anteriorly, and another on each side at the base of the
wings : metanotum having the anterior lobe margined with blackish,
and a spot on each of the other lobes ; on each side of the thorax a
blackish maculose band : legs pale yellow, anterior and intermediate
tibiee spotted with black externally, tibia at apex and the tarsal
joints at their apices furnished with black spine-like hairs, on the
back of the posterior femora of the ¢ is a series of long curved
hairs diminishing in length towards the apex : abdomen for the most
part blackish but with a (sometimes obsolete) yellowish maculose
stripe on each side, clothed with short whitish hairs ; appendages of
the ¢ as long as the last two segments, curved, cylindrical, yellowish,
clothed with long hairs.
Anterior wings narrow, only slightly dilated to the apex which
is scarcely angulate, the posterior slightly shorter : hyaline, the edge
all round finely blackish, neuration for the most part whitish, but
the costal nervules are usually slightly fuliginous, as are those in
156 Mr. R. McLachlan on
the disk, and occasionally the subcosta is faintly marked with fuli-
ginous, network rather open, pterostigma opaque yellowish, wing-
roots yellow.
Length of body ¢ (with appendages) 17—21 mm., 2 17—21 mm.
Expanse 36—40 mm.
Hab. Biskra, May and June, 1894, also Méchéria, South
Oran (L. Bleuse), about 18 examples in all. Two f from
Ain Séfra, South Oran, differ slightly in having the
neuration nearly wholly fuligmous, but not otherwise.
This small species should be allied to I. linearis, Klug,
from Syria, but can hardly be identical therewith, differ-
ing especially in the markings of the pronotum according
to the description.
I direct attention to the long hairs on the posterior
femora of the ~ mentioned in the foregoing description.
These are present, and even in a more marked degree, in
several undescribed species, and they probably exist in
some already described, but they are wanting in the two
larger species—I/. appendiculatus and M. bilineatus.
Myrmeleon oulianini, McLach.
Hab. Biskra, 2nd June, 1894,2 ¢. I have alsol 9
from Méchéria (Z. Bleuse), and another 2 from Suez
(25th June, J. J. Walker).
These individuals vary somewhat inter se, but all pertain
I think to one species, identical with the type (not now
before me) from Turkestan described and figured in the
Neuroptera of Fedtschenko’s ‘Turkestan’; the figure
should serve for identification. The 2 has two short
cylindrical appendages at the apex of the abdomen after
the style of Macronemurus, but very much shorter, and
not sufficiently indicated in the figure on account of the
position. Eventually a separate genus (allied to Myrme-
celurus) will probably be formed to receive the species. I
was inclined to place it in Brachynemurus, an American
genus founded by Hagen, but the shorter spurs of the Old-
World insect, or rather the longer first tarsal joint, scarcely
accord: yet Lrachynemurus is made up of by no means
congruous materials, such species as b. sackeni having a
longer first tarsal joint than the others, and ¢ appendages
that rival those of Macronemurus in length.
I believe that the range of the same species from
Algeria to Turkestan has been long proved in entomology.
Neuroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Eaton. 157
In addition to M. oulianini, I may cite the curious
Myrmecelurus fedtschenkoi, McLach., which occurs in the
Province of Oran in a slightly modified form.
M. oulianini is so closely allied to the Indian JZ. morosus,
Walk., as to induce a suspicion that it may be only a
form thereof. JL. infensus, Walk., also from India, would
be a generic ally on a subdivision, as would certain South
African species, such as JZ. trivirgatus, Gerst., &c.
Myrmeleon distinguendus, Rbr.
Hab. Biskra, 3rd June, 1894, two examples, larger than
others from Portugal (?) and Marocco in my collection.
This insect might be overlooked as a small Creagris
were it not for the neuration and spurs. Schneider, Stett.
ent. Zeit., vi, queries this species as identical with J.
cinereus, Klug ; I think the identity very probable.
3D?
Myrmeleon microstenus, sp. 0.
Body slender, blackish, clothed with short sparse whitish pubes-
cence; antennz about as long as the pro- and meso-thorax united,
the club stout but gradually formed, colour blackish, faintly ringed
with yellowish at the sutures, the basal joint entirely and the second
. beneath pale yellow: head blackish above, varied with yellow, a
yellow transverse band at the top of the declivous portion in which
is an angulate row of six small black spots, a large black space occu-
pies the antennal region, continued between and below the antenne
as asmall “\ -shaped mark, face pale yellow, labial palpi pale yellow
with a small blackish spot on the clavate terminal joint externally :
pronotum twice as long as broad, narrow, its sides parallel, with a
constriction at the transverse sulcus just before the anterior margin
blackish with indications of three fine longitudinal whitish lines,
and anteriorly on either side with a € -shaped whitish spot angu-
late in its middle where intersected by the transverse anterior
sulcus : mesonotum blackish with indication of a median whitish
line and two short parallel similar lines on each side lobe, the post-
scutellum with a whitish median line and whitish margins ; sides
blackish obscurely varied with whitish, pectus whitish yellow ; legs
slender, whitish ; anterior cox with a black mark externally, the
femora blackish externally with a pale ring before the apex, tibie
whitish with a black ring externally before the middle and another
at the apex, tarsi (and in all the legs) whitish with the second to
fourth joints wholly, and the fifth at the apex, black ; intermediate
and posterior femora with some black points externally and a black
half-ring before the apex, the same applying to the tibiz also only
158 Mr. R. McLachlan on
the points are less numerous, and the apical ring more distinct ;
hairs of legs whitish with a few blackish intermingled ; first tarsal
joint longer than, and the fifth as long as, the 2nd to 4th united ;
spurs slender, testaceous, longer than the Ist tarsal joint in the
posterior legs, and equalling the first 3 tarsal joints in the anterior ;
abdomen slender, blackish, a whitish spot on each side of the seg-
ments after the second, placed near or at the anterior end, elongate
on the third segment but becoming more rounded on the apical
segments (partially obliterated by desiccation), the narrow terminal
segment yellow, furnished ventrally with apical black spines (¢ 2).
Wings long and narrow, subacute, the posterior somewhat shorter,
hyaline ; neuration whitish interrupted with black, causing a varie-
gated appearance, especially on the anterior, where there is a series
of seven or eight short black lines along the radius, the last forming
a spot before the junction of the radius and subcosta, another spot
(almost united with the preceding) at the junction and invading
the pterostigma which is otherwise whitish, some larger black lines
along the lower cubitus, and one at the junction of the lower branch
with the hind margin, a conspicuous slightly angulate oblique black
line along the inner series of (about 8) gradate nervules, the axils
of the marginal furcations blackish, as are also most of the trans-
versals ; in the posterior the black marks are nearly absent, that
at the pterostigma being the only one at all noticeable; in the
anterior the sector radii has its origin near the middle of the wing,
but in the posterior it commences much nearer the base.
Length of body, 17 mm. ; expanse 39 mm. ; greatest breadth of
anterior wing 5 mm.
Hab. Biskra, 26th April, 1895, one example at light.
A very delicate little Ant Lion, deceptively resembling
Gymnocnemia variegata. Alhed to M. nemausiensis, Bork.
(i.e., to the true species of that name, ¢f. Entomol. Monthly
Magazine, xxv, p. 345), but more delicate, and with the
pronotum differently marked, &c. Also probably allied to
M. tenellus, Klug, but I do not think it can be identical
therewith according to the description and figure. Lucas
recorded MM. tenellus from Algeria, but it is not possible!
to determine the exact species without examining the
material.
In Hagen’s “Synopsis Specierum” (Stett. ent. Zeit.,
xxvil, p. 148), JZ. tenellus, Klug, is referred to the genus
Creagris, but the figure does not show the neural character
of that genus, and Weber’s figures are usually of extreme
accuracy.
/
Neuroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Eaton. 159
ASCALAPHID/AL.
Bubopsis (n. nov.*) eatoni, sp. n.
Black ; head and thorax clothed with very dense white pilosity,
in which is a tuft of black hairs on the posterior edge of the vertex
between the eyes, and a row of black hairs on the front part of the
mesonotum ; labrum and clypeus pale yellow (the rest of the head
above concealed in the pilosity), back of head pale yellow, with a
semicircular fuliginous mark on either side : antennze much shorter
than the wings, blackish (not annulated), but pale yellow before the
broad flattened club which latter is yellow in its basal and blackish
in its apical half; pronotum pale yellow ; mesonotum black with
large yellow spots, whereof two on the scutellum are conspicuous ;
legs black, the femora beneath and the tibize externally pale yellow,
femora and tibize clothed with white pilosity, and with longer blackish
spines on the tibize and tarsi, spurs and claws blackish piceous :
abdomen black with a cinereous tinge, a yellowish spot on each side
of the posterior margin of each segment, a yellow lateral line,
beneath there is a yellow spot on each side of the first segment
and the margins and posterior edge of the second are also broadly
yellow ; appendages of the ¢ long (6.5 mm.), subcylindrical, gradually
divergent from the base, and again convergent towards the apex,
enclosing a very broad oval space, the apices slightly outcurved and
applied one against the other, beneath at about half its length each
appendage emits a long (4 mm.), slender, cylindrical branch, directed
downward and backward, the opposing branches touching at the
tips, and there slightly thickened ; on the superior outer edge of
each appendage beyond the middle is a geniculation, which is pro-
duced into a distinct (about 2 mm.) short stout cylindrical branch,
curved slightly inward, and provided with black teeth at its obtuse
apex ; in colour the appendages are for the most part yellow, but
black above and externally in the basal half and the tips of the
branches are also black, they are clothed with short spinose hairs,
which are very dense on the inner apices, and each appendage has
also a dense inner fringe of fine white hairs in its basal half,
Wings moderately broad, hyaline, the wing-roots yellowish ;
neuration black, but the costal margin, the subcosta, and the sector
radii (the latter indistinctly) are whitish, the subcosta with a short
black streak at the base of each of the costal nervules (a few of these
latter are whitish towards the base) ; 23 costal nervules in the an-
terior, and 19 in the posterior wings ; 6 and 5 cellules before origin
of the sector radii, 5 branches to the latter, of which the first is
* Bubopsis = Bubo, Rambur (1842 restricted), preoceupied in Aves.
160 Mr. R. McLachlan on
distant from the others which are parallel ; pterostigma whitish,
enclosing four strong black nervules, of which the outer is forked
at the end ; poststigmatic area in the anterior wings, consisting of
a lower row of 5 large cellules and an outer row of 10 or 11 small
cellules, with one or two cellules interposed, in the posterior the outer
cellules are larger, and there are apparently no interposed cellules.
Length of body without appendages, 10 mm. ; length of append-
ages, 6.5 mm. ; length of anterior wing 29 mm. ; greatest breadth of
same, 7.5 mm. ; expanse 60 min.
Hab. One ¢ from a hill-top near Biskra, Ist May,
1S Or
Very distinct from B. hamatus, Klug, and B. agrioides,
Rambur, (which appear to be closely allied) by the com-
paratively broader wings, the colours of the body, and the
distinctly white costa and subcosta, and still more so by
the character of the f appendages, which although
formed after the same plan, differ greatly in details, such
for instance as the outer curve which causes them to
enclose a nearly circular space, and especially in the
branch formed at the point of geniculation, there being
only a rounded tubercle at this point in the species just
alluded to.
The species figured in Savigny’s “Déscription de
Egypte,” pl. 3, fig. 2 (1) cannot belong here, neither do
the appendages accord with those of the other species
unless they were distorted in some way.
The Bubo hamatus noticed and figured by Lucas in
the Pane scientifique de l’ Algérie,” Insects, p. 137,
pl. ii, figs. 5 and 54, cannot pertain here, nor can it
ee to the same genus, Inasmuch as the gf has no
prominent appendages. Probably it is a Stphlocerus or
allied thereto. JI have more than one species (at present
undescribed) from Algeria that should perhaps be placed
in that genus.
Bubopsis gravidus, sp. n.
Blackish, varied with piceous, clothed with long and dense cinereous
hairs on the face, vertex and underside of thorax, and with short
and sparse cinereous hairs on the thorax above ; face ochreous yellow,
back of head brown ; antennee much shorter than the wings, black
up to the short and thick club, which is wholly yellowish ; thorax
varied with reddish piceous above and on the sides; legs wholly
reddish yellow, the tarsal articulations scarcely blackish, claws
Neuroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Eaton. 161
piceous: abdomen discoloured (through decomposition of eggs ?),
but with indications of having a broad dorsal and venttal reddish
piceous or yellowish stripe.
Wings comparatively broad, hyaline, but with a smoky tinge
(probably wanting in less mature individuals) which in the posterior
becomes smoky yellowish, wing-roots reddish piceous ; neuration
black, but the costa and subcosta are reddish brown ; 23 costal
nervules in the anterior and 18 in the posterior ; 6 and 3 cellules
before origin of sector radii, which has 5 branches; pterostigma
pale brown enclosing 3-4 black nefvules ; poststigmatic area with a
lower row of 5 large cellules and an outer row of 8 or 9 smaller ones
in the anterior, 3 large lower cellules and about 5 smaller and outer
in the posterior.
Length of body 25 mm. ; length of anterior wing 29 mm., greatest
breadth of same 8 mm. ; expanse 61 mm.
Hab, One highly mature 2 from Azazga, 6th Sept.,
1898, at ight in the inn.
It is scarcely possible that this can be the 2 of the
preceding species, neither can it pertain to B. hamatus or
agrioides,
Ascalaphus ictericus, Charp.
Hab, Constantine, 17th and 18th May 1895. A wide-
spread species in Algeria.
NEMOPTERID.
Halter barbarus, Klug (Nemop. al girica, Rbr.).
Hab. Ain Kriar, 22nd June, 1896, on sandy ground
in the “scrub” near the W. base of Djebel Ouast. Mr.
Eaton remarks :—“ Common at La Calle near the sea,
especially on the hill W. of the town.” <A well-known
Algerian species.
I have recently described (Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1898,
p- 169) a small species of this Family under the name
Croce chobauti from Ghardaia in South Oran; and M.
Brongniart has recorded the occurrence of Halter (?)
imperatriz, Westwood, from somewhere in the same district
(Bull. Mus. Paris, 1896, p. 30), which is very remarkable
if his identification be correct, the species belonging to
tropical West Africa.
162 | Mr. R. McLachlan on
OSMYLIDA.
Sisyra vridipennis, Costa.
Hab. Le Tarf at the Krelidj Zaora, 19th June, 1896, one
example agreeing precisely with types from the island of
Sardinia received from Costa.
A species remarkable for the black head and thorax and
shining black first and second joints of the antenne, the
rest of the insect being pale yellowish.
HEMEROBIID.
Berotha eatoni, sp. n.
Head and thorax yellowish-cinereous, densely clothed with
cinereous hairs mixed with blackish : antenne shorter than the body,
dull yellowish, first joint long and stout, but shorter than the head,
slightly clavate, clothed with long blackish hairs, second joint cupuli-
form, about twice the length of each of those succeeding which are
very numerous and transversely moniliform ; eyes lead-coloured
with a cinereous tinge ; face very short ; pronotum longer than broad,
with a raised median longitudinal carina ; mesonotum varied with
fuscous ; metanotum with a fuscous spot on each lobe: abdomen
fuscous (discoloured ?) with long and dense cinereous hairs, the apex
yellowish, the inturned, slightly divaricate, filiform appendages
about one-third the length of the abdomen, yellowish, clothed with
very long outstanding pale hairs, the tips slightly thickened and
blackish : legs yellowish with pale hairs, a black spot on the
trochanters externally, a ring near the base of the femora and at the
apex of the tibie, and the tips of the tarsal joints, blackish, first tarsal
joint longer than the others united.
Anterior wings elongate, gradually dilated to beyond the middle,
the apex obtuse, rounded, not excised, subcinereous, hyaline :
neuration for the most part whitish, but closely set with deep black
tubercles, whence arise long cinereous (blackish in certain lights)
hairs, subcosta and radius almost entirely black ; costal margin narrow
at the base, and then rather suddenly dilated, afterwards straight,
with about 13 transverse costal nervules before the end of the sub-
costa, all furcate and mostly twice forked, marked with black spots
on the margin and with larger and more extended similar spots on
the pterostigmatic region, the minute marginal furcations all round
the wing marked with black spots, and there are small marginal
tubercles between the nerve ends, the long marginal ciliations, pale,
but blackish at the site of the black spots; the two transverse
nervules in the area between the radius and sector, two cubital
Neuroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. LE. Eaton. 163
nervules near the base, and an oblique dislocated series of 5 gradate
nervules on the disk, all deep black and margined with blackish ;
sector radii with four branches, upper branch of lower cubitus
with three simple branches, the lower with two, Posterior wings
hyaline, iridescent, narrower, shorter, and less obtuse at the apex,
not excised ; neuration for the most part whitish, but the small
apical forks, and the base of the larger furcations are mostly black ;
the single dark black transversal between the radius and sector is
margined with blackish, the only other transversals are two
cubitals in a line towards the middle of the inner margin and another
nearer the base; sector radii four-branched, arising much nearer
the base than in the anterior ; along the lower branch of the upper
cubitus and the upper branch of the lower cubitus, towards the
base, are a few long microscopic blackish scales.
Length of body 4°5 mm., expanse 13 mm.
Hab, Biskra, 24th April, 1895, one g at light.
This interesting little insect is by far the smallest of the
known species of the genus, and otherwise remarkable for
the entire and rounded apex of the anterior wings.
I would call attention to some remarks by me on the
presence of scales on the wings of this genus (of which
Lsoscelipteron, Costa, is scarcely more than a synonym) in
the Entom. Monthly Mag., xxii, p. 215 (Feb. 1886) ;
the scales are represented on the posterior wings of
B. eatont.
Neurorthus fallax, Rbr. (Mucropalpus fallax, Rbr., Newr-
orthus widipennis, Costa, Sartena amana, Hag.).
Hab. Frais Vailon, near Algiers, 27th October, 1892 ;
Bouzaréa and El Biar, near Algiers, 3rd and 24th April,
1893 ; Bone, 28th May, 1896; one ¢ from each locality, all
indicated as taken near a stream.
Although the type is not in existence I do not hesitate
to apply Rambur’s name according to the description and
the locality (the island of Sardinia). I think only one
species is known, but there is some amount of mystery to
be cleared up. In the three specimens from near Algiers
the abdomen is notably constricted before the apex, and in
the ventro-lateral aspect of this constriction there is placed
on each side a short filamentous appendage with a vague
appearance of articulations; in the example from Béne
the constriction is present without the filaments: in a
type of Sartena amana from Corsica, the constriction is
164 Mr. R. McLachlan on
present and again no filaments. In examples taken in
July, 1893, by Prof. Klapalek at Dragalevci, Bulgaria,
there is again the constriction but no filaments. These
latter specimens are slightly larger. No mention of either
constriction or filaments is made by Rambur, Costa, and
Hagen in prior descriptions. Are these filaments fuga-
cious, or are they extensile and retractile? Here is a
poimt to be solved! If there be more than one species
here mixed, the characters must be difficult to define. I
may mention that one specimen from Buigaria is evidently
?, and has a somewhat acuminate ovipositor (or case for
such) at the ventral apex of the abdomen. The habits are
probably aquatic, unless the fact of the four specimens
found by Eaton having been all taken near streams is
only incidental.
Micromus aphidivorus, Schrk.
Hab. Constantine, 20th May, 1895, one example.
Hemerobius parvulus, Rbr. 2
Hab. In the forest near Azazga by beating Quercus
suber, 30th August, 2nd and 20th September, 1893, four
examples.
Rambur’s Macropalpus parvulus from the island of
Sardinia has never been thoroughly understood. The
species I identify with it (with some doubt) is the same as
the parvulus of Costa according to a type. It is smaller
and paler than elegans, Steph. (of which pygmeus, Rbr., is
usually considered a synonym), and the wings are less
strongly mottled. Yet in some respects the description of
pygmexus reads as if that should be the smaller. I received
examples from M. Jules Lichtenstein of Montpellier, who
bred them from larvee found in the galls of Tetraneura
ulmi and Pemphigus bursarius. In the Algerian examples
the markings of the anterior wings are more crowded on
the apical and inner margins, and form distinct fasciz on
the rows of discal nervules, without markings between the
fascize. I consider it as undecided whether the forms set
down as parvulus may be only a small pale southern race
of elegans, and also whether Rambur’s parvuluws and
pygmexus may be only racial forms of the same species
(elegans). It is most unfortunate that Rambur seldom
gave any exact measurements in his descriptions, but
contented himself with comparisons only.
Neuroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Eaton. 165
Megalomus pyraloides, Rbr.
Hab. El Biar near Algiers, 17th and 21st April, 1893,
two examples.
Larger than specimens from Sicily, but apparently not
distinct.
CHRYSOPIDA.
Nothochrysa capitata, ¥.
Hab. El Biar near Algiers, 21st April, 1893, one example
in a spider’s web.
Mr. Eaton did not find the striking JN. stigmatica, Rbr.,
which is widely distributed in Algeria. I possess an
example from Bone (Pascoe) and several from Ain Séfra,
South Oran (ZL. Blewse). Lucas records it from La Calle.
Chrysopa clathrata, Schnd.
Hab. Biskra, 25th March, 1895, one example discoloured
and somewhat doubtful.
I have an old specimen in my collection from Algeria,
without locality, that is more typical.
Chrysopa genet, Rbr.
Hab. Biskra, 25th April and 8th May, 1894, 15th, 21st
and 24th April, 1895, chiefly at light.
Chrysopa caviceps, sp. Nn.
Body pale yellow (scarcely tinged with green), Head above with
a large excavation, the posterior edge of which is straight and the
anterior semicircular, occupying the greater part of the disk ; some-
times without markings above, but ordinarily with a more or less
distinct crescentic brownish mark on the disk anterior to the
excavation and a point of the same colour on each orbit ; an elongate
brownish black spot between the antennz (often absent), a point on
each side on the face under each eye and a short streak (often
absent) on each side of the clypeus ; palpi yellowish, varied extern-
ally with brownish, pale at the articulations ; antennee not longer
than the wings, pale brown, narrowly paler at the articulations,
microscopically setose, basal joint with a long black streak externally,
and a shorter one internally (often absent or reduced to a point),
second joint (normally) ringed with black. Pronotum broader than
long,:the anterior angles oblique, a transverse sulcus and indistinct
166 Mr. R. McLachlan on
longitudinal median impressed line, without markings, but the sides
often somewhat brownish; rest of the body, with the underside,
ordinarily without markings, but the thoracic lobes sometimes
suffused with brownish ; legs pale, tarsi somewhat obscure externally,
claws testaceous, slightly, but gradually, dilated at the base, 7.e.
“simple” as opposed to the common condition in which the claws
are suddenly dilated.
Wings rather broadly oval, obtuse, vitreous, iridescent ; neuration
open, mostly whitish, but the nervules are black at each end, and
are furnished with distinct minute black tubercles, whence spring
short black hairs, causing a distinct punctate appearance under the
lens ; pterostigmatic space long, greenish, with 3 or 4 somewhat
thickened subcostal nervules beneath it ; dividing nervule of third
cubital cellule extending only slightly beyond the superposed nervule,
11—14 costal nervules in anterior wing, about 9 cellules between
radius and sector, which latter is strongly angulate, gradate series
parallel, 2—3 nervules in the inner and 3—4 in the outer (ordinarily
2 in the inner and 3 in the outer in the posterior).
Length of body 5°5—7 mm., expanse 16—21 mm.
The foregoing description has been made from eight
examples (which I regard as typical), taken by M. L.
Bleuse at Ain Séfra in South Oran ; and I have recently
seen others collected much further south in the Sahara by
Dr. Chobaut. I have also a series of eight examples taken
by Mr. Eaton at Biskra in May and June, 1893 and 1894;
the species seems to be common there. All these latter
have the head more or less strongly suffused with
sanguineous, causing quite a peculiar appearance. I feel
sure this is due to the action of ammonia in the killing-
bottle, nevertheless it seems advisable not to consider the
Biskra examples as typical. It is highly probable that a
similar change of colour from the same cause has occurred
in the types of some exotic species.
C. cavifrons is clearly allied to C. genet and is about the
same size, therefore one of the smallest species.
Chrysopa nana, McLach,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 231, September, 1893
(=Ch. pretiosa, Gerst., Mitth. Verein f. Neuvorpommern
und Riigen, xxv, p. 158, 1894).*
Hab. Biskra, 3rd June, 18938, 1st May, 1894, 13th, 21st
and 27th May, 1895.
* The “ Mittheilungen ” (xxv) for 1893 are dated 1894 on the cover.
Neuroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Eaton, 167
Sixteen examples at oil lamps in the town, those taken
in April and May are less strongly irrorated. This pretty
little spotted-winged species was originally described from
Asia Minor ; it occurs also in Persia.
Chrysopa formosa, Brauer.
Hab, Azazga, 13th September, 1893, at a lamp in the
inn; Constantine, 20th May, 1895: one rather small ex-
ample from each locality.
Chrysopa prasina, Burm. (aspersa, Wesm.).
Hab. Constantine, 8th May, 1895 ; Le Tarf, 19th June,
1896.
One example from each locality, that from Constantine
has the dark spots on head and thorax nearly obsolete.
Chrysopa lineolata, McLach. (clathrata, Ed. Pict. nec
Schnd.).
Hab. Biskra, 15th April, 1895, one example at light, in
which the neuration is very slightly varied with black, but
of the identity of which there can hardly be any doubt.
Chrysopa flavifrons, Brauer.
Hab, Hassein Dey near Algiers, 12th April, 1893;
Biskra, 3rd June, 1893, at light ; Azazga, 11th September,
1894, at light ; Constantine, 18th May, 1895; Le Tarf, 19th
June, 1896.
An excessively variable series, but all apparently
belonging here so far as one can judge from single
examples from each locality.
Chrysopa mutata, sp. n. ? (vulgaris var. 2)
In size and general characters similar to somewhat small examples
of C. vulgaris. Differs in most of the nervules being blackish,
except in the middle, those in the postcostal basal area, and the
gradate series, entirely blackish (very visible in certain lights) ; the
ciliations on the margins and neuration apparently shorter (even
than in Algerian examples of vulgaris) ; only three nervules in the
inner gradate series in the anterior wings (ordinarily five in vulgaris).
Hab. Biskra, five examples in March, April and June.
It is the coincidence of the partially blackish neuration
and the neural character mentioned above that induces
me to think these examples have probably so far differen-
168 Neuroptera collected in Algeria by the Rev. E. A. Eaton
tiated as to be worthy of specific rank. I have seen
nothing of the same nature among European specimens of
vulgaris and the differences seem more decided than in
the form or condition known as microcephala (Brauer). In
three of the examples the dividing nervule of the third
cubital cellule is as in normal vulgaris, in the others it is
coincident with the superposed nervule. The West-
African C. conformis, Walk., is distinct according to the
type, and specimens of vulgaris from South Africa, Natal
‘and St. Helena (no doubt introduced) agree sufficiently
with those from Europe.
Chrysopa vulgaris, Schnd.
Hab. Fort National, Algiers, Médéa, Azazga, Constantine,
Biskra and Le Tarf.
About 25 examples, from nearly every month in the
year ; no doubt largely introduced with plants from Europe.
Some of the examples taken in winter show slight
darkening in colour, but the reddish and _ red-spotted
conditions in hibernating examples in Britain are not
represented. This is apparently the species recorded by
Lucas as C, perla.
——————
( 169 )
XII. A Revision of the Genus Erebia. By HENry JOHN
ELWEs, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.
[Read February 16th, 1898.]
Ir is now nine years since I published some notes on this
genus in the Transactions of this Society, 1889, p. 317,
and gave a synopsis of the species then known to me.
My attention was last year again strongly attracted to
the genus by a paper by Herr H. Calberla (Iris, ix,
p. 377) on LHrebia glacialis and £. melas, in which he
proved by a comparison of the genitalia of the male
insects that the form which had been taken at Campiglio
in South Tyrol by Mrs. Nicholl, myself and others, and
which I had considered to be the missing geographical
link uniting £. melas of Hungary with its supposed
Pyrenean form £. lefebvrei was nothing more than a
strongly-marked local variety of #. glacialis, which occurs
.ags a rare aberration in some other places. I at once
asked Mr. Edwards to employ his leisure in the dissection
and examination of the genitalia of the other species of
the genus, from which I expected that much help might
be derived in the classification of what has always been a
difficult genus, on account of its wide diffusion and great
tendency to vary; and finding later that Dr. Chapman
was working at the same subject, I placed Mr. Edwards’s
dissections at his disposal.
The result of their work has in some cases confirmed
and in others modified the views which I previously held
as to the specific value of characters, which are in some
cases extremely variable; but as my knowledge of the
genus has increased, I am rarely unable to name the most
aberrant specimens without baving recourse to the form
of the clasps which, as Dr. Chapman’s investigations show,
are in most cases a certain guide to the identification of
species, if sufficient study be given to them.
That this genus is one in which no one should be too
confident about specific affinities without some other guide
than colour and markings is well shown by the mistake I
made about £. glacialis, and by an even more remarkable
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTII (JUNE.) 12
170 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
slip which Dr. Staudinger recently made, in describing
and figuring as a new variety of Hrebia nerine what he
afterwards admitted to be nothing more than an ordinary
LE. pronoe. Therefore, though I have done my best to form
a correct judgment from all accessible sources of informa-
tion, it is probable I have not even now placed in their
correct order some of the least known species of Hrebia.
My thanks are due to many entomologists for the assist-
ance they have given me in lending rare species of Hrebia
from their collections, especially to the Grand Duke
Nicholas Mikhailovitch and his most obliging assistant M.
Serge Alphéraky, who have added many rare Siberian
species to my collection and lent many others for exami-
nation; to Prof. Aurivillius of Stockholm, who lent me
some types from the Stockholm Museum; to Dr. Staud-
inger, to M. Charles Oberthiir, to Dr. Chapman, Messrs.
Leech, Tutt, Nicholson and others. J am sure that ento-
mologists will also thank Sir W. Flower of the British
Museum as heartily as I do for allowing the national
collection of this genus, which had remained much as I
found it nine years ago, to be properly arranged under the
names which I have adopted in this paper, and though it
is still wanting in a few of the rarer Asiatic species, yet
by the incorporation of the Frey and Godman-Salvin
collections it now contains a very good series of nearly
all the European species.
The variation in the majority of the species of this genus
is so great, that in many cases it is very difficult and in
others impossible to draw up descriptions or analytical
tables which will enable a person who has not a good
knowledge of them to identify them. Staudinger remarks
in his paper on the Lepidoptera of Greece as follows :—
“When we consider how exceptionally great are the
variations of the genus Hrebia both as regards the presence
or absence of the ocelli, the red bands or spots, the darker
or lighter underside, &c., not only as local variations, but
also as aberrations, we find a very rich material in proof
of the Darwinian theory ; and the more material we receive,
so much more uncertain we are about the specific distine-
tion of many forms which we now look on as good
species.”
This is as true now as when it was written nearly thirty
years ago, so it has therefore been a great advantage to have
the additional test of the genitalia to apply before attempt-
ST = Sa
Revision of the Genus Hrebia 171
ing to decide many difficult points of this character. We
have found that in most cases when one knows them well
enough they confirm the ideas we had arrived at from
other considerations, and only exceptionally do difficulties
arise as to the relationship of the species.
With regard to the question of nomenclature I adhere
to the views tbat I have often expressed, which are: that
as 1t Is in many cases impossible to be absolutely certain
about the species described by old authors, who often,
indeed I may say usually, were most imperfectly ac-
quainted with the species they attempted to describe, it
is far better to use a name which has been generally
accepted and adopted by modern naturalists and writers,
than to try to apply too strictly the laws of priority. Since
I last wrote, the trinomial system, which has been adopted
by many ornithologists, has been introduced by Mr.
Rothschild in his revision of the Eastern Papilionide. It
is no doubt necessary to have some lower grade of defini-
tion than what I consider specific, and the number of
pamed varieties which have been described, but which are
seldom capable of exact definition, has among the Palearctic
Lepidoptera assumed alarming proportions; but if in such
‘a case, as for instance, /. alecto, Hiibn., or #. cecilia,
Hiibn., we adopt the trinomial system, we lose sight of the
facts which have been so clearly pointed out by Staud-
inger on p. xxiil. of the introduction to his Catalogue, that
there are several kinds of varieties, namely, local varieties,
more or less constant, which he defines by the prefix of
“var.” ; accidental varieties or aberrations, which he defines
by the prefix of “ab.”; and seasonal varieties or genera-
tions which he defines by the prefix of “gen. i.” or
“gen, 1.” as the case may be. Now if I write #. glacialis
alecto, Hiibn., I obscure the true facts, because Hiibner
was not the author of glacialis, and his alecto is in some
districts of the Alps a local variety, and in others accord-
ing to Calberla an aberration only. £. manto var. cecilia,
Hiibn., which in the Alps is a rare aberration, in the
Pyrenees is a constant variety, and if I could be sure that
the typical manto did not also occur in the Pyrenees, I
would treat it as a good species and give it a new name,
as I have never seen an Alpine specimen which is exactly
like it.
Therefore however suitable and justifiable the trinomial
plan may be in ornithology, I do not think it is applicable
172 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
to Lepidoptera, but am of opinion that to carry the naming
of varieties to the point which many continental writers
have done, is not justifiable. The larger the number of
specimens which are brought together from many localities
the more difficult it becomes to recognise these varieties,
and I have therefore dropped the names of a few which I
had previously adopted, though I have not done so in cases
where, as with many of the Asiatic forms, my knowledge is
as yet insufficient to justify this course.
As however I do not expect every one to take the same
views as myself, I have in arranging the British Museum
series placed the varietal name on one side of all those
specimens which seem to belong to them, so that every
one may be able to judge for themselves whether to retain
or to drop the varietal name.
I have added a table giving the geographical distribu-
tion of the genus so far as known, which shows among
other things that there are apparently 3 great centres
of distribution. The first is the Alps of Europe, which is
undoubtedly the metropolis of the genus, no less than 26
species being found here, of which 22 occur in the
Western, 22 in the Central, and 19 or 20 in the Eastern
Alps, many of them being peculiar. Of these 13 or 14
extend their range to the Pyrenees, which in addition
have developed 2 peculiar species, £. lefebvrei, and
EL. gorgone. Spain has one, namely, L. zapateri, and a well
marked loca variety of #. tyndarus. The Apennines have
as many as 11 or 12 Erebias, but no peculiar species or
local varieties. The Carpathians also have 12 or 18, none
of which is peculiar. In the mountains of the Balkan
peninsula, of which however we know but little, there are
only 6, of which none is peculiar; but one, a variety of
E. afra, is found on the coast of Dalmatia completely
isolated from all its nearest allies, which are Asiatic.
In the Caucasus and Armenia we know only 6 species,
of which #. hewitsoni alone is peculiar and that a low
country and not an alpine species. Considering the great
extent and isolation of this high mountain range which
seems admirably suited to the habits of the genus, it 1s a
most remarkable fact that not a single endemic alpine
form has been developed therein. In Scandinavia and
North Russia 5 species only occur of which £. disa alone
is peculiar, though a form of it is found in Siberia and
another in the Rocky Mountains of British N. Ameria.
Revision of the Genus Erebia, 173
In the Ural again we have but 5 species, one or two of
which are Asiatic, whereas several European ones which
occur in the Altai mountains are unknown. But when we
come to the great mountain ranges of Turkestan and
Southern Siberia, we at once meet with a number of new
forms, most of which are by their outward appearance, as
well as by their clasp-forms, distantly related to the species
of the European Alps.
In the Western Altai, from the little we know, the
majority of the Lepidoptera appear to be of European
character; but southwards in the great Thianshan range
and in Turkestan, especially in the Pamir and Hindu-kush
ranges, we have a group which seems more nearly allied
to the Himalayan and Chinese genus Callerebia, some of
which have been separated by Moore under the generic
name of Paralasa. Iam not yet prepared to say how far
generic division can be properly carried, but if Paralasa
proves, as I anticipate, to be a good genus we shall probably
have to include in it not only mani with its forms jordana
and voxane, but also HL. parmenio, myops, maracandica,
radians, kalmuka, hades, and tristis, all of which have a differ-
ently formed hindwing and a venation differing slightly from
- the European Erebias, One may say that the European
species as a rule form a very homogeneous genus but that
the Asiatic ones do not; and if the subdivision of the
genus is commenced, I believe that logically we should
have to separate some other Asiatic and American species
which I have now included. In the mountains of Trans-
baikalia and in the mountains which divide Central
Siberia from Mongolia, at present very little explored, we
seem to have a third centre of distribution, no less than 18
species being known to occur therein. Some of these,
such as HL. kefersteini, medusa, ligea and tyndarus, are
European or very nearly allied to European torms, others,
such as EL. parmenio, cyclopius, dabanensis and theano with
its forms, are typically Asiatic; and some, such as £. rossi,
edda, and erinna, are Arctic and N.-W. American in their
affinity, so far as I can judge from the very slight
knowledge of them which I possess. In Tibet we have
but one species, H. alemene, which is of European
type, the few others which occur there being Callerebias ;
and in Japan only #. sedakovi, which is also found in
Amurland.
This shows that the genus Hrebia is characteristic of the
174 ; Mr, H. J. Elwes’s
Western Palearctic region only, the Eastern species being
nearly all aberrant.
In America we have in all 8 species, of which 6 are
found in the Rocky Mountains. Of these 2. tyndarus
is inseparable from the European species even as a
variety. . epipsodea has a remarkable resemblance to the
northern form of medusa; E. disa var. mancinus is hardly
distinguishable from the Lapland insect. £. vidleri is so
like sedakovi that I separate it with some doubt. £. dis-
cowdalis is common to Arctic America and Asia, L. sofia is
but a variety of the Siberian maurisius, and EF. magdalena,
which we only know from a very restricted area in the
highest mountains of Colorado, is peculiar. In Arctic
America we know four species at present of which Z. rossi
and #. discoidalis also occur in Asia and £. fasciata is
peculiar.
There is not a single species in Eastern America and
though one or two °Erebia-like insects have been dis-
covered in Patagonia, there is in this genus nothing
analogous with what we find in Colias and Argynnis,
where outlying, more or less aberrant species are found in
spots suitable to their habits in the Andes and Antarctic
America.
SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS EREBIA.
1, EPIPHRON, Knoch., Beitr., iii, p. 131, t. 6 (1783) ; Harz, Silesia,
H.-S., 92-94 ; : : ‘ 5 : Black Forest,
Vosges.
var. pyrenaica, H.-S., 535-38. 5 : . Pyrenees.
(inconstans, nom. vix conservandum ; trans.
ad cassiopem).
var. cassiope, Fabr., Mant., p. 42 (178 be ; Alps, Pyre-
Meyer-Dir, t. 11, 4, 5; °7 nees, Hung.
(tnconstans—forme intermedix advan) mont., Scot-
land.
ab. nelamus, Bdy., Gen., p. 26 (1840) ;. a er-
Dir; t. 1, 3. ; : . Alps.
(ab. vie fasciata et fere pnocaiiana
2. MELAMPUS, Fuessly, Verz. Schw. Ins. p. 31, Alps, Switz,
fig.6 (1775); Esp., 103, 1. : : : Hung,, Ital.
var. sudetica, Stgr., Cat., p. 10 (1861). . Silesia mont.
(var. supra et subtus mac. ruf. majoribus.)
10.
Revision of the Genus Erebia.
. KEFERSTEINI, Ev., Bull. Mosc. 1851, 1, p. 610;
H.-S., 617-18
. FLAVOFASCIATA, Heyne, Ruhl. Pal. Gross-
schmett., p. 805 (1895)
. ERIPHYLE. Frey., ii, p. 150, t. 187, 3, 4 (1836) ;
Meyer-Dur, p. 154, t. ii, 8; cf. Roth. Mitt.
Schw. ent. Ges., i, p. 110 (1863) ; Christ,
L¢., vi, p. 231 (1882) .
? var. tristis., H.-S., 387-90 (? forma or ientalie):
. ARETE, Fabr., Mant., 42 (1787) : Hiibn., 231-32
i ea Ritzer, Mitt. Schw. ent. Ges., viii,
. 220 (1890) ; Schulz, Stett. ent. Zeit., liii,
359 (1892)
(sp. mihi dubia an aneetres var. vel ae 2)
. MNESTRA, Hiibn., 540-43 (1802) ; ou 120, 3, 4
(post 1802.)
. PHARTE, Hiibn., 491-94 (1802 ?)
ab. vel var. phartma, Stgr., Iris, vii, p. 245
(inocellata)
MAURISIUS, Esp.,113, 4, 5'; Forts., p. 106 (1802 ?)
kindermanni, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1881,
p. 269
var. ? stubbendorfii, Mén., Bull. Acad. Petr., v,
p. 262 (1847) ;
var. a pawlowskyi, Mén., Bull. Phys. Mathis
XVli, p. 217 ; En. iii, p. 145
herzi, Christoph, Hor. Ent, Ross., xxiii, i 2
(fide Alphéraky) ; Stgr., Ivis., vii, p. 244
(1894)
(minus distincte notata supra cellam fusca,
inconstans ?)
var. ? haberhaueri, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1881.
var. ? vel bonasp. ? sofia, Streck., Bull. Brook].
Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 35 ; : :
ethela, W. H. Edw., Can. Ent., xxiii, p. 31
(1891)
Sib. cent. mont.
Alps of Ticino.
Helv. mont.
Alp. Tyr. et
Austr.
Austr. Alp.
Laguinthal
‘prope Sim-
plon.
Alp. Helv. et
Gal.
Alp. Switz.,
Austr.
Valais Alps.
Altai.
Altai.
Mts, of Dahuria
and prov.
Irkutsk.
Tarbagatai,
Alatau mont.
Fort Churchill
Hudson Bay.
Yellowstone
Park, U.S.A.,
7—8,000 feet.
176 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
11. THEANO, Tausch., Mém. Mosc., i, p. 207, t.13. Sib. centr.,
TRCISOO)Swtrsrea ace eec.k ue Se Atta.
12. Manto, Esp., 70, 2, 3 (1781), ii, p. 106, t.120,1 Alps,Pyrenees,
Hung. mont.
ab. cecilia, Hiibn., 213-14, Text p. 35 . . Alps.
(supra fere vel rarius tota nigra.)
var. constans cecilia, Dup., i., 49,6, 7 . . Pyrenees.
(3 et Q supra tota nigra, 2 infra minus
Jusca notata.)
var. et ab. pyrrhula Frey, a Schweiz, p. 37 Albula Pass,
(1880) : : ; . : Tyrol, 5—
(var. minor Lipastis) 7,000 feet.
ab. 2 trajanus, Horzumaki, Schmett. Buk.,
p. 36, ew Verh. k. k. Zool. Bot. Ges. (1897) . Carp. mont.
(non vidi.)
13. cero, Hiibn., 578-9 (1803) : 2 : . Alps, Hung.
Gall. mont.
14. MepusA, Fabr., Mant., p. 40 ees ae Germ. cent. et
t. 45, 103-4 ; : : mer., Belg.,
var. et ab. psodea, Hiibn., 497- 99, p- 34. 5 Gal vor,
(inconstans ocellis piurbue majoribus) Helv. ad
4,000 ped.,
Greecia,Cauc.
ab. procopiani, Horzumaki, 1. ¢., p. 36 (non vidi) Carp. mont.
var. hippomedusa, Ochs., Meiss. N. Anz. Austr. et Helv:
Schw., Nr. 12, p. 15 ; Meyer-Diir, p. 163 . Alp. 3,700—
(var. alpestris inconstans minor ocellis 6,000 ped.
paucioribus minusve conspicuis,? ad fide Meyer-
cemen referenda.) Dur.
var. vel bona sp.? polaris, Stgr., Cat., p. 10 Lapp., Norv.
(1861) : : 5 bor., Sib.
(subtus subfasciata, tr ans. aa gequentan) centr.et ? bor.
var, uralensis, Stgr., Cat., p. 10 (1861) . . Ural mont.
15, ame, Hiibn., 530-33 (1803) ; Esp., 120, 2 . Alp, Gal.
mont., Pyr.
var. spodia, Stgr., Cat., 1871, p. 24 . . . Austr. et Styr.
(var. major ocellis majoribus.) mont. et Alp.
16. EPIPSODEA, Butl., Cat. Sat. B. M., p. 80, t.2, Colorado, Mon-
fig! 9) (1868); Edw: Butt, N. A’; an, tana, Prov.
Erebia, iii. ; ; ; : : ‘ Alberta
mont.et Alp,
2—10,000 ft
Revision of the Genus Erebia.
var. vel ab. bruce?, Elw., Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1889, p. 326; Edw. J. c.
(var. minor ocellata.)
17, MELAS, Herbst, 210, 4-7, viii, p. 191 (1796)
maurus, Esp., 107, 3, 4 (1798 2)
18, LEFEBVREI, Dup. t. xxxv, 3, 4, 2
p. 23 (1829) .
var. pyrenea, Ob. Et. Ent,, viii, p. 22 ; Godt,
Lit. Xval, Loss :
(minor minus ocellata.)
var, Pasir, Obs Ik 3p. 22) ital, Las) Ge fe .
; 1 Bav. a
19. sTYGNE, Ochs, i, 1,276 (1807) ; H.-S., 90, 91, ?
ab. vel var. ? valesiaca, ¢ fere vel tota nigra
via fasciata g et 2 minus ocellata
20. NERINE, Freyer, 13, 3, 4(1831) ; Stgr., Iris., viii,
p. 285 : ° : ; :
var. reichlini, H.-S. ; of. Stgr., l. ¢.
(obscurior minus fasciata subt. al. ne
inocellata.)
var. inconstans et ? ab. morula, Speyer, Stett.
ent. Zeit., 1865, p. 248
(var. ? alpestris minor, obscurior, punts
unicolor.)
21. scrpro, Bdy. Ic., 30, 1-6, i, p. 152 (1832)
22. GLACIALIS, Esp., 116, 2 (ante 1800 2) ;
173-74 :
pluto, Esp., 121, 1;
375-93, t. viii.
var. et ab. alecto, Hiibn., 528-29, 5 (nec 515-16)
melas-nicholli, Ob., Ent. Mo, Mag., Jan. 1896.
H.-S.,
ef. Calberla, Iris, ix, pp.
A(T
Summitcounty,
Col., 12,000
ft.
Hung. mer.
mont.
Grecia mer.
mont.,? Dalm.
Pyr. cent., 6—
8,000 ft.
yr, OF,
9,000 ft.
—
Asturias mont.,
6—8,000 ft.
Germ. mer. et
Gal. mer.
mont., Pyr.,
Cauc. (non
vidi).
Valais Alp.
Helv. mer. or.
et Tyrol. mer.
mont., 1—
5,000 ped.
Austr. mont.
(Salzburg).
Tyrol. mer.
Alp.
Gall. Alp. mer.
or.(Briangon,
Digne).
Helv. et Austr.
et Ital. Alp.
Tyrol. Alp. ete
178 * Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
23, EVIAS, Godt., Tabl., ee p. 21 (1822) ; Bdv. Valais, Ped., et
Le:3i, 3—5 : . : : : Gall. mont.,
bonelli, Hitbn., 892-95, By) asp.
centr. mont.
24, HEWITSONI, Led., Wien. Mon., 1864, p. 167, t. 3, Georgia,Suane-
6, 7; Stgr., Hor. Ent., 1870, p. 65 .. ‘ tia, Persia
bor. mont.
25. TYNDARUS, Hsp., 67, 1 (1781) ;'cef Ob. Et. Ent., Helv., Austr.,
Vili, p. 25 . : : : ‘ ‘ : Pyr.,It.,Gall.
et Hung.
alp.
callias, W. H. Edw., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
il, p. 274 (1871) : : . Colorado alp.
ab. eecodromus, Gu. et Vill., ih 87. (absque
ocellis.)
var. dromus, H.-S., 168-69, 275, vi, p.8; Ob. Pyr. Cauc., It.
Et. Ent., viii, p. 25 ; : : mont., Arm.
Gneaae cum trans. ad agadlocam et
hispanicam, fasciis fulvis, ocellis ma-
joribus.)
var. ? iranica, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent. Ross., xxiv, p. Pers. bor. alp.
291 (non vidi) E : : (Demavend).
var. hispania (rect. Mpani), Butl. Cat., 86,
t. il. : : ; . And. mont. alp.
(major, Soo maximis, Babe unicolor.)
var. ottomana, H.-S., 376, 379-80, vi, p. 8; Grecia. mer.
Stgr., Hor. Ross. Ent., 1870, p.67 . P mont., Bith.
mont., Arm.
mont.
var. stbirica, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit,, 1881, Tarbagatai
p. 270 : ; : : ; : : mont, Dahu-
(trans ad. dromum, nom. vix conserv- ria mont.
andum.)
26. GORGE, Esp., 119, 4, 5 (ante 1800?) ; Hiibn.,50, Sum. alp. Pyr.,
2-5 ' : : : , : : Hisp. bor.
alp.
var. triopes, Speyer, Stett. ent. Zeit., 1865, Sum. alp. (cum
p. 248 ‘ : a : . forma typ.
(al. ant. ocellis 3 aprcalisie) : : 4 mixta).
var. et ab. erynis, Esp., 121, 3 (absque ocellis). Sum.alp.(Mont
Cenis).
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
Revision of the Genus Erebia.
. GORGONE, Bdv. Ic., 29, 5-8, i, p. 150; H.-S.,
75, 76, 469-70
lao dist. secut veritas
albicantibus.)
2 subt. venis
GOANTE, Esp., 116, 1 (ante 1800?) ; H.-S., 77-79
PRONOE, Esp., 54, 1 (1780) ; Hiibn., 215—17
var. pitho, Hibn., 574-77
(inconstans, obscurior,
subnullis.)
fasciis et ocellis
ATHIOPS, Esp., 25,
medea, Hiibn., 220-22 ;
Ent. Syst., p. 236 (1793)
? var. melancholica, H.-S., 276-79, vi, p. 10
blandina, cae
var. ? xthiopella, Stgr., Iris, x, p. 324 (non vidi)
SEDAKOVI, Ev., Bull. Mosc., 1847, 5 Ostet,
By (OB i. -S., 591-92
biihonica: Tem, Cist. Ent., ii, p. 153, t. V,
5 (1877).
var. ? vel bona sp. alemena, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent.
Ross., xxv, p. 457 (1891); Leech, Butt.
China, p. 99, t. ix, 10, ¢
VIDLERI, Elw. (sp. nov., sedakovi prowima
secut genitalia distinguenda)
NEORIDAS, Bdv., Ind., p. 23, Ic., 29, 1-4 .
ab. ? margarita, Ob., Feuille Jeunes Nat., No.
306'(1. 4. 96) ;) Ets Ent, xx, p.. 37, t. ix,
155, ¢.
(natura non vidi, seceut descr. haud distin-
gquenda.)
ZAPATERI, Ob., Ann. Soc. Ent. sla p- 370,
t. 17, 1, 2 (1875)
eee (ann, US heen.
179
Pyr. cent. alp.
(Gavarnie).
Alp., Carp.
mont.
Alp., Austr.
Alp., Carp.,
Bith. mont.,
Pyr.
Alp. Helv.,
Tyrol.
Eur. centr.,
Angl. sept.,
Turc., Bith.,
Cauc. Arm.
Ross. mer.,
Altai, Ararat.
Kentel mont.
(Mongolia).
Sib. or Japan.
Tibet or.
Columbia Brit.
Gal.mer. mont.
Pyr.
Cat. Aragon
mont.
180 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
35. LIGEA, Linn., Syst. Nat.,ed. x, 473; Hiibn.,
225-8 . : ; :
ajanensis, Mén., En., i, > 104 (1855).
eumonia, Mén., isenrenies Reise, p. 34, t. ili, 4
ab. ? et var, adyte, Hiibn., 759-60 ; cf Schilde,
Stett. ent. Zeit., 1873, p. 179 :
(var. minor, alpestris, inconstans, ? trans.
in part ad euryalem.)
var. livonica, Teich., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1866,
p. 133
(inconstans, ¢ al. spose ibe sinsesloribtun)
36. EURYALE, Esp., 118, 2, 3; Hiibn.,
Meyer-Diir, p. 177
(bona sp. in part. secut Penal oe
guenda.)
var. euryaloides, Tengstr., Cat., p. 11.
jeniseiensis, Trybom, Ofver. Vet.
Forh., 1877, p. 46.
(var. inconstans, ocellis subnullis, ? trans
ad ligeam in part.)
var. ocellaris, Stgr., Cat., p. 11
(inconstans, 3 supra mac. (non Waser)
rufis al. post. subt. grisescentibus.)
789-90 ; ef.
Akad.
37. META, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit, 1886, p. 237
gertha, Stgr., l. c. (var. inconstans fasc. majus
distinctis.)
mopsos, Stgr., l. ¢., p. 239 (var. } major minus
ocellata et fasciata) ;
alexandra, Ster., 1. ¢., 1887, p. 55 .
issyka, Ster., lc. . : : -
var. ? melanops, Christ., Hor., Ent. Ross., xxiii,
p- 299 .
38. LAPPONA, Esp., 108, 3 (1798 ?)
Eur. centr. et
sept., It.
mont., Balk.
pen., Ural,
Sib. occ.
centr. et or.,
Kamschatka,
Norv. _ bor.
Dovrefjeld,
Fen. Alp. ?
Liv., Mt. Oesel.
Fen.
Alp., Pyr., Sil.
Hung, it:
mont., Dahu-
ria.
Fen., Ross. bor.,
Sib. bor. ad
68° N.
Tyrol, Styr. et
Car. Alp.
Prov. Nama-
gan mont.
Prov. Samar-
kand,Kuldja.
Alexander
mts., Turkes-
tan or.
Issykut, Turk-
estan.
Prov.
kand.
Alp., Carp.,
Scand., Balk.
mont., Lap,
Altai ?
Samatr-
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
Revision of the Genus Erebia.
var. sthennyo, Grasl., Ann. Soc. Fr., 1850, t. 10,
1-3
(inconstans, fase supra a mbine Shroteta
vel indistinctis.)
oonus, Ev., Bull. Mose., 1843, iii, 538, t. 8, 5,
a,b; H.-S., 291-92
sto, Alph., Lep. Kuldja (e« Hor. Ross, Ent.,
1881) p. 83, t. xv, 20, g, 21, a ; ? var. vel
bona sp.
mongolica, Ersch., Hor Ent. Roe XXil, p. 199,
t. ix, fig. 3, ¢ (1888) ; Gr.-Gr., Rom. Mém.,
iv, p. 452, t. xiv, 3, ¢ (1890).
DABANENSIS, Ersch., Hor. Ent. Ross., viii, p.
315 (1872) ; Rom. Mém., ii, t. xvi, 1, ¢
? var. tundra, Stgr., Rom. Mém., iii, p. 148,
t. viii, 1, 2 (1888) ; :
TURANICA, Ersch., Hor. Ent. Ross., xii, p. 336
(1876) ; Alph., dc. (in sep.) t. xv, 22
var. leta, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1881, p. 275.
? var. tristis, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent. Ross., xxvii,
p. 383 (non vidi).
EMBLA, Thunb., Diss. Ent., 11 (Dec. mere
Soy ta L...85 8 : ; :
var. succulenta, Alph., Rom. Mém., ix, p. 325,
(1897) F ; : ;
lama, Stgr., MSS. 7
(var. dunes distincte ocellata ? nomen
conservandum. )
embla, var. vel. transitus ad disam ?
embla-disa, Mén., ¢f. Mén., Cat. Lep. Nine
Petr., p. 105 ; Mén., Lep. Sib. or., Schrenck’s
Reise, p. 358 ; Mén,, Bull. he Acad.
Petr., 1859, p. 218.
44, pisa, Thunb., J. c., p. 37 ; Freyer, 416, 1, 2
griela, Hitbn., 228-9.
181
Pyr. centr.
Sib. mer. alp.,
Alatau mont.
Kuldja prov.
alp. Thian-
shan,Transili
alp.
Dahuria mont.
Sayansk mont.
Alatau, Nama-
gan, Thian-
shan mont.,
3 — 10,000
ped. alt.
Scand. centr. et
bor., Ross.
sept., Sib.
bor.ad 70° N.
Amur sup. et
inf.
Kamschatka,
Arga (Mon-
golia).
Proy. Irkutsk.
ad fluv. Vil-
ni, Vitim et
Oudim.
Lap. Norv. bor.
Karelia.
182
45.
46.
47.
48.
49,
50.
Mr. H. T. Elwes’s
var. mancinus, Doubl. Hew., Gen. Di. Lep., ii, Prov. Alberta,
. p. 380, Atlas, t. 54 (1850-52). : : Brit. Colum-
(al. ant. supra disc. rufescentibus al. post. bia.
subt. minus fasciatis.)
Rossi, Curt., App. Ross. Voy., p. 67, t A, 7 Boothia Felix,
(1835); Aurivillius, Ins. Vega Exp., ze Am. Arct. 67°
p. 75, t. 1, 4 (1885) — 68° N,,
var. vel. syn. ? ero, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib,, p- Hudson Bay,
20) b. alae St. Lawrence
Bay, N. E.
Asia, Apfel
Gebirge
(Amur sup.),
Sayansk mts.
Dahuria,
Yenesei, 78°
N.(Trybom).
EDDA, Mén., Midd. Reise, p. 58, t. iii, 11 (1851) ; Sib. or. bor.
Graeser, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1888, p.96 . (Prov. Ir-
kutsk, Yene-
sei flum. ad
65° N.)
cycLoPius, Ev., Bull. Mosc., 1844, iii, 590, Ural mont.,
t; X1Va0, 2, Ds H=S:, 607-8 : : : Sib. centr. et
or.
TRISTIS, Brem., Bull. Acad., 1861, t.iii . . Amur(Burcija).
wanga, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., p. 20, t. ii, 1
? var. sawicola, Ob., Et. Ent., ii, p. 32, t. iv, 1 Mongolia
(1876) (non vidt) : 5 : ; : (Ourato).
DISCOIDALIS, Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am., iv, p.298, Am. bor. Hud-
t. iii, 2, 3; Graeser, Berl. ent. eae son Bay,
1888, p. 96 : Canada occ.,
lena, Christoph, Hor. Ent. Rose Xxlii, * 299, Prov. Alber-
(fide Alphéraky, non vidi). ta, Amur.
sup., Sib. or.
et bor. ad
ZOOIN.
EPISTYGNE, Hiibn., Verz., p. 62 (1816) ; Hiibn., Gall. mer. or.
855-58 : ; : : j : mont.
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 183
51. AFRA, Esp., 83, 4, 5 (1783) : ; : . Ross.mer., Altai
mont.,Tarba-
gatai mont.,
Cauc. mer.
mont.
var. dalmata, Godt., Enc. Méth., p. 530 . Dalmatia(prope
(major ?, subtus majis unicolor, venis minus Zara), Aska-
albicantibus.) bad, Persia
sept. (fide
Christoph,
non vidi).
Subgenus distinctum ?
52. FASCIATA. Butl., Cat. Sat. B. Mus., p. 92, t. 2,8 Amer. arct.
(1868) : ; : . : : : (WinterCove,
Cambridge
Bay) voy.
Collinson.
53. MAGDALENA, Streck.,'Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., iii, Colorado alp.,
p. 35 (1880) ; Edw., Butt. N. Am. iii; pt. v ; 12 — 14,000
Ereb. i, 1-4 (1888) . : ‘ : ; ped. alt.
54, ERYNNIS (recte erinna), Stgr., Iris, vii, p. 247, Sayansk or.
t. ix, 2, 9 (1894) ; : ‘ : i mont. Sib.
Genus ? novum distinctum ad PARALASAM vel CALLERE-
BIAM majus affine.
1, PARMENIO, Boeb., Nouv. Mém. Mosc., ii, p. 306,
t. 19; H.-S., 421-22, 464-66 . . ... Sib. cent, etor.
2. Myops, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1881, p. 296 . Alatau mont.,
Persia sept.
3. MARACANDICA, Ersch., Lep. Turk., p.17,t.1,13 Pamir, Alai
(1874) : : - : . : : mer.
4, RADIANS, Stgr., Stett. ent. Zeit., 1886, p.240 . Kuldja mont.,
prov. Fer-
ghana mont.
5, KALMUKA, Alph., Lep. Kuldja (Hor. Ent. Ross. Thianshan
1881), p. 81, t. 18, ¢, 19, 9 : 5 : mont.
6. HADES, Stgr., Berl. ent. Zeitschr., 1882, p.172. Alai, Pamir
mont.
184 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
7. HERSE, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent. Ross., xxv, p. 457
(1891) ; Leech, Butt. China, p. 99, t. ix, Tibet or., Sinin
Thee Son teh ee : : : : : : mont.
Genus PARALASA, Moore, Butt. Ind.
1. MANI, de Nicév., Journ. As. Soc. Beng., xlix, 2,
p- 247 (1880) ; Butt. Ind., 1, p. 242, t. xv,
43, ¢ : : : ‘ . . Prov. Ladak.
jordana, Stgr., Berl. ent. Zeitschr., 1882, Prov. Khokand
p. 171 : : é . 5 mont.
var. ? rovane, Gr.-Gr., Rom. Mém., ii, p. 401, Alai Pamir
(1888) mont.
(al. post. supra rufo-fasciatis, subtus
punctis albis subnullis)
2, KALINDA, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 301, t. xxx, Him. oce, 9--
5,2; Marsh. & de Nicév., Butt. Ind., p. 241 13,000 ped.
alt.
3. SHALLADA, Lang, J. As. Soc. Beng., xlix, 2, Him. occ., 6—
p. 247 (1880) ; Marsh. & de Nicév., 1. ¢., 8,000 ped.
te Xavan a Deni: : : : ; : : alt.
The group of small Erebias, which are mostly peculiar
to the Alps of Europe, and some of which are rather local,
have been separated generically under the name of Oreina,
Westw.; but I can find no character which justifies their
separation from Erebia, and even if there were, the name is
preoccupied. Though several of the species occur abundantly
together on the same ground, fly at the same time, and
have similar habits, I have no reason to believe that hybrids
occur ; and though abnormal varieties of HL. epiphron, me-
lampus, eriphyle, pharte, manto, are often difficult to identify
without a good series and an intimate knowledge of their
variations, yet they can be separated without having
recourse to the genitalia, when one knows them well
enough. I have nothing to add to what I wrote of the
varieties of L. epiphron and E. melampus ; but £. eriphyle,
which I formerly thought a doubtful species, seems, now
that I know it better from the fine series kindly given me
by Dr. Chapman, to be distinct.
In the Central Alps it is rare or local, the variety
described by Freyer, which occurs at Davos, and occa-
Revision of the Genus Hrebia. 185
sionally in other parts of Switzerland, being less distinctly
marked than those from Tyrol and Carinthia, where in
certain places it is very abundant. On the San and Kur
Alps near Stetzing it seems to be very numerous, and
flies in company with #. pharte (which it often very
closely resembles), cassiope, and melampus. I have taken
it myself only in the Lechthal, near the Arlberg pass,
and failed to recognise it at the time. Dr. Chapman
found it at San Anton, on the east side of that pass,
the specimens from these places being intermediate be-
tween those from Switzerland and Carinthia.
It may be recognised on the upperside by the shape,
and especially by the position, of the fulvous markings of
the hindwing ; these are normally four in number, of which
in Swiss specimens the two hindermost are usually faint
or absent, and in Carinthian examples usually distinct.
These marks are not placed in a regular line parallel to
the outer margin, as in L. pharte, melampus, and cassiope
but in pairs, of which the upper two are close together,
and the second, always the most conspicuous, and the last
to disappear, is more or less elongated towards the base of
the wing. The band of the forewing has usually two (in
the females and in both sexes from Carinthia sometimes
three or four) black spots, which are very rare in E. pharte
(I have only two females which show any trace of them),
On the underside the male has the base of the forewing
more suffused with rufous and the band of the forewing
not so well defined. On the hindwing in the females and
Carinthian males there is sometimes a fifth spot nearer
the costa, in which case the elongated spot is the middle
one. The colour of the hindwing in the female is more
chocolate, and less grey than in Z. pharte. From £. mel-
ampus it may be known by the absence of black eyes in
the fulvous spots of the underside of the hindwing. There
are occasionally small male specimens of Z. manto var.
pyrrhula, which are hard to distinguish from Swiss speci-
mens of L. eriphyle, and these as well as abnormal melam-
pus often stand for it in collections; but, by using glass-
bottomed drawers, which enable the whole series of
undersides to be seen at once, the difference, however
slight, can be appreciated, and though the females of
ertphyle, pharte, and melampus are close, that sex of
£. manto in all its varieties is easily distinguished by
the pale base of the hindwing below.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (JUNE.) 13
186 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
Hrebia keferstent.
This is an eastern form, of which I knew little nine
years ago, but I have now received specimens from the
Chamar Daban Mountains near Lake Baikal, where
it seems abundant. It is nearest to H. melampus, from
which it can usually (perhaps not always) be distinguished
by the inner area of the forewing being more or less
tinged with red-brown and the band on the inside being
less well defined. The difference in the genitalia is
however enough to decide on in doubtful cases.
Erebia flavofasciata, Heyne.
It seems almost incredible that a new species of Hrebia
so distinct in appearance as this should be discovered in
a part of the Alps which must have been often visited
by collectors, but such is the case. It was found by
Lieut.-Col. von Nolte on July 8, 1893, on the Campolungo
pass between Fusio on the upper part of Val Maggia,
and Faido on the Val Levantina in the Canton Ticino at
about 7,500 feet elevation.
It flies on the east side of the pass, on grassy slopes
among rocks, in company with #. cassiope and gorge, and
apparently comes out about the end of June, as some of
the males were much worn on July 8. It is distinguished
from £. melampus, to which it apparently comes nearest,
and from all other species by a well-defined yellowish
band on the underside of the hindwing, in which five dark
spots appear. On the forewing below there are four
similar spots, placed in a narrower darker band, which
towards the hindwing becomes merged in the ground
colour of the wing. On the upper side the bands are
nearly or quite obsolete, well marked only towards the
apex of the forewing. The spots above are in some
specimens more or less obsolete, especially on the hind-
wing.
The female, which I have not seen, is said to resemble
the male.
Dr. Chapman informs me that there are two specimens
of this species in Mr. Nicholson’s collection, which were
taken by his father somewhere in the Upper Engadine,
and there is little doubt that the species is not so re-
stricted in its habitat as it now seems to be.
The genitalia are distinct from those of £. melampus or
any other species.
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 187
Erebia christi.
Ritzer, MT. Schweitz. ent. Ges. viii, p. 220, 1890, ¢.
Schulz, Stett. ent. Zeit. lii, p. 359, 1892, °.
The position of this newly discovered species is at
present a little doubtful. It looks so near to some speci-
mens of #. mnestva that I should have been doubtful
as to its specific distinction if it were not for the genitalia,
which show it to be different from all European species ;
while its occurrence in quantity proves that it cannot be
a hybrid between JH. cassiope and mnestra, of which it
seems to combine the characters.
Schulz, who first described the female, says that
E. mnestra occurs in great numbers in the same place
where he found £. chvisti, and after discussing carefully
the opinions of Dr. Christ, of Ritzer, and of Dr. Staudinger,
which he quotes, he comes to the conclusion that the species
is more nearly allied to cassiope than to muestra, though it
averages from a half to a quarter larger in size than
E. cassvope.
The only locality in which christi has been taken, so
far as I know, is the Laguinthal near the village of
Simpeln or Simplon on the pass of that name, where it
flies during the first half of July on steep slopes covered
with a rich Alpine vegetation between steep cliffs and
stone shoots. :
Erebia maurisius, BE. kindermanni, #. haberhauert and
probably £. pawlowskyi and L. stubbendorfi form a group
which comes nearest to #. pharte, and has a wide range all
throughthe mountains of Central Siberia. Whether theycan
be distinguished as separate species seems very doubtful,and
the synonymy is difficult, because it is not easy to say
from Esper’s figure which of the forms he knew. That
however which has been identified with this figure by conti-
nental entomologists is found in the Altai and mountains
south and west of Irkutsk, and has a well-marked choco-
late patch in the cell of the forewing above and a well-
marked series of elongate brown spots on the hindwing
below, which often shows a much paler central streak.
E. kindermanni, Stgr., may or may not be the same as
this. It was described from a single pair from the Altai
in Lederer’s collection at a time when Dr. Staudinger says
he did not know H. mawrisivs. No one has since discrimi-
nated between the two, so far as I know.
188 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
E. stubbendorfi, Mén., or what has been identified with
this by Staudinger, is ike mawrisiuvs but with little or no
chocolate in the cell; the band of yellowish patches on
the forewing is therefore more defined on the underside
and on the hindwing variable or even absent.
L. haberhauert was taken in the Tarbagatai mountains
which are connected with the Altai range, and differs in
having the chocolate cell less defined and in the smaller
and rounder spots of the hindwing below, which in one of
my specimens are almost obsolete.
EL. pawlowskyi from the mountains near Urga and of
Irkutsk, has no chocolate in the cell above, and the band
of spots on both wings much reduced. On the underside
however the series on both wings is more conspicuous and
much paler in colour (in the 2 almost white), but there
is considerable variation in the size, number and colour.
Dr. Chapman can find no characters in the clasps of any
of these by which they can be distinguished inter se.
In the Yellowstone Park of North America and also on
the west coast of Hudson’s Bay has been found an Erebia,
which Strecker described as sofia and considered almost
the same as haberhauert, and which was afterwards named
ethela by Edwards. I have three males and two females
from the Yellowstone which have most resemblance to the
male of £. haberhauert and the female of £. pawlowskyt.
All five however have a more or less defined pale patch in
the cell of the hindwing below, of which only a faint trace
can be seen in two or three of my 20 Asiatic specimens,
and by this patch I am at present able to distinguish any
American from any Asiatic specimen I have seen.
The nomenclature might therefore best stand as follows:
ee Ouniseis SOSD. 20. eee oie ee eee Mountains of Central
=kindermanni, Steger. Siberia from Altai to:
var. ? haberhaueri, Stgr. Dahuria.
var. ? stubbendorfi, Mén.
var. pawlowshkyi, Mén.
var. vel bona sp. sofia, Streck. . . . Fort Churchill, Hudson’s
=ethela,W.H.Edw. Bay; U.S.A., Yellow-
stone Park, Montana,
about 8,000 ft.
Erebia theano.
This species, though apparently belonging to the same
group as maurisius, is very well distinguished by the pale
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 189
yellowish markings at the base of the hindwing below,
which somewhat resemble those of the 2? of H. manto.
It is one of the most distinct of all the Asiatic Erebias,
and has, so far, as I know, only been found in the Altai
mountains, though it is also recorded (on what authority
i do not know) from the Amur region.
Erebia manto.
This is a common but very variable species, always
distinguishable by the markings of the hindwing below,
which in the female are very distinct and unlike those of
other species.
In certain localities it has a small high Alpine form
(pyrrhula, Frey.), which seems to be constant on the
Albula pass in the Engadine, and at San Anton on the
Arlberg pass. Similar small specimens occur occasionally
elsewhere.
In the Pyrenees it occurs in a very distinct form usually
referred to cecilia, Hiibn. This is quite black without
any markings in the male sex, and with only an indistinct
band in the forewing below, and sometimes a trace of the
. outer band in the hindwing.
Something like this occurs rarely as an aberration in
the Alps, but I have never seen one quite like the
Pyrenean insect, and if the clasp were not identical, I
should be disposed to separate this. As however I am
not certain whether true manto occurs in the Pyrenees or
not, I think it best to wait.
Erebia ceto.
Another common species, varying very much in
different localities. On the south side of the Alps it
usually has a well marked band of seven chocolate streaks
of which three, four or five contain black ocelli sometimes,
especially in the female, pupilled with white. On the
Col de Lauterets in the Western Alps it is much smaller,
and the markings are much less distinct, though of the
same peculiar type.
Erebia medusa.
The opinion expressed by Strecker, which I quoted, as
to the probability of epipsodea being the American form of
190 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
this insect is not confirmed by an examination of the
genitalia, which show epipsodea to be quite distinct.
The varieties wralensis and polaris, which have also been
separated, prove to be without doubt only well-marked
forms of medusa. Though wralensis on its underside
resembles epipsodea much more than medusa, the form of
its clasp is that of medusa. Several specimens from the
province of Irkutsk in Siberia sent to me by M. Alphéraky
are intermediate between Scandinavian polaris and Alpine
medusa, the males being like medusa and the females
nearer to polaris.
Erebia eme, var. spodia, Stgr.
This form, which on the upper side resembles medusa
more than typical wme, and of which the larva is said by
Ruhl to be like that of medusa, proves to be rightly placed
as a variety of wme, which it represents in the Alps of
Salzburg and Styria. Struve records this form from the Port
de la Picade in the Pyrenees, but all those I have taken
and seen in the Pyrenees at Luchon and Cauterets are
typical wme with the ocelli not more developed than in
the Alps.
Lrebia hippomedusa.
This is a small form which occurs in the S.E. Alps and
is very difficult to distinguish from spodia. Whether, as
Staudinger thinks, it is a form of wme rather than of
medusa I have not sufficient evidence or material to decide,
but at Trafoi it seems to occur as a variety and not as an
aberration, which many of the so-called hippomedusa in
collections seem to be.
Erelia epipsodea.
Since I wrote last I have collected epipsodea myself in
many places. It seems to be a most wide-ranging species
and as much at home in the open prairies at 2—3,000 ft.
elevation as on the high alps of Colorado and the Northern
Rockies. It is a very variable species, and I now think
that what I called var. brucei must be looked on rather as
an aberration occurring rarely in various localities than as
a local alpine variety, as I formerly supposed. Anyhow,
Revision of the Genus Erelia. 191
I found no more of it in the region where Bruce discovered
it, and besides his original two specimens, only one other
has, I think, been since recorded from the province of
Assiniboia, N.W.T.
Dr. Chapman would take this species out of the position
in which I place it next to medusa, on account of the
different form of the clasp, but it seems to me so near
uralensis and polaris that 1 prefer to keep it here.
Erebia melas.
The difficulty which I formerly found in understanding
the geographical distribution of this species is now re-
moved by the fact, proved by the form of the clasps, that
the true melas does not occur in central Europe or the
Pyrenees.
The only certain habitats which I know of at present
for this species are the South-Western Carpathians, where
it occurs abundantly in the neighbourhood of Mehadia at
about 5,000 ft. elevation, and the mountains of Veluchi,
in Northern Greece, where it has been taken by Dr.
Kruper.
I have a single specimen with a ticket “Stens? Dalm.”
from the Vienna Museum, which seems intermediate
between JZ. nervine and melas; it is probable that a form
of one or other of these species exists on the mountains
of Croatia and Dalmatia. The form which I took at
Campiglio in the Tyrol is now proved to belong to
glacialis, and not to melas, though at first sight it much
more closely resembles the latter. »
The colour of this species, when quite fresh, is black,
and in one male taken at Mehadia by Miss Fountaine
there is a distinct chocolate patch on the forewing below,
sharply defined on the inside and including the three ocelli.
A trace of this colour shows on the upper side, and in the
female it is conspicuous on both surfaces. The ocelli of
the hindwing, normally three in number but occasionally
four, are sometimes wanting on the upper as well as
the undersides.
Erebia lefebvrer.
This is without question a distinct species, confined
to the Pyrenees and Asturias mountains. It has three
192 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
forms which have been defined by Oberthiir, Et. Ent.
vill, p. 22, as pyrenea, inhabiting the Eastern Pyrenees,
lefebvrei, the central Pyrenees, and astur, the extreme
western extension of these mountains, called the Picos de
Europa. I am unable to say whether these three races
can be certainly defined, or whether they have inter-
mediate variations and intergrades, but the latter case
seems the more probable. All of them frequent steep
stony slopes at from 6000-9000 feet elevation. The central
form has the ocelli the most developed, and in the
western form they are nearly obsolete.
Erebia hewitsoni.
This species, which I had previously treated as a form
of melas, seems by the form of the clasp, as well as by the
constantly present chocolate band on both wings and the
more numerous and conspicuous ocelli, to be good and
distinct ; it has more resemblance to evias than to melas.
It inhabits the Transcaucasian region, where it is found
at Borjoin, Abbas Tuman and in Suanetia in May
and June. Dr. Chapman thinks it nearer to evias
than to melas, and I am quite ready to agree with him
in this.
Hrebia stygne.
A well-marked form of this, which seems to be preva-
lent in the Valais of Switzerland, which I also found con-
stant on the Spliigen pass, and which occurs also in other
parts of Switzerland, but never, so far as I know, in the
Black Forest or Pyrenees, is better worthy of distinction
than many which have received varietal names. It has
the rufous band on both wings above nearly or entirely
wanting, though usually there is a trace of it round the
ocelli, which are very small and inconspicuous. On the
underside the band is also much reduced, the ocelli are
small, and in the female the hindwing below is much
more uniform in colour.
This, though perhaps a local, is not an alpine variety,
as I have from Zermatt, from Briancon and from Lansle-
bourg, on the Mont Cenis, the normal form. I propose to
distinguish this as var. valesiaca.
Revision of the Genus Erebia, 193
Hrebia nerine.
This is a species confined to the eastern alps, occurring
in the Lower Engadine and valleys south of the Stelvio
pass, in great abundance at Riva as low as 1,500 feet,
where I took it fresh on very hot rocky slopes as late as
the end of July, at Campiglio, up to 5,000 feet, and on
the Mendel Pass, in the Italian Tyrol, where Mr. Tutt
found it still fresh on August 11th. <A variety, which
is called reiehlini, H.-S., occurs in the Salzkammergut
and differs from the typical Tyrolese form in having the
chocolate bands of the forewing above faint and ill-defined
and the ocelli smaller. On the underside the ocelli of the
hindwing are faint or absent.
Another variety, morula, Speyer (cf. Stgr., Iris, vin,
p- 286), which Staudinger calls a small alpine variety, is
distinguished in typical ¢ specimens by the almost uniform
dark-brown colour of the hindwing below, without the
whitish dusting which in many of the typical forms
almost forms an irregular band. I do not know where, if
anywhere, this form occurs as a variety. “ Schluterbach”
and “Preth” are two localities, and the Leisser Alp in
South Tyrol is cited by Ruhl. Mr. Tutt, at a meeting of
the Entomological Society, disputed the possibility of
separating these named forms, and exhibited a long series
showing considerable variation from the Dolomite Alps.
But the few specimens I possess of retchlint and morula
do show the differences mentioned by Staudinger,
and none of those I saw of Mr. Tutt’s or of my own
taking, agreed with them; so that I am inclined to let
these varietal names stand.
With regard, however, to the var. stelviana, Curo, with
which specimens in Frey’s collection, named var. 2talica,
are identical, and of which I have specimens from the
Stelvio pass, Bormio and the Val Muranza, I can see no
difference from the typical form worth noting.
Nerine may easily be confused with some forms of
E. pronoe, from which however the underside always fur-
nishes a distinctive character. It may also in some forms
be confused with large brightly marked specimens of
E. stygne, which has the inner side of the band on the fore-
wing below always sharply defined (also the case in
E. evias); whilst in nerine the chocolate colour is diffused,
spreading to the base of the forewing below.
194 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
Lirebia scipio.
This seems to me to be really the nearest ally of nevine
and represents it in the Western Alps. It is probably
only a form of it separated by a widish interval of country,
in which so far as I know neither form occurs; and the
females are much more distinct below than the males.
An interesting account of its habits is given by Mr. Tutt
in the “Proceedings of the South London Entomological
Society ” for 1897, p. 63.
relia pronoe.
The species varies to some extent, but the so-called var.
pitho, in which the bands and ocelli are less distinct or
absent is inconstant. Frey says that typical pronoe, the
usual form in the Austrian Alps and Tyrol, does not occur
in Switzerland, but I have taken an example at the
Rhone glacier in the Upper Valais which cannot be dis-
tinguished from pronoe. I have seen no good series of
the so-called var. pyrenaica, but do not think it is at all
constant; and the so-called melancholica from Armenia is
almost certainly a form of xtiiops.
Hrebia gorgone.
This which I previously placed as a form of gorge proves
to be a species separable, not only by its genitalia, but
also by the white veins of the hindwings below, from
gorge which also occurs in the Pyrenees.
Hrebia melanchelica.
This which I formerly placed with doubt under pronoe
must now I think be dropped out of the list of species
altogether. Specimens from Lederer’s collection lent me
by Dr. Staudinger, and probably of the same origin as
the type, are inseparable so far as I can judge from &xthiops,
and no fresh ones have been obtained.
Evelia sedakovi, var. alemena.
This was described by Grum-Grshimailo from the pro-
vince of Amdo in Northern Tibet and has also been found
_—_—
Revision of the Genus Erebia, 195
in the Sinin Alps, which I cannot find in the map but
which I believe are farther east towards Koko Nor, and
southwards to Ta-tsien-lo, where Leech says it differs from
the typical specimens in the paler fascia of the forewings,
and grayer colour of the hindwings below. Alpheéraky,
speaking of specimens from Ta-tsien-lo, says that they are
intermediate between the Siberian type of sedakovi and
those from the Sinin Alps. I have specimens in my col-
lection from the Sinin Alps sent by Alphéraky which are
quite similar to vthiops, and I very much doubt whether
either sedwkovi or alemena could be separated from xthiops
if a large series were brought together.
This seems to be the only true Hrebia found in Tibet or
China.
Hrebia vidlert, sp. 0.
I describe under this name a species which is only
known at present from specimens taken by Capt. Vidler
on the mountains above Seton Lake, near Lilloet on the
Fraser river, British Columbia, in July 1885. For a pair of
these I am greatly indebted to Mr. Fletcher of Ottawa;
though the male is in a very worn condition they afford
sufficient material for description, which I here give.
In size, colour and markings like #. sedakovi, of which
at first I thought the insect might be an American variety.
The difference in the genitalia, however, is too great to
admit this supposition and I believe the species may best
be placed near /igea.
The band on the forewing above is yellow brown in
colour and extends right across the wing enclosing three
small dark brown ocelli; of which the two upper ones are
white-pupilled. The band on the hindwing is shorter than
in sedakovi, only extending about half way across the wing
and containing two brown spots of which the upper is very
small.
On the underside the band on the forewing does not
reach the costa and the band of the hindwing is very like
that of xthiops or sedakovi.
Erebia margarita.
Judging from M. Oberthiir’s figure and description this is
a very doubtful species. I believe it to be only an aberra-
tion of neoridas without ocelli on the hindwing. I have a
196 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
specimen of this species in which the form of band of the
forewing, which Oberthiir considers as a distinctive
character, is almost exactly as in margarita ; and it seems
that only one specimen as yet has been taken in a locality
where neoridas is common. M. Oberthiir says that the
flight is different, but as he has not hitherto been able to
procure more specimens of it, it must be extremely rare at
Vernet.
M. Oberthiir says that he expects the validity of this
species to be contested, and that it is a practice with many
entomologists to refuse to recognise species which they do
not possess. I hope he will not put me among them be-
cause, though, as I have said, it is never easy to form a
correct opinion in such cases without a good series of
specimens, yet his excellent figure of margarita does enable
me to see that taken by itself the insect is not nearly so
distinct from neoridas as are many other forms of Hrebia
which are universally admitted to be only varieties.
Erebia ligea and EF. ewryale.
Though I have made a careful study of a very large
series of these species, from most of the localities where
they occur, in the British Museum and my own collection,
which contains 125 selected examples, I have had the very
greatest difficulty in coming to any conclusion about them,
and though I have rewritten this article three times, I
am still by no means sure that my conclusions are correct.
In my former paper on Hrebia [ treated them as variable
forms of one species, and though I now think that ligea
and ewryale can in most parts of Europe be separated by
the somewhat slight but fairly constant difference of their
genitalia taken in conjunction with other characters, yet
in North Europe, probably also in Siberia, forms occur
which might be called by either name and even from the
Tyrol I have specimens of whose specific identity I cannot
be sure.
The facts, so far as I have been able to work them out,
are as follows. In Central Europe, in woody places at low
elevations, and in the Alps up to about 3,000 feet, the
typical ligea alone occurs, a large species with broad rufous
band across both wings above, in both sexes containing on
the forewing usually four (sometimes only three) and on
the hindwing usually three (but sometimes four) black
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 197
ocelli; often in the male and almost always in the female
pupilled with white.
On the male below the fulvous band is usually well
marked on the forewing but faint and indefinite on the
hindwing, and is bounded on the inside by a white streak,
broadest and most distinct on the costa and often extended
in a broken irregular line about half across the wing.
This streak will always distinguish the males of typical
ligea from typical ewryale, in which it is either absent or
faint and irregular. In ligea @ there is usually a broad
yellowish band on the hindwing below showing distinct
ocelli; and sometimes the base of the wing is also fulvous.
Often the band is greyish and then the base is also greyish,
sometimes the band is absent and then the sexes are
almost similar.
In the Carpathians, Balkan peninsula and Ural Moun-
tains both species are said to occur, but I have seen only
ligea.
From the Caucasus neither is recorded. In the Altai
typical ligea is found, but some specimens from Dahuria
which equal or exceed /igea in size seem to be a variety of
euryale,
_ Ajanensis of Ménétries, which is common in Eastern
Siberia in the Vitim district, the Venta mountains and
along the Amur to its mouth, is inseparable from ligea
though the fulvous bands are somewhat lighter in colour
and the white streak below is more extended. I have seen
as yet no example from North-West America which can be
referred to /igea, but expect it to occur in Northern British
Columbia or Alaska.
Huryale is even more variable than te and is typically
a smaller and more alpine butterfly. In the Pyrenees and
Alps it is common and occurs from about 3,000 to 6,000
or 7,000 feet. It also occurs in the Isergebirge of Silesia,
where a variety with distinct bands and ocelli on the
hindwing seems to be pretty constant.
In the Alps the bands and ocelli above are sometimes
faint or nearly absent and in the male the hindwing below
has often no rufous band and no trace of white, and the
ocelli are often faint or absent. In the Dolomite region,
especially at Heiligenblut, occurs a variety, ocellaris,
Stgr.; this is fairly constant, and is well marked above by
the absence of the rufous band, which is replaced by small
198 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
rufous patches with black dots in the centre. In the
female only white pupils sometimes occur. On the under-
side the rufous band is present on the forewing and the
hindwing in the f has a greyish band, usually faint in the
male and conspicuous in the female.
In the Irkut district of Siberia a somewhat similar form
occurs, but I have seen none from Western Siberia.
I know of no character by which the female of ligea can
be certainly distinguished from ewryale, and where the two
species fly together, as I have found them do in the
Vorarlberg and at Campiglio in Tyrol, I cannot tell the
females apart.
In Central Italy Herr Calberla says the two species are
distinct in their habitat, digea inhabiting the region of
deciduous trees, and ewryale occurring on treeless slopes at
a higher elevation. In the Alps typical ewryale always
extends to a much higher elevation than Jigea, ascending
to 6,000 feet or more, and is usually quite easy to
distinguish.
The form described as adyte, Hiibn., which from the
genitalia I take to belong to digea, occurs in the Alps so
far as I know only as an occasional aberration ; what are
called adyte in collections are often only small ligea, or
ewryale with the markings of ligea.
But in the Dovrefjeld of Norway and in Saltdalen
(probably elsewhere) a form of Jdigea, judging from its
genitalia, which is called adyte, but which sometimes re-
sembles ewryale more than ligea and varies considerably,
is found; and I have seen no specimens from Scandinavia
whose genitalia are those of ewryale. In Sweden more or
less typical digea occurs and on the east of the Baltic
various forms of it such as /ivonica, Teich., which has the
rufous band above much fainter and the hindwings below
nearly unicolorous. This however seems to be inconstant.
In Finland various forms occur, some of which seem nearer
to ligea, and others, as ewryaloides, Tengstr.,in which the
ocelli have nearly or quite disappeared, are more like
euryale (Schilde says that ligea, adyte, and euryale are all
found there and treats them as one species). What was
described as jeniseiensis by Trybom is inseparable and most
resembles Finland specimens. In France Sand reports
ligea from Auvergne; but I have seen no French
specimens.
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 199
Erebia dabanensis and £. tundra.
When I last wrote on Hrebia I had not seen either of
these species, but owing to the kindness of M. Alphéraky,
who sent me a series of the former from the Grand Duke’s
collection for examination, and to that of Dr. Staudinger,
who lent me the ¢ type of tundra, I am better able
to speak of them. They are both from the same region ;
dabanensis having been taken in the mountains of the
Irkut river, by Lederer, and tundra, in the Chamar Daban
range south of Lake Baikal. They are easily distin-
guished from any other Siberian species by the distinct
band on the underside, and have a band normally com-
posed of four chocolate or fulvous spots pupilled with
black nearly in a straight line across the forewing above,
and three similar spots on the hindwing, M. Alphéraky
believes that the two species are identical, and I think he
is right, as I can find no difference but a slight one in the
form of the clasp; but the only known male of twadra
is in too bad condition to be of much value. Dr. Stau-
dinger sent me a ~ of what he calls dabanensis, from
“ Ost Sajan ” (see under /. erinna), which may not be the
same as those taken by Lederer, and among those sent by
‘ M. Alphéraky was a female which may belong to another
species. But whether these differences are simply due, as
I believe, to variation or not, cannot be decided until more
specimens are taken. I believe that the correct position
of these species is not near ielampus, as Staudinger
thought, but near meta and lappona.
Evrebia embla and LE. disa.
Though these two have been regarded by most recent
authors as good and distinct species, and though I am able
to distinguish them by what seem to be fairly constant
characters, yet I am now doubtful whether the opinion
first expressed by Ménétries in his “Catalogue of the
Lepidoptera of the Petersburg Museum,” p. 105, afterwards
questioned by him in his “ Lepidoptera of Eastern Siberia,”
p. 35, and finally confirmed in a paper published in the
“Bulletin” of the Academy of St Petersburg, 1859,
p. 218, to the effect that they could not be separated
was not correct. The differences which have been pointed
out by Staudinger (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1861, p. 353), who
took disw abundantly in Arctic Norway in June, and was
200 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
of opinion that it was perfectly distinct from embla,
principally consist in the presence on the hindwing below
of disa of a lie of crescent-shaped marks on the outer
greyish coloured half of the wing. #mb/a in Europe never
seems to have these, but in some parts of Eastern Siberia,
in the province of Irkutsk, though not in Kamschatka, it
has these markings more or less developed, and forms
a kind of transition to disa.
Specimens from this region undoubtedly led Ménétries
to form a contrary opinion to that of so good a judge
as Staudinger. I have often observed in similar cases
that the difference of opinion of really competent judges
on such questions can nearly always be explained by the
different materials before them, and can usually be re-
conciled when each has been able to see the same
specimens.
The geographical distribution of embla and disa is inex-
plicable if we assume them to be two species, and is
remarkable enough if we look on them as one.
Disa has been found, so far as I know, only in Arctic
Norway and the Kola peninsula, where it flies at sea level,
and in the interior of Lapland, from Junkersdal in the
upper part of Saltdalen, just within the arctic circle on
the Swedish frontier, where Schoyen found it in July, to
Karasjok and Muonioniska, where the late Mr. Meinertz-
hagen took it recently on the 12th of June in quite fresh
condition. Schgyen also reports it from Wojmsjoen and
Wallengren from near Sorsele, both in Umea Lappmark,
which is the most southerly record [ have.
The only other locality which I know of for certain is
near Laggan, in the Rocky mountains of British Columbia,
where it is rare and local according to Mr. Bean. When
I was there in July, 1898, its season was nearly over, but
I saw two or three specimens, and caught one flying in
open marshy pine woods, surrounded by marshy meadows,
on the banks of the Bow river, two miles below Laggan.
Its flight was quick, as described by Staudinger, who also.
says that at Bossekop it was restricted to grassy marshes.
It settles on grasses, on which no doubt its larva lives.
The American specimens agree with the type of what
Hewitson described as mancinus, and differ from European
ones in having the chocolate band of the forewing some-
what diffused through the cell, which therefore shows a
chocolate tinge on both surfaces. A trace of this in the
Revision of the Genus Hrebia. 201
form of an obscure spot sometimes occurs in Norwegian
disa, and therefore I am not able on the strength of three
or four specimens of the male sex only to admit mancinus
as a marked variety.
Disa, var. mancinus, is also recorded by Edwards and
Strecker from Alaska, but I have been unable to obtain
any specimens from there for comparison. The typical
disa markings on the underside of the hindwing are not
so distinct on the American as in the European specimens,
and the form of the genitalia is identical.
Now, when we turn to embla, we find it local in Southern
Norway, where Schoyen takes it in Odalen near Christiania
in June; and Siebke says it was taken by Wocke at
Sigstad in the parish of Loiten in Hedemark on May 30.
Wallengren states that in Sweden its most southerly
habitat is in Dalarne, where Quensel found it at Serna,
that it occurs at Lycksele in Umea Lappmark, at Jockinock
and Storsand, and at Ofre Tornea in Tornea Lappmark,
and as far north as Karesuendo. I have specimens taken
by Lampa near Quickjock which in marking are very
distinct from disa and as the ranges of disa and embla here
overlap, it is possible that the two species may here be
-separated ; it would be very interesting to have further
particulars as to their occurrence together or separately.
In Finland Schilde found emb/a common on bushy moor
meadows from the end of June to the middle of July, and
says it is very variable, sometimes losing all the ocelli
except those in cell 4 and 5 of the forewing. I have
specimens from St. Petersburg and from Olonek, and then
I know of no record of its occurrence until the province of
Irkutsk is reached, where, as I have already said, the
hindwing below shows a transition to disa. M. Alphéraky
tells me that the collection of the Grand Duke Nicholas
contains no disw from Siberia; and though Ruhl gives
Irkutsk as a locality, he is probably only quoting Ménétries.
In the mountains near Urga on the Mongolian frontier
a variety occurs which Staudinger calls Jama, but this is
not, so far as I can judge from the pair he sent me, to be
distinguished from Norwegian specimens.
Alphéraky also describes in Romanoff’s “ Mémoires,” ix,
p. 325, from Kamschatka a variety of embla which he calls
succulenta and he has been good enough to send me four
males and two females; excepting that the ocelli are more
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTII. (JUNE.) 14
202 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
developed as compared with those in examples from Vitim
and Vilinsk, though not more so than in some Norwegian
specimens, I do not see anything in them to justify a
varietal name. If they are separated, however, the name
must include specimens from Nikolaivsk.
Hrebia rossi, E. ero, and E. discoidalis.
When I previously wrote on £#. vossz, which I then knew
only from Curtis’s figure and description, I treated it as
possibly a form of disa. Since then, through Prof.
Aurivillius’s kindness, I have had the opportunity of
examining the single very bad specimen which was taken
at St. Lawrence Bay in North-East Asia by the ‘ Vega’
expedition.
I find that the genitalia of this specimen agree precisely
with those of what Strecker had sent me from Hudson
Bay as fasciata, and of what M. Alphéraky sends me from
Irkut in Siberia as evo of Bremer; and on referring to
M. Oberthtr, whose collection contains three of the type
specimens of 7ossi given by Curtis to Guenée, he admits
that they are very near evo. If this be so, we find that
the species is much more widely distributed in arctic
America and Asia than was supposed.
EL. ero of Bremer, which was taken by Radde in the
Apfelgebirge, which seems to be a local name for a part of
the mountains marked in maps as the Yablonnoi range,
about five days’ journey east from Kiatcha, has never been
refound in that locality by any recent collector, so far as I
know. Staudinger speaks of it as “ Diese mir unbekannte
Art.” I cannot be certain from the figure and description
that it is the same as the form sent me from Irkut by
Alphéraky as evo. If, as I think, this is probably the case,
then the name of evo must give place to that of rossi,
which has many years’ priority.
The species may be distinguished from disa by the
chocolate suffusion of the whole disk of the forewing
below, by the range of small white spots on the margin of
the hindwing below, and the absence of the dark lunules
in the same place.
From discoidalis it is easily distinguished by the presence
of ocelli on the forewing, variable in number, and resemb-
ling in size, colour and position those of #. dasa.
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 203
In the Hudson Bay specimens these ocelli are four or
five in number, in Bremer’s plate four, and in the Siberian
specimens I have seen two or three.
There is a more or less distinct dark band followed by
an outer paler one on the hindwing below, which is more
visible in the American than in the Siberian specimens, and
is hardly shown in Bremer’s figure ; but this is nothing like
so distinct or well marked as in the true /fasciata, which
has a most distinct broad band below not only on the
hindwing but right across the forewing and reaching the
costa.
Erebia cyclopius.
A very distinct species in my opinion, though Dr. Chap-
man considers it a near ally of embla-disa. It extends
from the Ural Mountains and eastern Altai to Amurland
and the island of Askold, and appears to vary but little.
The supposed variety of it described by Trybom from the
Yenesei river as “var. intermedia,” turns out from an
examination of a specimen lent by Prof, Aurivillius to be
L. edda, a very different species.
Hrebia fasciata.
This, so far as I know, has never been taken except at
Winter Cove in Cambridge Bay, Victoria Land, about
69° N., 107° W., by Capt. Collinson’s expedition, and by
Sir John Richardson’s expedition on the Arctic coast in
67-68° N.
These specimens are all in the British Museum except
one pair which I received in exchange from this source.
Erebia magdalena.
This species, which I knew before only from specimens
taken by Mr. Bruce, is at present only recorded from the
mountains of Central Colorado. I was fortunate enough,
when visiting this country in July, 1893, to see and take
it myself. It frequents just such steep stony slopes as
E. glacialis prefers in the Alps, and it seemed fairly com-
mon at from about 11,800 to 12,800 feet. During the
first week in July I found it easier to catch and not so
204 Mr. H. J. Elwes’s
strictly confined to stones and boulders as glacialis, but
the great elevation and very uncertain weather of these
high mountains make it a difficult species to procure in
good condition.
I am inclined to think that asubgenus might be formed
for EL. magdalena, E. erinna, aud perhaps £. fasciata ; but
I know so little of all of them at present that it may be
better to wait before separating them from Hredia.
Erebia erinna, Stgr. Iris. vii, p. 247, t. ix, fig. 2, gf
(1894).
Dr. Staudinger described this from a single pair from
“Ost Sajan,” probably a part of the mountains on the
upper Yenesei river south of Minusinsk, which are
marked in maps as the Sayansk mountains. M. Alphéraky
very kindly sent me a damaged male, one of two which
the Grand Duke Nicholas Mikhailovitch received from the
Irkut river, which appears to rise in the very high moun-
tains (over 11,000 feet) on the Chinese frontier, east of
the Sayansk range; it may possibly be from the same
source as the types. Staudinger compares the insect with
H. glacialis, to which he says it stands next, but both the
genitalia and the neuration are different from those of
glacialis, and, as Dr. Chapman says, absolutely identical
with those of #. magdalena, which is only known from the
highest mountains of Central Colorado.
{ can, in fact, distinguish it specifically from #. magda-
lena only by the brown colour of the disk and inner part
of the forewing on both sides, which in magdalena are
quite black like the rest of the forewing.
The name was first written erynnis by Staudinger,
but afterwards in a footnote on p. 876 of the same
volume changed to evinna on account of the similarity of
the former spelling with the var. erynis of E. gorge.
Erebia afra.
This seems to be widely distributed over Southern
Russia, and it occurs also in Asia Minor in the Altai
Mountains and in the Turcoman country. The form
which is isolated in Dalmatia (dalmata, Godt.) seems to
Revision of the Genus Erebia. 205
be a well marked local variety if not worthy to be treated
as a species. Of this I have lately procured a good series
taken near Zara by Herr A. Spada, and am able to dis-
tinguish them certainly by the much darker colour of the
underside, and the much less distinct marking of the
veins on the hindwing below; in specimens from other
localities these veins are pale grey throughout the wing,
but in those from Dalmatia they are only faintly marked
in the males, and in the females much less so than in
afra. The average size also is larger, and the grey colour
of the apex of the forewing above is more pronounced than
in afra.
Christoph says that the specimens he took in the Tekke
country belong to this form; but I have seen none from
this locality.
On the two following pages is given the table previously
referred to of the known species of Hrebia and some of
the principal varieties arranged so as to present the facts
- of their geographical distribution in a synoptic form.
JUNE 29, 1889,
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF q
206
° pb,
a fa | se ee a ..
sa | 282/32 | 22) 22
Sam Pees cole bie st
GOS WORTLD ceccnppoou0 x x oe 00
var. cussiope ... x x
|) GOAMMOGIS shocence x x
3 | kefersteint ......... aoe
4 | flavofasciata ...... x
5) |) CROW OUD Ssoconeea see x
(3 | CAKAW aac enooorede oeaenS 084
1 || GOGEMO coonaopoene. o- He x
3} | GESTED Get obocasone x x
QU SDROTES secs ctve ncccie ct | x x
WO | eR AROS AUIS. Wen anes |
var. pawlowskyi
var. haberhaucri
? var. sofia ......
Wal || Gaze cocseaes eoeoo sae “60 as
UDR RNUOLLO) cone secunecee 2 x x
var. ceecilia...... x od ale
DE CELOS aceceseniectacee ees x (Sand) > 2: x %
14 | medusa aS 6 x ae x x
var, polaris...... x
var. wralensis ... Bais wei Bere
15 | CME ........0seseeess x x x
16 | epipsoded............
WE || GOOLE Sdecosceo oxt6o eee
NE} |) UGRADERAE seoosconoons x ts: Sp sik
OIESCY OTC: ace ceseneece ee x x x x
DAN) | PAPO soosaneoansddse set x
il |) SCOOD 2a. cosancosobe | x ae
22,)| glactalis .....5...... Ae x x
PB) WV GOUGS Jaga caocoosesbe x x x
24) hewttsont ........ ae at sate
D5 LY MAGTUS! o. c.c.2. 50. x x x
PAT: I GIWRELA cooecno0douecoe x x x
XN || GORTOW 5. secaseosc x oh oon
2 SIN |G OCILLE aiscieectsies cee 2 x x
297 SPTONMOC eemas creeecene x on x x
SiO) || CRAG TS sooconsoanan x x x x
var. talemene ..
Bl |) BARMIADEE, cob66 coder
82 | vidlert, sp. n.... .. 06 dite
BB} || GAD RALERS Boe ponoeebac x x
BY || ERROR Beoconcascne x ae bet = ae
SO MIMCLOCO emecien ccna te ?(Sand)) x x x x
SORINCUTYGLe access ceases x
SHMPMLELO Preis occtccscrss fx
SYS | Uae ay Wales onoopgaosese x
39 | ocnus ROnHGne
Al). || GUND 5 obanoooneoncéee
41 | dabanensis .........
ADNCUTUNICG weceau oes
BY | GUO sonansssosusens
TAN OOS Bn ociigebocenOpetane
Ab) | MOSSti(C70)) een sesces
ING W GUT 0 acgaoeaceunsoe
Ava) ICY CLODUILS erteranne:
ANS) | VAROSHOS. ccocewons noone
49 | discoidalis ... ...
50 | epistygne............
Rl |) CieR@deacoocaoncceood
[3D || JORGUITR sipesoscocuc
53 | magdalena .........
Rak || GOO noo on tcooceoue
; Italy,
ox OS 8 excluding
Alps
Car-
pathians.
x:
F
oO
THE GENUS EREBIA
| ‘SUIBJUNO[
oory
|-volteury *N
USIFNE
‘V's'n
AYOoY puv
OpRIo[op
‘Q°QL
“UOIsey Be ee ee eee en ee ec Santee neua ham Ce OOM ham sO Comat fey ute Reo male iaunes sel mieilviey aes ade umcevaNe
muy ere ee ee a ee
" waqis ‘0
jo szunoyy
pue ‘ermyeqg
‘eISY O1VI¥
“‘ysny
npulH
pus Meg
‘yeyeseqie lL
‘WeqTTY Smee oC aya IEL SON PTESC SPC Ue Semis) (toa (Chums meso mrnen Saimin ts] tc gniey s SuastCISULS@ crits go) CAN mua tym tC siggh ithe ty spre eyes as
rare SIC ger eenes tia cas Gt ameristar es Aig ct ea scarier tO aint one OR Ge ous Os Scan Pes Bache
jo spo
“BISSNY “N
pues [vig
“BIUOULY
pue
snsvoneg
x
x
x
x
x
x
se
x
x
x
x
x
Dalmata
( 209 )
XIII. A Review of the Genus Erebia, based on an
Examination of the Male Appendages. By THOMAS
ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.ES.
[Read February 16th, 1898.]
PLATES V-=AcVia;
THE Erebias have a certain fascination for many of us,
not only because they have a very real interest of their
own, but because of their association in memory with
those excursions amongst the mountains, which we regard
with good reason as the most genuine form of holiday and
recreation.
Though myself under this influence for many years, it
was only recently that I determined to make some en-
deavour really to understand the various puzzling ques-
tions as to the limits of specific forms within the genus,
questions upon which no very certain sound emanated
from any of our authorities. I hoped also to learn some-
thing of the mutual relationships of distinct species, inas-
much as all published lists appear to me to mix up species
of different affinities without any obvious method of
rational or other classification.
With this object I especially determined to examine
the male appendages of all forms that had any claim to
specific distinction. I had got well on the way when I
found that Mr. Elwes had undertaken a fresh revision of
the genus and was making a similar examination of these
special structures. Since then, we have in some degree
divided the work and compared our results, to such effect,
that I believe there is no point of any moment, if indeed
any at all, as to which we arrive at different conclusions,
though we may vary a little as to our method of present-
ing them.
I have left to Mr. Elwes all questions of bibliography,
nomenclature, description, geographical distribution, &c.
for which I am but poorly equipped, and in fact all ques-
tions except those arising out of the forms of the male
appendages. These questions I have more particularly
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1598.—PART III. (SEPT.) 15
210 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
worked out, but with so much collaboration and assistance
from Mr. Elwes, that he is quite able to accept the con-
clusions from my work as readily as if he had arrived at
them without my assistance; as doubtless, in fact, he
would have done had I not relieved him of the necessity
of following this line of research more exhaustively. I
have to acknowledge the assistance received from him in
various ways and from various other friends for specimens
and material; of these I may mention Messrs. Nicholson,
Tutt, Jones, &e.
I do not propose to discuss the homologies of the organs
forming the male genital armature in Hrebia. They con-
sist of the following portions:—An upper portion, the
tegumen (tegmen 2) or sicula (uncus and scaphium ?), with
a central and two lateral processes; two lateral portions,
the clasps or valves (combined valve and harpes?); a
ring of chitin continuous with the tegmen and supporting
the clasps ; the penis; two chitinous ridges between the
ring and the penis on either side.
In £rebia as in most other Lepidoptera, it is the clasps
(or valves) that present the most distinctive characters in
different species, so that in nearly all cases the species
may be at once named from its clasp; and this being so,
one naturally pays less attention to the other appendages,
which with a closer study might probably be found to be
equally characteristic.
The tegumen or sicula (why not anglicise this as‘ sickle’ ?)
varies comparatively little as regards the central or upper
process, which usually has a somewhat regular curve, and
a nearly equal diameter throughout; its chief variation
is in length and the sharpness or bluntness of the tip.
Here dried specimens are apt to be deceptive, from twist-
ing and curling, especially if previously treated too freely
with alkaline preparative. The lateral arms are more
variable, they almost always have a slight curve and
taper to a point, but they may be longer or shorter, more
or less sharp, and so forth. In a few instances they are
distinctive ; thus in LZ. xthiops (Group ITI), viewed laterally,
they are seen to be expanded at the end and to terminate
obliquely at nearly their full width instead of in a point.
In £. radians they are of nearly equal width throughout,
sweep round in an S-curve and terminate in a rounded
end. In #. disa, EF. embla and £. cyclopius, they expand
at the extremity into a racket-shaped disc, a form to
Review of the Genus Hrebia. 211
which there is no approach in any other species. The
other parts I have not studied, so I can only say that, in
some species at least, they present marked characters.
Since the sickle is so constant in form in Hrebia and in
neighbouring genera presents many considerable varia-
tions, one might say from an Erebian stand-point that the
sickle presented generic characters, whilst those of the
clasp were specific ; for in the allied genera we find forms
of clasps very like in general outline to those of some
Erebias. Were we to adopt clasp forms as generic char-
acters, there would be extreme confusion; thus Hrebia
ame, Enodia hyperanthus, Chionobas brucei and C. aello
would be in one genus, Hipparchia semele, Hrebia glacialis
and Chionobas chryxus in another, and so on. It is, per-
haps, not quite correct to say this without noting that,
though there is this great similarity of form, there is a
recognisable something distinguishing the clasps of the
Erebias, chiefly perhaps, that throughout the genus, they
exhibit a vigour and strength about the spines or styles
which is rare in the neighbouring genera.
This circumstance emphasises the necessity of always
interpreting the evidence of the appendages with close
regard to other characters, and though most valuable for
distinguishing separate species, otherwise much alike, it
must only be used to unite those as to which such a
presumption can be otherwise supported.
Nevertheless it is by no means futile to attempt some
sort of classification of the forms of the appendages as an.
indication of the relationship of the species. Indeed, I
think, in most cases the appendages give a more certain
indication of alliances than is derivable from wing forms
and patterns; because, in H7ebia the variety in the ap-
pendages is of a much less erratic character than it is
said to be in many other genera, where close alliance
otherwise is often associated with the greatest diversity
in the appendages ; whilst it also happens that Hrebia is
especially a genus in which colour and marking are very
misleading. The case of H. melas, in which varieties of
two very distinct species (H. nerine and #. glacialis) were
associated as one with a third species, LZ. lefebvrei, itself
possibly really a variety of another species (ZL. pronoe), is
by no means a solitary instance of confusion that an
examination of the clasps corrects.
Some such form of clasp as that of #. manto or
212 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
E. euryale may be assumed to exhibit the most normally
developed type—presenting a base, body or shaft, a
lobe or shoulder, and a hind process with a neck and head.
This would describe the outline of the clasp, as viewed
laterally, or at such an angle as will throw the spinous
margin into profile along the edge.
It is perhaps hardly necessary to say anything as to the
difficulty in securing the same point of view in comparing
different clasps, or in making the necessary allowance for
any want of such exact correspondence. Having got over
these difficulties myself, I may perhaps not make suffici-
ent allowance for them in presenting the results so as to
be clear to others. I have, however, endeavoured to avoid
them as far as possible in the rough sketches that I pre-
sent, so that they will support my statements without
explanations as to the aspect shown, &c. These sketches
are all taken with the camera lucida and to the same
scale.
I have adopted the method of preserving the pre-
parations in balsam, on ordinary microscopic slides, with
as little pressure as possible; a method that has
several practical advantages, though it is not free from
objection.
I have not examined the appendages of every named
variety, but have done so in nearly all cases, including all
those where there seemed any possibility of specific
differences ; H. margarita, a species founded by Oberthiir
on a single specimen, and possibly a form of neoridas, is
the only one I have not seen. In the case of all
other species, I have examined material that has fairly
satisfied me, in so far that, whilst in several instances I
should have desired more and more varied material, I do
not think the want of it has led me to any erroneous con-
clusions. How far, of course, this confidence is justified
remains to be proved,
In arranging the species of the genus in accordance
with the structure of the clasp, a certain group of species,
with a definite clasp form, together with several others
probably derived from this one, at any rate, unlike the
remainder of the genus, is found to have a neuration
differing from the rest; and, as the former species further
are almost all of Asiatic and American distribution, whilst
the rest are chiefly European, it seems best to divide the
genus first into two sections.
Review of the Genus EHrebia. 213
Section A, the European section, has vein 10 arising
from the cell separately; the clasp usually has an
obvious, frequently a long, neck.
SecTIon B, the Asiatic section, has vein 10 arising
from vein 7; in the clasp of one or two species only is
any suspicion of a neck present, and it would not be
absurd to suspect that the style-bearing surface is the
head, and that the shoulder is absorbed into the shaft.
Section A is divisible into seven or eight groups and B
into two or three. It is as obvious here as elsewhere that
no linear arrangement is satisfactory. By placing certain
groups in their most satisfactory linear arrangement, the
equally real relationship of other species finds no ex-
pression. Thus, as I have arranged the species, the
embla group is placed after the last and least typical
members of the neovidas group, whereas its probable
alliance is with the earlier forms; if this were expressed,
L. evias right find a more natural position, ZL. neoridas,
nerine, embla and evias being representatives of these allied
branches. The latter members of the neoridas group
would then come into relation with #. medusa and the
. eastern group, with which #. embla seems to be in no
relation.
The manto or euryale clasp may be taken as the most
pronounced form of clasp in the first group, which con-
tains L. ligea, ewryale and vidleri as a first division, and
the Grass Erebias as the second. In these there is a
gradation from E. manto and eriphyle with the well-
marked typical outline, through forms in which the lobe
or shoulder sinks and disappears, to H. flavofasciata, in
which from base to head the line of styles presents no
irregularity. The species are £. manto, eriphyle, melampus
epiphron, pharte, arete, christi, kefersteint and flavofasciata
The name “Grass Erebias,” a name I have heard ap-
plied to these species, on what authority I do not know,
at first seemed to me rather absurd as all Erebias are
grass insects. It is intended no doubt to mark them
as not being rock or wood species; at any rate, a name
for a group is very desirable if we can get one on any
reasonable terms.
These “Grass Erebias” are those that puzzle one in
the field, and even in the cabinet perhaps, more than any
others. It is therefore very satisfactory to find that the
214 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s Review of the Genus EHrebia.
forms of clasps are quite distinct in all the nine species,
and especially that they are most markedly so in precisely
those species that are most frequently confused or likely
to be so. Thus eriphyle is not unlikely to be associated
with melampus or with pharte, and its specific distinctness
has even been denied; but the clasp is widely different
from that of either of these species, though it somewhat
resembles that of manto. LEvriphyle is not likely to be
often taken for that species; yet, as a matter of fact,
though I took eviphyle freely last year in Carinthia, and
ought to have known it well enough, I also took it at
Innsbriick and at St. Anton, but left the specimens mixed
with those of manto until an examination of the clasps
called my attention to them. Then I found no difficulty
in separating them. J. pharte and melampus are also
likely to be confused, and have even been stated to be
one species, interbreeding together. The clasp forms are,
however, abundantly distinct. Again, #. epiphron and
christt might be confounded, but the clasp forms are very
different.
SECTION A.
Group I. «a. The close resemblance of the clasp of
HL. manto to that of lagea is extraordinary; and we meet
here at the outset the most puzzling question that the
appendages afford us throughout the whole genus. I
separate digea and ewryale, on the one hand, from the Grass
Erebias on the other, as a subgroup, owing to their general
differences; the clasps would place them as almost identical.
That they are really closer than their general facies
suggests was curiously proved to me bya not at all
extraordinary form of ewryale. All the Erebias have
essentially the same fasciz on the underside of the under-
wing, but these are marked out in manto, notably in the
female, in a peculiar manner, by angular, pale patches.
In the specimen of ewryale I allude to, the manto markings
were quite distinct.
We have to deal with not more, I think, than four
forms, viz., ligea, euwryale, manto and cecilia (Pyrenees).
I am unable to recognise any of these with absolute
certainty by the clasps.
The ligea group is distinguishable from £. manto
by the slight but distinct tendency of the lateral pro-
|
‘XNEDOTAHG V dO WuO AHL OLNT NMOUML SVIATUG AO NOLMLVOIAISSVI) V
| | vOIpURoORIvUl
sopvy
| sdoAut
‘ojuDw IO apohuna Lett V4 OF posoddns x | 9siol
|
ile
eel
yqura fISsOL SvlAd
ast p
sutdojoso
IA
|
| asl eda ae
| | |
| |
seplioatt jouosd ourzau ojueo3 vuoddry | | ; |
Byliesieul = 1atAqajolt ausAys esnpeul ausaystdo snavpuc BaAySouul ojuvm = ayedine
puay 4 }
| yoyudez ——_oydtas aut | x yuruio}j0 auoz403 aptyduo = Bad
IN ea eck ar | | gs103 sdoryjov 0400 aqavyd = Ma] ptA
1UOS}IMOY | streror[s| jeuowye| snistamet| snduvpout — BI[}OwI
a; iret 7 — 5 uoaydide
IIA Al Ill Il 1qstat|o
| 1U194S.19JO4
(IITA) jeqUOsEJoavp
a j dnoiy
| sisusueqep voluring eapodside
etpun eppe Byatt
jeywrosey vaye ormatuavd| eeucort erate) ear
XI snud0
‘ ByNwyey
| suBipril|
IIA
216 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
cesses of the sickle to broaden out in something of the
zwthiops manner, whilst in manto they come to a point.
After examining a large number of the /igea group, with
varieties adyte, ajanensis, ocellaris, &c., I do not feel at all
clearer than before as to there being more than one
species. The clasps of ligea, adyte and ajanensis (Fig. 1)
have a rather bolder shoulder or lobe, marked off both at
the neck and towards the base, and those of one or two:
specimens of ocellaris go to the contrary extreme in having
very little neck; whilst ewryale (Fig. 2) usually has a
neck similar to ligea but the lobe is not definitely marked
off towards the base. Still, even ocellaris sometimes
makes an approach to the ligea form, so that it is difficult
to avoid a suspicion that the more pronounced character
in ligea is due to its being usually a larger and better-fed
insect.
Without being able to give any very good reason for
the belief, beyond an impression gained in the field,
I think that the two recognised forms, ligea, with its vars.
adyte and ajanensis, and ewryale, with var. ocellaris, whilst
usually distinct, are not always so, and in some places
intermix. The clasp differences are not great enough to
render this otherwise than likely where they occur to-
gether on the same ground.
The Swiss form known as cecilia is no doubt manio,
but the Pyrenean cecilia (Fig. 3) cannot be so easily dis-
missed. In it the clasp is similar to that of manto, with
rather more pronounced styles; but there is the essential
difference that the lateral processes of the sickle are
widened out like those of ligew, at least as much as in
that species: while this seems to make it impossible
for it to be manto, it is difficult to regard it as a form of
euryale. An examination of the other portions of the
appendages gives us no further assistance; there is a
slight difference in average size, but varieties in each form
overlap. I think we must conclude that cxcilia (Pyre-
nees) 1s not a variety of manto, and if it be not a variety
of ewryale it is a distinct species. Were it a variety of
euryale one would expect to find some trace of the
chequered fringes. I place it therefore as a good species:
and in the first division of Group I.
A new species which Mr. Elwes proposes to describe
under the name vidleri (Fig. 4), has very much the
aspect of a form of #xthiops, but the clasp prepared by
Review of the Genus Hrebia. 217
Mr. Elwes from his single male specimen is very different
from that of xthiops, having a margin of styles along
nearly its whole length and spreading at the head over a
considerable surface: it is nearly straight and the open
side extends nearly to the head. The most natural place
of the species is, therefore, apparently, as a member of the
ligea group, but related to ligea much as, say, flavofasciata
is to manto. I cannot, however, avoid the belief that
vidleri may prove to be the American representative of
xthiops, and that some accident has, perchance, attributed
to this specimen a substituted clasp.
b. 1. #.manto (Fig. 5). I have already
discussed the form of clasp in this species. The neck is
rather longer and narrower than in ligea, and the shoulder
drops to ‘it rather suddenly and precipitately, but this
is merely a general or average difference not holding good
for all specimens. There is also, perhaps, a little more
variation in the direction of large and bold styles on the
shoulder, interfering with its regular outline, but I could
not propose to name with certainty any individual clasp of
either species. The sharpness of the lateral process of
the sickle in manto, compared with the spathulate
tendency that it exhibits in ligea and ewryale, can, however,
I think, be depended on. Pyrrhula is merely a local
variety, but its clasp varies rather more than in typical
manto. An odd specimen (from an old collection), stated
to be a Swiss example ef pyrrhula, and not unlike it, has
a very different clasp, more like that of #. pharte. It is
certainly not manto, but I must. hope for more material
before going further, and only mention it here to call
attention to a possibly unrecognised species (Fig. 8, &, /).
2. H. eriphyle (Fig. 6). The clasp has
the same general outline as that of H. manto, but it is
very smooth and regular by comparison, owing to the
smallness and uniform size of the styles ; and this character
suffices to distinguish the species in the many specimens of
both that I have examined. A critical distinction, how-
ever, may be found in the sickle, the total length in
manto being 1°88 mm. and in eviphyle 1:50 mm., or about
as 5 to 4.
The clasp in the remaining species of the group has no
very definite lobe or shoulder, but a neck and head are
usually definitely marked off from the body or shaft.
218 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
3. LH. epiphron (Fig. 7). The clasp of
this species with which cassiope, nelamus and other named
forms agree, has a slight fulness preceding the neck. The
neck and head are rather less than a third of the total
length of the clasp, the styles being numerous, very small
and of tolerably uniform size. In nelamus the clasp is
slightly shorter and the basal styles more frequently
somewhat longer.
4. HE. pharte (Fig. 8). The commence-
ment of the neck is not very distinct, but the neck and
head appear to be about one-fourth of the total length of
the clasp. The styles are large and bold, rather rounded
than pointed,—indeed several near the base are mere
rounded nodules; they may be very few in number, those
basal to the neck being, in some specimens, even as few
as five or six, in others, as many as sixteen in a double row.
5. EH. melampus (Fig. 9). There is no
lobe; the neck and head are fully two-fifths, sometimes
almost half the total length of the clasp, and of fairly
uniform diameter. The neck and head have numerous
small spines in two rows; on the body there are usually
five or six larger sharp spines with two or three small ones
in each interval, but there is a good deal of variation
in this.
6. #. arcte (Fig. 10). The neck with
the head is about one-third of the total length of the
clasp and has a very regular series of about 8 spines with
smaller ones between; on the body are 8 to 12 spines of
larger but again of fairly uniform size, and traces of others
between.
7. £. christt (Fig. 11). Head and neck
about a third of the total length: they carry about 8
bold spines, the 4 distal rather the smallest and the 4
proximal sometimes reduced to two; no intermediate
spines. The spines on the body are few and often reduced
to mere round nodules; the distal ones may be large and
bold, though rounded.
8. LE. kefersteint (Fig. 12). The position
of the neck is usually quite obvious. The neck and head
carry about 16 styles in two alternating rows, the basal
ones being few, one or two to five or six. The styles in
Review of the Genus Erebia. 219
this species are more markedly bent inward into actual
hooks than in any other species of this group.
9. E. flavofasciata (Fig. 13). The clasps
of this species are of much more delicate texture than
those of the others of this group, or indeed of any Erebia,
and are easily bent and twisted: they are also narrower
and, when flattened out, form a triangle about half the
width at the base of the clasp of £. pharte or arete
similarly examined. The styles, especially those of the
neck and head, which are not clearly marked off from
the body, are smaller and more delicate than those even
of EF. epiphron. A specimen from the Engadine agrees
precisely with those from Campolungo.
Group II. In the next group the clasp has no spines
ov the body or shaft, and the shoulder, instead of occupy-
ing about the middle of the shaft, is much nearer the
head. The combined shoulder and head have a continuous
margin of spines, the neck being a mere depression in
this margin. There is a distinct narrowing and bending
of the body to the basal side of the shoulder, forming a
‘neck, which, however, is not what I have called the neck
in the other groups. (Groups I, IV, V, etc.). This group
includes #. ceto, and an Asiatic species, having severa
named forms, which are possibly all one species, certainly
not more than two. I doubt there bemg much real
relationship between LZ. cefo and this form, but the clasps
are almost identical.
1. #. ceto (Fig. 14). This has a_ longer
central process to the sickle than the others, whilst the
spinous margin of the clasp is rather shorter and the
styles somewhat smaller.
2. H. maurisius (=haberhauert) (Fig. 15).
This form has a central process of the sickle nearly as
long as in £#. ceto, and the spinous margin of the clasp
perhaps a little longer than in &. pawlowskyt.
3. HL. pawlowskyi (=ethela=theano) (Fig.
16). This species has a shorter central process to the
sickle. The differences in the clasp are hardly, if at all,
appreciable.
I do not know how much value to attach to the
length of the sickle in this group; it is possible it may
220 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
be little, and that a longer series would break down
the distinction. The appearance of the butterflies cer-
tainly suggests that they are all the same, unless five
distinct species are upheld, which appears inadmissible.
In this Group II, I feel little doubt that #. ceto is
properly placed, but the remaining form or forms suggest
to me certain doubts that must for the present remain
unanswered. The forms of the appendages are very close
to those of ceto; the facies is closely related to manto, the
peculiar marking of the underside of manto being ex-
aggerated and repeated on the upper surface. The
neuration is that of the European section. On the other
hand the geographical distribution is Asiatico-American,
and the forms of the appendages range very fairly with
the most typical section of the Asiatic forms (Group VIII).
My doubts are not, perhaps, so much as to this being
properly placed, but rather as to whether this, rather than
the neighbourhood of medusa, is not the starting point of
the Asiatic section; or, perchance, whether the Asiatic
group is not really two distinct groups, one arising at each
of these points. A knowledge of the early stages may
resolve these questions, especially a knowledge of the forms
of the eggs, which are often very distinctive in Erebias.
My group VIII would in this case be the one arising from
group II, and group IX that from group VII.
Group III. We pass naturally to the next group, in
which the clasp is an exaggeration of that in group II.
The body is extremely long and the combined head and
lobe very short, ubout one-fifth of the total length of the
clasp (in £. xthiops). The side-processes of the tegumen
have been already referred to.
1. £. xthiops (Fig. 17). The named forms
of xthiops have appendages differing less from each other
than do those of Scotch xthiops trom the others. The
difference is almost entirely one of size, the ratio being as
5 to 6, the Scotch being the smaller. The other named
forms are identical with European xthiops, e.g., melusina,
sedakovit, a faded-looking xthiops from Asia, and the pale
niphonica from Japan. If any variety is entitled to specific
distinction it is that found in Britain. I entertain no
doubt they are all one species.
Review of the Genus Erebia, 221
2. HE. alemena (Fig.18). This species, which
has been variously treated, and referred to sedakovii as a
variety, is quite distinct ; and, whilst the side-processes of
the tegumen and the smallness of the extremity of the
clasp place it in this section, the general form of the clasp
has considerably greater resemblance to that of the next
group. It has the flat, striated, truncate side-processes of
the tegumen, very much as in FL. ethiops; the clasp is
quite a fifth shorter than in x&thiops. The combined lobe
and head are less than a fourth of the total length of the
clasp. There is a short interval between the lobe and
head without styles, which are larger than in xthiops,
and on the lobe are large enough to suggest the glacialis
group (IV). There are also some styles on the body or
shaft.
Group IV. The typical clasp of this group is that of
E. glacialis, with the great triangular shoulder set at
right angles to the very similar head, and the armature of
very strong styles. In addition to the more typical
glacialis and its immediate allies, I think #. tyndarus and
epistygne are more immediately related to this group than
-to any other; so I place them here, to avoid the multipli-
cation of groups, the only alternative being to make a
separate group for each of these.
This group would therefore contain—
a. 1. mnestra. 2. gorgone. 3. gorge. 4. glacialis.
b, 1. tyndarus. 2. ottomana.
c. 1. epistygne. .
This would not be connected with group I through
the two preceding groups, but more immediately, and
therefore I place first, as being a more intermediate
species than the others :—
a. 1. EB. mnestra (Fig. 19). In the clasp of
this species, the head and shoulder are well separated,
though a little approximated as compared with manio,
and each tends to have much the same outline as the
other, though at right angles to it. There are some styles
along the side of the lobe, reaching on to the body ; these
rarely occur in JF. glacialis or gorge, nor are the styles so
large and bold as in those species.
2. EL. gorgone (Fig. 20). This has hitherto
been held to be a variety of gorge, of which it looks like a
222 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
large form; if it is a variety of anything, it is a variety
of L. mnestra. The clasp does not altogether negative
such a hypothesis; indeed, it rather suggests it. EH. gorgone
has a clasp triflingly larger than in #. muestra; the neck
is a little longer, but with no approach to the great length
in gorge. The styles range further along the body, and
these styles on the body are stronger than those in
mnestra; the lobe is narrower and has fewer and much
larger styles than in mmnestra, and therefore looks more
long and pointed than in that species. But in all these
respects it is separate from #. muestra only in a degree,
and that so small, that I should expect to meet with
forms very like it indeed in a long series of muestra,
these all being points in which mnestra is very variable.
3. £. gorge (Fig. 21). In £. gorge and
glacialis there are no styles to the basal side of the lobe,
and the styles are large. #. gorge is smaller, but the
lobe and head are proportionally much longer. £. triopes
is identical.
4. H. glacialis (Fig. 22). The clasp is very
like that of Z gorge, but is much larger and bolder, with
shorter lobe and neck.
The average dimensions of these clasps in millimetres
are as follows:
Length of Length of
Clasp. Head and Neck. Proportion.
Minestrae . ee 168 28 “16
Go1ngone 2 Zell “44 2]
GOR 6 a 5 He “84 34
Glacialis’ 1. 92:8 ‘8 28
b. The probable relation of this portion of
the group to the preceding is very evident when the
clasp of EH. ottomana is compared with those of division
a; it is not so apparent when that of #. tyndarus 1s
compared, still less so if the American form callias is con-
sidered. The whole group consists of #. tyndarus and its
recognised varieties, of which otfomana seems to me to
merit specific recognition, and the American form callias
almost to do so.
1. £. ottomana (Fig. 23). In this we have
a well-developed form that enables us more easily to
understand the others. The clasp of ottomana may be
Review of the Genus Hrebia, 223
described as if it were a member of the glacialis group ;
it has a rather broad body, without styles. The lobe is
prominent, triangular, and ends in one very large style.
The neck and head are about one-fourth of the clasp in
length ; in the curve from the lobe to the head are from
two to four very large styles, and the head terminates in a
bundle of moderate-sized styles.
2. E. tyndarus (Fig. 24). This, in its best-
developed form, and the one that approaches nearest to:
ottomana, has only three large styles, of which the first
probably represents the lobe and is sometimes on ea slight
eminence, but often so slight that the three styles appear
to be seated on a uniform sweep or curve reaching from
the base to the head. The head has no styles, but has a
rounded termination, carrying a fascicle of strong hairs.
Sometimes the first two styles are conjoined. In var.
sibirica there are only two followed by some very fine
teeth. In var. callias, the spine representing the lobe is
usually recognisable but is close down to the head, which
has at its upper margin a number of styles, and below has
the same rounded end as in typical tyndarus. The
amount of variation in both Kuropean and American
tyndarus is so great, and so mtch bridges over the differ-
ences, that I do not think ca/lias can be recognised as
distinct, but it is certainly very nearly so. Ottomana is
in a different position, as, besides the pronounced pro-
jection of the lobe and the great number of large styles,
there is a real structural difference in the presence of the
styles at the extremity of the head. It has also not only
a much larger, but a proportionally longer central process
to the sickle. It is also much larger. The Spanish
forms, hispana and pyrenaica, do not differ from the Central-
European forms.
The dimensions and proportions, as given in the last
group, are in millimetres as follows :
Length Length of
of Head and Proportion.
Clasp. Neck.
Tyndarus, Carinthia . 1°44 “40 ‘28
e Switzerland. 1:44 *20 "14
a var, stbirica. 1:45 "30 “21
2 var. callias , 1°40 ‘10 ‘OT
Oitoman@ ... 5 2 2°00 *48 "24
Fipistygné . . 5 « ss 2°00 40 20
224 Dr.T, A. Chapman’s
c. . epistygne (Fig. 25). This species has
the processes of the sickle rather short and thick; the
clasp resembles that of tyndarus in having very few and
very large styles. There is often a trace of styles along
the body, which does not, I think, occur in the tyndarus
group. The lobe is represented by one large style, which
may have one or more small styles on its sloping sides.
‘There may or may not be a style, if so, a large one,
between the lobe and head; the head terminates in from
two to four very large porrected styles. Both sickle and
styles are large and massive.
Group V. This is marked by having the neck much
elongated, agreeing in this with the next group, and
varying therefore from the manto form in precisely the
contrary direction to group II and especially group III.
The line of descent (or ascent), or, to avoid theory as to
which is the central form, the connecting link, is in some
such form as gorge in group IV. In the present group
the neck is not only long but free from styles, whilst
there is usually no difficulty in placing the lobe, though
it may be reduced and free from styles. In group VI the
neck has styles, and the lobe is difticult to locate. I place
in this group a. neoridas, margarita, zapatert ; b. pronoe
scipro, lefebvrer ; c. nerine, goante, stygne, eme ; d. lappona.
a. 1. H. neoridas (Fig. 26). At the threshold
of this group we meet a difficulty nearly as great as and
of a similar kind to that in group I, viz., the distinction, if
any, between the appendages of H. nearidas and E. pronoe.
There is certainly no difficulty in separating the flies,
although there is a close resemblance between the patterns
of the underside of the hindwings.
The clasps and sickles seem to be identical. There is
this difference in the styles of a considerable proportion of
specimens, that neoridas has the lobe represented by one
prominent, large, rather porrected style, with some rather
inconsiderable styles, basal to it and at an interval. Pronoe
rather has this first large style broken down into a little
group, and the basal series are rather larger and of similar
size and importance to the other group. But the varia-
tions certainly overlap. I may easily be wrong, but I
think this is one of the instances where the identity (or
nearly so) of the appendages does not justify our denying
the distinctness of the species.
Review of the Genus Erebia. 225
2. E.margarita. I have had no opportunity
of examining this form; it is certainly very close to
neorulas,
3. EL. zapatert (Fig. 27). This is a derivative
of neoridas, but is quite distinct. The shoulder, though
represented by a prominence, is quite devoid of styles and
the neck is extremely slender, and, being as long as in
neoridas, has the appearance of great length.
b. 1. EL. pronoe (Fig. 28). When the append-
ages are so much alike, and when we cannot separate
neoridas from pronoe by them, it may appear presumptuous
to say that H. pitho, almangoviae, &c., are the same as
pronoe. Still this is, I think, justified, as all these forms
are not sufficiently distinct to deserve specific rank, unless
it be clearly shown by the appendages to exist; whereas
the reverse is the case.
2. E. scipio (Fig. 29). This appears to be a
derivative of L. pronoe; the clasp is rather more massive,
and the shoulder is represented by a decided sharp tri-
angular projection ending in a double spine, with further
‘spines along the margin towards the base and, in one
specimen, with a few spines along the neck, an exception
to the rule in the group.
3. EL. lefebvrer (Fig. 30). This species ap-
pears to be a variant from #. pronoe. The clasp is ex-
tremely variable in the development of the shoulder and
its styles, and some of the forms are quite indistinguish-
able from those of pronoe; others are close to scipio in
form. In none do the forms go beyond what one might
expect to meet with in a long series of pronoe.
In his able discussion of #. melas, Calberla does not
handle this point more than is necessary to show that the
Campiglio variety is abundantly distinct from this species,
nor does he do much more with melas from Eastern Europe.
In doing this, he has done what he set out to do, namely,
to prove that melas from Campiglio is £. glacialis, var.
alecto; and further than this, he shows that melas from
Eastern and melas from Western Europe are two distinct
species and are neither of them glacialis.
E. lefebvret (Western melas) is certainly very close to
pronoe, especially in its clasp forms, but must, I think,
be sustained as distinct.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 16
226 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
The pronoe-neoridas section are then all very closely
allied, whether we make them all one species or several.
Whilst recognising their close association, I should with
my present knowledge sustain xeoridas, zapateri, pronoe,
scipio, lefebvrei as good species.
c. 1. #. nerine (Fig. 31). In JL. nerine the
shoulder is represented by a single spine, which is some-
times wanting, and thus it is easily distinguished from
any member of the pronoe group. The Eastern melas
(true melas ?) is a form of nerine. The clasps figured by
Calberla, and those I have examined, are precisely identical
with those of nerine. That this is here proof of specitic
identity follows from the fact, that #. nerine in its easterly
distribution has a well-recognised variety morula, of which
many specimens are very close to melas. A few years ago I
took at Cortina a specimen of Z. nerine, that would be
difficult to distinguish from melas. This and other dark
specimens were, like melas, smaller than the nerine with
which they flew, but with intermediate forms showing
their identity. It seems that eastwards £. nerine becomes
smaller and darker till it presents no normally coloured
specimens and is then in fact melas,
2. EL. goante (Fig. 32). This is a very distinct
species, the clasp being not unlike that of nerine, but
broader and more robust seen from above or within; seen
laterally, the neck tapers steadily to the head, whilst in
nerine it preserves its width more nearly throughout.
. goante is without any representative of the lobe or
shoulder. JZ. nevine usually but not always has a solitary
spine or style.
3. LH. stygne (Fig. 33). In lateral view the
clasp is shorter and more robust than that of Z. goante,
narrowing very much just at the neck, expanding very
much towards the head and having the terminal style
very large.
4. E. wme (Fig. 34), This has a clasp not
unlike that of Z. stygne. If we suppose the neck in stygne,
instead of expanding again, to continue tapering and to
terminate in a single large claw-like style, we should
have the form in wme. This clasp with a solitary terminal
style is very distinctive, occurring in no other Hrebia.
though forms very close to it occur in other genera,
ee ——
Review of the Genus Erebia. 227
HL. wme may therefore be easily distinguished by this
character, a useful fact, since some of its varieties closely
resemble other species. I have found it mixed with
LH. medusa and £. manto.
5. HE. lappona (Fig. 35). The clasp hardly
looks like, or answers to the description of, those of the
leading species of this group—yet it seems to come here
most naturally, since it has essentially the same structure,
but is so much shortened and broadened as to make it
almost as short and squat as that of Z. afra, which it con-
siderably resembles. It has no recognisable shoulder, the
neck is broad and flat, and there is a row of styles at the
extremity. Though so broad, it is thin, or at least the
neck is, so that, seen laterally, its outline is not unlike
that in #. wme, and, though so abbreviated, it really
possesses the characters of this group.
Group VI. This group, except perhaps as regards
E, evias, is not very close to group V, but it agrees in
having a long clasp, with a long neck. This is cylindrical
with a terminal cap of styles; the position of the lobe is
. not very obvious and there is usually an armature of styles
stretching along the neck and shaft.
The species here included fall into three divisions, each
of which is probably so distinct as to be of equal value
with group V. In fact, this group might very properly be
made into three groups.
The species are: a. evias ;
b. Tossa (ero) ;
c, embla, cyclopius, disa.
a, £. evias (Fig. 36). A rather isolated
form, in which the typical neuration is for veins 10 and
7 to arise together. This tendency to incline to Section B.
probably does not imply any relationship to the forms in
that section ; the facies of this species is very different, and
is much that of group V ; besides, the clasp form has nothing
approaching it in the “whole of Section B, though the
large area of numerous styles is not without a suggestion
of some species there. The form of the clasp is that of
this group or nearly so, but the spines (or styles) are very
minute, especially on the head, and extend thence as
a broad band, of a number of rows, towards the base, past
the position that probably represents the lobe.
228 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
b. £. rossiz (Fig. 37). This is identical with
H. ero. The clasp is very lke that in the following
division, but with a remarkable zigzag bend in the middle ;
it has the head clothed with quite a helmet of spines, as
in £. hewitsonit. The sickle, however, at once distinguishes
it, the side-processes being of the ordinary form. I have
had the advantage of seeing the appendages of the type
specimen, temporarily i in Mr. Elwes’ possession.
c. The next three forms are very close to-
gether, having very similar clasps and very similar tegumina
(sickles) with the lateral processes expanded into racket-
shaped ends. So close are they that at first I thought
they were probably forms of one species, and I am not
certain that that may not ultimately prove to be the
case; they are at any rate well-marked local forms, and
must for the present at least be regarded as good species.
The upper surface of HL. embla and cyclopius varies to
forms that are almost identical; I have not seen forms
intermediate as to the lower surface—still cyclopius has a
pale band, whose outline may be detected in embla, where
the pale colour has dwindled to two spots. Intermediate
forms, and so-called hybrids between embla and disa, also
occur. LH. cyclopius is unrelated to Z. edda or the Callere-
hiv, which it much resembles in wing pattern.
1. #. embla (Fig. 38). This form has much
the longest clasp, as 6 to 5 in disa and cyclopius, with
very large spines which run but a short way along the
neck.
2. E. cyclopius (Fig. 39). This has a rather
shorter clasp, as 5 to 6; the spines are rather smaller and
run more than half way to the base.
3. EL. disa (Fig. 40). This clasp is much
hike that of cyclopius, but is shorter and thicker through-
out.
Group VII. £. medusa, LE. hewitsonit.
1. H. medusa (Fig. 41). In some respects
this would come near L. stygne, especially in view of the
form of clasp found in some German specimens I have.
They exhibit a distinct neck, slightly curved, and carrying
a rounded head with a circuit of spies. I hardly think
these specimens represent a form entitled to specitic rank,
Review of the Genus Erebia, 229
but they give the clue to the real nature of the append-
ages of medusa; since in them the resemblance to those of
stygne is considerable, whilst the ordinary form of clasp in
medusa is more simple. The open side comes close to the
head, which has but a few styles along its upper margin
and looks as if it would like to be rid of them; the lower
portion of the head is rounded as in tyndarus, the whole
style being straight. We find, however, that the butterfly
has much superficial resemblance to #. hewitsonii, and
that these two species agree in having Asiatic neuration
(10Sout of 7) rarely in the male, not unfrequently in the
female, and are therefore clearly intermediate between
Sections A and B,
2. LE. hewitsonii (Fig. 42) agrees with medusa
very much in its facies and also in its neuration. The
tegumen is much larger and bolder, as 8 to 2. The clasp
has much the same general form, the open side extending
close up to the head, which however is much larger, set at
a considerable curve to the body and clothed with quite
a helmet of large styles. In these respects it resembles
the forms found in Section B rather than those of
Section A.
SECTION B.
We have already seen that the neuration characteristic
of this section occurs in Section A, in ZL, evias, which has
probably no relationship with Section B, and in ZL. medusa,
which possibly is related to a portion of Section B, and
E. hewitsonvi, which I should have placed in B, but for its
apparent connexion with medusa.
Some species in Section B have the characteristic
venation in no greater degree than medusa has, 10 some-
times arising from 7 and sometimes not, whilst in others
10 arises so far along 7 that it can hardly ever be separated
from it even in extreme varieties.
I desire, so far as is reasonable, to give especial weight
to the indications afforded by the appendages, and there-
fore perhaps I incline to note the value of neuration when
it confirms them, and to neglect it when it does not
accord; and so here I do not follow the neuration alto-
gether, but rather the clasp indications. It may therefore
be well to give precisely the neurations observed.
In the great mass of the European Section veins 6, 7 and
230 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
10, arise abundantly apart from each other. Still in occa-
sional specimens 7 and 10 arise very close together; thus
in one specimen of ZL. xthiops and two of epiphron, they
arise together but immediately separate. In #. evias as a
rule they arise apparently close together. A specimen of
E. gorge has 6 rising out of 7, and so forth.
Then in £. medusa the majority of examples appear to
have 10 well separate from 7, but in not a few 10 arises
out of 7, and even some little distance along it.
A similar condition obtains in L. hewitsonii, epispodea,
sibo (ocnus), radians, kalmuka and meta. In these the
European neuration is less frequent than in E. medusa,
and not unfrequently 10 rises a good way along 7. In
the female this is much more usually the case, and 6 also
often rises out of 7.
In £. turanica, edda, tristis, dabanensis, tundra, discot-
dalis, fasciata, parmenro, afra, 10 always rises a good way
along 7.
Yet by clasp form £. medusa is not so near to any of
these as they are to each other, and the above from
E. epispodea to discordalis belong to one group. L. hewit-
son and fasciata, EL. afra and parmenio are different, each
species almost forming a group by itself.
Section B may therefore be divided into two parts by
the venation, a division with venation varying between
the European and Asiatic type and a division with purely
Asiatic venation. It may also be divided into two by
possessing the clasps (1) with some resemblance to those
of group II. in outline, (2) of other forms.
Group VIII. There is a considerable sameness of the
clasp form throughout the group, which is thus a very
natural one; the variation is from a type generally
resembling that of group II, but with little indication of a
division of the style-bearing margin into head and lobe,
and with this margin occurring as an oblique truncation
of the shaft in the lobe region, and the head and neck
abbreviated. See remarks under Group II.
1. EL. epispodea (Fig. 43). The clasp of
this species most resembles the form found in group II;
the body is curved forwards so that the style-covered
margin is parallel to its axis, or nearly so. There is some
variation, especially in the size of the styles, which are in
several rows.
Review of the Genus Hrebia. 231
2. EL. meta (Fig. 44), This species has rather
slender lateral processes to the tegumen. The styles do
not end so abruptly upwards as in other species, but pass
on to the body, dwindling in size. There are some little
differences in the size of the styles and their lateral
extension in different specimens, which I have under the
names yssica, gertha, mopsos, alexandra, but they are not
sufficient to warrant definition. I fancy larger series
would show such slight differences to be individual to a
great extent.
3. EL. sibo (Fig. 45). This has the lateral
processes of the tegumen very short and small, incurved
and adpressed, so as to be very inconspicuous. The clasp
has a little trace of depression before the tip (site of
neck ?); styles of moderate size in several rows.
3a. LE. ocnus. It has the same tegumen as
stbo, which is quite a distinctive one. The styles are
rather bolder and the one at the extremity of the clasp
is very large. As five preparations of my own, and one
or two of Mr. Elwes’s preparations, are all I have seen of
the two species, I do not like to be positive, but incline
to regard the differences observed between sibo and ocnus
_as individual ‘variations ; I should unite the species, if this
is at all in agreement with other indications.
4, E. kalmuka (Fig. 46). This species
comes nearest to H. sivo in the form of the tegumen; the
clasp is smaller, with bolder styles in definite alternate
rows, the front one incurved. Despite its peculiar facies,
both the appendages and neuration show this to be the
natural position of the species.
5. HL. radians (Fig. 47). I have already
referred to the cylindrical S-shaped shafts and hemi-
spherical ends of the lateral processes of the tegumen, that
distinguish this species. The styles are large and bold,
there is a depression in the stylous ridge possibly repre-
senting the neck.
6. E. turanica (Fig. 48). This very closely
resembles /. meta especially in-the form of the tegumen,
and in the styles invading the shaft of the clasp, which is
however smaller, more delicate apically and more rounded.
7. £. edda (Fig. 49), The central process
of the tegumen is rather long; the clasp resembles that of
232 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
radians in showing indications of a neck, when seen in
profile; but when looked down upon, on the style-bearing
surface, it is very broad, especially towards the head, and
has seven or eight rows of styles, which are very small
towards the head; the stylous ridge is easily twisted in
getting into position for observation.
8. EL. tristis (Fig. 50). One may describe
the clasp of this form as having acquired permanently and
with much exaggeration a peculiar twist, such as the
stylous ridge of edda easily falls into in a trifling degree,
but so exaggerated as to be almost different in kind,
though difficult to describe.
9. H. dabanensis (Fig. 51). The tegumen
is very large, especially the central process; the clasp has
the general form of that of epispodea, but is larger and
stronger, and with the stylous ridge twice as long. The
styles are very large and bold, in several rows, curling over
and especially overhanging their base towards the body.
10. £. tundra (Fig. 51 bis). The facies of
this species is very much that of EH. meta, but it is
probably nearer dabanensis. In Dr. Standinger’s two
original specimens the neuration is Asiatic and, especially
in the male, 10 arises very far along 7. The appendages
in the male specimen happen to be well expanded, and
are capable of being examined fairly satisfactorily in situ,
but cannot be so easily sketched under the camera as if
removed; the processes of the tegumen are long, and the
lateral ones very sharp and slender. The form of the
clasp is almost identical with that of dabanensis, but the
spines are not so bold and pronounced, nearer in fact to
those of meta, and are in a double row.
ll. #. discoidalis (Fig. 52). The central
process of the tegumen is large and heavy, not unlike that
of E£. hewitsonw; the stylous surface of the clasp is more
terminal and less marginal than in others of this group,
and passes round the head, suggesting an alliance with
E. hewitsonu or L. fasciata.
Group IX. 1. #. fasciata (Fig. 53), This has a very
large, broad, rounded clasp, with a heavy armature of large
styles surrounding the end. The form of the clasp may
perhaps be derived from that of group VIII. by way of
Review of the Genus Hrebia. 233
discoidalis, but it has a very special and distinctive aspect,
so that its absolute identity in fasciwta, erinna, and
magdalina leaves no doubt that these are all forms of one
species—a conclusion that is not disturbed by any observable
differences in them, when once their identity is asserted.
2. H. parmenio (Fig. 54). This form has
probably little in common with the last species; it has
a peculiarly broad square, squat clasp.
3. L. afra (Fig. 55). Another short, kroad,
squat clasp, which is however not of the same character
as that of parmenio; in outline on lateral view, it is not
unlike that of wme or lappona, and if we could assume
Asiatic neuration to be independently acquired, the species
might be placed on its clasp form near lappona. The
great size and length however of the upper process of the
tegumen make this hypothesis untenable.
The three species in this group ought perhaps to have
been placed each in a separate group, as they have not
much in common.
I place by itself H. myops (Fig. 56), whose right to be
regarded as an JLyvebia I disallow. The form of the
tegumen suggests an alliance with Cenonympha.
Another group that are not Erebias but are well on the
way to Callerebia, are maracandica (Fig. 57), jordana
(Fig. 58), hades (Fig. 59) and one or two other named
forms. Their appendages are more like those of Callerebia
than of Hrebia, and their facies is different.
Herse (Fig, 60) is another species, with a very remark-
able clasp form, that seems not to be an Lrebia.
By showing the identity of erinna, fasciata, and magda-
lina, there is demonstrated a parallel to the case of
glacialis even closer than that which the similarity of
magdalina in so many respects to var. pluto, had led
Mr. Elwes and others to draw. In showing also the
identity of melas with nerine, and the close relationship
though probably not specific identity of pronoe and lefe-
bvret, I enlarge the number of examples in which
geographical isolation has had the effect of establishing
very marked varieties or incipient species, varieties that
often differ more than distinct species do; yet, geo-
graphical isolation only having operated, the form of the
appendages remain unchanged and the species may remain
234 Dr. T. A. Chapman’s
undivided whilst in other cases the divergence has reached
specific distinction.
Perhaps the best known example of this is Z. glacialis,
which in its varied forms of alecto, pluto, nichollt, has been
regarded as forming several distinct species, but is now
accepted as being really only one variable species—a con-
clusion fully borne out by the identity of the appendages
in all the forms, and probably more readily accepted as
the geographical area it inhabits is not a very wide
one.
As being perhaps at the other end of the series, in so
far as the extreme forms are entitled to, and will doubtless
be accorded, specific rank, we may take the group of
E. neoridas, margarita, zapatert; margarita I have not
had the opportunity of examining, but xeoridas and zapa-
teri are obviously very closely allied, and the appendages
show that zapateri, though quite a distinct form, is very
close indeed to neoridas.
These two instances, perhaps the most familiar, and
also the most extreme as regards the identity or distinct-
ness of the forms composing them, are not by any means
the most typical and remarkable, in as much as their
component elements are not very widely separated
geographically.
The wxthiops group consists of H. xthiops, inhabiting
Europe, £. sedakovit, Asia, and £. niphonica, Japan. The
close resemblance of these three and other named forms
and the identity of their appendages, compel one to the
conclusion that they are geographical varieties not entitled
to specific rank.
Perhaps the most interesting species in this connexion
is LZ. fasciata from Asia, which is identical specifically
with erinna from Asia and magdalina from Colorado.
Their appendages differ toto cwlo from those of glacialis, as
does the neuration, yet magdalina in appearance (and
Mr. Elwes tells me in habits and habitat also) might be
mistaken for glacialis, var. pluto, and erinna for glacialis,
type.
op nerine is of much interest, being modified into a
small dark variety which has been called morula, in its
more eastern range, and still further south and east
recognised as a distinct species under the name of melas,
We may contrast with these the manto, or grass Erebiar
group, consisting of nine species, of which eight all occur
—
Review of the Genus Erebia. 235
on the Alps of Central Europe, and, except one or two
species in the Pyrenees, have no wider range. Two,
three, or more of the species are often, indeed usually,
associated on the same ground; yet, in spite of what
has been advanced as to their crossing and present-
ing intermediate forms, the evidence of the clasps is
quite to the contrary, especially since the species said to
be mixed are those that are most distinct. But all these
species are sufficiently closely allied to lead us to conclude
that they have a common origin; and they therefore
compel us to accept in explanation Romanes’s theory of
physiological isolation to account for their origin and pre-
servation as distinct species. We have then in the grass
Erebias a number of very similar and associated forms with
very definitely distinct appendages; whilst in the other
series of species, when geographical isolation has been
chiefly at work, we have slightly different forms with
identical appendages that compel us to regard them as one
species,
We further find that many species have dark or black
forms:—glacialis, pluto; fasciata, magdalina; nerine, melas;
manto, cecilia ; whilst wme, mnestra, epiphron, stygne, and
_ others have forms making a very close approach to these.
Li. lefebvrei has its coloured and dark forms, and £. cecilia
from the Pyrenees, which appears to require a fresh name,
is the only dark form not correlated with a normal coloured
type.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES V—XVI.«
The figures are all sketched under the camera lucida, the amplifi-
cation being 16 diameters.
Ailowing for some roughness in the sketches, the general form of
the processes of the tegumen and of the clasps, and the arrangement
of the spines or styles are quite accurate,
The view of the clasps is usually lateral, but in some instances a
more vertical aspect is given, to illustrate the form of the clasp. In
a few cases the clasps are flattened by pressure, so that they look
broader than they actually are. This gives, however, a more
accurate single view of the form of the chitin, but many clasps do
not admit of it.
236 Dr, T, A. Chapman’s
The indications of the articulated base of the clasps and the open
(2. e. unchitinised) side are sketchy and only of use as showing the
angle at which the clasp is viewed ; a slightly different angle alters
the outline of these so much, that only with elaborate drawings
could their real differences be shown.
The same remarks apply to the tegumina, some differences in the
figures are due to different angles of view, and in certain cases to
the preparation being in some degree under pressure ; these rarely
prevent a due comparison of lengths, curves, sharpnesses, &c., of the
processes.
The name of a locality after the description of a figure indicates
that the specimen figured was obtained at that place, after the name
of a species or variety, that all the examples thereof figured were
obtained there.
Where preparations have been figured from a single example, the
descriptions of them are separated by commas only, where from
different examples of the same species or variety, by semicolons.
PLATE V.
Fig. 1. E. ligea. a, tegumen, 0, clasp (Wolfsberg, Carinthia) ;
c, clasp (Norway, Hlwes). Var. adyte, d, clasp (Norway.
Elwes). Var. ajanensis, e, clasp (Nikolaiefsk, Elwes),
Var.— ?, f, clasp. Var. ajanensis, g and h, clasps.
» 2. EE. euryale. a, tegumen, b and c, clasps (Lélling, Carinthia. )
The view of c is slightly from above and shows the styles
not to be in one row as they appear when seen laterally).
Var. ocellaris (Heiligenblut), d, clasp, e, tegumen,
flattened from above to show the breadth of its side
processes ; f, clasp.
» 3 E. cacilia?, (Pyrenees). a, tegumen (the side-processes
with wide ends as in Group I. a), b and «, clasps; d,
clasp.
» 4 E. vidleri, a, tegumen, 6 and c¢, clasp (Elwes).
PLATE VI.
» 5. EH. manto. a, tegumen, 0 and ¢, clasps: d, clasp; e and f,
clasps (all from St. Anton, Arlberg); g and h, clasps
(Elwes). Var. pyrrhula (Albula), i, tegumen, j, clasps ;
k and 1, clasps.
,, 6. E. eriphyle, a, tegumen, 0, clasp (St. Anton) ; ¢, clasp (Sau
Alpe); d and e, clasps (Sau Alpe); f and g, clasps
(example sent as var. pyrrhula).
10.
ll.
12.
13.
14,
15,
16.
iis
17.
18.
tS:
20.
21.
22.
23.
Review of the Genus Evebia. 237
Piate VII.
. E. epiphron. ce, clasp (Chamonix) ; d, clasp (Germany).
Var. cassiope (Sau Alpe), a, tegumen, 0, clasp, somewhat
flattened. Var. nelamus (Campfer, Engadine), e, tegu-
men, f, clasp ; g, clasp.
. E. pharte. a, tegumen, 4, clasp, somewhat flattened out
(Kor Alp); ¢, clasps, somewhat flattened out (Col de
Lauteret) ; d and e, clasp (Innsbriick) ; f and g, clasp
(St. Anton). Pharte?, k and J, clasps (sent as var.
pyrrhula from Switzerland).
. E. melampus. a, tegumen, b, clasp (St. Anton) ; ¢ and d,
clasps (Lauteret), Var. sudetica, e, clasp.
PiLate VIII.
E. arete (Sau Alpe). a, tegumen, 0, clasp, flattened ; ¢,
clasp.
E. christi. a, tegumen, d and e, clasps; b and ¢, clasps.
E. kefersteini. a, tegumen, J, clasp, c, clasp ; d, clasp.
E. flavofasciata, a, tegumen, b, clasp, flattened, c, clasp
(Engadine) ; d and e, clasps (Campolungo).
Puate IX,
E. ceto. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
E. maurisius. a, tegumen, b, clasp; c, clasp. Var.
haberhaueri, d, tegumen, e, clasp.
E. pawlowskyi. a,tegumen, band e, clasps ; d,clasp. Var.
ethela, e, tegumen, ; f and g, clasps. Var theano, h,
tegumen, 7 and k, clasps.
E. ethiops. a, tegumen (Innsbriick); 0 and c¢, clasps,
(Innsbriick) ; d, clasp (Argyll).
PLATE X.
E. «athiops, var. melusina, e, clasp. Var. sedakovii,
f, tegumen, g, clasp. Var. niphonica, h, clasp.
E. alemena. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E. mnestra. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E. gorgone. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps ; d and e, clasps.
E. gorge. a,tegumen, b, clasp (Innsbriick). Var. triopes, c.
clasp (Tyrol).
E. glacialis. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps (Innsbriick).
E. ottomana. a, tegumen, 2, clasp ; ¢ and d, clasps.
238 Dr. T, A. Chapman’s
Prate XI.
Fig. 24. E. tyndarus. a, tegumen, > and c, clasps (St. Anton); d,
clasp (Switzerland). Var. stbirica, e, clasp. Var.
callias, 7, tegumen ; g and h, clasps; f and h, clasps.
25. E. epistygne. a. tegumen, b, clasp (Digne); c¢, clasp
(Grasse).
26. E. neoridas. a. tegumen, 8, clasp; ¢, clasp.
» 27. E. zapateri. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
5, 28. E. pronoe, a, tegumen; 6 and ¢, clasps (St. Anton).
9?
Puate XII.
» 29. E. scipio (Digne). a, tegumen, J, clasp ; ¢, clasp,
» 30. LE. lefebvrei. a, tegumen, 0, clasp; c, clasp; d, clasp; e
and f, clasps.
» 3l. EH. nerine. a, tegumen (Mendel Pass) ; 6, clasp (Cortina) ;
ce, clasp (Istria). Var. morula, d, clasp; e, clasp. Var.
melas, f, clasp (Herculesbad) ; g, clasp (Greece) ; h, clasp
(do.).
» 32. EH. goante. a, tegumen, b an ¢, clasps.
Prate XIII.
,, 33 E. stygne. a, tegumen, somewhat from beneath, b, and c,
clasps. Var. pyrenaica, d, clasp.
» 34. E. eme. a, tegumen, J, clasp ; ¢, clasp.
», 30. EH. lappona, a, tegumen, 0b, clasp (top view), c, clasp,
(lateral view).
,, 36. E. evias. a, tegumen, 4, clasp.
,» 37. E. rossii. a, tegumen. Var. ero, b, clasp ; ¢, clasp, d, end
of clasp more enlarged.
,, 38 E. embla. a, tegumen, 0, clasp, c, end of clasp.
5, 39. EL. cyclopius, a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
PLATE XIV.
» 40. E. disa. a, tegumen, 8, clasp.
» 41. E. medusa. a, tegumen, 6, clasp (Germany); c¢, clasp
(Lolling). Var. polaris, d, clasp. Var. transiens, e,
clasp. Var. hippomedusa, f, clasp.
42, EK. hewitsoni. a, tegumen, 0 and c, clasps.
,, 43. E. epipsodea. a, tegumen, b, clasp ; c, clasp viewed more
laterally.
», 44. E. meta, var. yssica. a, tegumen, 0 and c, clasps.
50.
51.
Review of the Genus Erebia. 239
. E, sibo, a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
E. ocnus. dand e, tegumen ; f, clasp ; g, clasp.
PLATE XV.
. E. kalmuka. a, tegumen, 8, clasp.
. E. radians. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
. E£. turanica. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
. E. edda, a, tegumen, 3), clasp, edge view, c, clasp, side
view.
E. tristis. a, tegumen, 0 and ¢, clasps.
E. dabanensis. a, tegumen, b and ¢, clasps.
51*, E. tundra, a and b (somewhat foreshortened), clasp.
, 2.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60,
E. discoidalis. a, tegumen, b, clasp ; c, clasp, viewed at a
different angle ; d clasp (Elwes).
Prats XVI,
E. fasciata, c, clasp (Mus. Brit). Var. magdalina, a,
tegumen, 0, clasp. Var. erinna, d, clasp.
E. parmenio. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E, afra. a, tegumen, 6, clasp, top view, ¢, clasp, side view.
Var. dalmata, d, clasp.
E. myops. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E. maracandica. a, tegumen, 3, clasp.
E. jordana. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
E. hades. a, tegumen, 6, clasp.
E. herse. a, tegumen, J, clasp.
1 A most difficult clasp to represent satisfactorily.
Goan
XIV. The Moths of the Lesser Antilles, By Str GEORGE
F. Hampson, Bart., B.A.
[Read June Ist, 1898.]
Prat XeV il.
IN a former paper* I gave an account of the moths
belonging to the families Hpiplemidex, Geometridx, Pyra-
lide and Sesiadx collected in the Lesser Antilles, chiefly
St. Vincent and Grenada, by Mr. H. H. Smith, the account
forming one of a series of papers descriptive of the insects
collected on behalf of the Committee of the Royal Society
and British Association appointed to explore the fauna
and flora of the smaller West Indian islands. The present
paper deals with all the other families of moths except
the Pterophoride, Tortricide and Tineidx, which will be
dealt with by Lord Walsingham and complete the sub-
ject; in addition to the collections of Mr. Smith those
made in St. Lucia and Dominica by Mr. W. H. Eliott are
recorded.
Family—SYNTOMID&.
PHEIA DAPHZENA, Sp. 0.
¢. Head and thorax black ; frons and vertex of head spotted
with white ; tegule, shoulders, and patagia with large crimson
patches ; fore coxze, hind tibiz at base, and Ist joint of tarsi white ;
abdomen black with two dorsal white patches on 1st segment followed
by metallic green patches which extend Jaterally towards extremity ;
the Ist two segments ventrally white ; wings hyaline, the veins and
margins black. Forewing with crimson streaks below basal two-
thirds of costa and above inner margin; a discocellular spot ; the
terminal band expanding very widely on apical area and below
vein 2, Hindwing with the terminal band expanding widely to-
wards apex and slightly below vein 2.
Hab. Dominica ; Santa Lucta (W. H. Eliott). Eap.,
30 mill.
Antenne of male serrate; hind tibia greatly dilated ;
forewing with vein 3 from angle of cell.
* A.M.N.H. (6), xvi, pp. 329-349 (1895).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898—PART III. (SEPT.) 17
242 Sir George F. Hampson on the
CosMOSOMA DEMANTRIA, Druce, A.M.N.H. (6), xv,
p. 44 (1895).
Dominica.
CosMOSOMA HYPOCHEILUS, Sp. n.
¢. Head black with some metallic blue on vertex ; antennz
white at tips ; thorax scarlet above, black below ; legs with metallic
blue on coxee ; abdomen orange scarlet with lateral black bands,
with series of metallic blue spots on them, meeting at extremity and
approximated at base of dorsum ; paired black patches on ventral
surface ; the terminal segments black ; wings hyaline, the veins and
margins black. Forewing with fine scarlet streak below basal three-
fourths of costa; the base scarlet emitting a short streak along inner
margin ; a discoidal black spot ; a black patch more or less com-
pletely filling up the interspaces between veins 2 and 4; the apical
area very widely black. Hindwing with some scarlet at base; a
black patch in cell ; the apical and inner areas black.
2. With the black patch between veins 2 and 4 of forewing very
much reduced or absent.
Hab. St. Vincent (Windward side). (4H. H. Smith).
Ezxp., 30 mill.
Abdomen of male without ventral valve; hindwing
with the lower part of cell normal, veins 2 and 4 rather
shortly stalked.
SYNTOMEIDA SYNTOMOIDES, Boisd. Spéc. Gén. Lep., i,
pl. 16, f. 4 (1836).
Santa Lucia; Dominica (W. H. Eliott).
UCEREON IMRIEI, Druce, P.Z.S., 1884, p. 322, pl.
25, f. 6.
Dominica.
EUCEREON CLEMENTSI, Schaus, Am. Lep., p. 10, pl. 1,
f. 25 (1892).
Santa Lucia.
Family—ARCTIAD.
Subfamily ARCTIAN.
HALISIDOTA PELLUCIDA, Sepp, Ins. Surin., ii, pl. 76
(1848).
St. Vincent.
PAREUCHETES CADAVEROSA, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc.
Phil. v, p. 245 (1865).
St. Vincent.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 243
ECPANTHERIA ERIDANUS, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. 68,
Ge hi):
Dominica.
AMMALO FERVIDUS, WIEk., iii, 622 (1855).
St. Vincent.
Subfamily LITHOSIAN AE.
DEIOPEIA ORNATRIX, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p.511 (1758) :
var. pura, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
p. 360.
St. Vincent.
CYDOSIA HISTRIO, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, 203, 139.
Phalena nobitella, Cram., Pap. Exot., 111, 128, p. 264, G.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Mustique I., Grenadines.
CISTHENE POLYZONA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i,
p. 123, pl. 12, f. 13.
Dominica.
CISTHENE METOXIA, sp. n. (PI. X VII, fig. 8).
Head and thorax fuscous ; palpi, except 3rd joint, yellow ; vertex
of head and tegulz yellow ; pectus and legs yellow and fuscous ; ab-
domen crimson, orange below ; forewing fuscous; the costa and
termen yellow ; slight yellow streaks on subcostal and median
nervures ; an elongate patch on basal half of inner margin and a
rounded patch at tornus. Hindwing fuscous with crimson streak
below cell, in one specimen extending to beyond middle, in another
with only its terminal portion present, in the 3rd quite obsolete ; a
crimson fascia on inner margin.
Male with the tornus produced to a pointed lobe, the inner area
with a fold containing a tuft of long hair.
Hab. Sv. VINCENT; GRENADA, Balthazar (H. 1. Smith).
Exp., 16 mill.
PTYCHOGLENE XANTHOPLEURA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, figs.
1, 15.)
gd. Dark brown slightly irrorated with yellow scales ; sides of
pectus and abdomen with orange fascize which almost meet
above on Ist segment of abdomen. Hindwing with broad orange
fascia from base to beyond cell ; the inner margin orange. Under-
side of both wings with some orange at base.
@. With hardly a trace of orange irroration; abdomen with
the lateral fascize very slight. Hindwing with the fascie in cell and
on inner margin very slight and confined to basal area.
Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar, Mount Gay. (H. H. Smith).
Exp., § 30, 2 36 mill.
244. Sir George F. Hampson on the
Subfamily NOLIN.
Genus NEOSELCA, nov.
Palpi short, obliquely upturned ; antenne bipectinate with
moderate branches. Forewing with the cell very long, vein 2 curved
from before its middle ; 3 from before angle; 4, 5 separate ; 6 from
upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked from 10, 9 absent ; 11 from cell. Hind-
wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3, 4 separate ;
5 obsolescent from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 from
middle of cell.
Typr. Nola minuta, Druce. The genus will also in-
clude WV. melicerta, Druce.
NEOSELCA MINUTA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i, p.
140, pl. 13, f. 17.
Grenada—Balthazar.
HYBLA PUERA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 103, ff. D, E.
St. Vincent (south end) ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
Family—NOCTUIDA.
Subfamily TRIFINA,
HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA, Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schmett,
Noct., 11, pl. 79, f. 370.
St. Vincent.
HELIOTHIS VIRESCENS, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 111, 30, 72.
St. Vincent ; Union I., Grenadines ; Grenada—Mount
Gay, Balthazar ; St. Lucia.
AGROTIS INCIVIS, Guen., Noct., i, 274.
St. Lucia ; Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
LEUCANIA SOLITA, WIk., ix, 99.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
LEUCANIA HUMIDICOLA, Guen., Noct., 1, 90.
Grenada—Mount Gay, Mount Maitland.
LEUCANIA LOREYI, Dup., Lep. Fr., iv, p. 81, pl. 105, f. 7.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
EUTHISANOTIA AMARYLLIDIS, Sepp, Ins. Surin., 1, 63,
pl. 28.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent.
CRoPIA INFUSA, WIlk., xiii, 1116.
St. Lucia.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 245
EUPLEXIA RESPONDENS, W1k., xv, 1720.
St. Lucia.
EUPLEXIA CONCISA, WIk., ix, 191.
St. Vincent.
EUPLEXIA CIRCUITA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 227.
St. Vincent (windward side) ; Grenada.
EUPLEXIA APAMEOIDES, Guen., Noct., i, p. 229.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent.
EUPLEXIA SUTOR, Guen., Noct., i, p. 231.
Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent.
EUPLEXIA ALBIGERA, Guen., Noct., i, p. 228.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent.
This species in the male has the palpi longer and
tufted with hair on the inner side towards the extremity.
EUPLEXIA TERENS, W1k., xi, 586.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
CUCULLIA ERIDANIA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 358, F.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay. The variety a/bula,
Wlk., occurs with the typical form in the same
localities.
CUCULLIA DIMINUTA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 141.
St. Vincent.
CUCULLIA VITRINA, WIk., xi, 718.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
This differs from typical species of Cucullia in being
without the dorsal tufts on the abdomen and should
probably be placed in a new genus.
PRODENIA COMMELINA, Sm., Abb, Lep. Georgia, ii, p.
189, pl. 95.
Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent.
ACRONYCTA ESULA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., i, p.
297, pl. 28, £1
Grenada—Mount Gay.
..CARADRINA MACRA, Guen., Noct., i, p. 157.
Grenada—Mount Gay, Balthazar.
CARADRINA EPOPEA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 272, G, H.
St. Lucia ; Grenada—Balthazar.
246 Sir George F. Hampson on the
CARADRINA SPILOMELA, WIk., xxxii, 648.
Grenada—Mount Gay. The variety subaquila, Harvey,
oceurs with the typical form, of which convwa,
Harvey, is a synonym.
CARADRINA EXESA, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 222.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent. Usually smaller
and redder than the Florida specimens.
CARADRINA FUSCIMACULA, Grote, Bull. Geol. Surv.,
vi, 262.
Subsp. 1. Much more uniform rufous brown than the typical
form. Forewing with the orbicular and reniform less prominent, the
latter with fuscous spots in its upper and lower parts not conjoined ;
the lines paler with the dark edges less prominent. Hindwing
fuscous with a rufous tinge and distinctly whitish towards base.
Hab. Sv. Vincent; GRENADA, Mount Gay.—VENE-
ZUELA, Aroa; BRAZIL. LHzp., 26 mill.
Subsp. 2. Much more uniform dark fuscous brown than the
typical form, the thorax and forewing with slight rufous tinge ; the
lines grey with the dark edges hardly visible ; hindwing uniform
fuscous.
Hab. Mexico, Coatepec. Hzp., 30 mill. GQ fg, Coll.
Schaus.)
The male of both the above forms has the underside of
both wings irregularly suffused with dark scales to the
middle as in the typical form, in which it differs from
grata, Hiibn.
CARADRINA TRISTICTA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 2.)
Palpi of male with the 2nd and 8rd joints fringed in front with
short downturned hair; fore coxee and femora thickly fringed with
large scales above.
Pale yellowish rufous; vertex of head, thorax and forewing
irrorated with dark scales; the scales on forelegs fulvous. Forewing
with short waved fuscous sub-basal line ; an antemedial fuscons line
not reaching inner margin, often reduced to spots: a medial rufous
line slightly angled below costa, then sinuous ; three small round
white spots in end of cell ; a rufous postmedial line strongly angled
beyond cell then sinuous ; veins 5 and 6 very strongly streaked with
rufous ; a subterminal rufous line obtusely angled at vein 6 then
ineurved ; a prominent terminal series of black points. Hindwing
yellowish white with traces of postmedial line excurved beyond cell ;
some brownish terminal lunules.
Hab. Hartt; GRENADA, Mount Gay. Hup., 28 mill.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 247
AMYNA OCTO, Guen., Noct., i, p. 233.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
CALLOPISTRIA FLORIDENSIS, Guen., Noct., ii, p. 292.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent.
Subfamily ACONTIA NE.
CORUBATHA QUADRIFERA, Zell., Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges.
Wien., xxiv, p. 3, pl. 12, f. 2.
Grenada—Balthazar.
ATETHMIA REPANDA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, 1, p. 462
(1793), swbusta, Hiibn., Zutr., 11, 205, 206.
St. Lucia; Grenada—Mount Gay.
The variety icidens, Wlk., occurs with the typical
form.
XANTHOPTERA TIGRIS, Guen., Noct., 1, p. 317.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
XANTHOPTERA NIGROFIMBRIA, Guen., Noct., ii, p. 241.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
OMMATOCHILA MUNDULA, Zell., Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges.
Wien, xxi, 460, pl. 2, f. 4.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
OMMATOCHILA LATIPALPIS, WIk., xv, 1763.
Grenada— Mount Gay.
The second joint of the palpi has very large tufts of
scales on the inner side.
SPRAGUEIA TRANSMUTATA, WIk., xxxiii, 776.
Grenada— Mount Gay. ©
SPRAGUEIA RUDISANA, WIk., xxxiii, 776.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
SPRAGUEIA CANOFUSA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 4).
Head and thorax dark brown suffused with olive grey scales ;
abdomen brown, Forewing dark brown suffused with olive grey
scales ; ill-defined whitish patches at base and middle of costa and
a more prominent triangular white spot before apex ; faint traces of
oblique antemedial and medial lines, and of a subterminal line ; an
indistinct semicircular black mark beyond the cell, part of its lower
edge defined by white ; a fine white line on medial part of termen
and a dark line through the cilia. Hindwing brown ; cilia pale at
tips.
248 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Hab. JaMaica (Cockerell); Hartt; GRENADA, Mount
Gay (H. H. Smith).—BRrazit, Siéo Paulo (Jones). Hup.,
16 mill.
Genus TARACHIDIA, nov.
Type. TZ. flavibasis.
Palpi obliquely porrect, extending just beyond frons which has a
rounded prominence truncate below ; antennz minutely ciliated ;
abdomen without dorsal tufts. Forewing with vein 7 from angle of
cell; 8, 9 stalked ; 10 from cell. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 stalked ;
6, 7 from upper angle.
TARACHIDIA FLAVIBASIS, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 3).
¢. Headand tegule grey brown ; thorax olive yellow ; abdomen
brown. Forewing with the basal half olive yellow with oblique
outer edge ; the terminal half brown with some greyish suffusion.
Hindwing brown ; cilia pale at tips. Underside brown.
Hab. GRENADINES, Union I. (H. H. Smith), one ¢.
Exp., 20 mill.
TARACHIDIA HOLOPHA#A, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 17).
@. Grey-brown; palpi at base, pectus and ventral surface of
abdomen white. Forewing with the basal area suffused with a few
long yellow scales and a few more on medial terminal area, the rest
of wing irrorated with white scales. Hindwing fuscous brown ; cilia
white at tips. Underside greyer.
Hab. GRENADINES, Union I. (H. A. Smith), one 2.
Hep., 20 mill .
EUBLEMMA FLAMMICINCTA, WIk., xxxiii, 801.
Grenada—Balthazar ; St. Vincent.
EKUBLEMMA ROSESCENS, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 9).
Head nearly pure white ; antenne yellowish and fuscous ; tegule
pale yellow; thorax and abdomen fulvous red, the latter with seg-
mental white lines. Forewing rosy pink ; the costal area yellow,
narrowing to a point before apex ; straight oblique rufous antemedial
and medial lines, the latter diffused on inner side ; the postmedial
line fine, angled below costa, then sinuous ; the terminal area bright
rufous, expanding at middle and narrowing to apex ; traces of a
sinuous subterminal line with three dark points on it between veins
4and 7. Hindwing pale yellow becoming rufous towards termen.
Hob. Hartt; St. Luocta; St. VINcENT; GRENADA,
Balthazar (HH. Smith). Hap., 22 mill.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 249
Subfamily PALINDIAN.
PALINDIA ADDENS, WIk., xv, 1768.
St. Lucia.
PALINDIA MIccA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., 1, p. 319,
pl. 29, f. 22.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
Subfamily EKUTILIA NZ.
PARACHABORA ABYDAS, Herr.-Schiff.,Auss.-eur. Schmett,
f. 565.
Grenada—Balthazar.
INGURA CANOFUSA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 16).
Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches, the apical part
serrate ; abdomen with dorsal tufts on 1st three segments.
¢. Head and tegule grey ; thorax rufous brown ; abdomen grey
and rufous brown. Forewing grey, the basal, and inner area to post-
medial line, yellowish ; the basal area with patches of purple brown ;
an obscure dark waved antemedial line; faint traces of orbicular
and reniform spots ; the postmedial line double, minutely waved,
strongly excurved beyond cell and with a fine black streak from its
outer edge above vein 5; the terminal area purple brown with
oblique greyish fascia across apical area and greyish apical patch.
Hindwing fuscous with the interspaces below the cell whitish ; three
find dark striz on inner area above tornus ; cilia mostly pale brown.
Q. Forewing with the basal and terminal areas darker, the grey
areas more prominent.
Hab. St. Lucia; Dominica (W. H. Eliott). Hzp.,
34 mill. ;
INGURA OBROTUNDA, Guen., Noct., u1, p. 312.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent (Windward side); Grenada—
St. George’s, Balthazar.
EUTELIA RUFATRIX, W1k., xv, 1775.
Grenada—Balthazar.
CASSANDRIA FILIFERA, WI1k., xi, 719.
St. Lucia.
Subfamily STICTOPTERINZ.
STICTOPTERA TUMIDICOSTA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 5).
Palpi with a tuft of hair on inner side of extremity of 2nd joint ;
hindwing with vein 8 arising from middle of cell ; male with the
250 Sir George F. Hampson on the
costa of forewing slightly arched beyond middle ; the costa of hind-
wing fringed with hair and strongly arched beyond middle ; the cell
of forewing medial in position.
Grey brown ; head, thorax and forewing tinged in parts with pale
ferruginous ; abdomen with two dorsal black marks on subterminal
segment and a series of oblique black sublateral strie. Forewing
with black points forming traces of sub-basal, antemedial, medial
and postmedial lines, the last excurved beyond cell, then incurved
to lower angle; a small incomplete discoidal black annulus; a
curved subterminal series of black points becoming larger towards
inner margin ; a terminal series. Hindwing semihyaline white, the
terminal area clouded with fuscous.
Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar. Lup, 24 mill.
Subfamily GONOPTERIN 2.
CosMOPHILA EROSA, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 287, 288.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
COSMOPHILA EDITRIX, Guen., Noct., 11, p. 404.
St. Lucia ; Grenada.
COSMOPHILA PROPERANS, WIk., xiii, 999.
Grenada— Mount Gay.
Subfamily QUADRIFIN A.
EREBUS ODORATUS, Linn., Syst. Nat., x, 505.
St. Lucia, St. Vincent.
LETIS MYCERINA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 172, B.
Grenada—Chantilly, Mount Gay; St. Vincent; St.
Lucia.
PrEOSINA PANDROSA, Cram., Pap. Exot, i, p. 122,
psi, OD:
Dominica.
POLYDESMA SETIPES, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 7.
St. Lucia; Grenada—Mount Gay, Chantilly, Bal-
thazar. The specimen from St. Lucia belongs to
the paler form wstipennis, Wlk., also one specimen
from Balthazar with a black blotch on the inner
area of the forewing.
PoLYDESMA LUNATA, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. p. 40,
pl. 20, f. 3.
Dominica ; Grenada—Mount Gay. The varieties
minerea, Guen., viridans,Guen., and others occur
with the typical form.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 251
CATEPHIA SCRIPTURA, WIlk., xv, 1728; transversalis,
WIlk., xv, 1734 (Pl. XVII, fig. 10).
Head and thorax pale brown irrorated with dark scales, the outer
edge and tips of patagia dark; abdomen fuscous brown. Fore-
wing clothed with rough shining pale yellow brown and purplish
brown scales, the basal area darker especially on inner area ; a fine
waved black sub-basal line retracted to base below cell and with an
oblique striga beyond its angle ; a white point on lobe of inner mar-
gin ; a fine sinuous black antemedial line angled outward above vein
1 and joined by a streak to the minutely waved postmedial line
which is strongly excurved at middle ; orbicular and reniform large
and pale yellow brown ; traces of a sinuous subterminal line crossed
by three black streaks from tenuen above veins 1, 3 and 5; a sinu-
ous terminal black line. Hindwing fuscous brown with slight
black striga above tornus ; cilia reddish brown ; the base of wing
and on underside the inner are whitish, a discoidal lunule and curved
postmedial line also being present.
Hab. Hatt1; Dominica. Zzp., 44 mill.
PSEUDOBENDIS OPISTOGRAPHA, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 212.
Grenada—Balthazar.
OPHIUSA TROPICALIS, Guen., Noct., ili, p. 238.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
MELIPOTIS FAMELICA, Guen., Noct., iu1, p. 62.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay; Union Is.
MELIPOTIS NOVANDA, Guen., Noct., i1, p. 64.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
MELIPOTIS FASCIOLARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 443, 444.
Grenada—Balthazar.
PANULA INCONSTANS, Guen.,. Noct., ili, p. 59.
Grenada — Mount Gay; St. Lucia. Numerous
varieties.
PANULA SCINDENS, WIk., xv, 1829.
Grenada— Mount Gay.
BANIANA VELUTICOLLIS, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 7).
Pale reddish brown ; vertex of head, tegule and base of patagia
rich chocolate brown ; abdomen tinged with fuscous. Forewing
irrorated with black and with numerous indistinct fine pale strize ;
an obliquely curved pale antemedial line defined by rufous on outer
side ; a similar postmedial line angled inwards at vein 5; a pale-
edged brown discoidal line ; traces of a subterminal series of dark
specks and a more prominent terminal series. Hindwiug fuscous
brown with traces of discoidal spot ; cilia pale brown.
252 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Hab. St. Lucta; St. Vincent (4. H. Smith). Ezxp.,
22 mill.
POAPHILA LINEOLARIS, Hiibn., Samml. eur. Schmett.,
f. 454,
Grenada—Mount Gay.
POAPHILA GARNOTI, Guen., Noct., 101, p. 306.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay; St. Lucia.
POAPHILA CRUCIS, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 36 (1794),
immunis, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 305.
St. Vincent (Windward side).
REMIGIA REPANDA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 49 (1794),
megas, Guen., Noct., 11, p. 317.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar, Golden Grove.
REMIGIA LATIPES, Guen., Noct., i, p. 314.
St. Lucia; Dominica ; Grenada—Baithazar, MountGay.
EPIDROMIA POAPHILOIDES, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 215.
St. Lucia ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
THERMESIA INEXACTA, W1k., xxxiil, 1038.
St. Lucia.
THERMESIA GEMMATALIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 153, 154.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
THERMESIA PAUCULA, WIk., xv, 18388.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar.
THERMESIA INCONCISALIS, WIk., xxxiv, 1167.
Grenada—St. George’s; Grenadines—Union I.
AZETA VERSICOLOR, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 111, 2, p. 40 (1794),
repugnalis, Hiibn., Zutr., Samml. Exot. Schmett.,
11, p. 3%, 11.,015,.510.
Grenada—Balthazar, Golden Grove ; Union Is.
GLYMPIS DAMOETASALIS, WIk., xvi, 252.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
PLEONECTYPTERA PYRALIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 127, 128.
Grenada—Mount Gay. The yellow form without
rufous on outer area,
TERATOCERA ERYCATA, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 287, D,
and pl. 370, E.
St. Lucia; Grenada—Balthazar.
AMPHIGONIA POSTPONENS, WIk., xv, 1856.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles, 253
BENDIS FORMULARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 9038, 904.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar, Mount
Gay.
BENDIS PELIDNALIS, Hiibn., Zutvr., ff. 169, 170.
Grenada—Balthazar.
ITONIA LIGNARIS, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 317, 318.
Grenada— Mount Gay.
ORZSIA EXCITANS, WI1k.
Grenada (Leeward side).
ANOMIS ARGILLACEA, Hiibn., Zutr., ff. 399, 400.
Grenada—Mount Gay. The purplish-red form of the
species.
GONODONTA SOROR, Cram., Pap. Exot., pl. 276, B.
St. Lucia.
GONODONTA INCURVA, Sepp, Ins. Surin., 11, 201, pl. 89.
St. Lucia; Dominica; St. Vincent; Grenada— Bal-
thazar, Mount Gay.
PLUSIA ERIOSOMA, Doubl., Dieff., New Zealand, ii, p. 285.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
PLUSIA VERRUCA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 2, 238.
Dominica; St. Vincent (Leeward side).
CoNCANA MUNDISSIMA, WI1k., xii, 940.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent; Grenada—Mount Gay.
Subfamily FOCILLINA.
RAPARNA BREVIPENNIS, W1k., xxxiii, 1039.
St. Lucia ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
RAPARNA LITURATA, WIk., xxxiii, 1094.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
RAPARNA EUPITHECIOIDES, W1k., xv, 1593.
St. Vincent (Windward side).
CAPNODES STEROPE, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 309, E
and pl. 312, C.
Grenada—Mount Gay, Balthazar. Most of the speci-
mens are ab. rujinans, Guen.
CAPNODES SUBCINERASCENS, Wlk., xv, 1614.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent ; Grenada (Windward side).
254 Sir George F. Hampson on the
CAPNODES BIPUNCTATA, WIk., xxxiii, 1048.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
CAPNODES DISTACTA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 19).
Dark purplish brown ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen
whitish. Forewing with slight blue-grey suffusion ; a straight
antemedial dark line with white mark on it from costa to cell and
two minute ochreous points on median nervure and vein 1; an ob-
scure brown discoidal lunule ; a minutely waved dark postmedial
line with white spot on it at costa, excurved beyond cell, then in-
curved ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; a terminal series of
dark lunules. Hindwing slightly suffused with blue-grey ; a dark
discoidal spot ; the medial line slightly excurved at middle ; an
obscure dentate subterminal line with some dark points on it; a
terminal series of dark lunules.
Hab. DoMINIcA; GRENADA, Mount Gay; TRINIDAD.
Eap., 22 mill. _
YRIAS QUADRISIGNATA, W1k., xiii, 1073.
Grenada—Balthazar.
YRIAS PROGENIES, Guen., Noct., 111, p. 323.
Grenada—Balthazar, Caliveny.
SELENIS MONOTROPA, Grote, Can. Ent., viii, 207.
St. Lucia.
IsOGONA NATATRIX, Guen., Noct., i, p. 323.
Grenada—Balthazavr.
Subfamily DELTOIDINA.
BLEPTINA PENTHUSALIS, WI1k., xvi, 128.
Dominica ; St. Vincent.
BLEPTINA THEROALIS, WIk., xvi, 243.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
BLEPTINA ACASTUSALIS, Wlk., xvi, 122.
St. Lucia; Dominica; St. Vincent (Windward side) ;
Grenada — Balthazar, Mount Gay. Extremely
variable, the form priassalis, Wlk., occurs with
many others.
NoDARIA TAGUSALIS, W1k., xvi, 116.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
NODARIA MYNESALIS, WIk., xix, 860.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 255
NODARIA GRISEIRENA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 18).
¢. Fore tibize and tarsi covered by a sheath enclosing flocculent
hair ; antennz knotted and tufted with hair at one-third from base ;
forewing with a large depression on costal area at two-thirds from
base, clothed with thick rough scales and covered by a fringe of hair
from costa.
Dark brown. Forewing slightly irrorated with grey ; waved ante-
medial, postmedial and subterminal lines, the first defined on inner
side, the two latter on outer with white, becoming brownish toward
costa, the postmedial line slightly angled below costa and the post-
medial and subterminal lines excurved at median nervules ; the
orbicular represented by a black speck; the reniform with black
centre and pale-brownish outline ; male with the medial area suffused
with ochreous below the depression ; a terminal series of black and
white lunules. Hindwing with white-edged dark medial and sub-
terminal lines obsolescent except towards inner margin ; a terminal
series of black and white lunules, Underside with the costal half
of forewing and whole of hindwing largely suffused with white, the
latter with the lines and a discoidal spot prominent.
Hab. St. Vincent (Windward side); GRENADA,
Mount Gay, Balthazar (H. H. Smith). Hzxp., 24 mill.
TORTRICODES ALUCITALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 73.
St. Vincent (Windward side).
TORTRICODES ORNEODALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 73.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
PALTHIS BIZIALIS, WIk., xix, 865.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar.
Genus DREPANOPALPIA, nov.
Palpi of male with the Ist joint reaching vertex of head and
angled with scales in front, the 2nd joint about twice length of
head, recurved over it and fringed with scales in front, the 3rd about
twice length of head, curving forward and fringed with scales in
front and behind ; antennz with cilia and bristles ; fore tibiz and
tarsi covered by a sheath enclosing flocculent hair. Forewing with
vein 8 given off from 7 and anastomosing with 9 which arises from
10 to form an areole. Hindwing with vein 5 from below middle of
discocellulars ; 6, 7, shortly stalked.
Palpi of female with the 2nd joint oblique, straight, about three
times length of head, with a small triangular tuft of scales on its
inner side at extremity, the 3rd upturned acuminate with small
triangular tuft on its outer side.
256 Sir George F. Hampson on the
DREPANOPALPIA POLYCYMA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 14).
Dull brown. Forewing with ante- and postmedial minutely
waved black lines, the former slightly excurved below cell, the latter
strongly excurved from below costa to vein 2 ; orbicular and reniform
black-edged, the former with brownish centre, the latter with whit-
ish ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; a terminal series of minute
dark lunules. Hindwing with traces of waved medial and sub-
terminal lines ; a terminal series of dark points.
Hab. St. Lucta (W. H. Rotherham). Ezxp., 24 mill.
Genus PSEUDCRASPEDIA.
Hmpsn., Journ. Bombay Soc., 1898, ined.
PSEUDCRASPEDIA MELANOSTICTA, sp. n. (PI. XVII,
fig. 6).
Pale grey-brown. Forewing with black point on costa near base ;
antemedial blackish points on costa and below cell ; medial points
on costa and discocellulars, and three brownish points on costa
towards apex ; traces of waved postmedial and subterminal lines ; a
terminal series of dark points. Hindwing with black points on disco-
cellulars and below angle of cell; traces of waved postmedial and
subterminal lines ; a terminal series of dark points.
Hab. St. Vincent, Kingston. (H. H. Smith). Ezp.,
12 mill.
Rather smaller and paler than P. punctata fromSikhim
and with the dark points somewhat differently placed ; it
is however very closely allied to it and in structure
identical.
Genus DITROGOPTERA, nov.
Palpi short upturned, not reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint
fringed with hair towards extremity, the 3rd minute ; antenne of
female almost simple ; legs long and slender, the spurs long. Fore-
wing with vein 6 from below angle of cell; 7 from angle; 8, 9
stalked ; 10 from cell; 11 anastomosing with 12 the outer margin
excised below apex ; hindwing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ;
5 from below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; the outer mar-
gin bilobed, being deeply excised between veins 5 and 6, then oblique
and the inner margin short.
DITROGOPTERA TRILINEATA, sp. n. (PI. XVII, fig. 20).
9. Grey-brown. Forewing with grey antemedial line excurved
at median nervure and outlined on each side with fuscous ; a dark
Moths of the Lesser Antilles. 257
medial line excurved in cell; a small pale-edged black lunule at
lower angle of cell ; the postmedial line pale, outlined with fuscous
very oblique towards costa, excurved beyond cell, then somewhat
sinuous ; traces of a waved subterminal line ; grey-edged black spots
on costa and termen, one at apex being larger. Hindwing with dark
medial line with white outer edge almost obsolete except on inner
area ; a series of grey-edged terminal black spots.
Hab. Sv. Vincent (H. H, Smith). Ezap., 14 mill.
HYPENA VETUSTALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 35.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
HYPENA ANDRONA, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het., 1,
p. 434, pl. 35, f. 12.
Dominica.
HYPENA PACIFICALIS, WIK., xvi, 45.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Vincent (Windward side).
HYPENA EXOLETALIS, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 29.
Grenada—Mount Gay ; St. Lucia.
HYPENA OBDITALIS, W1]k., xvi, 48.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
HYPENA LIVIDALIS, Hiibn., Eur. Schmett., v, ff. 11, 186.
Grenada—Mount Gay.
CHUSARIS LUNIFERA, Butl., P. Z.S., 1878, p. 492.
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Balthazar.
CHUSARIS BISINUATA, sp.n. (PI. XVII, fig. 18).
¢. Palpi extending about the length of head ; antennz fasciculate.
Head and thorax reddish-brown ; abdomen greyish-fuscous, the
anal tuft pale. Forewing reddish-brown irrorated with dark scales ;
two pale discoidal points ; a pale postmedial line strongly excurved
beyond upper and lower angles of cell then oblique; an obscure
sinuous white subterminal line with some black spots on it below
costa. Hindwing fuscous.
Hab. GRENADA, Balthazar (H. H. Smith). Ezp.,
14 mill.
RHASENA ABARUSALIS, WI1k., xix, 869.
Grenada—Balthazar, Mount Gay.
RHSENA NEALCESALIS, WIk., xix, 883.
Dominica.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 18
bo
58 Sir George F. Hampson on the
Family HYPSID.
Lavrona vinosA, Drury, Ill, Ex. Ent., i, pl. 23, f. 4.
St. Lucia; St. Vincent,
Family SATURNIAD.
AUTOMERIS OBLONGA, WIk., vi, 1296.
Grenada.
ATTACUS ERYCINA, Shaw, Nat. Misc., vii, pl. 230 (1797).
St. Vincent.
Family SPHINGID/.
Subfamily CH AROCAMPINAL.
PHILAMPELUS LINNEI, Grote and Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe.
Philad., v, p. 182, pl. 3, f. 3 (1865).
Grenada.
CH#ROCAMPA TERSA, Linn., Mant. Plant., p. 508 (1771).
Grenada—Balthazar.
CHAZROCAMPA NECHUS, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1, pl. 178, B.
St. Lucia.
Subfamily SPHINGIN A.
ANCERYX FASCIATA, Swains., Zool. Ill., ii, pl. 150, f. 2
(1823).
St. Lucia; St. Vincent.
DILOPHONOTA ZNOTRUS, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 301,
C. (1780).
Grenada—Mount Gay.
AMPHONYX MEDOR, Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv, pl. 394, A
(1782).
Grenada—Grenville.
AMPHONYX DUPONCHELI, Poey, Cent. Lep., pl. iv
(18382).
St. Lucia.
PROTOPARCE LUCETIUS, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 301,
B (1780).
St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
bo
Or
©
Moths of the Lesser Antilles.
Subfamily IZA CROGLOSSIN A.
ENyo Luaupris, Linn., Mant. Plant., p. 5387 (1771).
St. Lucia ; Grenada (Leeward side).
Family NOTODONTID.
RHUDA FOCULA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 383, G, H
(1782).
Dominica.
NYSTALEA EBALEA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 310, C
(1781).
St. Lucia.
NYSTALEA GUTTIPLENA, WIk., xi, 635.
St. Lucia ; Dominica.
CHADISRA PUNCTATA, Stoll, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 307, F.
Dominica.
HEMICERAS LINEA, Guen., Noct., u1, p. 381.
Dominica.
Family LIMACODID.
SEMYRA COARCTATA, WIk., v, 1131 (1855).
St. Vincent (Windward side) ; Grenada—Mount Gay.
ORTHOCRASPEDA BISTRIGATA, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 21).
¢. Antenne pectinated to apex. Dull brown with a greyish
tinge. Forewing with some whitish scales along median nervure ;
a short dark-brown streak below middle of median nervure, and
longer streak in end of cell ; a pale bisinuate postmedial line.
Hab. St. Lucta; GRENADINES, Mustique I (A. ZH.
Smuth). Exp., 24 mill.
Family COSSIDA.
DUOMITUS PUNCTIFER, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 11).
¢. Grey ; head and thorax mixed with dark brown ; antenn
rufous ; tegule dark brown. Forewing whitish irrorated with dark
brown ; dark brown strigze forming obscure sub-basal, antemedial,
medial and four postmedial series ; a series of small dark spots on
costa ; a diffused discoidal patch with brown spot at its lower ex-
tremity below base of vein 2; an obscure subterminal spot on vein
3. Hindwing whitish with faint traces of striae.
One specimen is browner with the markings obscured.
260 The Moths of the Lesser Antilles.
Hab. Dominica (£liott); St. Lucta; St. VINCENT ;
GRENADA, Mirabeau, Balthazar, Mount Gay (4. H. Smith).
Lxp., 30-54 mill.
GIVIRA PULVEROSA, sp.n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 12).
Brownish grey ; abdomen dorsally tinged with fuscous. Fore-
wing with some small rufous spots on costal area, in cell, an ante-
medial series and a cluster below middle of vein 2; brown striz on
inner and terminal areas, and obscure subterminal and terminal
series of small spots. Hindwing fuscous-brown with traces of striz
and terminal series of spots.
Hab. St. Lucta; St. Vincent (Windward side) ;
GRENADA (Windward side) (H. H. Smith). Exp.
40 mill.
Family PSYCHID.
OIKETICUS KIRBYI, Guild., Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, p. 375,
PLGA ESZ7):
St. Lucia.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
[See explanation facing the PLATE. |
( 261 )
XV. Lepidoptera Heterocera from Northern China, Japan,
and Corea. By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A.,
F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.
[Read June Ist, 1898.]
THE three hundred and fifty-three species of Lepidoptera.
Heterocera dealt with in this paper are distributed among
various families as follows :—
SATURNIIDE ....... 16 | ZYGHNIDHA. ....... 81
BRAHM@IDE ....... AA IES uopeinbyoh ye oe ee fe 7
IBOMBY.CED Alias elmer en GUIS COssSiD ae een oon ee 7
EUPTEROTIDH ...... By || JelorwNnoOyR 5 5 6 5 5 2 2 8
SPHINGIDE 225 5 5 5 |: 59 | CALLIDULIDH ...... 4
Notopontpz ...... 70 | DREPANULIDE ...... A7
SYNTOMIDA ....... OB} |) AMenariipiieys 5 4 5 5 5 5 co 16
As in my list of species in the families Epicopiide,
Uraniide, Epiplemidz, and Geometride (Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist., 1897 and 1898), the present arrangement is in
accordance with that of Sir George Hampson (The Fauna
of British India, Moths).
Thirty-seven of the species enumerated are, I believe,
now described for the first time, and these, together with
thirty-three others that I had previously described else-
where, represent one-fifth of the whole number of species,
belonging to the families mentioned, so far known to occur
in the area under consideration.
The number of new species in these families is much
less than that found among the nine hundred and sixty-
six species belonging to the families mentioned in my
former paper; among them it was three hundred and
fifty-six, or over one-third of the whole.
Family SATURNIID.
Genus ACTIAS.
Leach ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 13
(1892).
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.)
262 Mr. J. H. Leech on
1. Actias sinensis.
Tropxa sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1264 (1855).
I have one example, taken in July at Kiukiang. My
collectors did not obtain the species in any other part of
China that they visited.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
2. Actias selene.
Echidna selene, Hiibn., Exot. Schmett., 1, pl. elxxu, fig. 3.
Actias selene, Macleay, Zool. Miscl., 11, p. 70 (1815); Moore,
Cat. Lep. Mus. E.LC., ii, p. 400, pl. xix, figs. 3, 3a
(1859); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 634.
Actias ningpoana, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 34 (1862).
Saturnia artemis, Brem., Motsch. Etud. Ent., 1852, p. 64;
Lep. Ost-Sib., pl. 11, figs. 6,2?,and 7, ?.
Tropxa artemis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 765 (1892);
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 330 (1892).
Tropxa maassent, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 765 (1892).
Tropza gnoma, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxv, fig. 1
(1878).
Tropxa aliena, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p. 3855 (1879).
Tropxa dulcinea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 14.
Tropea mandschurica, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 331
(1892).
Saturnia felices, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xx, p. 67, pl. ix,
fig. 61.
Distribution. Throughout [yp1a, CEYLON, and BURMA
(Hampson) ; HASTERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA;
JAPAN; KiIusHIU; COREA; AMURLAND.
Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 380) states that he has
received only artemis from Japan and is of opinion that
my specimens from that country are wrongly referred by
me to selene. He mentions that I do not refer to the
length of tail and suggests that if I had seen Bremer’s figure
and read the description of avtemzs I should have ascer-
tained that the tails are shorter than those of selene and
differently formed.
Some specimens received from Hertz, who obtained
them in the country to the north of Pekin, are referred
to by Staudinger as a distinct species under the name
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 263
mandschurica ; these examples he says are not larger than
a medium-sized selene. Other specimens received at the
same time exceed artemis in size but are much smaller
than sedene and have the same shaped tails and the pointed
wings of the latter, and therefore differ in these characters
from artemis, Mandschurica is further described as
follows—the primaries have double dark transverse lines,
of which the outer is generally rudimentary ; the second-
aries have a dark, sometimes faint, transverse line which
turns off sharply to the abdominal margin ; ocelli as in
artemis but rather larger.
Staudinger adds that se/ene has also large ocelli which
are tinged with pink on the outer half, but this species
may be distinguished from his mandschuwrica by the tails,
which in the males are broadly coloured with pink on the
upper portion and more slightly so in the females.
Ningpoana, Feld., is described as having the outer lines
hardly conspicuous, smaller ocelli and being entirely without
lilacine markings on the anal portions of the secondaries.
Gnoma, Butl., has narrower and more divergent tails than
artemis, and dulcinea, Butl., appears to be a slight modi-
fication of gnoma.
I find that the species varies in expanse from 108 to 153
millim. in the male and from 116 to 168 millim. in the
female. In colour the variation is from pale bluish-green
to yellow faintly tinged with green. None of the transverse
markings is constant; in some specimens one or other of
the lines may be strongly defined, whilst in other examples
all the lines may be entirely absent: the ocelli vary in size
and shape, and the tails may be as short and obtuse as in
A, isabellx from Europe or as long as in extremes of the
typical form of A, selene. The pink coloration on the upper
portion of the tails and the outer parts of the ocelli is
sometimes present and sometimes absent in either sex, and
in Indian as weil as in Eastern Asian specimens.
All these variations together with their intergrades, and
with other aberrations in addition, are represented in the
series of twenty-five examples which I have retained out
of a large number of specimens received from Amurland,
Corea,:and various parts of China and Japan.
It is of the greatest importance when dealing with a
variable species, such as A. selene, to have an extensive
series in which all the named forms are represented as
well as the connecting links. Had Dr. Staudinger pos-
264 Mr. J. H. Leech on
sessed the necessary material and at the same time studied
the synonymy of the species as cited in my paper (P.Z.S.,
1888, p. 634) he would have found his description of
mandschurica superfluous.
3. Actias dubernardt.
Tropxa dubernardi, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1897,
p. 174 (fig. 1
Oberthiir describes this species from Tsekou.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ATTACUS.
Linn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 15
(1892).
4, Attacus cynthia.
Phalena cynthia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., 1, pl. vi, fig. 2
@ii3):
Philosanvia cynthia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 748 (1892).
Aittacus walkert, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 34 (1862).
Attacus pryert, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 388 ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xii, fig. 5 (1879).
Attacus cynthia, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 634;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 16 (1892).
The species is represented in the area here dealt with
by the forms pryert and walker.
Mstribution. SIKHIM; ASSAM; ? CEYLON (Hampson) ;
NORTHERN, EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA;
JAPAN ; KIUSHIU.
Genus CALIGULA.
Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (3), i, p. 321 (1862).
5. Caligula japonica.
Caligula japonica, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862,
p. 322 (pupa-case) ; Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 479 (1877) ; Ill. “Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxvi,
fig. 2 (1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. - 633.
Caligula castanea, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 249
(1892).
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 265
I met with this very variable species in October at
Nikko and my native collector obtained it in the island
of Kiushiu.,
Col. Swinhoe considers his castanea to be a pale form of
C. japonica, and in this opinion I quite concur. The
form is not an uncommon one.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KIUSHIU.
6. Caligula boisduvalit.
Saturnia boisduvalii, Evers., Bull. Mosc., 1846, (3), p. 83,
pl. i, fig. 1; 1847, p. 7, pl. iv, fig. 5; Herr.-Schiff.,
Schmett. Eur., vi, figs. 148—150 (1849).
Caligula jonasvi, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xx,
p. 479 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxv, fig. 2
(1878); Leech, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 633.
Neoris jonasi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 761 (1892).
I met with this species at Oiwake and Nikko in
September and October. There was a fine series from
Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Staudinger (Rom. sur. Lép., vi, p. 325) suggests that
the Japanese and Amurland forms of this species should
be known as var. jonasi, as they differ from the type,
which is from Kiachta, in being smaller and darker. The
Japanese specimens in my series are larger and more
tinted with olivaceous than those from Amurland.
Distribution, SIBERIA; AMURLAND; JAPAN.
Genus ANTHERAA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 18
(1892).
7. Antherea pernyi.
Saturnia pernyt, Guérin, Rév. Zool., 1855, p. 6, pl. vi,
fie. 1.
Bombyx yamamatr, Guerin, op. cit., 1861, p. 435, pls. xi—
xill.
Antherxa confuct, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874,
p- 578.
Antherxa hazna, fentoni, calida, morosa, Butl., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1881, pp. 18, 14.
Saturnia sergestus, Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p- 143, pl. xiii, fig. 2.
266 Mr. J. H. Leech on
An exceedingly variable species. The examples selected
for my series range in colour from pale brown, through
ochreous and reddish brown, to “rusty orange”; there
are also specimens which are olivaceous in colour, while
others are fuliginous-brown. There is some variation in
marking, but, as I mentioned in my remarks on the
species (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, pp. 633, 634), in no
case is the aberration sufficient to justify separation of the
specimen or specimens exhibiting it from A. pernyi. The
“double submarginal line” referred to by Moore (J. ¢.) is
not an uncommon character in this species.
Distribution. AMURLAND; NORTHERN, EASTERN,
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN; KIUSHIU.
8. Antherva hartit.
Antherxa hartw, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6)
ix, p. 450 (1892).
This distinct species was described from Newchwang,
N. China.
Moore states that the natives rear the larva in a semi-
domesticated state on oak trees, and that there are two
broods in the year.
Hab, NORTH CHINA.
Genus SATURNIA.
Schrank, Faun. Boica, ii (1), p. 149 (1802).
9. Saturnia biett.
Saturnia breti, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 31, pl. vii,
"fig, 58 (1886).
Oberthiir’s type was from Western China, but the
exact locality is not given. It appears to be most nearly
allied to S. dindia, Moore from Kulu and Kashinir.
I received a male specimen taken in a locality to the
north of Ta-chien-lu. In this example the coloration is
darker and the markings more pronounced than in
Oberthiir’s figure of the type; further, the apices are not
tinged with pink.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 267
10. Saturnia pyretorum.
Saturnia pyretorum, Boisd.; Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent.,
p. 49, pl. xxiv, fig. 2 (1848).
Heniocha pyretorum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 771 (1892).
A female specimen was bred by Pratt in March 1888
from a pupa he obtained at Kiukiang in the previous
year,
Hampson (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 23) gives
S. cidosa, Moore as a synonym.
Mistribution. SrKHIM (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus LOEPA.
Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C., i, p. 399 (1859).
11. Loepa katinka.
Saturnia katinka, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 25, pl. xu,
fig. 2 (1848).
Loepa miranda, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (8) u,
p. 424 (1865); Preiss, Abbild. Nachtschmett, pl. v,
fig. 2 (1888); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892).
Loepa katinka, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 25
(1892),
My collectors obtained this species at Chang-yang,
Ship-y-shan, Omei-shan, Moupin, and Chia-kou-ho.
The males range in expanse from 90 to 104 millim. and
the females from 102 to 114 millim. The smallest male
example is from Omei-shan and the largest from Moupin.
The smallest female is also from Omei-shan and the largest
from Chang-yang. All the specimens were taken in
July.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS; ASSAM; YUNNAN; JAVA
(Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
12. Loepa oberthiiri.
Saturnia oberthiivi, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 49 (1890).
Loepa dogninia, Sonthonnax, Kchange, 1892, p. 20.
A male specimen from Ichang, taken in August.
Hab, CENTRAL CHINA.
268 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus RHODINIA.
Rhodia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 578 (nom.
PTrxoce.).
Rhodinia, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 327 (1892).
13. Rhodima fugax.
Rhodia fugax, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxvi, fig. 1
(1878) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 633.
Saturnia diana, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi,
p. xlvii (1886).
There was a nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. The var. diana, Oberth., is more suffused and
darker than the type.
Inistribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN.
14. Rhodinia davidt.
Saturnia davidt, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 31, pl. vu,
fig. 51 (1886).
Rhodia davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892).
Oberthiir describes this species from Western China,
but does not indicate the exact locality. It is nearly
allied to R. jankowskii, Ob., from Askold, but in colour it
resembles the female of F. fugaz, Butl.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SALASSA.
Moore; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 26
(1892).
15. Salassa thesprs.
Antherwa thespis, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (April,
1890).
Rhodia thespis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 762 (1892).
2 Saturnia olwacea, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xin, p. 44,
pl. x, fig. 107 ¢ (May, 1890).
I originally described this species from a female speci-
men received from Ship-y-shan, taken in September. I
have since received another example of the same sex from
Pu-tsu-fong.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 269
Oberthiir describes a male specimen, taken by Mgr. Biet
at Ta-chien-lu, under the name olivacea. This is probably
the male sex of A. thespis, and differs from the female in
being smaller and in having the transverse bands more
distinct.
The species appears to be nearly allied to S. lola, Westw.,
from Sikhim.
Rothschild (Novit. Zool., ii, p. 45) refers S. megasticta,
Swinhoe (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 153), to A.ihespis
as an aberration.
Distribution. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; NortH
INDIA.
Genus AGLIA.
Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iii, p. 11 (1810).
16. Aglia tau.
Bombyx tau, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 497 (1758); Hiibn.,
Bomb., pl. xi, figs. 51, 52 (1800 2).
Aglia tau, var. japonica, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 632.
I have specimens of both sexes of var. japonica from
Yesso, some of which are from Hakodate.
Distribution. EKUROPE.—AMURLAND; YESSO.
Family BRAHMAIDA.
Genus BRAHM A.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1815 (1855).
17. Brahmea certhia.
Bombyz certhia, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i, p. 412 (1798).
Saturnia lunulata, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etua. Ent., i,
p. 64 (1852).
Brahmexa lunulata, Mén., Rom. sur Lép., iti, p. 345 (1887).
Saturna undulata, Brem. and Grey, Schmett. nord. China,
p- 16, pl. v, fig. 3 (1853).
Brahmexa cerpenteri, Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(5) xi, p. 114 (1883).
My collectors obtained five specimens at Kiukiang;
these appear to be referable to the form wndulata. Butler
describes a form from Corea as carpentert, Fixsen records
DATE) Mr. J. H. Leech on
a specimen from Corea which he states agrees with
Bremer’s figure of wadulata.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; COREA; NORTHERN and
CENTRAL CHINA.
18. Brahmea wallichi.
Bombyx wallichti, Gray, Zool. Mise, p. 39, pls. 1, 2 (1831).
Brahmea wallichit, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. xev,
figs. 5, 6 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 724 (1892) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 30 (1892).
Brahmexa certhia (part), Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 635.
I received a female specimen from Chang-yang, taken
in July.
Distribution. NEPAL; StKHIM; KuAst HILits; Assam ;
Upper Burma (Hampson); CENTRAL CHINA.
19. Brahmexa hearseyt.
Brahmea hearseyi, White, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862,
an PAG
Brahmexa whitei, Butl., 1. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 62, pl.
xcv, figs. 1, 2 (1881).
One male specimen from Omei-shan and one rom the
Province of Kwei-chow; both taken in July.
Distribution. MuUsSSOORIE ; SIKHIM; BurMA (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
20. Brahnexa japonica.
Brahmexa japonica, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., x, p. 56 (1873) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 17, pl. xxvi, fig. 3 (1878) ;
Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 635.
Brahmea mniszechti, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. xceiii,
figs. 4, 5 (1874).
Brahmea nigrans, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xvii, p. 110 (1880) ;
Waterh., Aid, i, pl. xxix (1881).
There was a fine series of this variable species from
Yokohama in Pryer’s collection, and I have received speci-
mens from Mr. Manley, all evidently bred.
In Felder’s figure of mniszechii (4) the abdomen and the
ocellus on the inner margin of the primaries are ochreous,
but in fig. 5 the body is represented in the proper colour.
Hab. JAPAN.
Heterocera fram China, Japan, and Corea. 271
Family BOMBYCID.
Genus BomByx.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind. Moths, i, p. 32
(1892).
21. Bombyx more.
Bombyx mort, Linn., Syst. Nat.,i, p. 499 (1758) ; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 32 (1892); Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het., p. 718 (1892).
Bombyx sinensis, Moore and Hutt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
(3) i, p. 813 (1862) ; 2d. ii, p. 313 (1865).
Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. CHINA; ina domesticated state throughout
India and Europe (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
22. Bombyx mandarimus,
Theophila mandarina, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1872,
p. 576, pl. xxx, fig. 5.
This is probably the wild form of Bombyx mori. In
colour it is darker, and the markings are distinct; the
female is much larger than the same sex of B. mor‘.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; EASTERN CHINA.
Genus RONDOTIA.
Moore, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xx, p. 491 (1885).
Ectrocta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 33
(1892). .
23, Rondotia menciana,
Rondotia menciana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
xv, p. 491 (1885).
Rondotia lurida, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., ii, p. 346, pl. xv,
fig. 8 (1887).
Lurida only appears to differ from menciana by the
fringes towards the anal angle of the secondaries not being
marked with black.
I have a fine series from Ichang, taken in June, and
from a place 30 miles miles north of Ichang, taken in
August.
Distribution. COREA; EASTERN AND CENTRAL CHINA.
272 Mr. J. H. Leech on
24. Fondotia lineata, sp. n.
Creamy white. Primaries have a curved and slightly Snoulated
sub-basal line, streak on discocellulars, and submarginal line, all
blackish ; there is a black apical patch limited inwardly by the sub-
marginal line, and extending along outer margin to just below vein 4.
Secondaries have a black curved post-medial line united with a black
spot on abdominal margin but not extending to costa; there is a
black spot on abdominal margin about one-third from base.
Expanse, ¢ 34-42 millim. ; ? 42-54 millim.
I have twelve male specimens and five females; these
were obtained at Moupin, Wa-shan, Chia-kou-ho, Wa-ssu-
kow, Chia-ting-fu, and Chung-king ; the latter were bred
examples, but unfortunately Mr. Pratt did not take any
notes of the habits or appearance of the larva. The
species occurs in May, June, and July.
Superficially resembles R. (Letrocta) diaphana, Hampson,
but differs principally from that species in the character of
the transverse markings.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MUSTILIA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. xxxu, p 580 (1865).
25. Mustilia falcwpeninis.
Mustilia faleipennis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 581
(1865); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 38
(1892).
One male specimen obtained from a native collector,
who probably took it in the neighbourhood of Ta-chien-lu.
Distribution. SIKHIM; BuuTAN (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus ANDRACA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 581 (1865).
26. Andraca gracilis.
Andraca gracilis, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11, p, 125 (1885).
Of this species, which was described from Nikko, there
were two examples in Pryer’s collection from the same
locality.
Hab. JAPAN.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 273
Family HUPTEROTIDA.
Genus GANGARIDES.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 821.
27. Gangarides roseus.
Apona vosea, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 518 (1865).
Gangarides rosea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 821.
Gangarides dharma, Moore, /.c., pl. xliu, fig. 7.
Gangarides roseus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p.
42, (1892).
I have examples from Chang-yang, Ichang, Chia-ting-fu,
Moupin, and the province of Kwei-chow, taken in July and
August. These make a variable series; some of the
specimens agree with dharma, Moore, others are inter-
mediate between dharma and roseus.
Distribution. SIKHIM; BHuTAN; Burma (Hampson) ;
CENTRAL AND WESTERN CHINA.
Genus APHA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v. p. 1180 (1855).
28. Apha tychoona.
Apha tychoona, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 207 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 18. pl. xxvii, fig. 5 (1878).
A common species in Japan, Yesso, and Kiushiu. I
received specimens from Chang-yang, Moupin, and the
province of Kwei-chow. .
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; KIUSHIU ; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus APONA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1762 (1856).
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 52 (1892).
29. Apona mandarina.
Jana mandarina, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (1890).
I have specimens from Chang-yang, Omei-shan, Chia-
kou-ho, Pu-tsu-fong, and the province of Kwei-chow,
taken in June and July. The species varies in ground
tint from ashy-grey through fawn colour to a dark chestnut.
Distribution. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTIII. (SEPT.) 19
274 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus EUPTEROTE.
Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 54 (1892).
30. Hupterote chinensis, sp. n.
¢ Pale yellow. Primaries have some chocolate marks on the
costa and the apical area is clouded with the same colour ; there are
indications of two postmedial lines on costal area, but these only ex-
tend to vein 6 ; submarginal wavy, but not clearly defined, preceded
by one or two chocolate spots towards inner margin. Secondaries
have an indistinct, waved, submarginal line, preceded by chocolate
spots towards costa and inner margin.
Under surface as above, but the costa of primaries is broadly
chocolate and there are some spots of the same colour on the costa of
secondaries.
Antenne, head and fore legs chocolate brown.
9 Brighter yellow, without submarginal line and chocolate
markings on costa and apical area on both surfaces.
Expanse, ¢ 72-80 millim.; 9 89-92 millim.
Hight male specimens and two females from the province
of Kwei-chow, June and July.
One male agrees with the female in absence of marking.
Hab, CHINA.
Genus PRISMOSTICTA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) vi, p. 67 (1880).
31. Prismosticta hyalinata.
Prismosticta hyalinata, Butl., Cist. Ent., i, p. 125 (1885).
There was a series from Oiwake and Nikko in Pryer’s
collection and I have specimens taken by Mr. Manley at
Yokohama.
Hab. JAPAN.
Family SPHINGID.
Subfamily ACHERONTIINA.
Genus ACHERONTIA.
Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iv, p. 44 (1816).
32. Acherontia atropos.
Sphinz atropos, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 490 (1758) ; Hiibn.,
Sphing., fig. 70.
Manduca atropos, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 700 (1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 275
Acherontia styx, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 88, pl. xlii,
fig. 3 (1848); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 67 (1892).
Acherontia medusa, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 597
(1876); Ill: Typ. Lep. Het., iii, pl. xli, fig. 5 (1879).
I obtained the species in various parts of Japan, where
it is very plentiful; I also took a specimen at Gensan. In
a series received from Ichang all the specimens were
below the average size, and some of the examples measure
only 70-73 millim. in expanse. The characters given by
Hampson as distinguishing styx from atropos appear to be
of little specific value. The bands on the under surface
of the abdomen are sometimes almost absent in European
specimens and in the Asiatic form are usually represented
by rows of spots. Then with regard to the two medial
bands on the under surface of the forewings, these may be
present or absent in specimens from either region.
Medusa, Butl., from Japan has no constant character to
separate it from the Indian form.
Distribution. Throughout InpIA and CEYLON; ASIA
Minor; Stam; BorNEO; CELEBES; TIMOR; PHILIPPINES
(Hampson); COREA; JAPAN; KiusHiu; CENTRAL.
EASTERN, and SOUTHERN CHINA.—EUROPE.— NorTH
AFRICA.
33. Acherontia lachesis.
Sphinx lachesis, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 434 (1798).
Acherontia morta, Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 140 (1822 2) ;
Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 119; Swinhoe,
Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 31 (1892).
Acherontia satanas, Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép., i, pl. xvi, fig. 1
(1836).
Acherontia lethe, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 88, pl. xlii,
fig. 3 (1848).
Acherontia lachesis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p-. 67 (1892).
Manduca lachesis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 700 (1892).
My collectors met with this species at Kiukiang and
various localities in Western China in June, July and
August. The specimens do not appear to differ from
Indian examples.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; Sram;
PENANG; JAVA (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA.
276 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Subfamily SUERINTHIN A,
[Genus POLYPTYCHUS.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 68
(1892).
34. Polyptychus dyras.
Smerinthus dyras, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 250
1856).
Ce dyras, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 708 (1892).
Triptogon cristata, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
253:
Seah sperchius, Mén., Lep. Mus. Petr., ii, p. 137,
pl. xiii, fig. 5 (1857).
Triptogon piceipennis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 393 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 2, pl. xxi,
fig. 4 (1878).
Polyptychus dyras, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 69 (1892).
There was a nice series of this variable species in Pryer’s
collection. I met with examples at Tsuruga in July and
received one specimen, captured in June, at Moupin; all
these are of the sperchius or piceipennis form. One male
taken at Omei-shan in June is referable to cristata, Butl.
Pryer states that the larva in Japan feeds upon
chestnut.
Distribution. NortH INDIA; WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ;
KIUSHIU.
35. Polyptychus echephron.
Smerinthus echephron, Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép., Het., 1,
p. 21, pl. iu, fig. 3 (1875).
Marumba echephron, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 706
(1892).
Described from Japan and probably a form of P. dyras
Walk.
Hab, JAPAN.
36. Polyptychus gaschkewitsehit.
Smerinthus gaschkewitschit, Brem, and Gray, Motsch. Etud,
Ent., 1, p. 62 (1852); Schmett. nord. China, p. 18,
pl. v, fig. 2 (1853).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 277
Smerinthus complacens, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 40
(1864); Butl., Ill. Typ. Het., iii, p. 2, pl. xli, fig. 4
(1879).
Triptogon roseipennis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 257; Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 588, pl. xci,
fig. 6, transf. (1876); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iu, p. 2,
pl. xh, fig. 3 (1879).
Marumba roseipennis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 707 (1892).
Triptogon complacens, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 586.
Smerinthus roseipennis, var. carstanjeni, Staud., Rom. sur
Lép., iii, p. 159, pl. ix, figs, 2a, 2 b (1887).
Smerinthus gaschkewitschit, var. carstanjent, Staud., Rom.
sur Lép., vi, p. 235 (1892).
Smerinthus heynet, Austaut, Le Nat., 1892, p. 68.
A fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I
met with the species at Nagasaki in May and have received
it from Hakodate and also from Moupin; the specimens
from the latter place were taken in June.
The larva is stated by Staudinger to feed on Pyrus
and Crategus, whilst Dorries says that it feeds on cherry
and plum and is similar in appearance to the larva of
Smerinthus ocellatus.
Austaut’s description of heynei evidently applies to
Japanese representatives of this species. He refers to
gaschkewitschii and var. carstanjeni as though he considered
them distinct species, whilst he does not mention either
roseupennis or complacens.
Distribution. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ;
KiusHiu ; AMURLAND.
37. Polyptychus dissimilis.
Triptogon dissimilis, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petr., i, p. 475
(1861).
Smerinthus dissimilis, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 35, pl. 11,
fig. 12 (1864).
Marumba dissimilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 707 (1892).
Phillosphingia perundulans, Swinhoe, Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., (6) xix, p. 164 (1897).
There were specimens from Oiwake and Tokio in Pryer’s
collection which agree with examples from Amurland. In
one individual from Kiukiang the body and ground colour
of the wings are rosy-brown instead of olive-brown.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN.
278 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus DILINA.
Dalm., Vet. Akad. Handl., 1816, p. 212.
38. Dilina christophi.
Smerinthus christophi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 162,
pl. ix, figs. 3a, 6, and pl. xi, fig. 1 (1887).
Dilina christophi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 709 (1892).
There were specimens from Fujisan and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
This species, which is closely allied to D. tiliw, can be
readily separated by the absence of any green coloration,
by the contour of the central fascia, and by the uniform
dark brown colour of the thorax. Although my series of
D. tiie comprises 165 specimens and includes all the
known aberrations, there is nothing among them that could
be mistaken for D. christophi.
The larva feeds on Alnus incana, W., and is stated to
resemble that of D. tilix very closely.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO.
Genus SMERINTHUS.
Latr., Hist. Nat. Ins., ii, p. 401 (1802).
39, Smerinthus ocellatus.
Sphinu ocellata, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 489 (1758).
Smerinthus ocellatus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 711 (1892)
Smerinthus planus, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 254
(1856).
Smerinthus argus, Mén., Lep. Mus. Petr., p. 126, pl. xiii,
. fig. 3 (1857).
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species at Gensan, and have
received it from Chang-yang and Kiukiang.
The differences between planus (=argus) and ocellatus
indicated by Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 236) do
not hold good in my series from Japan, Corea, and North
China when they are compared with European specimens.
The Asiatic examples usually have the ocellus larger than
those from Europe, but this is not invariably the case.
Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN ; COREA; AMURLAND ;
NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 279
40. Smerinthus tatarinovii.
Smerinthus tatarinovii, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud.
Ent., i, p. 62 (1852); Schmett. nord. China, p. 13,
(1853) ; Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., pl. xiii, fig. 1 (1857).
Ambulyxz tartarinovii, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford.
p. 24 (1892).
Smermnthus eversmannt, Popoft, Bull. Mosc., 1854, 11, p. 182,
pl. 1, fig.) 5.
There were specimens from Yokohama and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection, and I have received others from the
same localities,
Among the specimens in Pryer’s series there is one in
which the primaries are suffused with pink, and the
central band and apical patch are russet-brown, which
would appear to be referable to to the form from Kiachta,
for which Staudinger has proposed the varietal name
brunnea (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 238). The larva feeds on
Ulmus campestris.
Distribution. AMURLAND; SIBERIA; JAPAN; YESSO ;
NortTH CHINA.
Genus DAPHNUSA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 287 (1856).
41. Daphnusa colligata.
Daphnusa colligata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 238
(1856).
Metagastes biett, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 29, pl. i,
fig. 2 (1886).
A specimen in Pryer’s collection; I have also received
one example from Ichang and one from Kiukiang, taken
in July. Walker's type was from N. China, and that of
Oberthiir’s from Ta-chien-lu.
Distribution. NORTHERN, WESTERN, and CENTRAL
CHINA; JAPAN.
Genus LEUCOPHLEBIA.
Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 46 (1848).
42. Leucophlebia lineata.
Leucophlebia lineata, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 46,
pl. xxu, fig. 2 (1848); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, 1, p. 74 (1892).
One specimen from Kiukiang,
Distribution. INDIA; CEYLON; JAVA (Hampson) ;
CENTRAL CHINA.
280 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Subfamily AMBULICINAE.
Genus AMBULYX.
West., Cab. Orient. Ent. p. 61 (1848).
43. Ambulyx schauffelbergerc.
Ambulyx schauffelbergert, Brem, and Grey, Motsch. Etud.
Ent., 1, p. 62 (1852).
Ambulyx maculifera, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxv, p. 1851
(1866); Butl., Il. Het., v, p.10, pl. Ixxx, fig.3 (1881).
Ambulyx consanguis, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 11,
pl. Ixxx, fig. 4 (1881).
Ambulyx ochracea, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 113 (1885).
Ambulyx substrigilis (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 77 (1892).
Ambulyxz triineata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. 1, p. 88
(1894).
I took this species in June at Nagasaki, and my native
collector obtained it at Nikko. There were examples
from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I have received
specimens from Chia-ting-fu, Omei-shan, and Moupin,
taken in June and July, some of which agree with the
form described by Butler as consanguis. Most of the
Japanese examples are referable to the form ochracea.
I have specimens from West China which seem to
agree with ¢rilineata, Rothschild from Kiushiu, but these
are certainly not specifically distinct from A. schawffel-
berger.
Distribution. DARJILING; JAPAN; KIUSHIU; COREA;
NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
44. Ambulyx japonica.
Ambulyxz japonica, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 87 (1894) ;
op. cit., 11, pl. 1x, fig. 6 (1895).
Described from Japan. Possibly a form of A. schauffel-
bergert, Brem. and Grey. Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., ix,
p-. 166) records A. japonica from Corea.
Distribution, JAPAN; COREA.
Genus BASIANA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 236 (1856).
45. Basiana bilineata.
Basiana bilineata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl., v, p. 1857
(1866); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 702 (1892).
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 281
Clanis bilineata, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 14, pl.
Ixxxi, fig. 4 (1881); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 587.
Ambulyx bilineata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 80 (1892).
lanis undulosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879,
p. 387.
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection, and I have received others from Kiukiang,
taken in August, and also from Chang-yang and Moupin,
where they were captured in July. Varies in size, colour,
and marking.
Fixsen records the species from Corea.
Distribution. NORTHERN INDIA; EASTERN, CENTRAL,
and WESTERN CHINA; COREA; JAPAN.
Subfamily CHAZROCAMPIN:.
Genus AMPELOPHAGA.
Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i, p. 61 (1852).
46. Ampelophaga rubiginosa.
Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Brem. and Gray, Motsch. Etud.
Ent., i, p. 61 (1852); Schmett. nérd. China, p. 11
(1853) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1i, p. 83
(1892).
Cherocampa rubiginosa, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., 11, p. 91,
pl. xu, fig. 2 (1857).
Deilephila romanovi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 158.
pl. ix, figs. 1 a, b (1887).
There was a series, comprising specimens from Yoko-
hama and Oiwake, in Pryer’s collection. I have received
the species from Ichang and Kiukiang, and from several
localities in Western China.
Distribution. NortH- West HIMALAYAS; SIKHIM;
NAcas (Hampson); NORTHERN, EASTERN, CENTRAL, and
WESTERN CHINA; COREA; AMURLAND; JAPAN.
Genus ACOSMERYX.
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het., i, p. 214 (1875).
47. Acosmeryx anceus.
Sphinz anceus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, p. 124, pl. ccelv,
fig, A (1781).
282 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Acosmeryx anceus, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876,
p. 544, pl. 90, figs. 11, 12 (larva and pupa).
Six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I
have one example from Kiukiang, taken in July.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; NorRTH-EAstT INDIA; SouTH
InpIA; CEYLON; PENANG; BORNEO; JAVA; AMBOINA
(Hampson); JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA.
48, Acosmeryx vyenobu.
Acosmeryx tyenobu, Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xvi,
p. 71 (1889).
I have not seen this species which Dr. Holland describes
from Japan.
Hab. JAPAN.
49, Acosmeryx naga.
Philampelus naga, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 271
(1857).
Acosmeryx naga, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 649 (1892) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 83 (1892).
Acosmeryx metanaga, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p. 850 (1879).
There was a female specimen in Pryer’s collection and
my native collector obtained a male at Hakodate in
June.
Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 167) records this
species from Corea.
Distribution. NoRTH-WEST and EASTERN HIMALAYAS
(Hampson); JAPAN; YESSO; COREA.
Genus CHAROCAMPA.
Dup., Lép. Fr., Suppl., ii, p. 159 (1835).
50. Cherocampa elpenor.
Sphinx elpenor, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 491 (1758) ; Hiibn.,
Sphing., fig. 61.
Theretra elpenor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 650 (1892).
Cherocampa macromera, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1875, p. 7; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 7, pl. xxix, fig. 3,
2 (1881).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 283
Cherocampa fraterna, Butl., P. Z. 8, 1875, p. 247;
fT Ee, we pei ply xix, aed ee 7 rss),
Cherocampa lewisit, Butl., P. Z. 8., 1875, p. 247.
Cherocampa elpenor, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 584.
I obtained the species at Shimonoseki and Gensan in
July ; there were specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection and I have received others from Hakodate, also
from Chang-yang, Kiukiang, Omei-shan and Wa-shan.
Japanese and Chinese specimens (/ewisii, Butl.) are
rather more rosy than, but do not otherwise differ from,
European examples.
Distribution. EUROPE.—NORTHERN INDIA; NORTHERN,
‘CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; COREA; AMUR-
LAND.
51. Cherocampa oldenlandix.
Sphinx oldenlandix, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 542 (1775).
Xylophanes oldenlandix, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., u, p. 17,
pl. Ixxxv, fig. 85 (1882).
Xylophanes gortys, Hiibn., Zutr. exot. Schmett, iii, p. 28,
figs. 5138, 514 (1825).
Theretra oldenlandiz, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 653 (1892).
Cherocampa oldenlandix, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 87 (1892).
Deilephila proxima, Austaut, Le Nat., 1892, p. 69.
A common species in Japan. Some specimens were
bred in the Insect House at the Zoological Society’s
Garden, London, from pupze which I brought from
Yokohama, where I found the larva feeding commonly on
taro and balsam.
I received several specimens from Ichang taken in
August.
Austaut redescribes this species under the name
“ D. proxima,” comparing it with japonica, Staud., no doubt
intending japonica, Boisd. His description undoubtedly
applies to C. oldenlandizx, Fabr., to which he does not refer.
stribution. EGypt.—NoORTHERN INDIA; CENTRAL
CHINA; JAPAN.
52. Cherocampa japonica.
Cherocampa japonica, De YOrza, Lép. Jap., p. 36 (1869) ;
Boisd., Ins. Lép. Hét., i, p. 241 (1875).
Theretra japonica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 654 (1892).
Pryer refers to this species as common about Yokohama.
284 Mr. J. H. Leech on
I obtained it in Satsuma and at Nagasaki and Hakodate.
Fixsen records specimens from Corea and I have examples
from Kiukiang and Chang-yang.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; KiIvUSHIU; COREA;
CENTRAL CHINA.
53. Cherocampa silhetensis.
Cherocampa silhetensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 143
(1858); Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. Ixxix, fig. 6.
Cherocampa bisecta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 278
(1857).
Theretra pinastrina, Mart.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 654
(1892).
I have one example from Kiukiang. Pryer obtained the
species in the Loochoo islands.
Mstribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; JAVA;
Borneo; Formosa ; JAPAN (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA ;
LoocHoo.
54. Cherocampa clotho.
Sphinx clotho, Drury, Exot. Ins. iu, pl. xxviii, fig. 1
(1773).
Hathia clotho, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii, p. 20, pl. [xxvii fig. 1
(1882),
Theretra clotho, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 655 (1892).
Cherocampa butus, Cram.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths. i, p. 93 (1892).
I obtained a specimen in Satsuma in the month of
May.
Distribution. Throughout Inp1a, CEYLON, and BurMa ;
ANDAMANS; BorNEO; JAVA; KIUSHIU.
55. Cherocampa lineosa.
Cherocampa lineosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 144
(1856) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Het.,v, p. 9, pl. xxix, fig. 7
(1881); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 93
(1892).
Theretra lineosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 656 (1892).
Two specimens from Omei-shan and one from Chang-
yang, taken in July.
Distribution. MUSSOOREE; SIKHIM; ASSAM; SYLHET
(Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 285
56. Cherocampa striata.
Theretra striata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 76 (1894).
Rothschild states that this species is closely allied to C.
lineosa, Walk., but is different in pattern and is barely
three-fifths the size.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus DEILEPHILA.
Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iv, p. 42 (1816).
57. Deilephila livornica.
Sphina livornica, Esp., Schmett., ii, p. 196 (1779) ; ii, (2),
p. 41, pl. xlvi, figs. 3-7 (1789 ?).
Dilephila livornica, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 97 (1892).
Detlephila livornica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 664 (1892).
A series of bred specimens from Wa-shan, July. In
these the oblique band of the forewings is narrower than
in typical European examples.
Istribution. KUROPE.—NortTH AFRICA.— NORTH-WEST
HIMALAYAS; WESTERN CHINA.
58, Deilephila gali.
Sphinx galii, Rott., Naturf., vii, p. 107 (1775).
Dilephila galtvi, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p.
98 (1892).
Deilephila galw, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 665 (1892),
Two specimens in Pryer’s collection, one of which was
taken in June at Fujisan. I observed an example at
Tsuruga in July; this was hovering over flowers in the
sunshine. I have also seen this species on the wing, in
the day time, in Kashmir.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; KASHMIR.
59. Deilephila euphorbioides,
Deilephila euphorbiordes, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford,
p. 22 (1892).
Described from a Japanese specimen in the Oxford
Museum. I have not seen this species, which Swinhoe
states to be intermediate between D. biguttata, Walk., and
D. ewphorbizx.
Hab, JAPAN,
286 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus THERETRA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 99
(1892).
60. Theretra nessus.
Sphinx nessus, Drury, Exot. Ins., ii, p. 46, pl. xxvii, fig. 1
(1773).
Sphina equestris, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 11, p. 365 (1798).
Theretra nessus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 659 (1892);
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 99 (1892).
Cherocampa nessus, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 18
(1892).
There was a fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-
tion. My native collector obtained the species in the
island of Kiushiu.
Distribution. Honc-Kone ; throughout Inp1a, CEyLon,
and BurMA; BornEo; JAVA (Hampson); JAPAN; Kivu-
SHIU.
Genus METOPSILUS.
Dunc., Nat. Libr., Brit. Moths, p. 154 (1836).
61. Metopsilus mongolianus.
Pergesa mongoliana, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p.
622; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ui, p. 4, pl. xxi, fig. 5
(1878).
Metopsilus mongolianus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 660
(1892).
Common at Yokohama. I have one specimen from
Kiukiang. Probably a form of JZ. velatus, Walk.
Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA; NORTHERN and CENTRAL
CHINA.
Subfamily SPHINGIN 4.
Genus PROTOPARCE.
Burmeister; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p.
103 (1892).
62. Protoparce convolvuli.
Sphinz convolvuli, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 490 (1758);
Hiibn., Sphing., fig. 70.
Protoparce orientalis, Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p.
609, pl. xci, figs. 16, 17, larva and pupa (1876).
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 287
Protoparce convolvuli, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1, p. 103 (1892).
Phlegethontius convolvuli, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 690
(1892).
There were four specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species at Fushiki and Hako-
date, in Japan. My collectors met with it at Chang-yang
and Ichang in Central China, and at Chung-King in
Western China.
Distribution. EUROPE.—ASIA.—AFRICA.—AUSTRALIA.
Genus SPHINX.
Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 489 (1758).
63. Sphina ligustre.
Sphinx ligustri, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 490 (1758); Hiibn.,
Sphing., pl. xiv, fig. 69.
Sphinx constricta, Butl., Cist. Ent., i, p. 113 (1885).
Sphina ligustri, var. amurensis, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr.,
(6) vi, p. 741 (1886).
A native collector obtained one specimen at Hakodate
‘in June. Var. amurensis, Oberth. would appear to be
identical with the Japanese form described as constricta
by Butler.
Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN; YESSO; MANCHURIA;
NortH CHINA ; AMURLAND.
Genus HYLoicus.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 139 (1822 ?).
64. Hyloicus pinastri.
Sphine pinastri, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 492 (1758) ; Hiibn.,
Sphing., fig. 67.
Hyloicus pinastri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 693 (1892).
Hyloicus caligineus, Butl., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 393 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 2, pl. xxi,
fig. 6 (1878).
Anceryx pinastri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 588.
Typical specimens occur in Japan, but the more common
form is caligineus, Butl. It appears to be double brooded ;
288 Mr. J. H. Leech on
I obtained the species at Ningpo in April and again in
various parts of Japan in July.
Distribution. EUROPE.— JAPAN; KIUSHIU; EASTERN
CHINA.
Genus PSEUDOSPHINX.
Burmeister ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 104
(1892).
65. Pseudosphinx wnereta.
Anceryx increta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. i, p. 36
(1864).
Diludia increta, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, p. 4, pl. xh,
fig. 7 (1879).
Meganoton increta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 682 (1892).
Pseudosphina discistriga (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 105 (1892).
Common in Japan. I have received specimens from
Ichang, Kiukiang, and Omei-shan. Taken in July and
August.
Walker’s type is in very bad condition; my specimens
agree very well with Butler’s figure.
Distribution. NoRTHERN, CENTRAL, EASTERN and
WESTERN CHINA; JAPAN ; LoocHoo; NORTHERN INDIA.
66. Pseudosphing analis.
Sphinx analis, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. Ixxviii, fig. 4
(1874).
Meganoton analis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 682 (1892).
Possibly a form of P. increta, Walk., but as I have only
seen Felder’s figure I am unable to form any definite
conclusion on this point.
Hab. SHANGHAI.
67. Pseudosphinx discistriga.
Macrosila discistriga, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 208
(1856).
Diludia discistriga, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 3,
pl. xli, fig. 6 (1879).
Diludia melanomera, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 13; Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 615, pl. xciv,
fig. 4 (1876).
Pseudosphina discistriga, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 105 (1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 289
One specimen from Ichang taken in August. This
agrees well with Butler’s figure except in its larger size.
Distribution. SYLHET; East INDIES; BORNEO; JAVA;
NORTHERN, CENTRAL, and SOUTHERN CHINA.
Genus DOLBINA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 155 (1887).
68. Dolbina tanerei.
Dolbina tanerei, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., ui, p. 155,
pl. xvii, fig: 8 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 685
(1892).
Pseudosphinz tnexacta, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p- 988.
Pryer in his catalogue refers to this species as occurring
among yew trees. There were several specimens in his
collection and I obtained five examples at Hakodate in
August.
The olivaceous coloration and markings of thorax separate
this species from D. inexacta with which I formerly
confused it.
Instribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO.
69. Dolbina inexacta.
Macrosila inexacta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 208
(1856).
Pseudosphine inexacta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 16,
pl. Ixxxi, fig. 8 (1881); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, 1, p. 104 (1892).
Hyloicus inexacta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 694 (1892).
One specimen taken in July at Chang-yang.
This species is readily distinguished from D. exacta,
Staud., by the white coloration on under surface of
abdomen being traversed by an interrupted black stripe.
Distribution. Mussoorie; KuAsis; Bompay (Hamp-
son); CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus KENTROCHRYSALIS,
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 157 (1887),
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1898.—PART UI. (SEPT.) 20
290 Mr. J. H. Leech on
70. KENTROCHRYSALIS STRECKERI.
Sphinx streckert, Staud., Ent. Nachr., vi, p. 252 (Nov.
1880); Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 157 (1887).
Sphine davidis, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 27, pl. vii,
fig. 9 (Dec. 1880).
Hyloicus davidis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 2.
Anceryx davidis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 589.
Kentrochrysalis streckeri, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 220
(1892).
There were three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection ; these were found on stems of yew trees. This.
species has also been recorded from Tokio and Nikko.
Distribution. JAPAN; ASKOLD; AMURLAND.
71. Kentrochrysalis steverst,
Kentrochrysalis sieversi, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 164,
job suing JE ae (CuI:
Alphéraky describes K. siever'si from Corea. The example
figured by him does not seem to differ from K. streckert,
except that it is larger and darker, and the markings are
more pronounced. One of my Japanese specimens of the
last-named species is very much darker than svever'si, and
the markings are quite as strongly developed, but I
cannot see any reason for considering it as specifically
distinct from XK. streckert.
Hab, COREA.
Subfamily JA CROGLOSSINE.
Genus CINOGON.
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 1.
72. Cinogon askoldensis.
Smerinthus askoldensis, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 25,
pl. i, fig. 3 (1880).
Cinogon cingulatum, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
pa.
Cinogon askoldensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 639 (1892).
There were specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection. Butler’s type was from Tokio.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; ASKOLD.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 291
Genus GURELCA.
Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc., (2) 11, p. 330 (1880).
73. Gurelea hyas.
Lophura hyas, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 107 (1856).
Gurelca hyas, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 110
(1892); Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 3, pl. i, fig. 2
(1892).
Lophura sangaica, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p- 621.
Gurelca sangaica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 643 (1892).
Common in Japan from May to August. I have re-
ceived the species from Gensan and also from Kiukiang,
Chang-yang, Moupin, and Huang-mu-chang. Examples
from the North-western Himalayas in my collection agree
with Japanese specimens.
Distribution. HONGKONG; SItkHIM; SYLHET; Muow;
JAVA (Hampson); NortH-West HIMALAYAS; JAPAN;
KiusHiu; CorEA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN
CHINA.
74. Gurelca masuriensis.
Lophura masurvensis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p-. 244, pl. xxxvi, fig. 3; Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix,
p. 119 (1897).
Gurelca masuriensis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 110 (1892).
Alphéraky records a male specimen from Sé-Tchouen.
Distribution. MUSSOORIE; NORTH-EASTERN HIMALAYAS
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus RHOPALOPSYCHE.
Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1875, p. 239.
75. Lhopalopsyche nycteris,
Macroglossa nycteris, Koll., Hiigel. Kaschm., iv (2), p. 458,
pl. xix, fig. 5 (1844).
Rhopalopsyche nycteris, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 111 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, p. 634
(1892).
292 Mr. J. H. Leech on
I have specimens from Chang-yang, Wa-shan, Chia-
ting-fu, and Chia-kou-ho, taken in July.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; KHAsis; Burma (Hampson);
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MACROGLOSSA.
Scop.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 112
(1892).
76. Macroglossa stellatarwm.
Sphin stellatarum, Linn., Syst. Nat. 1, p. 495 (1758);
Hiibn., Sphing., pl. 1x, fig. 57.
Macroglossa stellatarum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 113 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p.
629 (1892).
Fairly common in Japan and Yesso; I have received
the species from Huang-mu-chang.
Distribution. EuropE—NortH AFRICA.— NORTHERN
AstA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, WESTERN and NORTHERN
CHINA; AMURLAND; COREA.
77. Macroglossa belis.
Sphing belis, Cram., Pap. Exot.,i, p. 147, pl. xciv, fig. c (1776).
Macroglossa belis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 113 (1892).
My collectors did not obtain this species in any part of
China that they visited.
Distribution. CHINA and throughout INDIA and CEYLON
(Hampson).
78. Macroglossa bombylans.
Macroglossa bombylans, Boisd., Sp. Gén. Lép., i, p. 334
(1875) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 630 (1892).
Macroglossa walkeri, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 4; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 116
(1892).
I obtained this species in Satsuma in May, at Nikko
and Oiwake in September and October; and I have
received it from Kiukiang, Chang-yang, and from several
localities in Western China.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS and throughout NortH INDIA
(Hampson); JAPAN; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 293
79. Macroglossa gilia.
Macroglossa gilia, Herr.-Schiff., Schmett., pp. 59, 79, pl.
xxii, fig. 107; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1. p. 117 (1892); Alph., Rom, sur Lép., ix, p. 119
(1897).
Alphéraky records three specimens, taken at the end of
July, at Ja-djoou, in Sé-Tchouen.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; JAVA
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
80. Macroglossa pyrrhosticta.
Macroglossa pyrrhosticta, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p.
242, pl. xxxvi, fig. 8.
I took this species at Nagahama and Gensan in June
and July; fPryer records it from Yokohama. My
collectors obtained specimens at Chang-yang, Kiukiang,
and at several localities in Western China. The type was
from Shanghai.
Distribution. EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA;
JAPAN; KiusHIU; CorEA; LoocHoo ISLANDS.
81. Macroglossa saga.
Macroglossa saga, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 206 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 1, pl. xxi, fig. 1 (1878).
Macroglossa kiushiuensis, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., i, p. 66
(1894) ; op. cit., ii, pl. xiii, fig. 2 (1896).
Described from Yokohama. I have not received any
Japanese specimens, but there were some examples from
Loochoo in Pryer’s collection.
M. saga may be separated from its near ally JZ pyrr-
hesticta by the uninterrupted black basal patch of the
secondaries and by its greater size, and the rather differ-
ent character of the apical markings of the primaries.
Distribution. JAPAN; Kiusaiu ; LoocHoo.
82. Macroglossa passalus.
Sphine passalus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., ii, pl. xxix, fig. 2
(1773).
Macroglossa passalus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 632 (1892).
Macroglossa proxima, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 1; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths
i, p. 114 (1892).
294 Mr. J. H. Leech on
One specimen from Moupin, June; two from Chang-
yang, July; and one from Ichang Gorge, September.
Distribution. SYLHET; CACHAR; KANARA; CEYLON;
TENASSERIM ; Manacca (Hampson); CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SPHECODINA.
Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins., iii, pl. xx, fig. 4 (1840).
83. Sphecodina (2) caudata.
Thyreus caudata, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i,
p. 62 (1852); Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., ii, p. 95, pl. xu,
fig. 4 (1857).
Sphecodina (?) caudata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, p. 638
(1892).
The type of this species was from Pekin. My collectors
did not meet with it in any part of China that they
visited. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 238) records
specimens from Amurland, and gives a description of a
coloured figure of the larva.
Distribution. NORTH CHINA ; AMURLAND.
Genus SATASPES.
Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 261 (1857).
84. Sataspes infernalis.
Sesia infernalis, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 61, pl. xxx,
fig. 3 (1848).
Sataspes wmfernalis, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p- 121; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 121,
(1892).
Sataspes xylocoparis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 239, pl. xxxvi, fig. 1.
I received this species from Ichang, Kiukiang, Chia-
ting-fu, and Moupin ; fifteen specimens in all, taken in
June and July. SButler’s type was from Shanghai.
Distribution. StIKHIM; SYLHET; BuRMA; HoncG-KoNG
(Hampson) ; EASTERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HEMARIS.
Dalm., Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 207 (1816).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 295
85. Hemaris radians.
Sesia radians, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 84 (1856).
Hemaris radians, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 1, pl.
xxi, fig. 2 (1878).
Hemaris mandarina, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 239, pl. xxxv. fig 2.
There were specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama in
Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Gensan, Fushiki
and Hakodate, and have received examples from
Kiukiang.
The rays from the outer marginal border, which are
conspicuous in the type form, are altogether absent in
mandarina, and all gradations between these extremes
are exhibited.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; EASTERN,
CENTRAL, and NORTHERN CHINA.
86. Hemaris alternata.
Sesia alternata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xiv,
p. 366 (1874).
Hemaris alternata, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11. p. i,
pl. xxi, fig. 3 (1878).
According to Pryer, this species would seem to be
common about Yokohama; it is recorded from Oiwake
and Hakodate, and I obtained specimens at Gensan
in July. My native collectors captured four examples
at Chang-yang.
Fixsen (Rom. sur Lép., ili, p. 323) suggests that 7.
alternata may be referable to H. affinis, but the former is
easily separable from the latter.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL
CHINA.
87. Hemaris affinis.
Macroglossa affinis, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petrsb., ii, p. 659
(1861) ; Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 35, pl. i, fig. 13 (1864).
Macroglossa sieboldi, Boisd., de VOrza, Lép, Jap., p. 35
(1869).
Sesia whitelyi, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xiv, p.
367 (1874).
296 Mr. J. H. Leech on
There were specimens from Gifu and Yokohama, in
Pryer’s collection. I received examples from Hakodate,
where they were captured in June.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; AMURLAND; NoRTH
CHINA.
88. Hemaris beresowskii,
Hemaris beresowskti, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 120,
pl. xu, tig. 9 fF (1897):
Alphéraky describes this species, which is closely
allied to H. afinis, Brem., from Sé-Tchouen. I received
two male specimens from Ta-chien-lu, one from Pu-
tsu-fong, one from Kia-tung-fu, and a female from
Kwei-chow ; all these were taken in June and July.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
89. Hemaris staudingerr.
Hemaris staudingert, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 81 (1890).
Eight specimens from Chang-yang taken in July.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus CEPHONODES.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 131 (1816),
90. Cephonodes hylas.
Sphina hylas, Linn., Mant., i, p. 539 (1771).
Sesia hylas, Don., Ins. China, ii, pl. xlin, fig. 2 (1799).
Sphinw picus, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii, p. 83, pl. cxlviii, fig. B,
Ge).
Hemaris hylas, Saalm., Lep. Madag., 1, p. 117, pl. 11. fig. 40
(1884).
Cephonodes hylas, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 581.
There were six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species in Satsuma in May, and
at Nagasaki in May and June; I have also received
specimens from Chia-ting-fu and Moupin.
Distribution. Throughout InpIA to AUSTRALIA. —
West and SoutTH AFricA (Hampson).—JAPAN; K1Iv-
sHiu; LoocHoo ISLANDS; WESTERN CHINA.
Feterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 297
Family NOTODONTID.
Genus TARSOLEPIS.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) x, p. 125 (1872).
91. Tarsolepis sommeri,
Crino sommert, Hiibn., Samml. Ex. Schmett. (1824 ?).
Tarsolepis remicauda, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
x, p. 125, pl. viii. (1872); Hampson, Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths, i, p. 127 (1892).
Tarsolepis sommert, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 616 (1892).
There was a very poor example of this species, without
data, in Pryer’s collection. I am informed by Mr. A. E.
Wileman that it is not uncommon at light in some parts
of Japan.
Distribution. StKHIM; BoRNEO (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
Genus DuDvuSA.
Walk., Cat. Lep, Het., xxxii, p. 446 (1865),
92, Dudusa nobilis,
. Dudusa nobilis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 447
(1865).
Walker described this species, with which I am not
acquainted, from “ North China.”
Hab. NortH CHINA.
Genus NADATA,
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1062 (1855).
93. Nadata cristata.
Trabala cristata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 480 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 18, pl. xxvii,
fig. 1 (1878).
Nadata cristata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 614 (1892).
Specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama were in Pryer’s
collection. I took the species at Nagahama in July;
Oberthiir records it from the isle of Askold and Staudinger
from Amurland and North of Pekin.
Distribution. JAPAN; AMURLAND; ASKOLD; NORTH
CHINA.
298 Mr. J. H. Leech on
94. Nadata niverceps.
Trabala niveiceps, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 554
(1865).
Nadata niveiceps, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 21,
pl. civ, fig. 8 (1886); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 180 (1892).
One example of each sex taken in July at Wa-shan.
In the male the primaries have an indistinct wavy sub-
basal line and medial and postmedial elbowed lines; both
sexes have a pale yellow spot in the discal cell.
Distribution. NortH-WeEst HimMALAyas (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
95. Nadata splendida.
Trabala splendida, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 65, pl. v,
fig. 6 (1881).
Nadata splendida, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 366
(1892).
I have one specimen from Chang-yang.
Staudinger, in referring to this species from the Isle of
Askold and Amurland, states that the larva, which is
almost uniformly greenish white, feeds upon oak.
Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus PHALERA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., 146 (1816).
96. Phalera fuscescens.
Phalera fuscescens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 597.
Phalera staudingeri, Alph., Iris, viii, p. 187 (1895).
There were two specimens, from Oiwake and Fujisan,
in Pryer’s collection and I obtained one example at Gensan
in July.
Alphéraky describes this species from Amurland under
the name staudingeri; his excellent description of the
latter exactly applies to P. fuscescens, Butl., which he was
evidently not acquainted with as he does not refer to it.
Distribution. JAPAN; COREA; AMURLAND.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 299
97. Phalera alpherakyt, sp. 0.
¢ Primaries fuscous-grey with several blackish, wavy, transverse
lines ; the most prominent of the markings are the double line
limiting the pale grey basal area, a single one just beyond the cell,
and a double one from the white edged ochreous, somewhat cuneiform
apical patch ; there is a blackish lunule surrounded with whitish at
end of cell and a lunulate, blackish, sub-marginal line ; the latter is
spotted with black between veins 1—4; fringes reddish-brown,
Secondaries fuscous with a ill-defined pale band just beyond the
middle ; fringes whitish marked with reddish-brown at ends of the
nervures. Under surface: primaries have the basal three-fourths
blackish, the outer limit defined by an oblique darker line ; the
outer third of the wing is pale ochreous with a large diffuse blackish
patch, traversed by a wavy pale ochreous line, between veins 6 and
inner margin : secondaries whitish suffused with fuscous on basal
area, Which is limited by a blackish band, and on outer fourth except
towards outer angle.
Expanse. 58-64 millim.
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June
or July.
Allied to P. assimilis, Brem.
98. Phalera sigmata.
Phalera sigmata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xx,
p. 473 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iu, pl. xxiv, fig. 9
(1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 641.
A nice series in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama. I
have one example from Omei-shan which was taken in
June or July. Butler's female type was from Hakodate.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; WESTERN CHINA.
99. Phalera flavescens.
Phalera flavescens, Brem., Lep. Nord. China, p. 14 (1858).
Trisula andreas, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 38, pl. v,
fig. 4 (1880).
Trisula (Phalera) flavescens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi,
p. 368 (1892).
Oberthiir places this species in Z’risula and so also does
Staudinger with the remark that he is unable to ascertain
where the genus was characterised.
Trisula was founded by Moore (Cat. Lep. E.LC., ii,
p- 420) for the reception of variegata, Moore, which Hamp-
300 Mr. J. H. Leech on
son (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 430) states is a
Noctua.
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yesso
and Yokohama. I obtained the species at Gensan and my
native collector at Hakodate; I have also received one
example from Moupin.
Graeser states that the larva resembles that of P. bucephala
and feeds on birch.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; AMURLAND ;
ASKOLD ; NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
100. Phalera assimilis.
Pygera assimilis, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. d’Ent.,
i, p. 80 (1852) ; Schmett. nord. China, p. 16 (1853).
Phalera assimilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 577 (1892) ;
Alphéraky, Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 156, pl. xi, fig. 4
(1897).
Phalera ningpoana, Feld., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi, p. 37 (1862).
One male specimen from Omei-shan and a female from
Wa-shan ; both taken in July.
Distribution. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus EDEMA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1028 (1855).
101. Hdema nivilinea.
Edema nivilinea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 638, pl. xxxii, fig. 1.
There were two specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection and three others, without locality, among his
unarranged material.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus PYDNA.
Walk. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 188
(1892).
102. Pydna plumosa.
Bireta plumosa, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 620,
pl. xxxi, fig. 4.
This species was taken by Pryer at Ohoyama.
Hab, JAPAN.
Fleterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 301
103. Pydna southerlandi.
Bireta southerlandii, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xvi,
p. 73 (1889).
I have several specimens comprised in my variable series
of P. straminea which appear to agree fairly well with the
description of P. southerlandii ; but without seeing the
type of the latter I am unable to form any definite con-
clusion.
Hab. JAPAN.
104. Pydna straminea.
Ceira straminea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 91 (1877).
Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I
obtained the species at Gensan in June and have received
it from Kiushiu.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KiusHIu ; CoREA; EASTERN
CHINA.
105. Pydna pallida.
Bireta pallida, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 473 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 12, pl. xxv,
figs. 10, 11 (1878).
Pydna pallida, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 140
(1892).
There was a good series from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection.
Distribution, SIKHIM ; CHEKIANG (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
106. Pydna insignis, sp. n.
Primaries pale buff clouded and suffused with purplish-brown on
inner, central and outer marginal areas ; there are two black dots at
the base of the wing, a transverse series of four dots before the
middle, a mark at end of the cell followed by a wavy and curved
line with a double dentated line beyond dotted with black on the
nervules, there is a series of black dots between the nervules on outer
marginal area ; the apices are marked with darker purplish-brown.
Secondaries fuscous paler on costal area. Fringes of the ground
colour marked with darker. Under surface fuscous pale buff on costal
and apical areas of primaries and on costal area of secondaries,
Expanse 54 to 74 millim.
302 Mr. J. H. Leech on
I have three male specimens from Omei-shan, one from
Pu-tsu-fong and one from Chang-yang taken in June and
July.
Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
In some examples the transverse markings of the
primaries are almost obsolete.
107. Pydna frugalis, sp. n.
¢@ Primaries whitish-brown speckled with blackish on basal area ;
there is arufous streak in cell, its widest extremity enclosing the dark
discal mark ; another rufous streak extends obliquely from apex
almost to median nervure, between the termination of this streak
and the inner margin there are two curved streaks the first of which
is rufous and the other dusky ; beyond the middle of the wing there
is a double series of black points, the series curved towards inner
margin; black internervular dots on outer margin. Secondaries
whitish-brown. Fringes of the ground colour. Under surface paler
than above and slightly tinged with ochreous about costal area of
primaries.
@ Primaries browner, the markings less distinct, but with a
conspicuous black spot below the median nervure.
Expanse ¢ 42 millim ? 50 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong and a female from
Moupin, June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus NoRRACA.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881, p, 340.
108. Norraca retrofusca.
Norraca retrofusca, Joannis, Bull., Soc. Ent. Fr., 1894, p. lx.
Described from a male specimen taken at Kiang-nan.
Hab. EKASTERN CHINA.
Genus ANTICYRA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1091 (1855).
109. Anticyra combusta.
Anticyra combusta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1092 (1855) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 145 (1892).
One male specimen from Ichang, taken in June.
Distribution. PHILIPPINES ; N. W. Himavayas; INDIA ;
JAVA; CENTRAL CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 303
Genus DRYMONIA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett, p. 144 (1822 ?).
110. Drymonia chaonia.
Bombyx chaonia, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. iii, figs. 10, 11 (1800 ?).
Drymonia ruficornis, Hiibn.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 570
(1892).
There were several specimens from Gifu in Pryer’s col-
lection. They agree fairly well with some of my European
examples.
Distribution. LUROPE.—JAPAN.
111. Drymonia trimacula.
Bombyx trimacula, Esp., Schmett., ii, p. 242, pl. xlvi, figs.
1-3 (1785).
Drymonia trimacula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 571 (1892).
Notodonta trimacula, var. dodonides, Staud., Rom. sur Lép.,
lli, p. 220 (1887).
There was a rather damaged specimen in Pryer’s col-
lection, which is undoubtedly referable to this species.
Staudinger records a form from Amurland under the name
dodonides.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN.
112. Drymonia manleyi.
Drymonia manleyi, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 639, pl. xxxii, fig. 2.
A series, including both sexes, from Yokohama, in
Pryer’s collection.
Hab. JAPAN.
113. Drymonia delia,
Drymonia delia, Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 640,
pl. xxxuy, fig. 3.
One male specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Hab, JAPAN.
114, Drymonia cirewmscripta.
Drymonia circumscripta, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 125
(1885).
Two specimens from Nikko in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. JAPAN.
304 Mr. J. H. Leech on
115. Drymonia permagna.
Drymonia permagna, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 20.
Three specimens from Yokohama (Pryer and Manley), I
took the species at Hakodate in August.
Hab, JAPAN and YESSO,
Genus BRACHIONYCHA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 144 (1822 ?),
116. Brachionycha atrovittata,
Asteroscopus atrovittatus, Brem., Bull. Acad. Pétersb., ii,
p. 483 (1861); Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 46, pl. v, fig. 4
(1864).
Brachionycha atrovittata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 562
(1892).
One specimen in poor condition in Pryer’s collection,
probably from Yokohama.
Distribution, JAPAN ; AMURLAND.
Genus FENTONIA,
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 20.
117. Fentonia ocypete.
Harpyia ocypete, Brem., Bull. Acad. Pétersb., 1861, p. 481 ;
Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 44, pl. v, fig. 1 (1864).
Fentonia levis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 20;
Cist. Ent., 111, p. 129 (1885).
Fentonia ocypete, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 148 (1892); Kirby Cat. Lep. Het., p. 562 (1892).
Uropus ocypete, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 60, pl. viii,
fig. 6 (1880).
Uropus (Urocampa) ocypete, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p.
343 (1892).
I have specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake.
Distribution. SIMLA (Hampson); JAPAN; AMURLAND;
NortH CHINA.
Staudinger (Cat. Lep. Eur. 1871) places ocypete in
Uropus. Butler (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881) re-
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 305
described ocypete under the name /ewvis, and founded the
genus Fentonia for its reception; in 1885, however, he
admits his /wvis to be specifically identical with ocypete.
In 1892 Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi.) proposed Urocampa
as a generic name for ocypete, and as he does not mention
Fentonia levis, it is to be presumed that he considered the
latter to be a distinct species.
Genus UROPYIA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 344 (1892).
118. Uropyia meticulodina.
Notodonta meticulodina, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 16,
pl. i, fig. 3 (1884).
Lophopteryx meticulodina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 606
(1892).
Uropyia meticulodina, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 344,
pl. iv, fig. 8, larva (1892).
One specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. The
type was from Sidemi. Staudinger records the species
from Amurland, and describes the larva, which he states
feeds upon Juglans mandschurica.
Distribution. SIDEMI; AMURLAND ; YESSO.
Genus CNETHODONTA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 215 (1887).
119. Cnethodonta grisescens.
Dasychira acronycta, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 35,
pl. v, fig. 8, 2 (1880).
Cnethodonta grisescens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 214.
plexes Lyf Clssn):
A male specimen from Oiwake, and a female from
Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO ; ASKOLD; AMURLAND.
Genus STAUROPUS.
Germar, Prod., p. 45 (1811); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 149 (1892).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 21
306 Mr. J. H. Leech on
120. Stauropus basalis.
Stawropus basalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p: 90 (1877).
Harpyia taczanowskw, Oberth., Diagn. Lep. Askold, p. 11
(879); 5 Btud1 id Hntous vy, oa:8 59) eplmieatio.
(1880).
There were six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. JI obtained the species at Foochau in April,
and at Fushiki in August. Moore’s type was from
Shanghai. Staudinger records it from Amurland.
Distribution. KASTERN CHINA; ASKOLD; AMURLAND ;
JAPAN.
121. Stawropus fagt.
Bombyx fagi, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 508 (1758); Hiibn.,
Bomb., pl. viii, fig. 31 (1800 2).
Stawropus fagi, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths., i, p. 149
(1892).
Stauropus persimilis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
iv, p. 353 (1879).
Some specimens in Pryer’s collection from Oiwake and
Yokohama.
MIstribution. KUROPE.—JAPAN.
122. Stawropus comatus, sp. Nn.
Primaries white, the basal and inner marginal areas are brownish-
grey marked with black and there is a brownish-grey patch beyond
the cell extending from costa to vein 5. Secondaries white, the
abdominal half suffused with blackish and clothed with long silky
brown hairs; there is a brownish-grey submarginal band, this is
broad from costa to vein 3, thence narrow and indistinct.
Expanse 76 millim,
One female specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June
or July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SOMERA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 882 (1855).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 307
123. Somera cyanea.
Somera cyanea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 642,
pl. xxxul, fig. 5.
Seven specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama
and Gifu.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus CERURA.
Schrank ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 155
(1892).
124, Cerura furcula.
Bombyx furcula, Linn., Faun. Suec., p. 298 (1761) ; Hiibn.,
Bomb., fig. 39 (1800).
Cerura sangaica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 90 (1877).
I obtained one specimen at Gensan in June.
As the band in sangaica is generally narrower than in
typical C. furcula the name might be retained for this
Eastern Asian form of the species.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; COREA; NoRTH-
East CHINA.
125. Cerura lanigera.
Cerura lanigera, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 474 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 10, pl. xliii,
fig. 11 (1879).
Cerura furcula (part), Leech., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 644.
There were four specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. These I referred, in error, to C. fwrcula instead
of to C. bifida, from which species they are hardly separ-
able and of which they may be the Eastern Asian repre-
sentatives. The central band is not always constricted in
the middle as mentioned in the description of C. lanigera
and in some European examples of C. bifida the central
band is constricted to the same extent as in typical C
lanigera.
One of the four examples from Japan is without any
trace of the central band.
Staudinger and Pryer state that the larva of C. lanigera
feeds on both willow and poplar.
Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN.
308 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus DICRANURA.
Boisd., Ind. Méth., p. 54 (1829).
126. Dicranura vinula.
Bombyx vinula, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 499 (1758); Hiibn.,
Bomb., pl. 1x, fig. 34.
Cerura vinula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 588 (1892).
Dicranura vinula, Hampsou, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 157 (1892).
Dicranura felina, Butl., Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 474 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 12, pl. xxiv,
fig. 3 (1878).
Dicranura askolda, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom,, v, p. 59, pl.
vii, fig. 8 (1880).
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection. I
bred a male specimen in June, 1887, from a larva found
at Gensan in 1886.
As Pryer points out in his catalogue the larva, which
feeds on willow, does not differ at all fromEuropean ex-
amples. Graeser makes a similar remark concerning the
caterpillar in Amurland.
Felina and askolda are not worth retaining even as
varietal names as similar forms can be found in any
representative series from Europe.
Distribution. KUROPE—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN;
COREA.
127. Dicranura erminea.
Bombyx erminea, Esp., Schmett., in, p. 100, pl. xix, figs.
1, 2, (i784); Hiibn., Bomb., fig. 35, (1800).
Cerura erminea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 588 (1892).
Cerura menciana, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
SX OO (LS 1iy):
Menciana, Moore, appears to be a good local form of D.
erminea. The ground colour of the primaries is grey
slightly tinged with violet, and the marking are generally
better defined than in the type form. I met with this
form at Shanghai and Foochau, and I have received speci-
mens from Omei-shan. A native collector in Japan sent
me one example, obtained at Hakodate, which agrees with
Fleterocera from China, Japan, aud Corea. 309
the more strongly marked European specimens. Staudin-
ger (Rom. sur Lep., vi, p. 340) records the species from
Amurland under the varietal name candida and states
that this form is whiter than the type and the markings
less clearly defined.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; YESSO;
EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PHEOSIA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 160
(1892).
128. Pheosia milhauseri.
Bombyx milhauseri, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 577 (1775).
Bombyx terrifica, Hibn., Bomb., pl. vin, figs. 32,33 (1800).
Hoplitis milhausert, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 595 (1892).
Hybocampa milhauseri, var. wmbrosa, Staud., Rom. sur
Lép., vi, p. 343 (1892).
There were two examples from Ohoyama in Pryev’s
collection and I received one from Mr. Manley of Yoko-
hama and one from Omei-shan. In all these specimens
the ground colour, especially of the secondaries, is darker
than in the typical form and they are doubtless referable
to var. wmbrosa, Staud.
Distribution. KUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN ;
WESTERN CHINA.
129. Pheosia puleherrima.
Anodonta pulcherrima, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 814, pl. xl, fig. 4.
Hupodonta corticalis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 475 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 595
(1892).
Pheosia pulcherrima, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 161 (1892).
Recorded from Yokohama by Butler under the name
corticalis.
Distribution. SIKHIM ; JAPAN
Genus MICROPHALERA.
Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 119 (1885).
310 Mr. J. H. Leech on
130. Microphalera grisea.
Microphalera grisea, Butl., Cist. Ent., mi, p. 120 (1885).
I obtained this species at Hakodate and there were
specimens also from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. °
Hab. YESSO.
131. Microphalera insignis.
Destolmia insignis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
palo:
Microphalera insignis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 594 (1892).
Butler describes this species from Tokio. I did not
meet with it and it was not represented in Pryer’s
collection.
fab. JAPAN.
Genus NOTODONTA.
Ochs.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 162
(1892).
132. Notodonta lineata.
Notodonta lineata, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 61, pl. 11,
fig. 7 (1880).
One specimen in Pryer’s collection. The type was from
the isle of Askold.
Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; JAPAN.
133. Notodonta monetaria.
Notodonta monetaria, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 62, pl.
11, fig. 6 (1880).
Stauropus monetaria, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 560 (1892).
There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection and I
took one example at Nagahamain July. Oberthiir’s type
was from the Isle of Askold.
Distribution. ASKOLD ; AMURLAND ; JAPAN.
134. Notodonta cinerea.
Peridea cinerea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv.
p. 353 (1878).
Notodonta cinerea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 600 (1892).
Specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s collection
I obtained the species at Hakodate in August.
Hab. JAPAN and YEsso.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 311
135. Notodonta gigantea.
Peridea gigantea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 474 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xxiv, fig. 6
(1878).
Notodonta gigantea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 600 (1892).
A specimen, probably from Yokohama, in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab. JAPAN.
136. Notodonta trachitso.
Notodonta trachitso, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvi, p. 21,
pl. iv, fig. 55 (1894).
Type from Ta-Tsien-Lot, taken in May.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
137. Notodonta toddit.
Notodonta toddii, Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxi, p. 73
(1889).
Dr. Holland describes this species from Japan. He
states that there was a bad specimen from Yokohama in
Pryer’s collection, but I have not been able to identify
this.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus LOPHOCOSMA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 222 (1887).
188. Lophocosma atriplaga.
Notodonta (Lophocosma) atriplaga, Staud., Rom. sur Lép.
iii, p. 220, pl. xii, fig. 8 (1887).
Lophocosma atriplaga, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 606,
(1892).
A female specimen in Pryer’s coliection.
Distribution. JAPAN; ASKOLD; AMURLAND.
Genus HYPERASCHRA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) vi, p. 65 (1880).
ale Mr. J. H. Leech on
139. Hypereschra tenebrosa.
Phalera tenebrosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 819.
Hyperxschra tenebrosa, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 164 (1892).
One specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. SIKHIM (Hampson); JAPAN.
Genus PTILOPHORA.
Steph., Il. Brit. Hnt., Haust., i, p. 29 (1828).
140. Piilophora plumigera.
Bombyx plumigera, Esp., Schmett., iii, p. 254, pl. 1,
figs. 6, 7 (1785).
Ptilophora plwmigera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 598
(1892).
One female specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection. This is No. 286 of Pryer’s catalogue, “ Yoko-
hama January,” an unusual month for the emergence
of this moth.
Distribution. KUROPE.—J APAN.
Genus LOPHOPTERYX.
Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust., ii, p. 26 (1829).
141. Lophopteryx capucina.
Bombyx capucina, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 507, no. 55
(1758).
Bombyx camelina, Linn., l.c., no. 56; Hiibn., Bomb., fig. 19,
(1800).
Lophopteryz capucina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 605
(1892).
Lophopteryx camelina, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 646.
Specimen from Nikko, Fujisan and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I took examples in June at Hakodate and
also met with it at Gensan.
An allied species, Z. satwrata, Walk., is represented in
Amurland and the isle of Askold by a form which Graeser
(Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1888, p. 143) has named hoegez.
Distribution. KuROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CoREA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 318
142. Lophopteryx umbrosa, sp. n.
Primaries reddish-brown clouded with darker brown and blackish ;
there is a pale mark at outer end of discal cell and between this and
the outer margin there is a sinuous line which turns obliquely inwards
from third median nervule (vein 4) and terminates on inner margin
near the lobe. Secondaries fuscous ; fringes pale brown marked
with fuscous. Under surface: primaries fuscous with some pale
brown marks on apical portion of costa and on outer margin ; secon-
daries pale brown with indication of three fuscous bands. Expanse
42 millim.
One male specimen taken at Ni-tou in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to Z. ferruginosa, Moore, from North India.
143. Lophopteryx pryeri.
Lophopteryx pryert, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
iv, p. 355 (1879).
A long series in Pryer’s collection, comprising specimens
from Yokohama, Oiwake and Yesso.
In some examples all the wings are deeply suffused
with fuscous-brown.
Hab. JAPAN and YESSO.
144, Lophopteryx (?) sinensis.
Lophopteryx sinensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Giixsep. DISK):
The type of this species was from Shanghai. There are
two specimens from Chekiang in the National Collection.
My collectors do not appear to have met with it in any
part of China that they visited.
Hab, NortuH-East CHINA.
145. Lophopteryx ladislai.
Lophopteryx ladislac, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 66,
vl. u1, fig. 3 (1880).
There was one male specimen from Nikko in Pryer’s
collection. Oberthiir’s type was from the Isle of Askold
and the species has been recorded from various places in
Amurland.
This species strongly resembles Z. cwewlla, Esp., from
Europe.
Distribution. JAPAN ; ASKOLD; AMURLAND.
314 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus PLATYCHASMA.
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 596.
146. Platychasma virgo.
Platychasma virgo, Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 596.
I obtained a specimen at Gensan in July; there were
three examples from Nikko in Pryer’s collection, and I
have received one from Mr. Manley of Yokohama.
Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA.
Genus PTEROSTOMA.
Germ., Prodr., ii, p. 42 (1812).
Ptilodontis, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust., 11, p. 28 (1828).
147. Pterostoma griseum.
Ptilodontis grisea, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., p. 45, pl. v, fig. 2
(1864).
Pterostoma griseum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, 00 1O02):
Pterostoma grisea, var. brunnea, Graeser, Berl, ent. Zeitschr.,
1888, p. 145.
One male specimen from the Wa-ssu-Kow taken in
July.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; WESTERN CHINA.
148. Pterostoma sinicwm.
Pterostoma sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 91 (S77).
Pterostoma palpina, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 638.
Pterostoma palpina, var. gigantina, Staud., Rom. sur Lép.,
vi, p. 363 (1892).
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection from
Yokohama and Oiwake; I obtained two examples at
Nagasaki in June, and my native collector took the
species at Hakodate. Specimens have also been received
from Ichang, where they were captured in September.
Staudinger records var. gigantina as well as typical
P. palpina from Amurland.
Distribution. JAPAN ; YESSO; KiusHIU; CENTRAL and
EASTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. ale
Genus SPATALIA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 168
(1892).
149. Spatalia plusiotis.
Ptilodontis plusiotis, Oberth., Etud d’Entom., v, p. 65,
pl. vi, fig. 3 (1880).
Pterostoma wplusiotis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 597
(1892).
There were two male specimens from Oiwake and
Nikko in Pryer’s collection. I have one from Yokohama
taken by Mr. Manley and I obtained one female example
at Gensan in July.
This species seems to be closely allied to S. gemmifera,
Moore from Sikhim.
Distribution. ASKOLD; AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA.
150. Spatalia macrodonta.
osama macrodonta, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11, p. 127 (1885).
There was a male specimen in Pryer’s collection from
‘Japan but the exact locality was not indicated ; it was
probably Yokohama. Butler's type of the female was
from Pekin.
Distribution. JAPAN ; NoRTH CHINA.
151. Spataha ornata.
Ptilodontis ornata, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 15, pl. ii,
fie. 5 (1884).
Two examples from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
The male specimen is smaller than Oberthiir’s figure
which represents an example from Sidemi. 8S. ornata is
probably a form of S. plusioides, Moore (Lep. Atk., i, p. 62).
Distribution. SIDEMI; JAPAN.
152. Spatalia cinnamomea.
Rosama cinnamomea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888
p: 637, pl =x, fo EE
The type was in Pryer’s collection and is from Ohoyama.
I took a female at Nagasaki in June.
Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU.
316 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus GELASTOCERA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 476 (1877).
153. Gelastocera exusta.
Gelastocera exusta, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 476 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 18, pl. xxiv
fio. 2 (1878).
Earias ochroleucana, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 176,
pl. viii, fig. 11 (1887); Fixs., op. ciz., p. 326.
Specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection. I obtained the species at Gensan in June and
July. Butler’s type was from Hakodate.
The species varies in the tone of the ground colour.
The Gensan examples are paler than those from Japan
but the pink tinge is stronger than in the specimens from
Amurland figured by Staudinger. The markings are
identical in all the specimens.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; AMURLAND; COREA.
Genus LEUCODONTA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép, vi, p. 349 (1892).
154. Leucodonta bicoloria.
Bombyx bicoloria, Schift., Esp., Schmett, 11, pl. xl, fig. 7.
Bombyz bicolora, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. v, fig. 18.
Microdonta bicoloria, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 603 (1892).
Leucodonta bicoloria, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 349
(1892).
Two specimens in Pryer’s collection from Fujisan and
the other from Nikko, both taken in June. They are
very strongly marked.
Distribution—EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN.
Genus ICHTHYURA.
Hiibn; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 172
(1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 317
155. Ichthyura anastomosis.
Bombyx anastomosis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 506 (1758).
Clostera anastomosis, var. orientalis, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép.,
ii, p. 3850 (1887).
Ichthyura anastomosis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1, p. 172 (1892).
Melalopha anastomosis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 609
(1892).
There were five specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collec-
tion and I have received four examples from Pu-tsu-fong,
taken in June or July.
The specimens from China as well as those from Yesso
agree with European examples.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; COREA; YESSO;
WESTERN CHINA.
156. Ichthyura anachoreta.
Bombyx anachoreta, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii, p. 120 (1787) ;
Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xxu, fig. 88 (1880).
Ichthyura fulgurita, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 433
(1865).
Melalopha fulgurita, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 611 (1892).
‘Ichthyura anachoreta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1, p. 172 (1892).
A nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. . I
obtained one example at Hakodate in August and have
received specimens from Ichang, Chang-yang, and Pu-tsu-
fong, taken in July.
I do not find that the Asiatic specimens of this species
differ in any way from the European.
Distribution. HKUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; and according to Hampson,
throughout INDIA and CEYLon; JAVA.
Genus PLUSIOGRAMMA.
Hampson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 278.
157. Plusiogramma aurosigna.
Plusiogramma aurosigna, Hampson, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.,
1895, p. 278 (fig.)
One male specimen taken at Chang-yang in August.
Distribution. TENASSERIM; CENTRAL CHINA.
318 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus PYG@RA.
Ochs., Schmett. Eur., iii, p. 224 (1810).
158. Pygera timonides.
Pygera timonides, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 45 (1864).
Pygzra timonmorum, Brem., l.c., pl. v, fig. 3.
Clostera timonides, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 13, pl. u,
fig. 2 (1884).
Gonoclostera latipennis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 476 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 13,
pl. xxvii, fig. 2 (1878).
I captured this species at Hakodate in August ; there
were eight specimens from Yokohama and Nikko in
Pryer’s collection. Staudinger records one example from
a locality to the north of Pekin (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 370).
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; NORTH
CHINA.
Genus NERICE.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1076 (1855).
159. Nerice davidi.
Nerice davidi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., vi, p. 17, pl. ix,
fig. 2 (1881).
Nerice bidentata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 638.
I obtained two specimens at Hakodate in August.
Oberthiir’s type was from the north of China but the
exact locality is not mentioned.
Distribution. JAPAN; NortTH CHINA.
160. Nerice bipartita.
Nerice bipartita, Butl., Cist., Ent., 11, p. 119 (1885).
Nerice upina, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 17, pl. 1, fig. 7
(1892).
Butier records this species from Sappora, Nikko and
Yesso. There was one example from each of the last named
localities in Pryer’s collection. Alphéraky records the
species under the name N. wpina from Ou-pin.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; NortTH CHINA.
Fleterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 319
Family SYNTOMID.
Genus SYNTOMIS.
Ochs.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 212
(1892).
161. Syntomis erebina.
Syntomis erebina, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 5.
Zygena erebina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 90 (1892).
Butler describes this species from Tokio and states that
it is allied to the European S. phegea. There is an
aberrant example in the series at South Kensington
Natural History Museum which has the primaries almost
entirely black and with but little indications of hyaline
markings.
Hab. JAPAN.
162. Syntomis fortunei.
Syntomis fortunei, De VOrza, Lép. Jap., p. 38 (1869).
' Lygena fortunei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 92 (1892).
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained this species at Tsuruga, Nagahama, Shimono-
seki, Hakone and Gensan in June and July and my
native collector took it at Nikko and Hakodate. One
specimen only was received from Chang-yang.
Mstribution. JAPAN ; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL CHINA.
163. Syntomis cingulata.
Zygena cingulata, Web., Obs. Ent., p. 109 (1801).
Syntomis annetia, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., xi,
p. 347 (1876): HL Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 4, pl. xlii,
fig. 1 (1878).
Syntomis atereus, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 128 (1854).
Syntomis fortuner (part) Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 593.
Recorded from China but the exact locality is not
indicated by either author.
320 Mr. J. H. Leech on
164. Syntomis thelebus,
Zygena thelebus, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii, p. 103 (1787) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 95 (1892).
Syntomis thelebus, Meén., Schrenck’s Reisen, Lep., p. 48
(1859) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 593.
Syntomis germana, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 87 (1862).
Syntomis mandarinia, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool.,
xu, p. 349 (1876).
I have an extensive series of this species which com-
prises specimens from Nagahama, Nagasaki, Tsuruga,
Oiwake, Ningpo, Kiukiang, Chang-yang, Foochau, Gensan,
Chia-ting-fu, Huang-mu-chang, and the province of Kwei-
chow. Pryer gives Ohoyama, Fujisan, and Kanosan as
other Japanese localities.
The Ningpo specimens agree with germana which, as
Felder states, differs from thelebus in being smaller in size
and in having narrower yellow bands on the abdomen.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KIUSHIU ; CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA; COREA; AMURLAND.
165. Syntomis formose.
Syntomis formose, Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool.,
xi, p. 346 (1876).
Lygena formosx, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 92 (1892).
Syntomis emma, Butl., le., p. 850.
These two insects appear to be forms of a species
allied to S. thelebws. They were described from Formosa
and Foochow.
Hab. EASTERN and NortH CHINA.
166. Syntomis pascus.
Syntomis pascus, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 124, pl. ix,-fig. 1.
Zygena pascus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 94 (1892).
Originally described from Kiukiang. I have since
received a number of specimens from Moupin and single
examples from Chia-ting-fu and the province of Kwei-
chow. Occurs in June and July.
There is some variation in the size of the hyaline spots
and in some examples there are two subapical spots. The
only specimen I have seen from Kwei-chow has this
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 321
additional spot and the black borders of all the wings are
much narrower than in any other specimen in the series.
In the original description of this species it is stated
that the male has six belts on the abdomen and the female
five; but as there is also a band on the first segment of
the abdomen it would perhaps be better to amend the
description by saying that the male has seven and the
female six yellow bands.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
167. Syntomis ewryzona.
Syntomis euryzona, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898).
One male specimen from Moupin, June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
168. Syntomis torquatus.
Syntomis torquatus, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 124, pl. ix, fig. 2
Zygena torquatus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 92 (1892).
Described from a Kiukiang specimen. I have also
examples from Chia-kou-ho and Kwei-chow, taken in
July, and one from Ichang, taken in August.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
169. Syntomis xcanthoma.
Syntomis xcanthoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898).
Described from four male specimens taken in June or
July in the province of Kwei- chow.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
170. Syntomis perrxanthia.
Syntomis perizanthia, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal.,i,ined.(1898).
Occurs at Omei-shan, Moupin, Kwei-chow, Wa-shan,
in June. I have a long series, but most of the specimens
are from Moupin. The type, which is in the National
Collection at South Kensington, is from Formosa.
The hyaline markings vary in size, but appear to be
constant in number. In some examples, chiefly females,
there is a small yellow spot (not hyaline), seeming to be a
detached portion of the pair of spots below the cell.
The males range from 40—48 millim. in expanse, and
the females from 45—50 millim.
Distribution. WESTERN CHINA; FoRMOSA.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART III, (SEPT.) 22
322 Mr. J. H. Leech on
171. Syntomis persimilis.
Syntomis persimilis, Leech, Kntom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898).
Three female specimens from Ni-tou and Omei-shan.
Similar to S. perizanthia but smaller, and the collar is
black instead of yellow.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
172. Syntomis acrospila.
Syntomis acrospila, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. cu,
fig. 11 (1875).
Zygena acrospila, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 94 (1892).
My collectors appear to have met with this species
commonly at Wa-shan in July; they also obtained
specimens in the same month at Ta-chien-lu, Huang-mu-
chang, Ni-tou, and Chia-kou-ho.
In the Huang-mu-chang example, the hyaline spots in
the interno-median interspace are united. I propose the
varietal name conflwens for this form.
Distribution. WESTERN and NoRTH-EASTERN CaINA.
173. Syntomis muirheadi.
Syntomis muirheadi, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 37
(1862).
Zygena muirheadi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 95 (1892).
Occurs fairly commonly at Kiukiang in June; I have
also received specimens taken in the same month in
the province of Kwei-chow and at Ningpo, and others
captured in July at Chia-ting-fu.
The Kwei-chow specimens have much larger hyaline
spots than the other examples comprised in the series.
Distribution. CENTRAL, WESTERN and NorTH-EASTERN
CHINA.
174. Syntomis swinhoct.
Syntomis swinkoet, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 152 (1898).
Syntomis swinhoer, var. obsoleta, Leech, 1. ¢.
Occurs in June and July at Moupin, Chia-ting-fu, and
Ningpo.
Distribution. NORTH-EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 328
175. Syntomis dichotoma.
Syntomis dichotoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898).
Syntomis dichotoma, var. concurrens, Leech, 7. ¢.
The type form appears to be common at Moupin in
June, but the variety has only been received from Kia-
ting-fu and the province of Kwei-chow.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
176. Syntomis davidi.
Syntomis davidi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv, p.
exxxvii (1885).
Zygxena davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 96 (1892).
I have examples of this species from Chang-yang, Chia-
kou-ho, and Wa-shan, taken in June and July; also three
specimens from Huang-mu-chang, captured in August.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
177. Syntomis aucta.
_ Syntomis aucta, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898).
Three specimens from the province of Kwei-chow, taken
in June or July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
178. Syntomis blanchardi.
Syntomis blanchardi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv,
p. exxxvi (1885); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 221 (1892).
Zygena blanchardi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 92 (1892).
Described by Poujade from Moupin. I have specimens
from that locality and also from Chow-pin-sa, Wa-shan,
Omei-shan, and Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June and July.
The specimens exhibit a good deal of variation in the
width of the black on outer margin of the primaries; in
some examples the black is projected inwards along the
fifth vein, and in others there is a similar projection
along the second vein also; the black border of the
secondaries also varies in width, and the colour of the
collar, tegule, and abdomen ranges from yellow to dull
324 Mr. J. H. Leech on
crimson. The hyaline portions of the wings may or may
not be yellowish, but this seems to be largely a matter of
condition.
I am inclined to think that blanchardi is probably not
specifically distinct from S. multigutta.
Distribution. SiKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
179. Syntomis multigutta.
Syntomis multigutta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 134
(1854); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 220
(1892).
Hydrusa multigutta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 1, p. 19,
pl. vii, fig. 3 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 102
(1892).
Four specimens from Ni-tou, taken in July.
The black on the apex of the primaries is broader than
in the type. In one example the collar, tegul, and ground
colour of the abdomen are tinged with crimson.
Distribution. NEPAL; SIKHIM; TIBET; BuRMA (Hamp-
son); WESTERN CHINA.
180. Syntomis rubrozonata.
Syntomis rubrozonata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi,
p. cxvil (1886).
Zygena rubrizonata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 93
(1892).
A male specimen from Moupin and a female from Omei-
shan, taken in June. Poujade records three males and
one female from Moupin.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
181. Syntomis consequa.
Syntomis consequa, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 153 (1898).
One female specimen from Moupin: June.
Allied to S. rubruzonata.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
182. Syntomis leucoma.
Syntonis lewcoma, Leech, Entom., xxxi, p. 154 (1898).
One male specimen from Omei-shan : June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
og
bo
Or
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.
183. Syntomis pratt.
Syntomis pratti, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p.
128, pl. ix, fig. 3
Zygena pratti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 95 (1892).
One example of each sex from Kiukiang.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
Family ZYGAINIDAi,
Subfamily ZYGA2NINAE.
Genus ZYGENA.
Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 550 (1775).
184. Zygena niphona.
Zygena niphona, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 393° C8i7); WT Lyp: Lep. Het, 5p. 9; pila,
fig. 9 (1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
597.
Pieris ae niphona, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 73 (1892).
Zygena christophi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., Ls ee le fiese
pl. viii, fig. 9 (1887).
Butler's type was from Yokohama; there was a fine
series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection, and my native
collector met with the species at Hakodate in August.
Staudinger described it from Amurland as christophi.
There may be either five or six spots on the upper
surface of the primaries; but the sixth spot is always
indicated on the under surface, sometimes only faintly.
Butler’s figure represents a specimen with the spots con-
fluent, and I have two similar specimens in my series;
but such variation does not appear to be of frequent
occurrence.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO.
Genus AGLAOPE.
Latreille, Gen. Crust. Ins., iv, p. 214 (1809).
185. Aglaope fasciata.
Aglaope fasciata, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 32 (1862).
This species, which is near Aglavpe infausta, was de-
scribed by Felder from Ningpo. My collectors did not
meet with it in any part of China that they visited.
Hab. CHINA.
oo
bo
lor)
Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus BINTHA.
Bintha, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 127 (1864).
Artona (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 234 (1892).
186. Bintha graciiis.
Bintha gracilis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 127 (1864);
Butl,, Ill. Typ: Lep. Het ai, p. 5, pl. xlu; fe) 3
(1879).
Six specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection ; I
obtained the species at Nagahama and Gensan in July.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CORFA.
187. Pintha octomaculata.
Euchromia octomaculata, Brem., Bull. Acad. Petr., iii,
p- 476 (1861); Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 36, pl. iv, fig. 1
(1864).
Bintha octomaculata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 110
(1892).
Rhaphidognatha sesixformis, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi,
p. 32 (1862) ; Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. Ixxxiui, fig. 1
(1874).
Balatvxa xgerwoides, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. i
(1864) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, p. 4, pl. xu,
fig. 2 (1879).
Balatea sesixformis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 109
(1892).
Balatxa octomaculata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 594.
One female specimen from Ohoyama in Pryer’s collec-
tion; I took four males at Gensan in June and I have
received examples from Chang-yang and Ichang.
B. xgerioides, Walk., is not separable from octomaculata,
Brem., and the former is certainly identical with sesix-
formis, Feld.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; COREA; CENTRAL
and NoRTH CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 327
188. Bintha (?) clathrata. :
Lintha clathrata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvil
(1886).
Poujade describes this species from a female specimen
received from Moupin.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CHRYSARTONA.
Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Oxford, p. 56; Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 232 (1892).
189. Chrysartona stipata.
Procris stipata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 114 (1854) ;
Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Hets. 1, p. 13, pl. vu, fig, 9
(1877). .
Chrysartona stipata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 282 (1892); Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 121
(1897).
Alphéraky records a female specimen from Té-choui-
van, in the province Sée-Tchouen.
Distribution. KANGRA ; SIKHIM; BuRMA ; BERNARDMYO
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus BREMERIA.
Alphéraky, Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 7 (1892).
190. Bremeria manza,
Bremeria manza, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 7, pl. i, fig. 3
(1892) ; op. cit., ix, p. 122 (1897).
Alphéraky describes this species from a female specimen
taken in July near the Hei-ho river in the province of
Gan-sou.
Hab. NORTH-WESTERN CHINA.
328 Mr. J. H. Leech on
191. Bremeria sinica.
Bremeria sinica, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 122, pl. xi,
fig. 6 (1897).
Alphéraky describes a specimen from Sé-Tchouen which
he considers to be a female, but is not certain of the sex
as the body was damaged. If this should prove to be a
male, he suggests that the species should be removed to
the genus Chrysartona.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ARTONA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 439 (1854).
Artona (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,1, p. 234
(1892).
192. Artona sieversi.
Artona sieversi, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 5, pl. i, fig. 4
(1892).
Artona deeani, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 29, pl. vi,
fig. 51 (1894).
My collectors met with this species throughout their
journey in Western China during the months of June and
July.
Hab. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
193. Artona cuneonotata, sp. n.
Frons white; abdomen blackish above whitish below, legs
whitish.
Primaries brownish-black ; there is a narrow streak above the
cell, a wedge-shaped streak below the cell and a quadrate spot at
the outer end of the cell, all pale yellow. Secondaries pale yellow
intersected by the black vein 1c and broadly bordered with black.
Fringes of all the wings pale yellow. Expanse 20 millim.
One male specimen from Wa-shan and one from Pu-
tsu-fong, both taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to A. sieversi but distinguished by the subcostal
streak and smaller spot at the end of the cell on the
primaries and by the broader borders of the secondaries.
9
Heterocera from China, Japan, aud Corea. 329
194, Avrtona delavayi.
Artona delavayi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 29, pl. v,
fig. 39 (1894).
A fine series comprising specimens from How-Kow, Ta-
chien-lu, Moupin, and Chia-Kou-ho ; the species occurs in
the month of July. Oberthtir’s types, two males, were
from Yunnan.
Distribution, WESTERN CHINA; YUNNAN.
195. Artona cyanicornis.
Bintha cyanicornis, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvi
(1886).
Poujade describes this species from Moupin. I received
a male specimen from Chang-yang and a female from
Omei-shan, both taken in June.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
196. Artona aurulenta.
Bintha aurulenta, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exvi
(1886).
Poujade describes this species from one male specimen
_and five females received from Moupin.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
197. Artona albomacula, sp. n.
Primaries black with three white spots placed as in A. aurulenta,
Pouj., 7.e., one in the cell, one below cell and a slightly angulated
lunule beyond. Secondaries white with broad black borders.
Fringes white marked with blackish.
Expanse 20 millim.
One male specimen from Chow-pin-sa taken in May or
June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
This may possibly be a colour-aberration of A. awrulenta.
198. Artona superba.
Antona superba, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 121, pl. xu,
fig, 5, 9 (1897).
Alphéraky describes a female specimen taken on
August 27th in the Siad-tjin-ho valley in the province of
Sé-Tchouen (Szechuen).
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
330 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus TASEMA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 236
(1892).
199. Tasema merens.
Aglaino mexrens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., 11, p. 171 (1887).
Three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA ; AMURLAND ; JAPAN.
This species seems very closely allied to 7. bipars, Walk.,
and possibly may be specifically identical with it.
Genus THYRASSIA.
Butl., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., xii, p. 855 (1876).
200. Thyrassia penange.
Syntomis penange, Moore, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1859,
p: 198) pl los figs 7,
Hydrusa penange, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 102 (1892) ;
Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 51 (1892).
Moore described this species from Penang. I have a
specimen from the province of Kwei-chow taken in June
or July.
Distribution. PENANG; WESTERN CHINA.
Swinhoe gives Syntomis diversa, Walk. (C.L.H., xxxi,
p. 75) as a synonym of Hydrusa penange, Moore.
Genus CLELEA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 465 (1854).
201. Clelea sapphirina.
Clelea sapphirina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 465 (1858);
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 239 (1892).
Occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang and Omei-shan in June
and July. Walker's type is from Hong-Kong
Distribution. SikHIM; Momeit; Burma (Hampson);
CENTRAL, WESTERN and SOUTHERN CHINA.
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 331
202, Clelea syfanica.
Laurion syfanicum, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 25,
pl. vi, fig. 45 (1894).
One example of each sex received from Moupin, where
they were captured in June. Oberthiir’s specimens (two
males) were from the “ Vallée du Tong-H6” and were
taken in April and May.
The female has very long simple antenne.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ADSCITA.
Retz.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 81 (1892).
203. Adscita tristis.
Procris tristis, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 97, pl. viii, fig. 4
(1864) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 594.
Adscita tristis, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892).
Procris esmeralda, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 394 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 4, pl. xxi,
fig. 8 (1878).
Common in Japan and Corea. I have one example of
the type form from Chang-yang taken in June.
Of forty specimens from Japan and Corea eight are of
various shades of green (var. esmeralda) and seventeen
more or less blackish-grey ; the remainder are not quite
like either typical tristis or esmeralda.
The insect recorded by Motschulsky, as Procris budensis,
from Japan should probably be referred to this species.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; EAST SIBERIA ; JAPAN ;
CorEA ; CENTRAL CHINA.
204. Adscita funeralis.
Procris funeralis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv.
p. 351 (1879).
Adscita funeralis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892).
One male specimen taken at Chang-yang in June, and
one example of the same sex taken at Gensan in July.
Butler’s type was from Japan.
Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA ; CENTRAL CHINA.
332 Mr. J. H. Leech on
205. Adscita fusca.
Procris fusca, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 595,
pl. xxx, figs. 6, 6a.
Adscita fusca, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 82 (1892).
Four specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection and
one example from Ichang, the latter taken in June.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA.
206. Pseudopsyche ? yarka.
Pseudopsyche ? yarka, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 42,
pl. iv, fig. 49 (1894).
Obertbiir describes this species from Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ARAOCERA.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 244 (1892).
207. Areocera chinensis.
Ino chinensis, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 31 (1862).
Adscita chinensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 82 (1892).
I obtained specimens at Nagasaki in June; there were
two specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama.
Distribution. NORTH CHINA; JAPAN ; KIUSHIU.
Genus AMURIA.
Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 172 (1887).
208. Amuria cyclops.
Amuria cyclops, Staud., Rom. sur Lep., ii, p. 172, pl. vin,
fig. 6 (1887).
One male specimen from Chang-yang, taken in June.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus ILLIBERIS.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 280 (1854).
iy)
eu)
Heterocera from China, Japan and Corea. 3%
209. Illiberis nigrigemma.
Glaucopis nigrigemma, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 141
(1854).
Zama cyanecula, Herr.-Schiff., Auss. Schmett., 1, p. 7, fig.
224 (1855).
Northia cyanecula, Butl, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 1, p. 13, pl.
vu, fig. 8 (1877).
Llliberis nigrigemma, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
Llliberis eyanecula, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, p. 59
(1892).
This species has been recorded from Hong-Kong and
North China. My collectors did not meet with it.
Distribution. Norte and SoutH CHINA.
210. Llliberis translucida.
Procris translucida, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iv, p.
exxxvi (1885).
Adscita translucida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 82 (1892).
Northia translucida, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, pl. vi,
fig. 66 (1894).
I have four specimens from Moupin and one from Wa-
Sen-Kow, all taken in June.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
211. Llliberis tenwis.
Northia tenwis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p.
394 (1877); IIL Typ. Leps Wet: ps 92 pl xx, fio: 17
(1878).
Illiberis tenuis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
I obtained this species in Satsuma and at Nagasaki in
May and at Hakodate in August; there were specimens
from Oiwake, Yokohama and Yesso in Pryer’s collection.
Two specimens have been received from Moupin where
they were taken in June.
Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN; YESSO;
Kiusaiu; WESTERN CHINA.
Perhaps identical with J. khasiana, Moore, which species
Hampson refers to his Section III of the genus Phacusa,
Walker.
334 Mr. J. H. Leech on
212. Illiberis consimilis, sp. n.
Closely allied to I. tenwis, but the primaries are fuscous grey and
the secondaries are slightly tinged with the same colour. The borders
of all the wings are very narrow and the costal area of secondaries
is not blackish.
Expanse 30 millim.
Two female specimens in Pryer’s collection but without
exact locality.
Hab. JAPAN.
213. Llliberis dirce.
Northia dirce, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 596,
Pl xxxs tows)
Illiberis dirce, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
A female example from Gensan taken in June. There
are four specimens from North China in the National
Museum at South Kensington.
Distribution. COREA ; NorTH CHINA.
214. Llliberis cybele.
Northia cybele, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 596,
jk eee-g ile, 'S),
Tiluberis cybele, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
I took the type (2) at Gensan in June.
Hab, COREA.
215. Llliberis sinensis.
Illiberis sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 280 (1854).
Northia sinensis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p.
595, pl. xxx, fig. 20.
I took specimens at Foochau in April and at Gensan
in June and have received examples from Ichang, Chang-
yang, Kiukiang, and Mopuin.
Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN; YESSO;
NORTHERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 335
216. Llliberis psychina.
Procris psychina, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 28, pl. vii,
fig. 6 (1880).
Northia psychina, Leech, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 596.
Llliberis sinensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 88 (1892).
I obtained one example at Hakodate in August and
there were two specimens in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. ASKOLD; JAPAN; YESSO.
217. Llliberis ochracea, sp. n.
Greatly resembling I. elegans, Pouj., but with the abdomen dingy-
ochreous above and brighter below.
Expanse 6 20—26 millim ? 30 millim.
Five male specimens and one female from the province
of Kwei-chow, one male from Moupin and another from
Ichang; all taken in June.
I have one specimen, which I took in Foochau in April,
that seems to be referable to this species, but the prim-
aries are rather opaque.
Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
218. Llliberis elegans.
Thyrina elegans, Pouj., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1886, p. exliii.
Type from Moupin. I have several specimens from
Moupin and two from the province of Kwei-chow.
This species is very closely allied to Z. psychina.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
219. Llliberts nigra.
Procris nigra, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 595,
pl. xxx, figs. 7, fa.
Adscita nigra, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 83 (1892).
One female specimen from Ohoyama in Pryer’s
collection,
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus PHACUSA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 150 (1854).
336 Mr. J. H. Leech on
220. Phacusa djrewma.
Phacusa djrewma, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvili, p. 21, pl.
ii, fig. 31 (1898).
Described by Oberthiir from Tsé-kou.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PIAROSOMA.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p- 243 (1892).
221. Piarosoma hyalina.
Arachotia hyalina, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 128, pl. vii, fig. 6.
Phacusa thibetana, Oberth., Etud. d’Extom., xix, p. 30, pl.
v, fig. 23 (1894).
One male specimen from Kiukiang taken in June.
I described this species from Kiukiang and Oberthiir
redescribed it from Ta-chien-lu and Moupin.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Subfamily CHALCOSIINZE.
Genus SORITIA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Hep., ui, p. 435 (1854).
222. Soritia leptalina.
Chaleosia leptalina, Koll., Hiigel’s Kasch., iv (2), p. 462
(1844).
Eterusia sexpunctata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 432
(1854).
Heterusia octopunctata, Motsch., Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1872,
p. 344.
Soritia leptalina, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 252 (1892).
Two male specimens and eight females from Kwei-
chow; one female from Moupin and four examples of the
same sex from Chang-yang. June and July.
The males have a yellow triangular patch extending
from the base to beyond the middle of the primaries. The
females are variable as regards number of spots; two of
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 387
the Chang-yang specimens are referable to octopwnctata
and two to sezpunctata. All but two of the Kwei-chow
examples are six spotted, one of the exceptions has four
spots and the other two only, 7.c., one on each primary.
The Moupin female has pale straw-coloured secondaries
with two very faint spots on each of the wings, and two
well developed spots on each primary. One female from
Kwei-chow has two spots on the left primary and one on
the left secondary, whilst on the opposite pair the primary
only is marked with one dot.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS; SYLHET; BuRMA; BER-
NARDMYO (Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
223. Soritia elizabetha.
Eterusia elizabetha, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 433
(1854).
Heterusia microcephala, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iv,
pl. Ixxxiu, fig. 7 (1874).
It occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang, Kiukiang, and Ta-
chien-lu ; June, July, and August. I have only two female
specimens, both from Ichang taken in August. The only
example that I have from Ta-chien-lu is a male taken in
July ; it is not in very good condition but the yellow is
deeper in tone than in any of the other specimens. |
Distribution. CENTRAL, WESTERN, and NorTH-EASTERN
CHINA.
Genus RETINA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ui, p. 488 (1854).
224, Retina costata.
Retina costata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 439 (1854);
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iui, pl. xliii, fig. 7 (1879).
I have received this species from Chang-yang, Ichang,
Kiukiang, Omei-shan, and the province of Kwei-chow.
The specimen from the last-named locality is a female;
this and also two examples of the same sex from Omei-
shan have the band as broad as in the male, but in three
other females from Omei-shan the band is narrower than
in the male. In the Omei-shan specimens the band is
orange-red instead of crimson.
Distribution. NORTH, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 23
339 Mr. J. H. Leech on
225. Retina rubiginosa, sp. n.
Primaries pinkish tinged with fuscous on basal area; there is a
black streak under median nervure from the base to beyond the
middle : apex bordered with black. Secondaries black. Under-sur-
face as above but the basal area of secondaries is tinged with grey.
Expanse 42 millim.
One male specimen from the province of Kwei-chow,
taken in June or July.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PIDORUS.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 254
(1892).
226. Pidorus glaucopis.
Bombyx glaucopis, Drury., Ill. Exot. Entom., ii, p. 11,
pl. vi, fig. 4 (1773).
Pidorus atratus, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 401 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 9, pl. xxiii,
fig. 9 (1878).
Pidorus glaucopis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p- 613; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 255
(1892).
Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
I obtained the species at Shimonoseki and Tsuruga and
my collectors at Hakone, Gensan, and Kia-ting-fu. Butler
records it from Hakodate as well as from Yokohama.
Variable in size and in the width and shape of the white
band of the primaries.
Distribution. StkHIM; BHuTAN; NAGAS; CACHAR;
SyLHET (Hampson) ; JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; WESTERN
CHINA.
227. Pidorus remota.
Eterusia remota, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 431 (1854).
Laurion remota, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het, u, p. 9,
pl. xxii, fig. 10 (1878).
There were examples from Yokohama, Nikko, and Tokio
in Pryer’s collection. I took specimens at Fushiki,
Tsuruga, and Gensan; Fixsen records it from Corea.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 339
Three specimens have been received from Kia-ting-fu and
one from Chang-yang.
The species varies in size, the average expanse being
57 millim. In some specimens the band of the primaries
is much broader than in the type and in others the white
portion of the secondaries is much obscured by enlarge-
ment of the central black band; in others again the
central band of the secondaries is much reduced.
Distribution. JAPAN; COREA; NortTH, CENTRAL, and
WESTERN CHINA.
228. Pidorus geminus.
Laurion gemina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 427 (1854).
Pidorus geminus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 254 (1892).
One male specimen captured at Omei-shan in May or
June.
Distribution. HONGKONG; SIKHIM; SYLHET; MOUL-
MEIN; CAMBODIA; BorNEO (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
229. Pidorus euchromoides.
Hierusia euchromoides, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. i,
p. 120 (1864).
Laurion euchromoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 53
(1892).
Two male specimens and one female taken at Gensan
in July.
Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA; COREA,
230. Pidorus fasciatus, sp. 0.
¢ All the wings black with a yellow central fascia, broadest on
secondaries. The fascia on primaries is oblique, sometimes slightly
curved ; fascia of secondaries curved and slightly indented on its
inner edge. Under surface as above.
The fascia on all the wings rather broader.
Expanse 38—41 millim,
Three male specimens and five females from Omei-shan,
and one male from Moupin ; all taken in May and June.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
340 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus ARBUDAS.
Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 19 (1879).
231. Arbudas albofascia, sp. 0.
Frons metallic green, palpi black above whitish beneath ; thorax
violet, metallic ; abdomen bronzy green. Primaries blackish, the
basal area tinged with metallic green and violet, and limited by an
almost straight whitish fascia, the outer edge of which is irregular.
Secondaries white with a black outer marginal border wide towards
costa but narrow before and angle.
Expanse 16—20 millim.
Five male specimens and two females from Ta-chien-lu,
taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HERPA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 441 (1854).
232. Herpa ochracea, sp. n.
Allied to H. venosa, Walk., but the wings are pale ochreous in
colour and the thorax and abdomen are entirely black ; the inner
margin of primaries and the apical and outer inarginal areas of
secondaries suffused with blackish.
Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen taken at Wa-shan in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Oberthiir (Etud. d’Entom., xv, p. 21) refers to a form of
H. venosa, Walk., which he obtained from Kouy-Tchéou.
He gives it the name sinica and says that it is smaller and
whiter than venosa; possibly this may be identical with
the insect described above.
233. Herpa venosa.
Herpa venosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 442 (1854) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 257 (1892).
Herpa venosa var. sinica, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xv,
p. 21 (1891).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 341
Alphéraky records a large female taken at Ta-chien-lu,
in June, which he says agrees with the typical form from
India.
As previously stated, var. sinica, Oberth., from the pro-
vince of Kwei-chow (Kouy-Tchéou) is described as being
smaller and whiter than typical /H. venosa.
Distribution. KuAsis (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
234. Herpa luteola, sp. n.
Head black, tegulz yellow ; thorax and abdomen bluish-black,
underside of the latter ochreous. Primaries pale buff, venation and
margins black. Secondaries pale yellow, venation and outer margins
black except vein la and basal portions of veins 14, c.
Vein 11 of primaries is nearer to 12 than to 10.
Expanse 30 millim.
One female specimen from Wa-shan ; taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to H. primulina, Elwes.
235. Herpa basiflava.
Herpa basiflava, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xv, p. 21, pl. ii,
fig. 25 (1891).
Specimens were received from T'a-chien-lu, Wa-ssu-kow,
and Chi-tou, twelve in all (10 ¢ 2 @); they were
obtained in July.
In most of my examples the venation is broadly black
and the inner margin of the primaries and outer marginal
area of the secondaries are suffused with the same
colour.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HETERUSIA.
LEterusia, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xvill, p. 445
(1841).
Heterusia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 259
(1892).
236. Heterusia tricolor.
Eterusia tricolor, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii,
p. 445, pl. xxxi, tig. 4 (1841).
342 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Heterusia tricolor, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 260 (1892).
One male specimen taken in June at Omei-shan. This
differs from Indian examples of the same sex in the more
orange colour of the basal area of the secondaries and in
the neuration on this portion of the wing being less
conspicuous.
Distribution. SikHIM; SYLHET; NEPAL; Nagas: E.
Precu (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
237. Heterusia magnifica.
Eterusia magnifica, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879,
p. 5; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 20, pl. Ixxxiii, fig. 2
(1881).
Heterusia magnifica, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p- 261 (1892).
Four specimens from the province of Kwei-chow, taken
in June or July.
Except that the markings of the primaries are creamy
white, Chinese specimens agree very well with Indian
examples.
Distribution. SikKHIM; Assam; NAGAsS; SYLHET;
CacHAR (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
238. Heterusia xdea.
Papilio xdea, Clerck, Icon., pl. iv, fig. 2 (1759).
Eterusia xdea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 50 (1892).
Heterusia xdea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 262 (1892).
Common at Kiukiang ; the specimens received from that
locality are mostly females. The species also occurs at
Chang-yang, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and in the province
of Kwei-chow.
Distribution. SYLHET (Hampson); CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MILLERIA.
Herr.-Schiiff.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 262 (1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 343
239, Milleria virginalis.
Milleria virginalis, Herr.-Schiaff., Auss. Schmett., fig. 4
(18538); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 263
(1892).
Cyclosia fuliginosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 418 (1854).
Milleria fuliginosa, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 22,
pl. lxxxiil, fig. 6 (1881).
One male specimen and two females from Omei-shan and
one male from Chi-ting-fu, all taken in June, are referable
to var. fuliginosa, Walk.
Distribution. SitKHIM; SYLHET; BurMA (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CHALCOSIA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 173 (1818).
240. Chalcosia thallo.
Papilio thallo, Linn., Syst. Nat., i (2), p. 756 (1767).
Sphinx thallo, Don., Ins. China, pl. xl, fig. 2 (1798).
Chalcosia thallo, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 45 (1892) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 266 (1892).
Sphinx pectinicornis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 807.
Bombyx tiberina, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1, p. 52, pl. xxxu,
figs. C, D (1775).
Probably a Southern Chinese species.
Distribution. CHtyA; Norta Inpia; CEyYLon (Hamp-
Son). '
241. Chalcosia querini.
Gynautocera pectinicornis, Guér., Deless. Souv. Inde, u,
p. 88, pl. xxiv, fig. 4 (1843).
Chalcosia guerini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 45 (1892).
Probably a Southern Chinese species.
Hab. CHINA.
242. Chalcosia suffusa, sp. 0.
Basal half of primaries chocolate-brown, marked with white on
the nervures, and limited by large black patches (one in cell and one
in each interspace below) ; the inner margin is tinged with metallic
blue ; beyond the black spots there is a broad white band ex-
344 Mr. J. H. Leech on
tending from costa to first vein and interrupted by the neuration
above ; outer marginal area black with a series of subapical white
spots, the neuration on this portion of the wing is chocolate brown.
Secondaries white with a broad black band on outer marginal area ;
the space between the cell and vein 1) more or less suffused with
fuscous ; venation on outer marginal area metallic blue and the
anal angle is tinged with the same colour. Expanse 65—70
millim.
A long series, including both sexes, taken in June and
July at Omei-shan, and one male from Chia-ting-fu, cap-
tured in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to C. idxoides, H.-S., but, apart from the different
colour of the primaries, it is at once separated by the
crimson collar being without blue spots.
242A. Chalcosia reticularis, sp. n.
Q Head and antenne with green reflection, collar crimson.
Primaries creamy white, venation broadly black, especially on outer
area ; the basal third streaked with black between the veins, and
there are two diffuse black transverse bands, the first oblique and
the second undulated ; outer marginal area black. Secondaries
creamy white with an indented black band from costa to vein 2,
this is interrupted by the venation, which is metallic green on the
outer arta of the wing ; fringes black preceded by a line of metallic
green between vein 2 and outerangle. Under surface creamy white :
primaries have a metallic green patch in the basal half of the discal
cell and a black band, the latter interrupted by the venation, which
is metallic green on outer portion of the wing: secondaries as above
but the band is narrower. Expanse 88 millim.
One female example taken by a native collector to the
north of Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
The species appears to be most nearly allied to C.
idxoides, from Northern India.
243. Chalcosia syfanica.
Arbudas syfanica, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 33,
pl. vi, fig. 43 (1894).
Oberthiir described this species from two male speci-
mens, received from TA-Tsien-Lot
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 345
Alphéraky (Rom. sur. Lép., ix, p. 125) records two speci-
mens, one from the province of Gan-sou, and the other
from the valley of the river Fou-bian; these he says have
considerable resemblance to both “ Arbudas” syfanica and
“ A.” thibetana, but do not agree exactly with either, and
suggests that all may be forms of one species.
244. Chalcosia thibetana.
Arbudas thibetana, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 32,
pl. vi, fig. 44 (1894).
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
245. Chalcosia alpherakyi, sp. n.
¢ Differs from C. thibetana, Oberth., as figured, in its larger size,
and the metallic green colour of primaries ; the neuration is not
marked with white, the white transverse band is broader and not
connected with the costa to form a Y-shaped mark. In shape it
more resembles C. syfanica, from which species, however, it can
readily be separated by the absence of white basal band and yellow
markings on thorax and abdomen.
Q Agrees with the male except that the band of primaries is
' broader and the marginal band of secondaries is absent.
Expanse 32-38 millim.
Six male specimens and three females were taken at
How-kow, on the Thibetan frontier, at an elevation of
10,000 feet ; June and July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CYCLOSIA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 269
(1892).
246. Cyclosia papilionaris.
Noctua papilionaris, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., ui, p. 4, pl. u,
fig. 4 (1773).
Milleria papilionaris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 43 (1892).
Cyclosia papilionaris, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 269 (1892).
Probably occurs in Southern China only.
Distribution. CHINA; SIKHIM; KHAsIS; BURMA ;
Mercut; Java (Hampson).
346 Mr. J. H. Leech ov.
Genus ERASMIA.
Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii, p. 446 (1841).
247. Hrasmia pulchella.
Erasmia pulchella, Hope, Trans. Linn Soe., xviii, p. 446,
pl. xxxi, fig. 5 (1841).
A fine series from Chia-ting-fu, and one example from
the province of Kwei-chow, all taken in June and July.
The Chinese specimens differ from the Indian type in
having smaller blue spots on the primaries, and a broader
outer marginal border to the secondaries.
Distribution. StkHIM; ASSAM; NAGAS; SYLHET
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
248. Hrasmia sangacca.
Erasmia sangaica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 86 (1877).
Moore describes this species from Shanghai.
Hab. NORTH-EASTERN CHINA.
Genus CAMPYLOTES.
Westw., Royle’s Botany of Himalayas, Lep., p. liii. (1839).
249. Campylotes histrionicus.
Campylotes histrionicus, Westw., Royle’s Botany of Hima-
layas, Lep., p. liu, pl. x, fig. 1 (1889); Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 274 (1892).
I have a series from the province of Kwei-chow; the
specimens were taken in June and July.
Mstribution. Throughout the HimataAyas; KHAsIS
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
250. Campylotes romanovi, sp. n.
Blue-black with markings as in C. histrionicus from the North-
west Himalayas ; the spots on apical area, with the exception of three
near costa, are not subhyaline whitish as in C. histrionicus; the
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 347
tegule are crimson instead of yellow, and there are no yellow
markings on the abdomen or on the legs.
Expanse 70—85 millim.
A very fine series, including both sexes, from Moupin,
and one specimen from Wa-shan ; June.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
251. Campylotes desgodinsi.
Epyrgis desgodinsi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., ix, p. 18, pl. ii,
fig. 10 (1884).
Campylotes desgodinsi, var. splendida, Elwes, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 384, pl. xxxiii, fig. 3.
Occurs at Moupin and most of the localities in Western
China that my collectors visited ; June and July.
Many of the specimens have a distinct basal band on
the primaries.
Distribution. N&AGAs (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
252. Campylotes pratt.
Campylotes pratti, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 109 (1890).
I have only received this species from Chang-yang, with
the exception of one example from Pu-tsu-fong, in which
the basal band of the primaries is absent, the spots on the
apical area are whitish, and all the discal markings are
reddish ochreous in colour.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
2538. Campylotes minima.
Campylotes minima, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 25,
pl. vi, fig. 54 (1894).
One example of each sex from Omei-shan, and a male
from Ta-chien-lu, taken in June and July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HIsTIA.
Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 198 (1818).
348 : Mr. J. H. Leech on
254. Histia flabellicornis.
Zygxna flabellicornis, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii, p. 163 (1781).
Histia flabellicornis, Hiibn., Verz. Schmett., p. 198 (1816).
Papilio rhodope, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. xxx, fig. F. (1775).
Histia rhodope, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 55 (1892).
One male specimen from Fung-tu, taken in September,
two females from Ichang, and one from Chia-ting-fu, cap-
tured in July, and one example of the same sex from
Kiukiang obtained in August.
There was a specimen in Pryer’s collection from Loochoo.
The blue colour in the secondaries of the females is
suffused with blackish, and only shows in certain lights.
Distribution. Honc-Kone; SIKHIM; ASSAM; KHASiSs;
N&aas; Burma (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA ; LoocHoo.
Genus AGALOPE.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii. p. 437 (1854).
255. Agalope david.
Chalcosia davidi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., ix, p. 19, pl. 1,
fig. 2 (1884).
Agalope davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 57 (1892).
This appears to be a common species at Chang-yang,
and Moupin in June; it also occurs at Omei-shan, Ni-tou,
Chow-pin-sa, and Chia-Kou-ho.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
256. Agalope immaculata, sp. n.
All the wings semi-transparent. Primaries creamy-white, neuration
fuscous ; there is a small yellow patch at the base, and the inner area
is tinged with yellow. Secondaries whiter than primaries; the
venation is distinct but not tinged with fuscous. Under surface as
above. Expanse 56 millim.
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to A. davidi, Oberth., but separable from that
species by the absence of markings and by the longer
pectinations of the antenne.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 349
257. Agalope livida.
Agalope livida, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 391.
Probably a Southern Chinese species.
Hab, CHINA.
Genus CHELURA.
Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xviii, p. 444 (1840).
258. Chelura eronioides.
Chelura eronioides, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 15 (1857).
Achelura eronioides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 56 (1892).
One example of each sex from Moupin, and four females
from Omei-shan, all captured in June.
Distribution. SIKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
259. Chelura bieti.
Chalcosia bieti, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 29, pl. vi,
fig. 40 (1886).
Agalope bieti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 57 (1892).
Oberthiir describes this species from Ta-chien-lu. It
seems to be very closely allied to C. eronioides. My
collectors did not meet with it.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
260. Chelura dejeani.
Agalope dejeani, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 20,
pl. ii, fig. 24 (1893).
Four male specimens from the high plateau to the
north of Ta-chien-lu.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ELcYsMA.
Butl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 4.
261. Eleysma westwoodii,
Agalope westwoodii, Voll., Tijdschr. Ent., vi, p, 136, pl. ix,
fig. 3 (1863).
350 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Elcysma translucida, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 4
Eleysma west woodii, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890,
p. 386, pl. xxxiv, fig. 5.
There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection, one
of which is from Gifu; my native collector obtained a
female example at Gensan in August.
Dr. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 248) considers
E. caudata, Brem., from Amurland to be a local form of
this species.
Distribution. AMURLAND (Staudinger) ; JAPAN ; CHINA ;
CoREA.
Subfamily PHAUDINE.
Genus PHAUDA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 256 (1854).
262. Phauda triadum.
Euchromia triadum, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 257
(1854).
Xenares fortunti, Herr.-Schaff., Auss. Schmett., i, p. 223,
(1854).
Phauda fortunii, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., i, p. 20, pl. ix,
fig. 3 (1877).
Two specimens from Kiukiang taken in June.
Hab. NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
263. Phauda pratt.
Phauda pratti, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 81 (1890).
The type was from Ichang; I have since received a
specimen from Moupin, taken in June, and one from
Wa-shan, captured in July.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PRYERIA.
Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 85 (1877).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 351
264. Pryeria sinica.
Pryeria sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 86 (1877).
A long series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. NORTHERN CHINA; JAPAN.
Family PSYCHID.
Subfamily G@CETICIN 2.
Genus CLANIA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 291
(1892).
265. Clania variegata.
Oiketicus variegatus, Snell., Tijdschr. Ent., xxii, p. 114,
pl. ix, fig. 6 (1879).
Ewmeta pryeri, Moore; Leech, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 598.
Clania variegata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 291 (1892).
Two specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection
and I have one from Nikko.
Distribution. SHANGHAI; CANARA; NILGIRIS ; CEYLON ;
BorNEO; CELEBES (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
266. Clania japonica.
Eumeta japonica, Heyl., C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxviii, p. xl
(1884).
Male type, with pupa and pupa-case, described from
specimen received from Tokio by M. Heylaerts.
It appears to be very closely allied to C. variegata.
(* Hab, JAPAN.
267. Clania minuscula.
Eumeta minuscula, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 22.
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection; I bred a specimen at Nagasaki, and I have
eleven examples from Ichang, taken in August.
Distribution. JAPAN; KIuSHIU ; CENTRAL CHINA.
352, Mr. J. H. Leech on
Subfamily PSYCHIN.
Genus ACANTHOPSYCHE.
Heyl., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1881, p. 66.
268. Acanthopsyche bipars.
Perina bipars, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 406 (1865).
Acanthopsyche (CEceticoides) bipars, Hampson, Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths, i, p. 298 (1892).
Kophene bipars, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 506 (1892).
One specimen in Pryer’s collection ; exact locality not
indicated.
Distribution. BomBay (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
Genus PLATEUMETA.
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 22.
269. Platewmeta awrea.
Plateumeta aurea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p- 22.
Two examples from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Hab. JAPAN. :
Genus PSYCHE.
Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii (2), p. 87 (1802).
270. Psyche viciella.
Tinea viciella, Schiff., Syst. Verz. Lep. Wien., pp. 133, 288,
pol atti’, W/nLivei)):
Psyche viciella, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 515 (1892).
One specimen of var. ste¢inensis, Her., in Pryer’s collection
without locality.
Distribution. KUROPE.—JAPAN.
271. Psyche wnicolor.
Bombyx wnicolor. Hufn., Berl. Mag., ii, p. 418 (1766).
Canephora wnicolor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.,i, p. 509 (1892).
Psyche unicolor, var. asiatica, Staud., Stett. Ent. Zeit.,
1887, p. 94.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 353
There were several specimens in Pryer’s collection from
Yokohama and Yesso ; these are referable to var. asiatica,
Staud.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO ;
FoocHAU.
Family COSSID.
Genus Cossus.
Fabr.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 305
(1892).
272. Cossus ligniperda.
Bombyx cossus, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 504 (1858); Hiibn.,
Kur. Schmett., Bomb., fig. 198.
Cossus ligniperda, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii, p. 8 (1794).
Trypanus cossus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 860 (1892).
Cossus cossus, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 337 (1887).
Fixsen records this species from Corea. Staudinger
(Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 291) refers to a specimen which he
received from Hertz, who took it in the north of Pekin, as
Cossus cossus ; from his description of this example, how-
ever, it would seem to be C. vicarius.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CorREA; ? NorTH
CHINA.
273. Cossus vicartus.
Cossus vicarius, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 584 (1865).
Trypanus vicarius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 861 (1892).
There were two specimens in Pryer’s collection but
without data. I took a male at Gensan and I have
received one taken by a native collector at Nikko. My
collectors in China appear to have met with the species
at Ta-chien-lu only where one female example was
obtained.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CorREA; NortH and WESTERN
CHINA.
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PART III. (SEPT.) 24
354 Mr. J. H. Leech on
274. Cossus acronyctoides,
Brachylia acronyetoides, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1879, p. 411, pl. xxxiv, fig. 4.
Cossus acronyctoides, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 305 (1892).
One male specimen taken at Wa-shan in May.
Mstribution. KASHMIR; GANJAM; BomBay; Muow;
NiLerris (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus AZYGOPHLEPS.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 8309 (1892).
275. Azygophleps albofasciata.
Zeuzxera albofasciata, Moore, Lep., Atk., i, p. 87 (1879).
Azygophleps albofasciata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 309 (1892).
A female specimen taken in July at Chia-kou-ho.
Distribution. KASHMIR ; SIKHIM (Hampson) ; WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus ZEUZERA.
Latr., Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., xxiv, p. 186 (1804) ;
Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., ii, p. 8 (1828).
276. Zeuzera pyrina.
Noctua pyrina, Linn. Faun. Suec., p. 306 (1761).
Noctua xsculi, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 833 (1767).
Bombyx xsculi, Hubn., Bomb., fig. 202 (1804 2).
Zeuzera pyrina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 871 (1892).
One example in Pryer’s collection and one from Gensan
taken in July.
Distribution. EUROPE.—JAPAN ; COREA.
277. Zeuzera leuconotum.
Zeuzera leuconotum, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 22.
T have one example of each sex from Moupin, and one
small male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, all taken in July.
There was one male in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 355
Z. multistrigata, Moore, is very closely allied to Z. lewco-
notum if it is not specifically identical with it.
Distribution, JAPAN ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PHRAGMATCCIA.
Newm., Zoologist, vii, p. 2931 (1850).
278. Phragmatacia castanex.
Bombyx castanex, Hiibn.; Esp., Schmett., p. 94, pl. xciv,
figs. 1, 2 (1807).
Bombyx arundinis, Hibn., Bomb., pl. xlvii, figs. 200, 201
(1803).
Zcuzera innotata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 587
(1865).
Phragmatecia castanex, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 313 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 876
(1892),
Phragmatacia castanex, Hb., var. pygmea, Graes, Staud.,
Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 293 (1892).
Occurs in July and August at Yokohama and Hako-
date.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
NortH-EAsteRN Cuina; NILGIRIS; AFRICA.—CEYLON.
— MADAGASCAR.
Family HEPIALIDZ.
Genus PHASSUS.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 318
(1892).
279. Phassus signifer.
Phassus signifer, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1568 (1856) ;
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. cix, fig. 2 (1886) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 820 (1892).
Phassus sinensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 94 (1877).
Phassus herzi, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 335, pl. xv,
fic. 3 (1887).
I have examples of this variable species from Yoko-
356 Mr. J. H. Leech on
hama, Oiwake, Satsuma, Shimoneseki, Gensan, Ichang,
and Moupin.
The silvery mark at the outer end of the cell may be
bar-like, geminate, or punctiform, but it is not entirely
absent in any of my specimens; other silvery marks are
found at the base of the cell (always present) and towards
the apex of the primares.
Distribution. SYLHET; BERNARDMYO; Burma; E.
Precu ; BornEo (Hampson); JAPAN; COREA; CENTRAL,
WESTERN and NORTH-EASTERN CHINA.
280. Phassus marginenotatus, sp. n.
Primaries brownish, sparsely striated with darker, the costal and
«central areas are variegated with golden brown ; there is a diffuse,
oblique, dark brown, sub-basal band, a patch of the same colour
‘beyond the cell, and some dark brown quadrate spots on the
-apical half of the costa; fringes of the ground colour, preeeded by
silvery white dots. Secondaries and undersurface of all the wings
fuliginous. Expanse 70 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June or
July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
981. Phassus david.
Flepialus davidi, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. xcii
(1886).
Described from specimens received from Moupin. I have
four examples from Chia-kou-ho, taken in July and August.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
282. Phassus excrescens.
Fepialus excrescens, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 482° (1877); Ill Typ. Mep.e Mets ein) ps 205
pl. xxvii, fig. 7 (1878).
Phassus excrescens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 889 (1892).
Hepialus emulus, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 482 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 20, pl. xxvii,
fig. 8 (1878).
Phassus excrescens, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
. 645.
faa species. I have specimens from Yokohama
Hakodate and Kiushiu.
Distribution. JAPAN, YESSO and KiusHiu ; AMURLAND.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 357
Genus HEPIALUS.
Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 589 (1775).
283. Hepialus velleda.
Bombyz velleda, Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 212, 233, 234 (1814).
Hepialus fusconebulosus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, 1, p. 880
(1892).
One example which appears to be referable to the
greyish form of this species was received from Ichang
where it was captured in June.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CENTRAL CHINA.
284. Hepialus hectus.
Noctua hectus, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, App., p. 822 (1858).
Bombyx hectus, Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 208, 209, 258 (1804 2).
Hepialus hectus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 883 (1892).
There were two specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND ; YESSO.
285. Hepialus nebulosus.
Hepialus nebulosus, Alph., Rom, sur Lép., v, p. 85 (1889).
One specimen from Chia-kou-ho and one from Wa-shan
appear to be referable to this species which Alphéraky
describes from North-East Thibet. Possibly it may be a
form of H. velleda.
Distribution. NORTH-EAST THIBET; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus GORGOPIS.
Hiibn., Verz, Schmett., p. 198 (1822 2).
286. Gorgopis nuphonica.
Gorgopis niphonica, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
iv, p. 357 (1879).
Two specimens from the foot of Ohoyama, near Yoko-
hama, in Pryer’s collection ; I obtained one example at
Tsuruga in July.
Hab, JAPAN.
358 Mr, J. H. Leech on
Family CALLIDULID.
Genus PTERODECTA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 399 (1877).
287. Pterodecta felderr.
Callidula feldert, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 38, pl. iv,
fig. 3 (1864).
Pierodecta gloriosa, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
x, Py 09 S77) UE yp =ieps let yet pers:
pl. xxiii, fig. 4 (1878).
Specimens from Yokohama, Yamato, and Fujisan in
Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Nagahama
and Tsuruga and my collectors at Chang-yang and at most
of the localities in Western China that they visited.
Distribution. AMURLAND; CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA; JAPAN.
Genus HERIMBA.
Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 20 (1879).
2&8. Herimba nigropuncta, sp. n.
Head, palpi, and thorax black, marked with yellow ; abdomen,
black, with yellow dorsal line and bands,
Primaries white, basal area yellow ; costal area and inner margin
spotted with black; basal, sub-basal, submarginal, and marginal
bands indicated by black spots, which are often confluent especially
on outer margin ; there is a large black spot at end of cell and one
beyond middle of inner margin ; a wavy and sometimes interrupted
yellow line separates the marginal from the submarginal series of
spots, and there are spurs of the same colour along the venation.
Secondaries white, with one or two black spots at the base, a sub-
basal band represented by a large black spot towards costa, and a
similar one with two smaller on inner margin ; marginal and sub-
marginal bands indicated by black spots, but the latter is irregular,
and the spots absent between veins 4 and 7 ; marginal line yellow,
terminating in a diffuse yellow patch at anal angle. Fringes black,
marked with yellow at anal angle of secondaries.
Expanse, ¢ 32—34 millim., 9 36 millim.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 359
Specimens were received from Chang-yang, Chia-ting-
fu, and Chia-kou-ho; they were taken in June and July.
Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
The markings are subject to considerable modification.
In some examples the costal spots are confluent, forming
a broad black border.
289. Herimba flavilinea, sp. n.
Similar to H. nigropuncta, but the yellow markings are more
prominent, the sub-basal black band of secondaries is more complete
and separated from the marginal band bya yellow line as on primaries ;
the spots forming the marginal band are sometimes surrounded by
yellow. Expanse ¢ 26—34 millim., ? 36 millim.
Four male specimens from Wa-ssu-kow and one female
from Ni-tou. Occurs in June and July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
290. Herimba trachiaria.
Abraxas trachiaria, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvii, p. 35,
pl. ui, fig. 21 (1893).
Described from a female specimen taken in May some-
where between Ta-chien-lu and Moupin.
I have one example from Moupin and one from Omei-
shan, both captured in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Family DREPANULIDZ.
Genus EUCHERA.
Hibn., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 327
(1892).
291. Huchera cupitata.
Abraxas capitata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv, p. 112]
(1862).
Cyclidia capitata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 725 (1892).
There were specimens of this very variable species from
Ohoyama and Fujisan in Pryer’s collection. I took the
species at Gensan in July and have received examples
360 Mr. J. H. Leech on
from Mr. Manley of Yokohama. My collectors in China
obtained specimens at Ship-y-shan, Chang-yang, Wa-
shan, and Chia-kou-ho. Walker’s type was from Hong-
kong.
Distribution. CHINA; COREA; JAPAN.
292. Huchera fractifasciata, sp. n.
White. Primaries with a fuscous basal patch and sub-basal band,
the latter interrupted by the nervures ; a central fascia, interrupted
below the middle, the costal portion broad, enclosing a white spot,
and the inner marginal portion represented by two almost round
spots ; outer margin broadly bordered with fuscous, traversed by an
ill defined wavy line of the ground colour, which unites with a
large patch between veins 3 and 4, in the interspaces above this
patch there are whitish rings enclosing fuscous spots, but these are
not well defined ; there are narrow, wavy, fuscous bands between
the sub-basal and central and between the central band and marginal
border. Secondaries have an interrupted fuscous submarginal band,
not extending to outer angle, and a series of spots of the same colour
before the interrupted fuscous marginal line; there is a fuscous
cloud towards anal angle between the submarginal band and the
marginal spots.
Expanse, ¢ 80 millim., ? 90 millim.
An example of each sex taken at Wa-shan in June.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
293. Huchera ociferaria.
Cyclidia ociferaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xx, p. 56 (1860).
Walker described this species from North China; my
collectors did not meet with it.
Genus MACROCILIX.
Butl,, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 18 (1886).
294. Macrocilix maia.
Argyris maia, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 647,
pl. xxxii, fig. 6.
Described from a specimen that I captured at Gensan
in the month of July. I have since received another ex-
ample taken in the island of Kiushiu by a native collector.
Distribution. COREA ; KIusHIU.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 361
295. Macrocilix orbiferata.
Abraxas orbiferata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxiv, p. 1126
(1862).
Macrocilix orbiferata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 330 (1892).
Six specimens from Omei-shan, two from Moupin and
one from Chia-ting-fu ; all taken in June and July.
Nstribution. SIKHIM; BHUTAN; Kuisis; BORNEO
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MACRAUZATA.
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vu, p. 43 (1889).
296. Macrauzata fenestraria.
Comibena fenestraria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1867,
p. 639.
Macrauzata fenestraria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 330 (1892).
One example from Tokio in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. KANGRA ; SIKHIM (Hampson) ; JAPAN.
Genus CALLICILIX.
Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 124 (1885).
297. Callictlix abraxata.
Callicilix abraxata, Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 124 (1885).
Platypteryx nguldoe, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 22,
pl. u1, fig. 29 (1893).
There was a specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collection ;
my native collector obtained a male at Hakodate in July
and I have received examples of both sexes from Chang-
yang, Omei-shan, and Kwei-chow, also taken in July.
Oberthiir’s specimen was taken between Ta-chien-lu
and Moupin.
The Chinese specimens are rather larger than those
from Yesso and the markings are somewhat broader and
heavier.
Distribution. YESSO ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
362 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus AUZATA
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi, p. 1620 (1862).
298. Auzata chinensis, sp. n.
Somewhat similar to A. superba, but all the wings have a double
antemedial pale fuscous line, and an interrupted submarginal band
of the same colour ; the secondaries have a patch as on primaries ;
fringes of all the wings pale fuscous interrupted with white at the
ends of the nervules. Expanse, ¢ 38 millim., 9 48 millim.
I have a series of eight specimens. They were taken
at Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and in the pro-
vince of Kwei-chow during the months of June and July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
299. Auzata superba.
Argyris superba, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 52, pl.
Xxxvii, fig. 2 (1878).
Occurs in July and August at Yokohama, Oiwake and
Hakodate.
Hab. JAPAN and YESSO,
300. Auzata minuta, sp. Un.
White. Primaries have a fuscous dot at end of the cell and a
fuscous grey line beyond; the latter is angulated below costa, and
thence curved to inner margin, in the hollow of this curve there is
a fuscous patch tinged with ochreous and intersected by the white
veins, which are here dotted with black ; submarginal band fuscous
grey, interrupted towards costa. Secondaries have a double central
line and a submarginal band, both fuscous grey, and there are two
dark dots beyond the central line and towards abdominal margin.
Fringes fuscous grey, marked with white at the ends of the nervules.
Expanse, ¢ 25 millim., 9 28—30 millim.
Occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-
fu, and in the province of K wei-chow.
Hab, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus TELDENIA.
Moore, Lep. Cey]., 11, p. 119 (1882).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 363
301. Zeldenia sericea, sp. n.
Silky white. Primaries traversed by four wavy, dusky, lines, the
outer two submarginal and close together ; secondaries have three
similar lines. Expanse 30—33 millim.
Two male specimens from Moupin, taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
The species superficially resembles a pale marked ex-
ample of Dilinia pusaria, Linn.
302. Teldenia inconspicua, sp. n.
Silky-white, powdered with fuscous scales, which assume the form
of very wavy transverse lines, these are most clearly defined on the
outer marginal area of all the wings. Under surface white, the costa
of primaries tinged with fuscous. Expanse 33 millim.
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, and a female from
Omei-shan, both taken in July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus LEUCODREPANA.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 338 (1892).
303. Leucodrepana idexoides.
Leucodrepana wdxoides, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, 333 (1892). .
One male specimen from Wa-shan, captured in July.
Distribution. SIKHIM; WESTERN CHINA,
304. Leucodrepana sacra.
Corycia sacra, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) i, p.
404 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 44, pl. li, fig.
11 (1879).
Bapta sacra, Leech, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xix, p.
198 (1897).
This species belongs to the Drepanulide and not to the
Geometride, in which family I previously placed it.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
364 Mr. J. H. Leech on
305. Leucodrepana virgo.
Corycia virgo, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) i, p.
404 (1878); lil. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 44, pl. li, fig.
10 (1879).
Described from Yokohama.
Hab. JAPAN.
306. Leucodrepana ? lineata, sp. n.
Silvery white. Primaries have four dusky, transverse lines, almost
parallel and nearly straight. Secondaries have four parallel, curved,
dusky lines, Fringes yellowish. Under surface silvery white, basal
area of primaries suffused with fuscous. Expanse 38 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan ; July.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
307. Leucodrepana nivea.
Leucodrepana nivea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 3383 (1892).
One male specimen taken in June at Wa-shan.
Distribution. StKHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
308. Leucodrepana thibetaria.
Micronia thibetaria, Pouj., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1895, p. 311,
pl. 6, fig. 10.
This species was described by Poujade from Moupin. I
have a fine series from Ichang and Chang-yang; the
specimens which are chiefly from the latter locality were
taken in June and July.
Hab. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
309. Leucodrepana quinquelineata, sp. 0.
White. Primaries have four wavy, ochreous, transverse lines, the
third and fourth rather more wavy than the other two, submarginal
line represented by ochreous dots on the neuration. Secondaries
have three ochreous, wavy, transverse lines, the second and third
appearing to be continuations of the third and fourth of primaries ;
submarginal line as on primaries. Under surface white ; primaries
fuscous on costal area. Expanse 30 millim.
One male specimen in Pryer’s collection,
Hab. JAPAN.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 365
Genus DREPANA.
Schr.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 333
(1892).
310. Drepana crocea.
Drepana crocea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 649,
be S-orghly TES 7h
Albara crocea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 784 (1892).
The type (a female, not a male as described) of this
species was in Pryer’s Japanese collection. I have since
received an example of each sex from Moupin, taken in
June. The female example agrees with the type in all
respects, but the male is smaller (36 millim.) and has the
8-mark on the secondaries less distinct.
Distribution. JAPAN; WESTERN CHINA.
311. Drepana rubromarginata, sp. n.
Primaries, yellow, outer margin bordered with reddish-brown
from vein 6 to inner margin,—antemedial line, blackish, undulated ;
postmedial line, blackish, wavy, interrupted towards costa ; sub-
‘marginal line blackish, wavy but indistinct towards costa and inner
margin, a black spot on inner margin represents the termination of
each of these lines ; there are two blackish spots in the discal cell,
an 8-shaped mark at end of cell, and a more or less round one below
it, the upper part of 8-mark centred with whitish ; the reddish
marginal border is traversed by a wavy line of the ground colour.
Secondaries paler with traces of transverse markings, mostly confined
to abdominal area ; there is a blackish spot between veins 2 and 3,
and another between veins 3 and 4, the former centred with white.
Expanse 33 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June
or July.
Hab. WeSTERN CHINA.
Allied to D. crocea.
312. Drepana grisearia, sp. n.
Primaries whitish hyaline tinged with pale fuscous grey ; basal
patch, antemedial, medial, and postmedial bands darker, outer edge
of the latter strongly defined and elbowed below costa ; submar-
ginal line diffuse running in a slight curve from apex to outer
366 Mr. J. H. Leech on
angle ; there is an elongate black spot on upper discocellular and
two almost round ones on lower discocellular. Secondaries whitish
with five fuscous grey transverse lines and bands, all indistinct
towards costa ; there is a black dot at upper angle of cell and one at
lower angle. Expanse 40 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or
July.
Hab, WESTERN CHINA.
313. Drepana hyalina.
Drepana hyalina, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p.
401; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vii, pl. exxv, fig. 1 (1889).
One specimen from Huang-mu-chang, which agrees
with examples of this species that I have from Kokser.
MNstribution. DHARMSALA ; KuLu (Hampson) ; WESTERN
CHINA.
314. Drepana acuminata.
Drepana acuminata, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 113 (1890).
Platypteryx acuminata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731
(1892),
Described from a male specimen received from Ichang.
Distribution. CENTRAL CHINA.
Drepana manleytr, sp. n.
Primaries pale ochreous brown traversed by two transverse lines ;
the first line curved, slightly indented below costa, and rather
indistinct ; the second line dark brown, acutely angled below costa,
where it is joined by a short oblique line from the apex ; there is
a black spot in the cell and the apex is purplish-brown : submar-
ginal line brown running from angle of second line to inner margin,
just before outer angle. Secondaries pale straw colour, dusted with
pale ochreous brown, traversed by four brownish lines, the second
most distinct and appearing to be a continuation of the second line
of primaries. Under surface pale straw colour, brownish at apex
as above, postmedial and submarginal lines of primaries brownish.
Expanse 30—33 millim.
Two male specimens received from Mr, Manley, who
captured them at Yokohama.
Hab. JAPAN.
Allied to. D. acwminata.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 367
316. Drepana japonica.
Drepana japonica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
mop. 940 (S47),
Platypteryx japonica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 732 (1892).
I took this species at Nagasaki in June, and there were
several specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s
collection.
Hab, JAPAN and KIUSHIU.
317. Drepana vira.
Drepana vira, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 817;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 342 (1892).
One specimen from Moupin, taken in June.
Distribution. SUKHIM; WESTERN CHINA.
318. Drepana scabiosa,
Drepana scabiosa, Butl., Ann and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 478 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., i, pl. xxv, fig. 9
(1878).
Platypteryx scabiosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 732 (1892).
I have specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, Shimonoseki,
' and Gensan; also one example taken in June at Chang-
yang, and one taken in August in the same locality.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA; CENTRAL
CHINA.
319. Drepana curvatula.
Bombyx curvatula, Borkh., Eur, Schmett., iii, p. 460 (1790).
Bombyx harpagula, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xi, figs. 42, 43 (1800).
Platypteryx curvatula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p.'732 (1892).
Drepana acuta, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 596.
Platypteryx acuta, Kirby, /. ¢., p. 733.
There were specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection. 1 obtained the species at Gensan in
June, and have one example from Hakodate, where it was
taken by a native eollector in the same month. The
specimen last referred to, also one from Oiwake, are pale
in colour and almost exactly resemble a form of D. falca-
taria, Linn., except that the outer line of the primaries
is continued on the secondaries.
Mistribution, KUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CorEA.
368 Mr. J. H. Leech on
320. Drepana flavilinea.
Drepana flavilinea, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 113 (1890).
Platypteryx flavilinea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892).
Three specimens from Chang-yang, all taken in July.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
321. Drepana parvula.
Drepana parvula, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 112 (1890).
Platypteryx parvula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892).
Drepana muscula, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 335, pl. xii,
fig. 7 (1892).
Four specimens taken by myself at Ningpo in April,
and two received from Chang-yang, where they were cap-
tured in July.
Staudinger has redescribed this species from Amurland.
Distribution. NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA; AMUR-
LAND.
322, Drepana fenestra, sp. D.
Primaries, greyish-brown, tinged with violet ; with two interrupted,
wavy, blackish lines before the middle, and an oblique double line
from apex to inner margin ; there is a small hyaline spot in the
middle of the cell and a cluster of eight spots at the end of the cell ;
a wavy, blackish submarginal line is indicated.. Secondaries have
the basal area of the same colour as primaries, but the outer area is
ferruginous ; there is adouble medial line which appears to be a con-
tinuation of the oblique one of primaries ; submarginal line, wavy,
blackish but not distinct. Expanse 26—30 millim.
Three specimens (2 f and 1 2 ) from Wa-shan, taken in
May.
Hab. WESTERN CHINA.
323. Drepana palleolus.
Drepanulides ? palleolus, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat.
Mosc., xxxix, p. 193 (1866).
Callidrepana palleolus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 730
(1892).
Occurs at Oiwake, Fujisan, Ohoyama, and Hakodate.
Hab, JAPAN and YESSO.
Feterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 369
324, Drepana argenteola.
Drepana argenteola, Moore, Lep. E.LC., p. 369 (1859) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 338 (1892).
Drepana patrana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 816.
Callidrepana patrana, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 730 (1892).
There were specimens from Nikko, Oiwake, and Fujisan
in Pryer’s collection, and Mr. Manley sent me an example
from Yokohama, I have several specimens from Chang-
yang, one from Ichang, and one from Moupin. The
species is on the wing in July and August.
Distribution. SIKHIM; BuRMA ; CEYLON ; JAVA (Hamp-
son); JAPAN ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
325. Drepana (?) bidens.
Drepana bidens, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 113 (1890).
Platypteryx bidens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 731 (1892).
Described from a specimen taken at Chang-yang in
July.
Hab, CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus HyPsSOMADIUS.
But]., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 478 (1877).
326. Hypsomadius insignis.
Hypsomadius insignis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 479 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15,
pl. xxv, fig. 3 (1878).
Type from Yokohama.
Hal. JAPAN.
Genus SPICA.
Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 424.
327. Spica parallelangula.
Spica parallelangula, Alph., Rom, sur Lép., ix, p. 2, pl. ii,
fig. 3 (1897).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART II. (SEPT.) 25
370 Mr. J. H. Leech on
The species differs from 8, lwteola, Swinhoe, in the paler
ground colour of the primaries and in the second trans-
verse line of these wings being angulated.
It is variable in the colour of the primaries, which ranges
from pale whitish ochreous to pale reddish ochreous on the
one hand and to luteous-grey on the other.
Alphéraky describes this species from the province of
Aindo, Central Asia. It appears to have occurred in June
and July in most of the localities in Western China that
my collectors visited.
Distribution. WESTERN CHINA; CENTRAL ASIA.
Genus DEROGCA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 822 (1855).
328. Deroca inconclusa.
Deroca inconclusa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vu, p. 1727
(1856); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 344
(1892).
Deroca phasma, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 1,
p. 442 (1871); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 49, pl. lui,
fig. 4 (1879).
Four specimens of each sex from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. One female example taken in June or July in
the province of Kwei-chow.
In male specimens of phasma, Butl., the markings are
much more pronounced than in typical male dconelusa.
Distribution. NortH-WeEst HIMALAYAS ; NAGAS ; MANI-
PUR (Hampson) ; JAPAN ; WESTERN CHINA.
329. Deroca hyalina.
Deroca hyalina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 823 ; Hamp-
son, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 344 (1892).
I have specimens from Chang-yang and Omei-shan,
taken in June and July, which agree very well with ex-
amples from Kulu in my collection.
Distribution. Norru-Werst HIMALAYAS ; SIKHIM ;
NAcas; Manipur; East Precu (Hampson) ; CENTRAL
and WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. Bi!
Genus PHALACRA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxv, p. 1638 (1866).
330. Phalacra vidhisara.
Hemerophila vidhisara, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxi, p. 319
(1860).
Phalacra vidhisara, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., i, p. 541, pl. eci,
figs. 1, la (1887) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
1, p. 845 (1892).
Two female specimens from Omei-shan ; July.
Distribution. BomBAy ; CatcuttTa ; NILGIRIS ; CEYLON
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CILIXx.
Leach, Edinb. Encycl., ix, p. 134 (1815).
331. Cilix glaucata.
Phalena glaucata, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 221 (1764).
-Drepana glaucata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 736 (1892).
Ciliz glaucata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 347
(1892).
I have one example taken at Chang-yang in June and
Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 17) records one from
Hei-ho.
Distribution. Europe. — NortH# AMERICA. — SIMLA ;
DALHOUSIE (Hampson); AMURLAND ; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ORETA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1166 (1855).
332. Oreta pulchripes.
Oreta pulchripes, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 477 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15, pl. xxv,
tig. 7 (1878).
Oreta caleeolaria, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 478 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 15, pl. xxv
fig. 4 (1878).
372 Mr. J. H. Leech on
A very fine and variable series from Yokohama and
Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I obtained examples at
Hakodate in August. Calceolaria is a yellow form of
O. pulchripes, and is much commoner than the type.
I received one example of the typical form from Chia-
ting-fu.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; WESTERN
CHINA ; LoocHoo.
333. Oreta auripes.
Oreta auripes, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p. 355 (1879).
Described from Yokohama specimens.
I obtained two examples at Fushiki in July and have
received one from Chang-yang, where it was taken in June.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA.
335. Oreta calida.
Oreta calida, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 4
Gs); alle Typ. Lep. Het., 11, p. 14, pl. xxv, fig.
(1878).
Occurs at Yokohama, Oiwake, and Hakodate.
Hab. JAPAN and YESSO.
335. Oreta turpis.
Oreta turpis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 477
(1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xxv, fig. 8 (1878).
This was described from Yokohama. I have not seen
any example of it other than the type.
Hab. JAPAN.
Genus CAMPTOCHILUS.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 351 (1892).
‘
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 378
336. Camptochilus reticulatum.
Auzea reticulata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 233, pl. vin, fig. 3
(1887),
Camptochilus reticulatum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 351 (1892).
Four specimens from Ichang and one from Chang-yang,
all taken in July.
Distribution, SIKHIM: CENTRAL CHINA.
337. Camptochilus sinuosa.
Camptochilus sinwosa, Warren, Novit. Zool., ii, p. 342
(1896).
One example of each sex obtained in July and one male
in August at Chang-yang.
Warren described this species from a female specimen
taken in North Manipur.
Distribution. CENTRAL CHINA ; NoRTH MANIPUR:
Family THYRIDID.
Genus STRIGLINA.
Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 353
(1892).
3388. Striglina scitaria.
Drepanodes ? scitaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvi, p. 1488
(1862).
Striglina scitaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 354 (1892).
Timandra (?) cancellata, Christoph, Bull. Mosc., lv, (2),
p. 55 (1881).
Sonagara scitaria, Staud., Rom. sur. Lép., vi, p. 636 (1892).
A series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection; I took
specimens in Satsuma in May and at Gensan in July; the
374 Mr. J. H. Leech on
latter agree with the Sikhim form strigipennis, Moore.
The species has also been received from Ichang, where it
was taken in June and again in August.
Distribution. Formosa; throughout InpIA, CEYLON and
Burma; ANDAMANS; BorNEO; NEW GUINEA ; SOLOMON
ISLANDS; AUSTRALIA ; Fist (Hampson); JAPAN; COREA ;
CENTRAL CHINA.
339. Striglina vialis.
Songara vialis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 27,
pl. vi, fig. 9.
Striglina scitaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 354 (1892).
One specimen taken in July at Kiukiang; this is
identical with Moore’s type.
This species seems to me to be quite distinct from
S. scitaria, although it must be admitted that the latter is
very variable.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; CENTRAL CHINA.
340. Striglina fixsent.
Striglina fixseni, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 167, pl. xi,
fig. 10 2 (1897).
Alphéraky’s types, a male and a female, were from
Corea. I took a male specimen at Gensan in July.
Hab. COREA.
341. Striglina suffusa, sp. n.
Stramineous tinged with pink. Primaries have three pinkish
transverse lines beyond the middle, the first is angulated below
costa and between it and the base of the wing there are some ill-
defined transverse marks. Secondaries have six or seven transverse
lines but only two of these are distinct ; the abdominal margin is
pink. Under surface as above, but the lines on primaries are less
distinct. Expanse 35 millim.
One male specimen from Chang-yang, where it was
obtained in June.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
1)
Or
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.
Genus SERICOPHORA.
Christoph, Bull. Mosc., lv, (2), p. 64 (1881).
342. Sericophora guttata.
Sericophora guttata. Christ., Bull. Mosce., lv, (2), p. 65
(1881); Staud.,-Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 636, pl. xiv,
fig. 14 (1892).
Siculodes ? lucidulina, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1894,
p- clxxxvi.
Three specimens taken by myself at Gensan in July;
I have received examples from Chang-yang, Ichang,
Moupin, Ta-chien-lu and Wa-ssu-kow, all captured in
June or July.
The Gensan specimens agree with Staudinger’s figure,
but all the others are rather smaller in size and darker in
colour, and are referable to var. lucidulina, Poujade.
Distribution. AMURLAND; COREA; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
343. Sericophora (2) brunnea, sp. n.
Brownish suffused and marked with darker. Primaries dotted
with white on the costa, barely visible from above, and traversed by
several dark brown lines ; antemedial, medial, and submarginal
bands dark brown, the latter rather broad, but all ill-defined.
Secondaries, ochreous-brown on outer margin, with eight transverse,
wavy, dark brown lines ; the third and fourth and the sixth and
seventh most clearly defined, and the space enclosed by each pair is
brown. Under surface yellowish-orange, traversed by brown lines
and bands; the apex of primaries is of the ground colour ; there is
a silvery white mark at the end of the cell, and there are some white
dots on the costa. Expanse 25 millim.,
One male from Ichang taken in June.
Hab, CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus PYRINIOIDES.
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 199.
376 Mr. J. H. Leech on
344, Pyrinioides aurea.
Pyrinioides aurea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881,
p. 200.
One male specimen and two females were obtained by
my native collector at Hakodate in June or July, and I
have received a male example from Chang-yang, taken in
June, and a female from Omei-shan,staken in July.
In both Chinese specimens the transverse line of the
primaries is preceded by a blotch of its own colour on the
costa, and the ground colour of the Chang-yang example
is pale yellowish.
Distribution. YESSO; JAPAN ; CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA,
Genus RHODONEURA.
Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 355
(1892).
345. Rhodoneura marginepunctalis.
Microsca marginepunctalis, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 5, pl. iv,
fig. 10 (1889).
fthodoneura nitens (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 359 (1892).
Pharambara quadrovata, Warr., Novit. Zool., iii, p. 342.
Described from four specimens taken in Satsuma in
May.
Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU.
346. Rhodoneura nitens.
Microsca nitens, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xx,
p- 116 (1887).
Pharambara hamifera, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 213 (1887).
Rhodoneura nitens, Hampson, Fauna, Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 359 (1892).
One specimen taken by a native collector at Ningpo in
July.
Distribution. NILetris; CEYLON; JAPAN; SOLOMON
IsLANDS (Hampson); NORTHERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 377
347. Rhodoneura exusta.
Microsca exusta, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 71,
pl. lviii, fig. 8 (1879).
Microsca ardens, Butl., 1. ¢. fig. 9
Microsca exusta, var. erecta, Leech, Entom., xxii, p. 66,
pl. iv, fig. 3 (1889).
Rhodonewra exusta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 359 (1892).
I took the type-form of this species at Nagasaki in
May, at Shimonoseki, Fusan, and Gensan in June, and at
Fushiki, Nagahama, and Hakodate in July; I have also
received specimens from Nikko and Ichang, taken in
June, and there were a number of examples from Yoko-
hama in Pryer’s collection. The ardens form was only met
with at Hakodate, and erecta at Gensan, both in July.
Distribution. Srxutm (Hampson); JAPAN; YESSO;
CoREA ; CENTRAL CHINA.
348. Rhodoneura pallida.
Microsca pallida, Butl., I. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 71,
pl. lviu, fig. 7 (1879).
Rhodoneura pallida, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p- 359 (1892).
I obtained this species in Satsuma in May, at Fusan in
June, and at Ningpo in July. There were specimens in
Pryer’s collection, and others have been received from
Ichang and Chang-yang, where they were captured in
July.
Distribution. StkKHIM; Assam (Hampson); JAPAN;
CorEA; NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
349. Rhodoneura parallelina, sp. 0.
¢ Pale cinnamon brown striated with dark brown. Primaries
have two almost parallel blackish lines traversing the central area,
the first is slightly angulated below costa, and the second is joined
by a short oblique black line from costa ; there is a fine, irregular
black line running from the costa, shortly before apex, to middle of
outer margin. Secondaries have a black, curved, antemedial line,
and a fine line similar to that on outer area of primaries. Fringes
dark brown.
3718 Mr. J. H. Leech on
2 Dark cinnamon brown ; markings as in the male, Fringes
ochreous brown marked with blackish, and preceded by a blackish
line.
Expanse, ¢ 29 millim., 9 32 millim.
ne male specimen from Chang-yang, and a fer rom
O le specimen from Chang-yang, and a female f:
Ichang, both taken in June.
Hab. CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus HYPOLAMPRUS.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 364 (1892).
350. Hypolamprus subrosealis.
Microsca subrosealis, Leech, Entom., 1889, p. 5.
Two specimens from Ningpo taken by a native collector
in June.
Hab. Nortu-East CHINA.
Genus THYRIS.
Ochs. ; Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 72 (1856).
351. Thyris fenestrella.
Phalena fenestrella, Scop., Ent. Carn., p. 217 (1763).
Sphine pyralidiformis, Hiibn., Sphing., pl. iii, fig. 16.
Thyris fenestrina, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., viii, p. 73 (1856).
I obtained specimens at Gensan in June and July, and
have received examples from Chang-yang, Wa-ssu-Kow
and Ta-chien-lu taken in July. Staudinger records the
species from Amurland and North China.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; CorEA; NORTH,
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
352. Thyris usitata.
Thyris usitata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p- 367 (1879).
There were specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, and
Gifu in Pryer’s collection; I took the species in Satsuma
in May.
T. usitata differs from 7. fenestrella in having only one
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 379
hyaline spot on the primaries, and in the yellow coloration
of the other spots; the ground colour is also invariably
black. These characters hold good in a series of thirty-
two specimens of 7’. wsitata as compared with a series of
thirty 7. fenestrella from various localities.
Hab. JAPAN and KIUSHIU.
Genus HYPERTHYRIS.
Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 121.
353. Hyperthyris aperta.
Hyperthyris aperta, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 122, pl. vu, fig. 7; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, 1, p. 370 (1892).
One male specimen from Kiukiang.
Distribution. StKHIM (Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA,’
SEPTEMBER 30, 1898,
4¢
( 381 )
XVI. Further notes on Dyscritina, Westw. By E. ERNEST
GREEN, F.E.S. With an Appendix on the species
of Dyscritina reared by Mr. Green. By MALCOLM
Burr, F.ZS., F.E.S.
[Read March 16th, 1898. ]
Puates XVIII. anp XIX.
On March 18th, 1896, I had the honour of reading at
a meeting of this Society, a few notes on Dyscritina
longisetosa, Westw., in which I drew attention to the
similarity of structure in this genus to that of the
Forficulidz. During the discussion that followed, it was
suggested by several members that Westwood’s insect was
immature, and that the adult form would be winged.
Upon my return to Ceylon in January, 1897, I set
myself the task of tracing out the life-history of this
interesting insect. I am now able to report that I have
-been so far successful that, with the exception of the
actual change from the egg to the young larva, I have
followed the transformations of Dyscritina to its final
stage, and witnessed the pairing of the adult imsects and
the subsequent oviposition.
I may here say that the above-mentioned surmises
have proved to be correct, and that the adult Dyscritina
is provided with ample wings and caudal forceps in both
sexes, the general appearance of the imago being that of
a typical earwig. One character that distinguishes
Dyscritina from most other Forficulidz is the presence in
the imago of a well-developed pad (pulvillus) between the
claws (Fig. 14), which enables the insect to run with ease
over a glass surface.
Examples of the insect are not uncommon in this
district (Pundaluoya). I have as yet had no opportunity
of searching for it in other parts of Ceylon.
The usual habitat of the larva is beneath loose stones
on the surface of the ground. I have occasionally found
specimens under moss upon rocks, and under loose bark
of trees. In fact it frequents much the same situations
as do the common earwigs. One curious difference of
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1898.—PARTIV. (DEC.) 26
382 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s
habit is noticeable. On lifting a stone, a Dyscritina, when
present, will usually be found back downwards, clinging
to the stone itself; while other Forficulids that I have
found in a similar habitat are generally seen resting on
the ground beneath the stone.
Dyscritina is extremely agile, and a very difficult
subject to secure. I do not recollect having met with
any other insect that can run so rapidly. It simply darts
across the surface of the stone and either conceals itself in
some crevice on the other side, or drops to the ground
and is lost beneath any rubbish that may be lying about.
The adult insect flies at night. JI have taken several
examples in my rooms, attracted by the lamp.
For purposes of study I find it advisable to keep the
living insects confined in a somewhat small space. If
allowed more ample room they conceal themselves too
easily for convenience of observation. A small glass-
topped cardboard box forms a convenient breeding cage,
and a piece of moss-covered bark will provide sufficient
shelter.
I have been unable to determine the natural food of
Dyscritina ; but it probably consists of small soft-bodied
insects. In captivity both larva and imago feed sparingly
upon the dead bodies of small spiders and of flies and
other minute insects, showing a preference, however, for
some species. They do not appear to care for lepidoptera.
The common mosquito is not relished, though if Dyscritina
is very hungry it will devour the abdomen of that
insect. Bread, raw meat, petals of flowers, fruit, minute
fungi, were offered, but were all refused. When food is
offered to an adult Dyscritina it usually goes through a
curlous performance to test its suitability. It takes up
its position to one side of and slightly in advance of the
object ; then bending its abdomen round to one side, it
gives it a sharp nip with its forceps and retires quickly to
note results. If the proffered object does not resent this
treatment, it 1s then considered safe and fit for food: but
if the victim makes any movement, Dyscritina immediately
retires beneath its shelter.
The insects remain under cover during the day, but
become very active and restless at night. When dis-
turbed they run about with the extremity of the abdomen
erected and the long caudal appendages inclined forwards.
Amongst the numerous examples obtained in this
Further Notes on Dyscritina 883
locality there appear to be two distinct species. Not
being properly conversant with the important points of
the Forficulide, I will not myself attempt a formal
description, but content myself with noting some general
characters by which the two species may be distinguished.
They may be separated roughly by the structure and
proportionate length of the caudal appendages in the
larval stages.
In the typical form, D. longisetosa, the cerci are con-
siderably longer than the body of the insect, cylindrical,
multiarticulate, with many fine longish backwardly-
directed hairs amongst the shorter pubescence (Figs.
4, 16).
In the new species these appendages are always shorter
than the body of the insect, with comparatively few joints,
tapering and with a few stout forwardly-directed spines
amongst the shorter pubescence (Figs. 2, 15).
The general coloration of the two species is also different.
In its larval stage D. longisetosa may be readily distin-
guished by its paler tints, the abdomen being straw-
colour with brown transverse bands (Fig. 4). The larva of
the new species (Fig. 2) is of a more uniform blackish-
brown colour, and the femora are more distinctly banded.
‘In both species the hinder angles of the prothorax are
ornamented with well defined straw-coloured patches
(Fig. 2, 4).
The imago of DP. longisetosa varies in colour from
castaneous to bright fulvous. In the darker form the
prothorax bears a conspicuous blackish curved fascia on
each side (Fig. 5). The paler variety usually has a
diffuse brownish fascia upon the middle of the elytra.
In the new species the general tint is blackish brown.
The female (Fig. 3) is more suffused with castaneous, the
elytra are more conspicuously reddish.
The male insect is distinguished by the greater number
of abdominal segments (Fig. 6).
On Oct. 27, 1897, a pair of this new species, reared up
in captivity, were found in coitu. The abdomen of the
male was twisted round and the extremity was closely
applied to the undersurface of the pygidium of the
female.
The first eggs were deposited on November 4, and
others were added at intervals during the following week,
until a total of twenty-five had been laid. The eggs were
384 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s
scattered singly over the exposed surface of the moss-
covered bark which had been provided as a shelter for the
insect, adhering shghtly to their support. Towards the
end of the egg-laying period a few were deposited in
irregular clusters and unattached to the moss. The
parent remained constantly near her eggs, visiting each
one in turn, and mouthing them in a peculiar manner as
if to keep them clean.
The egg is regularly elliptical; pale pinkish yellow ;
shining ; long, 0°30 mm.; broad, 0°50 mm.
In spite of the attentions of the parent the eggs
gradually shrivelled and dried up, and were eventually
devoured. The female parent lived on till January 18,
1898, feeding upon smal] insects and drinking water
greedily. This specimen was captured early in October
and was then in the penultimate stage. It lived in
captivity for 34 months.
The following notes upon the development of Dyscritina
apply to both species of the insect. :
In ecdysis the skin splits along the median dorsal line
of the thorax, and is shed in one complete piece, including
the covering of the delicate caudal appendages. I
have been unable to satisfy myself as to the total
number of ecdyses undergone, the examples under
observation being from a quarter to half grown at the
time of capture. I have, however, observed four successive
moults, the last revealing the adult insect. Each stage
occupies about ten days.
With each moult, instead of a diminution in the
number of joints of the caudal appendages there is a
distinct progressive increase in the length of the cerci
until shortly before the final ecdysis, when the appendages
are abruptly curtailed, leaving nothing but the long basal
joint on each side (Fig. 1). The number of joints is
variable and seldom exactly the same in both cerci of any
individual. The following series of measurements will
demonstrate this development of the caudal appendages.
DYSCRITINA LONGISETOSA.
No. 1. Body 2°5 mm. long. Ceret of same length with 14
joints. Antenne with seven joints.
No. 2. Body 3 mm. long. Cerci 6 mm., with 27 joints,
many with incomplete divisions where fresh
joints are forming. Antenne with 10 joints.
Further Notes on Dyscritina 385
No. 3. Body 4°5 mm. long. Cerci 10 mm., with 43 joints.
Antenne with 8 joints on left and 9 on right side.
No. 4. Body 65 mm. long. Cevci incomplete, apparently
injured (within them the cerci of the next stage
are plainly visible and it is noticeable that the
joints of the two sets do not correspond).
Antenne, left with 14, right with 12 joints.
No. 5. Body 7°75 mm. long. Cerct 13°5 mm., with 45
joints.
No. 6. The penultimate stage—Body 9 mm. long. Cerer
Imm. Antenne with 14 joints.
The length of the adult insect varies from 11°50 to 16
mm. of which the forceps occupy from 1 to 1°25 mm.
In the larva of the new species there is a corresponding
increase in the number of joints of the cerci during grewth ;
though in this case it is more gradual and less noticeable
as the total number of joints is much smalier, tke fully
grown larva having only from 18 to 20 joints in these
appendages. Their total length is only about three
quarters that of the body of the insect.
As stated above, in the penultimate stage the cerci are
abruptly curtailed to a single jomt. These basal joints
retain their previous character, and bear no resemblance
to the forceps of the perfect insect. They are quite
straight, with irregularly truncate extremities, looking as if
the subsequent joints had been broken or bitten off. And
I believe that such is really the case. No cast skin has
been observed to accompany this change, and in one
instance the insect lost the appendage on one side twenty-,
four hours before the opposite one disappeared. The
superfluous parts are probably eaten off by the insect
itself. Upon examination of the abbreviated caudal
appendages by transmitted light, the future forceps of the
adult insect can be plainly seen within them (Fig. 11).
From the above facts it would appear probable that the
single jointed cercus (forceps) of the larval Porficulidx is
not formed by a fusion of smaller joints, but corresponds
with the long basal joints of the larval’ appendages of
Dyscritina.
Towards the end of the larval period the notal plates of
the metathorax are distinctly sculptured with a radiating
pattern, resembling in miniature a Forficulid wing
(Figs. 2, 4).
386 Mr. E. Ernest Green’s
The glandular folds of the (5rd and 4th ?) dorsal plates of
the abdomen commence to appear when the larva is about
half grown. Fig. 10 is taken from an example with a
body length of 4°50 mm.
Another character is noticeable in all stages—from the
young larva to the adult insect. Towards the undersurface
of each antennal joint can be distinguished an oval
glandular (?) body (Figs. 12, 13), indicated on the surface
by a shallow depression and a minute pore. I suppose
these to be sense organs of some kind. Can they be of
the nature of auditory organs ?
Upon the terminal joint of each of the palpi is a minute
tactile organ cousisting of a small fleshy tubercle bearing
a number of minute points at its extremity (Fig. 7).
Throughout the larval period the feet are destitute of
any pad between the claws, and the second tarsal joint is
minute and fused with the first. In the adult insect the
three tarsal joints become distinct, and there is a con-
spicuous cup-shaped pulvillus between the claws of each
foot (Fig. 14).
The coriaceous tips of the folded wings of the imago
project to a distance equal to about half the length of the
elytra. The wing itself is ample (Fig. 6) and longer than
the body of the insect. The membranous area is not
entirely concealed when the wing is closed, several short
folds appearing outside the coriaceous part.
The number of antennal joints in the imago is variable.
One example shows 16 joints on one side and 15 on the
other, Another has 18 and 16 respectively. A third
example has 16 and 17; a fourth carries 15 joints only.
I am inclined to consider 16 as the normal number.
I was able to observe one imago shortly after its
emergence. All the parts of the insect were soft and
colourless; but the wings were accurately folded in their
proper position.
In the penultimate stage the femora of the first pair of
legs are broad and are armed on the inner edge with a row
of spines (Fig. 1) which gives them a distinctly raptorial
appearance: but I have never seen them used either to
catch or hold their prey. On the other hand I have
watched one of these insects feeding upon and dragging
about a fly without using its forelimbs for any other
purpose than locomotion.
From the above general particulars the following
Further Notes on Dyscritina 387
characters may perhaps be selected as distinctive of the
genus Dyscritina.
Larva with many-jointed caudal appendages.
Adult with single jointed appendages in the form of
forceps. Wings as in Forficula. Feet with pulvillus
between claws. Number of antennal joints variable
(normally 16 2).
A glandular pore on each antennal joint in all stages of
the insect.
ON THE SPECIES OF DYSCRITINA REARED
BY MR. GREEN.
By Matcotm Burr, F.ZS., F.ES.
THE great interest and importance of Mr. E. E. Green’s
paper is twofold. First, it settles definitely the vexed
question of the affinities of Dyscritina longisetosa, Westw.,
and to a great extent elucidates the economy of earwigs,
about which little has been known, especially with regard
to tropical species. Secondly, the facts disclosed
throw much light on a more general question, the origin
of the Forficulide and their phylogenetic relationship to
other insects, particularly among the Orthoptera.
An examination of the imagos which Mr. Green has
bred from the Dyscritina form at once shows that they
are to be referred to the genus Diplatys, Serv., to which
Cylindrogaster, Stal, is nearly allied.
These two genera are separated by Kirby in his
synoptical table by the presence on the third and fourth
abdominal segments in Diplatys of pliciform tubercles,
which are absent from Cylindrogaster. Both genera are
represented in the tropical part of the New World as well
as in Africa and Asia.
The surprising point shown by Mr. Green’s investigations
lies not so much in fact that the mysterious larva has
developed into an earwig, for that was to a certain extent
foretold by most entomologists who examined the immature
specimens, but rather in the manner in which the caudal
setze develop into forceps.
That the forceps of earwigs are the homologues of the
cerci of true Orthoptera is now obvious, but their manner
of development, in the species before us at least, is
388 Mr. M. Burr on
remarkable. I have seen immature specimens of allied
genera in various stages of growth, but know of no case
which presents an analogous development.
There still remain two insufficiently described creatures,
at present assigned to the Forficulidz, whose true position
is doubtful but may be determined in time, as has been
that of Dyscritina longisetosa. One of these is Condylopalama
agilis, Sund., taken at Stockholm in timber imported from
Brazil, which Mr. Kirby suggests may be Japyz. The
other doubtful species is T'yphlolabia larva (Phil.), which
possibly is not an earwig.
It is not yet clear to what group earwigs are most
nearly allied; but it seems to me that earwigs and
cockroaches are offshoots of acommon stock. Some exotic
cockroaches present an arrangment of the wings which is
analogous with the folding of the wings of earwigs, and the
development and general habits of the two groups are
almost identical. A wingless earwig with jointed cerci
would resemble a small wingless cockroach to a very
marked extent. It is not meant to advance this theory as
a definite view but rather to throw it out as a suggestion.
It was altogether unexpected that two species should
be derived from the old Dyscritina longisetosa. Early last
summer Mr. Green kindly sent me, among a lot of earwigs,
an adult D. longisctosa; but at that time neither of us
suspected that it was the imago of this curious larva, and
I then regarded it as a new species of Cylindrogaster, Stal.
As Mr. Green’s two species are to be referred to the
genus Diplatys, Serv., the first will be Diplatys longisetosa
(Westw.); the other I regard as identical with Diplatys
nigriceps (Kirby) from which it differs only in minor
details of coloration. D. nigriceps (Kirby) is already
known from Hong-Kong and Bombay, but D. longisetosa,
so far as I know, has never been taken outside Ceylon.
As the latter species has not been described in the imago
stage, I append a description, and to make things com-
plete add a further description of D. nigriceps (Kirby).
Diplatys longisetosa (Westw.).
Larva. Dyscritina longisetosa, Westwood, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 601, pl. xxii, fig. 1; Green,
op. cit., 1896, p. 229.
Colore testacea. Caput pronoto latius: pronotum subquadratum |
margine postico rotundato. Elytra et alae perfecte explicatae, longe, .
the Species of Dyscritina reared by Mr. Green. . 389
illa apice oblique rotundata, hae valde prominentes,. Pedes testacei.
Abdominis segmenta 3 et 4 tuberculis pliciformibus instructa ;
segmentum ultimum magnum; forcipum — crura -brevia, recta,
conica.
Long. corporis 10°5-14°75 millim.; long. forcipum 1-1'25 millim.
Head flattened, reddish, slightly broader than the pronotum ;
antennae testaceous ; eyes black ; mouth parts testaceous. Pronotum
reddish, squared, the hinder margin rounded, the disc somewhat
raised anteriorly, flattened posteriorly. Elytra long and broad,
pale testaceous, the disc darker ; broader near the base, considerably
narrower at the apex, where they are obliquely rounded ; scutellum
visible at the base of the elytra, very small. Wings ample, project-
ing well beyond the elytra, the coriaceous portion testaceous on
inner margin, darker on outer margin. Legs uniform testaceous.
Abdomen cylindrical, reddish, basal half of the segments paler ;
tubercles of the 3rd and 4th segments indistinct ; apical segment
large, dark reddish, with a very faint median longitudinal sulcus,
the posterior border produced into a small tubercle at each angle.
Branches of the forceps stout, straight, short and conical, not quite
contiguous, furnished each at the base on the upper side with a
small sensory (?) foramen.
The hinder part of the head, the pronotum, the basal and apical
parts of the elytra, the wings, femora and tibiae clothed with a few
long bristles; dorsal aspect of the abdomen and the tarsi with a
dense pale pubescence,
Hab, CEYLON, Punduluoya (Green).
Judging by the descriptions this species appears to be
smaller and redder than its allies. °
Diplatys nigriceps (Kirby).
Cylindrogaster nigriceps, Kirby, Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool.,
xxiii, p. 507 (1890).
Colore fuscus. Caput rotundatum, pronoto latius. Pronotum
deplanatum, margine postico rotundato. Elytra et alae perfecte ex-
plicatze, longze, illa apice oblique rotundata, Pedes fusci, tibiis palli-
dioribus. Abdomen gracile, segmento ultimo magno.
¢. Abdomen medio paullo constrictum, forcipum crura previa,
basi subcontigua, valida, dehine attenuata, recta, in parte apicali
graciliora, inermia, apice ipso incurva, vix decussata.
@. Abdomen cylindricum, minus gracile, forcipum crura inter
390 On the Species of Dyscritina reared by Mr, Green
se distantia, basi validiora, dehine attenuata, recta, Inermia, apice
attingentia,
Long. corporis 10 millim.; long. forcipum 1°4 millim.
Head blackish, rounded, slightly rounded between the eyes, broader
than the pronotum ; eyes black, antennz black, palpi testaceous.
Pronotum blackish, flattened, hinder margin rounded. Elytra long
and broad, dark brown, slightly paler in the female than in the male.
Wings creamy, the coriaceous part blackish, shorter than in D.
longisetosa. Legs, femora blackish, tibiz paler, blackish at the base,
tarsi paler. Abdomen black, the tubercles of the 3rd and 4th seg-
ments less distinct in the male than in the female ; in the male long
and slender, subconstricted in the middle, the last segment large, its
median sulcus very faint. Forceps black ¢, reddish ?.
Hab. Hone-Kone (Kirby, Mus. Brit.) ; Inp1a, Bombay,
(Mus. Brit.); CEYLON, Punduluoya (Green).
The pubescence and hairs of this species are arranged as
in the last, but are less dense and strongly marked.
The specimens reared by Mr. Green differ slightly from
the type form in colour. In the type form the pronotum
is broadly bordered with white posteriorly, whereas it is
uniform blackish in Mr. Green’s examples. This difference,
which is not enough to justify the establishment of a
separate species, is the only distinction which I could find
upon comparing Mr. Green’s insects with Mr. Kirby’s
type.
PLATES XVIII. anp XIX.
[See Explanations facing the PLATES].
(1391 )
XVII. The Larva of Eriocephala allionella, By THomMAsS
ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.E.S.
[Read April 6th, 1898.]
At the end of March, 1897, I met with Zriocephala
allionella near Cannes, and by imprisoning several of
the females with damp moss, I succeeded in obtaining
eggs in the same way as I had done in the case of Hrio-
cephala calthella. In due time these eggs hatched, but
though a few of the larvz appeared to have eaten a little,
as evidenced by some coloration of their intestinal
contents, nothing further came of the experiment. This
was, however, due rather to my travelling about at the
time and giving them no fair chance, than to the want of
a proper species of moss; which may, however, have been
the effective cause of failure. I preserved one specimen
of the larva tolerably successfully, and from this example
and my recollections of them alive, the remainder having
‘been sacrificed in the attempt to rear them, I am able to
give some account of it. Briefly, this account might be
reduced to a statement that the larva does not differ to
any appreciable extent from that of calthella, It is some-
what larger and less flimsy in consequence, and perhaps
whiter in colour.
The eggs are a little larger than those of £. calthella,
but I have not the exact measurement; they are similarly
clothed with a snowy exudation of white filaments.
The larva is about 0°95 mm. in length and of the same
truncate angular outlines as that of calthella. The antenne
are similarly very long, and the true legs and eight pairs of
false legs have the same structure, relation and size as in
calthella. There is an error in my description of the larva
of calthella, which was first called attention to by Professor
H. G. Dyar, to whom I sent specimens; this is as to the
number of rows of ball-like appendages. On the first
seven abdominal segments, there are ten rows of them and
not eight, as stated in my description (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond, 1894, p. 342). They occur in double rows, a double
row on each side of the dorsum, and a double row on each
lateral region, and a double row again on each side kelow
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.)
392 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Lriocephala allionella
this, the upper members of the last-mentioned double
row being balls like the others, the lower forming the
series of false feet. That is, if the false feet are taken to
be representative of the balls, there are twelve rows, ten
of balls and two of feet, only that the two rows of feet do
not form a double row of themselves but appear to be the
inferior members of the double row of which the lower
series of ball appendages is the other. The reason for
taking the appendages thus in double rows is that there
is a greater distance from one double row to the next,
than between the two rows of which it consists. The
first thoracic segment has two rows transversely, four in
the first and three in the second on either side. The
second and third thoracic segments have the two upper
pairs of rows on either side as in the following segments,
but on each segment the lower row just above the feet
has two appendages, one in front of the other.
The eighth abdominal segment has one appendage in
this row, but above this it has two transverse rows of two
on either side ; the ninth segment has three on either side,
and the tenth carries the two set, which appear to be
homologous with cerci rather than with any ordinary
tubercles or processes of lepidopterous larvee. The larva
appears also to have asucker similar to that of Z. calthella,
but I did not happen to see it obviously used by the
living larva,
I have not been able as yet to get larvee of Panorpa,
but Brauer’s account of the larva and especially of the
disposition of the tubercles and of the abdominal legs
shows that the resemblance between the larvee of Panorpa
and Hriocephala is very close.
The idea that the bristles on the last abdominal seg-
ment are cerci is one requiring fuller investigation ; but
I fail to imagine what else they can be. It seems
impossible to correlate them with any of the ordinary
appendages of lepidopterous larve, since they are the only
bristle-like appendages and are quite different from the
ball appendages that probably represent the usual
tubercles. It is to be remembered that, though I call
them bristles, they are of very large size (for bristles)
in comparison with the size of the larva itself, and I do
not know what their structure is.
C308"
XVIII. A list of the Clavicorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent
Grenada, and the Grenadines. By G. C. CHAM-
PION, F.Z.8.
{Read October Sth, 1898. ]
THE Clavicorn Coleoptera collected by Mr. H. H. Smith
in St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, under the
auspices of the Royal Society and the British Association,
have been partially worked out by M. A. Grouvelle of
Paris. He has already published descriptions of two
genera and seventeen species, [Notes from the Leyden
Museum, xx. pp. 35—48 (1898)], and it is proposed here
to give a complete list of the insects named by him.
These belong to the families Nitidulidee, Trogositide,
Oolydiidee, Rhysodid, Cucujide, Cryptophagide, Mono-
tomide, Mycetophagide, Dermestidz, Byrrhidze, and Par-
nide. The two new genera appertain to the last-mentioned
family. The Silphidz, Phalacride, and Scaphidiide, and
some few species of Cryptophagide, Latridiidz, Byrrhide,
and Dermestide, have still to be dealt with. The Tricho-
pterygide, and some of the Corylophide, have been
‘described or noticed by the late A. Matthews [Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiii. pp. 334—342, (1894)]. A list of
the Histeridee has been furnished by Mr. G. Lewis. It
may be noted that M. Grouvelle in his paper (loc. cit.
p. 35) has by some inadvertence stated that the specimens
belong to the Cambridge Museum: this is quite a mis-
take, the collections being really the property of the West
India Committee, who hand them over to the British
Museum as soon as they are worked out. The new
species that have been described from Mr. Smith’s
captures are marked with an asterisk.
Fam. HISTERID.
PHELISTER, Mars.
Phelister hemorrhous.
Phelister hemorrhous, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 476, t. 14,
fig. 9 (1853); Lewis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1,
p. 185.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar
(Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Sixteen specimens.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.)
394 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
Phelister rouzeti.
Paromalus rouzeti, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1849,
p. 421.
Phelister rouzetit, Mars., Monogr. Hist. p. 488, t. 14,
fig. 20 (1853); Lewis, Biol. Centr-Am., Col. un,
Tepe g3:
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side, &c.
Four specimens.
Hister, Linn.
Hister confinis.
Mister confinis, Er. in Klug’s Jahrb., 1834, p. 15; Mars.,
Monogr. Hist., p. 250, t. 7, fig. 58 (1854).
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-
thazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Six specimens.
ister planiformis.*
Hister planiformis, Lewis, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
XX, p. 399 (1897).
Hab, Grenada—Mount Gay Estate.
One specimen.
PAROMALUS, Er.
Paromalus hispaniole.
Paromalus hispaniole, Mars., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xi,
p- 101 (1870).
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side and South end;
Grenada— Balthazar (Windward side).
Six specimens. Described from Cuba.
Carcrnoes, Mars.
Carcinops troglodytes.
ffister troglodytes, Payk., Monogr. Hist., p. 46, t. 10,
neal,
Carcinops troglodytes, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 92, t. 8,
no. 22, fig. 5 (1855).
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-
thazar, Soubise (Windwards ide), Mount Gay Estate (Lee-
ward side).
Fifteen specimens.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 395
SAPRINUS, Er.
Saprinus xneicollis,
Saprinus xneicollis, Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 424, t. 17,
fig. 56 (1855); Lewis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. u, 1,
p. 223.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side, &c.
Five specimens.
Saprinus apricarvus.
Saprinus apricartus, Er. in Klug’s Jahrb., 1884, p. 194;
Mars., Monogr. Hist., p. 725, t. 20, no. 38, fig. 158
(1855).
Hab. St. Vincent.
One specimen.
Acritus, Lee.
Six or seven very obscure species of this genus were
obtained by Mr. H. H. Smith in Grenada or St. Vincent,
but they are mostly represented by one or two specimens
only, and Mr. Lewis has not ventured to name them.
Fam. NITIDULID.
BRACHYPTERUS, Kugel.
Brachypterus insularis.*
Brachypterus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus, xx,
p. 35. .
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),
One specimen.
CoLastus, Er,
Colastus ruptus.
Nitidula rupta, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., i, p. 354.
Colastus ruptus, Kr.in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 237; Murr.,
Monogr. Nitid., p. 258, t. 34, fig 1.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides;
Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate (Windward
side).
Found in abundance in St. Vincent.
396 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
Colastus triangularis.
Colastus triangularis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 282.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar,
Chantilly Estate, Soubise (Windward side), St. George’s,
Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
BRACHYPEPLUS, Er.
Brachypeplus anceps.
Brachypeplus aneeps, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 297.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides;
Grenada—Chantilly Estate, Balthazar (Windward
side), Mt. Maitland (Leeward side).
Sent in plenty from St. Vincent.
Brachypeplus mutilatus.
Brachypeplus mutilatus, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 246.
Hab. Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side).
One specimen.
Brachypeplus tenuis ?
Brachypeplus tenuis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 298.
Hiab. St. Vincent.
Nine specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as possibly
referable to this species.
Macrostoua, Murr.
Macrostola lutea.
Macrostola lutea, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 333.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen.
CONOTELUS, Germ.
Conotelus conicus.
Stenus conicus, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., 11, p. 603.
Conotelus conicus, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 334; Lacord.,
Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 18, fig. 2.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end, Windward and Leeward
sides; Grenadines—Mustique I., Becquia I.
Sent in abundance from each of these localities, but
apparently not met with in Grenada.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 397
Conotelus stenordes,
Conotelus stenoides, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 838; Sharp,
Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. 11, 1, p. 283, t. 9, fig 7.
Hab. St. Vincent— Leeward side.
Three specimens.
CARPOPHILUS, Steph.
Carpophilus hemipterus.
Dermestes hemipterus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii, 1, 2, p. 565.
Carpophilus hemipterus, Murr., Monogr, Nitid., p. 362,
t. 32, fig. 10; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., u,
ip: 256
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar,
Soubise, Chantilly Estate (Windward side),
Found in profusion in St. Vincent.
Carpophilus dimidiatus.
Nitidula dimidiata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i, p. 261.
Carpophilus dimidiatus, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 379.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), St.
George’s (Leeward side).
Two specimens.
Carpophilus mutilatus,
Carpophilus mutilatus, Er. in Germ Zeitschr., iv, p. 258 ;
Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 378.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
One specimen.
Haptoncus, Murr.
Haptoncus luteola.
Epurea luteola, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 272.
Haptoncus pauperculus, Reitt., Verh. Ver. Briinn, 1878,
joa ALE
Hab. St. Vinecent—Windward and Leeward sides;
Grenada—Balthazar, Chantilly Estate (Windward side),
St. John’s River, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (Lee-
ward side).
Found in abundance in both islands.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART.IV. (DEC.) 27
398 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
STELIDOTA, Er.
Stelidota strigosa,
Nitidula strigosa,Gyll. in Schonherr’s, Syn. Ins., 11, p. 140.
Stelidota strigosa, Kr. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 302 ;
Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. 11, 1, p. 310.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides, Kings-
town; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate( Windward
side), Mt. Maitland, Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s and
Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side); Grenadines—Becquia I.
Sent in plenty from St. Vincent and Grenada.
Stelidota geminata.
Nitidula geminata, Say, Journ. Acad. Phil., v, p. 181.
Stelidota geminata, Er. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 802;
Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p. 312.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides,
Kingstown; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate
(Windward side), Mt. Maitland and Mount Gay Ksiate
(Leeward side), Windsor.
Found commonly in both islands.
Stelidota champroni ?
Stelidota championi, Sharp, Biol, Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1
p. 315, t. 10, fig. 6.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides,
Kingstown ; Grenada—Lake Antoine Estate, Bal-
thazar, Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay
Estate, St. George’s, Grand Etang Rd., St. John’s
River (Leeward side), Woburn (South end);
Grenadines—Mustique I.
Found in abundance everywhere in these islands. The
specimens are labelled by M. Grouvelle as being referable to
S. champtoni or possibly to S. chontalensis, Sharp. He has
separated as a variety several examples with a well-defined
black patch on each elytron.
?
Stelidota chontalensis.
Stelidota chontalensis, Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii,
1, p. 314.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 399
Lopiopa, Er.
Lobiopa decumana.
Lobiopa decumana, Er. in Germ. Zeitschr., iv, p. 295 ;
Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1, p, 321.
Hab, St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides;
Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Grand Etang
Rd., Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side); Grena-
dines—Becquia I.
Found in plenty in both Grenada and St. Vincent.
CAMPTODES, Er.
Camptodes sp.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Three specimens, returned unnamed by M Grouvelle.
PALLODES, Er.
Pallodes cyanescens.*
Pallodes cyanescens, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 36.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side, &e.
Twenty specimens.
Pallodes ruficollis ?
Pallodes ruficollis, Reitt., Verh. Ver. Briinn, xii, p. 135.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.
Found in profusion in St. Vincent. Labelled by M.
Grouvelle as probably referable to P. ruficollis, Reitt.
The type was from Cuba.
Pallodes smitha.*
Pallodes smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 35.
Hab. Grenada—Black Forest and Chantilly Estates
(Windward side), Mt. Maitland (Leeward side).
Nine specimens.
Fam. TROGOSITIDA.
TENEBROIDES, Piller and Mitterp,
Tenebroides steinherli ?
Tenebrioides steinheili, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.,
187d; pelo:
Hab. Grenadimes—Mustique I.
One specimen; perhaps belonging to this species.
400 Mr. GC. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
TEMNOCHILA, Westw.
Temnochila ebenina, Blanch., Voy. d’Orb., Col., p. 205, t. 19,
mee 1
Hab. Grenadines—Mustique I.
One specimen.
LOPHOCATERES, Olliff.
Lophocateres pusillus.
Peltis pusilla, Klug, Ins. Madag., p. 71.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side.
One specimen. Originally described from Madagascar.
Fam. COLYDIIDA.
Ditoma, Illig.
Ditoma quadricolilis.
Ditoma quadricollis, Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., xii, p
149,
Hab. St. Vincent—South end.
Four specimens.
LEMNIs, Pase.
Lemnis denticulatus.*
Lemnis denticulatus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p.
39.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar
and Chantilly Estate (Windward side).
Eight specimens, seven of which are from Grenada.
Syncuita, Hellw.
Synchita laticollrs,
Synchita laticollis, Lec., New Sp. Col., p. 66 (1863).
Hab. St. Vincent—South end, Leeward side; Grenada
—Balthazar, Grand Etang, Black Forest Estate
(Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward
side).
Numerous specimens from both islands,
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 401
CATOLZMUS, Sharp.
Catolemus exilis.*
Catolemus exilis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p, 38.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate, St. George’s, Grand Etang Rd.
(Leeward side).
Seven specimens, all but one from Grenada.
Microstcus, Sharp.
Microsicus minimus.*
Microsicus minimus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
Dp: ov.
Hab, Grenada—Balthazar, Chantilly Estate (Windward
side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),
Four specimens.
NeEorricHus, Sharp.
Neotrichus tinsularis.*
Neotrichus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
p. 38.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides;
Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Found in abundance in St. Vincent, singly in Grenada.
PENTHELISPA, Pasc.
Penthelispa sp.
Hab, St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen, probably belonging to an undescribed
species.
PYCNOMERUS, Er.
Pycnomerus exaratus,
Cerylon exaratum, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863,
p. 610.
Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Black Forest Estate
(Windward side).
Many specimens from both islands. Recorded. from
Cuba, Puerto Rico, and Guadaloupe.
402 - Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn |
BOTHRIDERES, Er.
Bothrideres dentatus.
Bothrideres dentatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863,
p. 609.
Hab. St. Vincent.
One specimen. Occurs in Cuba.
Sosy.Lus, Er.
Sosylus costipennis.
Nematidiwm costipenne, Jacq. Duv. in Sagra’s Hist. fis.
polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 103, t. 9, fig. 15.
Hab, Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
One specimen. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as identical
with the Cuban type.
NEMATIDIUM, Er.
Nematidium filiforme ?
Nematidium filiforme, Lec., New Sp. Col., p. 68 (1863),
(nec Pasc.).
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Two specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as WV. filiforme,
Lec., or a very closely allied species.
CERYLON, Latr.
Cerylon amaroides.
Cerylon amaroides, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1868,
p. 610.
Hab. Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side).
One specimen. Recorded from Cuba.
LYTOPEPLUS, Sharp.
Lytopeplus insularis.*
Lytopeplus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
p. 40.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen.
/oleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines, 403
PHILOTHERMUS, Aubé.
Philothermus puberulus,
Philothermus puberulus, Schwarz, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc.,
xvii, p. 3861; Sharp, Biol. Centr.-Am., Col. ii, 1,
p. 493.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Black
Forest Estate (Windward side).
Ten specimens.
Fam. RHYSODID.
Clindium guildingi.
Clinidium guildingit, Kirby, Zool. Journ., v, p. 8, t. 2,
figs, 1-4; Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863,
p. 611.
fthysodes guildingu, Newm., Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), ui,
p- 667.
Ehysodes planus, Chevr. in Guérin’s Icon. Régne Anim.,
Ins as po8:
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.
. Thirteen specimens. Recorded from St. Vincent,
Guadaloupe and Cuba.
Fam. CUCUJIDA.
INOPEPLUS, Smith.
Inopeplus preustus.
Ino preusta, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858, p. 212; Lacord.,
Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 21, fig. 2.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
One specimen. Also found in Guadaloupe.
Inopeplus insularis.*
Inopeplus insularis, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
p. 41.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. John’s River,
St. George’s (Leeward side), Grand Etang Rd., Balthazar,
Chantilly Estate (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Mus-
tique I. ;
Seventeen specimens,
404 . Mr, GC. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
TELEPHANUS Er.
Telephanus terminatus.
Telephanus terminatus, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1880,
p. 175,15, fig. 11s 1889p ok
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides,
Kingstown.
Sixteen examples.
Telephanus sp. ?
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides,
Kingstown; Grenada—Balthazar and Chantilly Estate
(Windward side).
Fifteen examples. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very
near his 7’. elongatus.
Telephanus paradoxus.
Telephanus paradoxus, Reitt., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
xxiv, p. 524; Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1880, p.
175, t. 5, fig. 12, and 1889, p. 160.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
One specimen.
L&MOPHLEUS, Steph.
Lemophleus nitens.
Lemophlaus nitens, Lec., Proc. Acad. Phil., 1854, p, 75.
Hab, Grenada—Soubise (Windward side).
One specimen.
_ Lemophleus pusillus.
Cucujus pusillus, Schonh., Syn. Ins., i, 3, p. 55.
Lemophleus pusillus, Er., Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., iu,
p. 321.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—St. George’s
(Leeward side).
Five specimens.
. Lemophleus pallentipennis,
Lemophieus pallentipennis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent.
Hr, 1876) p. 500; t; Opie, 20:
Hab. St.Vincent—Windward side, Kingstown; Grenada
—Balthazar (Windward side).
Eight specimens, The types were from Central
America.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 405
Lemophleus castaneipennis.
Lemophleus castaneipennis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,
1876, p. 494, t. 8, fig. 12.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), St. George's
(Leeward side).
Eleven specimens.
Lemophleus caseyi.*
Lemophieus caseyi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 42.
Hab. Grenada—Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side).
One specimen.
Lemophlaus smithi.*
Lemophiwus smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 41.
Hab, Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
One specimen.
MICROBRONTES, Reitt.
Microbrontes uncicornis.
Microbrontes uncicornis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 45.
Lemophleus uncicornis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876,
p. 502, t. 9, fig. 23.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end ; Grenada—Mount Gay
Estate, St. George’s, St. John’s River (Leeward side),
Woburn (South end): Grenadines—Mustique I.
Found in plenty in Grenada and Mustique. Recorded
from Cuba, Martinique, Puerto Rico, Mexico, and Brazil.
CRYPTAMORPHA, Woll.
Cryptamorpha muse.
Cryptamorpha muse, Woll., Ins. Mader., p. 157, t. 4,
fig. 1.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Balthazar
(Windward side).
Three specimens.
SILVANUS.
Silvanus unidentatus.
Ips unidentatus, Oliv., Ent., 11, no. 18, p. 12, t. 1, fig. 4.
Silvanus unidentatus, Er., Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., iii, p. 338.
Hab, Grenada—Soubise (Windward side).
Two specimens.
406 Mr. G. C.Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
Silvanus triangulus.
Silvanus triangulus, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 60.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate and St. John’s River (Leeward side).
The type was from Japan. M. Grouvelle notes that
this species had not previously been recorded from
America, and that it has recently been found by M.
Fauvel in Madeira.
Silvanus fasciatus.
Silvanus signatus, Frauenf., Verh. zool.-bot. ges. Wien,
xvii, p. 488, t. 121, fig. 28 (1867).
Cathartus fascipennis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 129
(1876).
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Vendome
and Mount Gay Kstates, St. John’s River, St. George’s
(Leeward side), Balthazar, Soubise, Chantilly and Tele-
scope Estates (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Mustique [.
Found in plenty in Grenada. Frauenfeld’s type of this
species was found on board the Austrian ship “ Novara,”
near Shanghai.
Silvanus trivialis.
Silvanus trivialis, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1878, p. 75,
t. 2, fig. 13.
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-
thazar, Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate
(Leeward side).
Twelve examples.
CATHARTUS, Reiche.
Cathartus quadricollis.
Silvanus quadricollis, Guér., Icon Regne Anim., Ins., 111,
p. 198.
Cathartus quadricollis, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 128.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward alee Grenada—Balthazar,
Chantilly Estate, Soubise (Windward side), St. George’s,
St. John’s River, Mount Gay Estate, Grand Etang Rd.
(Leeward side), Woburn (South end); Grenadines—
Mustique I.
Found in profusion everywhere.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 407
Cathartus advena.
Cryptophagus advena, Waltl, Faunus, i, p. 169.
Silvanus advena, Ey., Nature. Ins. Deutschl., 11, p. 339.
Cathartus advena, Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 127.
Hab. Grenada—Chantilly Estate and Balthazar (Wind-
ward side).
Two specimens.
Catnartus cassie.
Cathartus cassie, Reiche, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1854, p. 78 ;
Reitt., Col. Hefte, xv, p. 126.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada
(Windward side).
Three specimens. Recorded from Cuba.
Balthazar
Cathartus angulicollis.
Cathartus angulicollis, Reitt., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
y Xxvili, p. 194.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Four examples.
Cathartus gemellatus.
Sylvanus gemellatus, Jacq. Duv. in Sagra’s Hist. fis.
polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 104.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Hight specimens.
NAUSIBIUS, Redt.
Nausibius clavicornis.
Cucujus clavicormis, Kugel., Neuest. Mag. Ent., p. 571.
Corticaria dentata, Marsh., Ent. Brit., p. 108.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.
Two specimens.
Fam. CRYPTOPHAGIDA.
CRYPTOPHILUS, Reitt.
Cryptophilus frater*
Cryptophilus frater, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 43.
Hab. Grenada—Soubise (Windward side), Mount Gay
Estate (Leeward side),
Twelve specimens
408 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
LoBERUS, Lec.
Loberus testaceus.
Loberus testaceus, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1875,
p. (i
Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward = sides,
Kingstown; Grenada — Lake Antoine Estate
(Windward side) ; Grenadines—Becquia I.
Numerous examples from Grenada and St. Vincent.
The type was from St. Thomas.
Loberus discupennis.
Loberus discipennis, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.,
1875, p. 76.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side and South end;
Grenada — Woodford and Mount Gay Estates,
Grand Etang Rd., St. George’s (Leeward side),
Mirabeau and Chantilly Estates, Balthazar (Wind-
ward side).
Found in plenty in both islands. The type was from
Teapa, Mexico.
Fam. MONOTOMID.
Monotoma, Herbst.
Monotoma picipes.
Monotoma picipes, Herbst, Kifer, V, p. 24, t. 46, fig. 2 ;
Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii, p. 259,
Monotoma foveata, Lec., Proc. Acad, Phil., 1855, p.
305.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Balthazar
(Windward side).
Two specimens.
Monotoma spinicollis.
Monotoma spinicollis, Aubé, Anu. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1837, p.
463, t. 17, fig. 6.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Two specimens.
a
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 409
Monotoma americana.
Monotoma americana, Aubé, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr., 1837, p.
461, t. 17, fig. 5; Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii,
p. 260.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate and Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side),
Soubise (Windward side), Woburn (South end).
Found in abundance in Grenada, one specimen only
from St. Vincent.
Monotoma parellela ?
Monotoma parellela, Lec., Proc. Acad. Phil., 1855, p. 305 ;
Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vii, p. 260.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Named by M. Grouvelle as probably J/. parallela, Lec.
Numerous examples.
Europes, Woll.
EHurops sp.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;
Grenada— Balthazar (Windward side).
Sixteen specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very
near L. rhizophagoides, Reitt.
Hurops lineellus ?
Lurops lineellus, Reitt., Verh, Ver. Briinn., xi, p. 42.
Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward
side).
Three specimens, referred by M. Grouvelle with some
doubt to this species.
Kurops maculatus.
Hurops maculatus, Grouv., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876,
p. 210.
Hab. St. Vincent.
One specimen, labelled by M. Grouvelle as a variety ?
of this species.
410 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Clavicorn
Bactripium, Lec.
Bactridium sp.
Hab. St. Vincent—South end ; Grenada—Mount- Gay
Estate, St. John’s River (Leeward side).
Ten specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very near
B. adustum, Reitt.
TISIPHONE, Reitt.
Tisiphone exrlis.
Cercus exilis, Murr., Monogr. Nitid., p. 238.
Tisiphone nitiduloides, Reitt., Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.,
1876, p. 301.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Mount
Gay Estate (Leeward side), Chantilly Estate, Balthazar
(Windward side).
Found in plenty in Grenada. M. Grouvelle notes that
Reitter’s insect agrees with a type of Cercus exilis, Murr.,
in the collection of Mr. A. Fry.
Fam. MYCETOPHAGID.
TyPHZA, Steph.
Typhea fumata.
Dermestes fumatus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii, i, 2, p. 564.
Typhea fumata, Steph., Ilustr. Brit. Ent., Mand., in,
je ae
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides;
Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), Balthazar
(Windward side).
Found in plenty in both islands.
Liraraus, Er.
LIntargus sp.
Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides;
Grenada—Grand Etang, Balthazar (Windward side),
Grand Etang Rd. (Leeward side).
Seven specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as very
near L. balteatus. Lec.
Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada,and Grenadines, 411
DipLoca.us, Guer.
Diplocelus similis.*
Diplocelus (Marginus) similis, Grouy., Notes Leyd.
Mus., xx, p. 44.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (Lee-
ward side).
Eighteen specimens.
Fam. DERMESTIDZ.
DERMESTES, Linn.
Dermestes carnivorus ?
Dermestes carnivorus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 55,
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).
Three specimens. Labelled by M. Grouvelle as prob-
ably D. carnivorus, Fabr.
Fam. BYRRHIDZ.
NOSODENDRON, Latr.
Nosodendron cribratum.
Cercyon cribratum, Cast., Hist. Nat. Ins., , p. 62.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Twelve specimens. The type was from Guadaloupe.
Fam. PARNIDA.
PSEPHENOPS.
Psephenops, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 44.
Psephenops smithi.*
Psephenops smithi, Grouv., loc. cit., p. 45.
Hab. -St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mt. Maitland (Leeward
side), Chantilly Estate (Windward side).
Four specimens, two from each island.
+ An allied form was found by myself in Guatemala. This
insect was incorrectly placed with the Dascillide when the Central-
American collections were sorted, and for this reason was omitted
by Dr. Sharp in his published enumeration of the Parnide of that
region.
va
412 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of Clavicorn Coleoptera.
XEXANCHORINUS.
Xexanchorinus, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 45.
Xexanchorinus latus.*
Xexanchorinus latus, Grouv., loc. cit., p. 46.
Hab. Grenada—Chantilly Estate (Windward side).
Three specimens.
PHANOCERUS, Sharp.
Phanocerus congener.*
Phanocerus congener, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx,
p. 46.
Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).
Three specimens.
Enis, Latr,
Elmis smithi.*
Helmis smithi, Grouv., Notes Leyd. Mus., xx, p. 47.
Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, St. John’s River,
St. George’s (Leeward side).
Found in abundance by Mr. H. H. Smith.
( 413 )
XIX. Notes on some Syrphidx collected near Aden by
Colonel J. W. Yerbury in February and March,
1895. By Grorce Henry VERRALL, F.ES.
[Read October 5th, 1898. ]
SoME very interesting species of Syrphidx were collected
near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury in the early part of
1895, and although he has succeeded in identifying
almost all of them, he has asked me to publish an account
of them.
There are fifteen species in the collection, and I shall as
far as possible use Col. Yerbury’s own notes, which I place
in Inverted commas.
1. Paragus serratus, Fabr.
“Very common throughout the neighbourhood—in
Ceylon too it may be considered the commonest and
most generally distributed Syrphid found in the island.”
This species varies considerably in coloration, like most
species of Paragus. Col. Yerbury’s nine specimens are
all males, some of which have blackish markings on the
dise of the third abdominal segment, and also have the
hindmargin of the fourth segment broadly black, as well
as all the genitalia. The middle black line down the face
is sometimes not very distinct. The grey lines on the
front part of the thorax distinctly diverge.
2. Paragus longiwentris,
Loew, Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 295.
“Uncommon; only three specimens, Lahej and Hait-
halhim, March, 1895.”
This species is easily distinguished by the shape of its
abdomen. Loew described it from Kaffraria, and therefore
it probably occurs on all the East African coast. The
pubescence on the eyes is so slight that it is not easily
detected, but the microscopical pubescence on the wings
extends over the whole of the wings, except on the basal
cells.
TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 28
414 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide
3. Syrphus adligatus.
Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 122.
Iam of opinion that a single female taken by Col.
Yerbury may belong to this species, rather than to “8S.
claripennis? Loew, etc.,” as suggested by him, though he
also suggested a comparison with S. adligatus. Identifica-
tions from a single specimen, especially when a female,
cannot be conclusive in such groupsas this. The specimen
was captured at Aden, February 23, 1895.
4. Syrphus xgyptius.
“Syrphus xgyptius, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 138.
? Sceva scutellaris, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 252, 15.
? Syrphus splendens, Dolesch., Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., x, p.
410, pl. 1, fig. 3.
? Syrphus javanus, Wied., op. cit., 11, p. 181.
Very common. Can this species be kept distinct from
S. scutellaris (Fabr.)? Specimens from Ceylon and India
appear to be nearer to wxgyptius than to scwtellaris.
Wiedemann’s type was from Egypt,—Fabricius’s from
Tranquebar, not Mogador as erroneously stated by Loew
(Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 303). It is a common species in
Ceylon and also in the Deccan (neighbourhood of Poonah
and Mahableshwar?), though the specimens from this
locality are not properly labelled.”
I see no objection to sinking S. egyptius under S. scutel-
laris, It is very divergent from the European species of
Syrphus, and tends towards Sphxrophoria. The species is
very variable, as the basal abdominal band is often entire,
even in the female, though in that sex the abdominal
bands are narrower and much more sharply defined. I
doubt whether S. javanus is a synonym, but I think that
S. splendens is only a variety with dark rings on the hind
femora and tibie.
5. Asarcina salviw, Fabr.
“ Scxva salvix, Fabr.
? Syrphus ericetorum, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, p. 425.
One specimen from Aden.
There seems considerable doubt as to the name under
which this species should stand—ericetorum appears to
have priority, and though Fabricius (Syst. Antl., p. 250)
collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 415
sinks the name ‘ Syrphus ericetorwm’ in favour of ‘ Sce@va
eae
salvix, still the question arises whether the matter was
not out of his hands, and whether, having described the
insect, he was not bound to abide by his first description.
This is a common species throughout the Oriental
Region.”
The old description of S. ericetorwm is unrecognisable.
6. Baccha sapphirina.
“ Baccha sapphirina, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 96.
Very common in the neighbourhood of Aden, this
species occurs also in Ceylon (rare) and the Bombay
Presidency (Deccan?) where it appears to be un-
common.”
7. Hristalis eneus, Scop., var. taphicus.
“ Eristalis taphicus, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., ii, p. 191.
Very common.”
When examining various type collections of Diptera in
-1896, I came to the conclusion that I could not consider
EL. taphicus as anything but a tropical form of Z. xneus,
and the specimens taken by Col. Yerbury strongly confirm
me in that opinion; some of his males would pass for true
LH. eneus, and I possess European and even British females
which might be considered almost /. taphicus.
8. Hristalis teniops.
“ Hristalis teniops, Wied., Zool. Mag., xi, p. 42.
ELristalis torridus, Walk., List Dipt. B.M., p. 612.
Eristalis egyptius, Walk., List Dipt. B.M., p. 621.
wD
A single specimen Aden, 23.2.95.
9. Hristalis quinquelineatus.
“ Hristalis quinquelineatus, Fabr., Spec. Ins., ii, p. 425,
21.
? Eristalis punctifer, Walk., Ent., v, p. 274.
2? Eristalis tabanoides, Jaennicke, Abh. Senckenb. Ges.,
vi, p. 402.
Rather uncommon, found sitting on the wet mud
416 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide
(where the water has splashed over) round the wells and
water casks at the tanks. Walker records #. punetofer
from Tajurra.”
I believe that Col. Yerbury has correctly identified this
species, but I had hitherto considered ZL. punctifer, Walk.,
as a doubtful synonym of &. twniops.
10. Simoides crassupes.
“ Hristalis crassipes, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 237, 22.
Simoides crassipes, Loew, Dipt. Sud.-Afr., p. 322.
Only one specimen taken at Lahej, 7.3.95. This
species was seen flying round the flowers of Terminalia
catappa in company with the bee Apis indica; it was
extremely difficult to distinguish the two insects apart
when on the wing.”
This case of mimicry is very interesting.
11. Helophilus africanus, sp. n.
Fic. 1. Helophilus africanus, sp. n., 3.
Oculi maris contigui; thorax niger, vittis quinque flavis;
abdomen ochraceum opacum, macula nigra in segmento secundo
T-formi, in segmentis tertio et quarto rotundatis; pedes nigri,
genubus, tibis anterioribus annuloque in tibiis posticis obscure
ochraceis ; femora omnia crassa, postica inferius apud apicem scabra ;
tibiz omnes villosze ; tarsi postici in basi extrema pilorum globuli-
ferorum fasciculo praediti.
Long. corp. circa 13 millm.
collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 417
6. Face yellow, with an ill-defined median black line ; it is almost
perpendicular from the antennz to the upper mouth edge. The
face and frons are clothed with rather abundant yellow pubescence ;
the back of the head bears longer paler pubescence below ; the
vertex is black about the ocelli, but greyish-yellow in front, and
bears short black pubescence. Eyes touching for a small space.
Antenne dull blackish, basal joints sometimes dull reddish ; arista
yellowish-brown.
Thorax black with five distinct yellow lines, the middle line
being quite distinct though rather narrower than the others.
Abdomen reddish-ochreous (“rothlichochergelb ” of Loew), dull ;
the second segment has the base narrowly, and an incomplete wider
dersal line, blackish ; the third and fourth segments bear an almost
circular blackish dorsal spot near the base ; all the hindmargins of
the segments show obscure signs of darkening ; genitalia brown,
rather shining.
Legs dull black, with the tips of the femora dull ochreous and
more extensively so behind the hind femora; the anterior tibize
are all dull obscure ochreous; while the hind tibiz have the base and
a rather broad middle ring obscurely ochreous, and the two basal
joints of the middle tarsi and the base of the front tarsi are similarly
coloured, All the femora are thick, the middle pair being least so
- and the hind pair most so ; the hind femora are not serrulate beneath,
but bear black bristly hairs and a scabrous patch near the tip
composed of short black bristles, while there.is the usual scabrous
black patch at the base in front ; all the femora bear abundant soft
yellow pubescence. Tibize all with abundant soft pubescence, mainly
yellow but mixed with black ; hind tibiz dilated and curved, bearing
long shaggy black pubescence beneath. ‘Tarsi all dilated, at any rate
towards the tip, the hind pair bearing rather long shaggy black
pubescence in front, and also bearing at the base beneath the peculiar
knob-headed black hairs, which peculiar hairs can be traced, though
very short, over all the sole of the basal joint.
Wings slightly tinged with brown, dullish. Squame and halteres
orange.
Q. Similar but with shorter pubescence; frons narrow for a
female, all brownish-yellow except on the shining bare space just
above the antenne, its pubescence being all yellow except just about
the ocelli. Abdomen less sharply marked, all the hindmargins
being greyish glaucous, while the round black spot on the fourth
segment has a tendency to spread out into two sloping darkened
lines, of which there is some indication on the third segment ; the fifth
segment is mainly ochreous yellow with an ill-defined shining black
space about the middle of the hindmargin. Legs much paler, the
418 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphidze
femora ranging from dull brownish-black with a paler tip to being
all dull ochreous except a blackish streak above the anterior pairs
on the apical half, or sometimes the basal half of the hind femora
blackish ; the hind tibize have only obscure blackish patches before
and after the middle ; pubescence mostly short and inconspicuous,
but there are some scattered thin hairs beneath the hind femora, and
there is a neat fringe beneath the hind tibiz, besides which the short
black bristles beneath the hind femora form a large irregularly crowded
clump between the middle and the tip; the knob-headed hairs
beneath the basal joint of the kind tarsi are almost as distinct as in
the male.
“ Helophilus sp. nov? near HH, senegalensis, Macq., Dipt.
exot., 11, p. 61.
Not uncommon in the bed of the stream at Haithalhim.”
Three males and five females.
I am prepared to go further than Col. Yerbury, and to
say that I think that the species is H. senegalensis, but as
the insect described by Macquart could be identified only
by a reference to the type, which is not in Bigot’s
collection, I prefer to give a name and description which I
hope may serve for identification.
This species is very near H. caffer, Loew, but it has the
middle yellow line on the thorax far more distinct, and
also has different abdominal markings. In all probability
it is one of a group of closely allied African species which
would come under Rondani’s genus Mesembrius, in which
the eyes of the male touch and of which one species only,
H. peregrinus, Loew, is known to occur in Europe. There
are many species closely allied to H. trivittatus in Europe
and North America, and in Arctic regions there is a
group circling round H., borealis.
12. Syritta latitarsata.
Syritta latitarsata, Macq., Dipt. exot., ii, p. 75.
Colonel Yerbury’s notes (“ Syritta abyssinica ? Rondani,
Ann. Mus. Genov., iv, p. 282; fairly common at Lahej and
Haithalhim”) merely suggest that this and the next
species, which he also refers to, may be S. abyssinica of
Rondani. I cannot agree with this, but I believe that the
little-known S. datitarsata of Macquart is clearly repre-
sented by three males and four females among Col.
Yerbury’s captures.
collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury. 419
A detailed description of this species may be of value,
as the species of Syritta are so very closely allied and so
insufficiently distinguished.
Fie, 2. Syritta latitarsata, right hind leg, from behind.
S. latitarsata. About the size of S. pipiens, but the abdomen is
narrower and longer. Face, frons, and all the vertex except about
the ocelli glossed with silvery white tomentum ; face and frons with-
out pubescence except for a few white hairs down the sides of the
face ; the sides of the mouth and the very small jowls are yellowish ;
the back of the head is narrow and is whitish, and bare until the
top where there is a pale fringe behind the eyes and vertex ; vertex
shining black about the ocellar triangle but otherwise glossed with
silvery white; it is all bare except for whitish pubescence on the
elongated front part. Eyes touching for about six facets and con-
sequently the vertex is about three times as long as the frons ; the
facets on this front part where the eyes touch are considerably dilated.
Antenne entirely pale orange, without any hairs or bristles on the
basal joints ; the third joint is nearly twice as long as deep ; arista
placed at about a third from the base, brownish-yellow, and about
as long as the antenne,
Thorax dull blackish, densely punctate, with whitish reflections ;
humeri whitish with a faint yellow tinge ; a large space behind the
humeri, spreading almost across the suture and over all the pleure
whitish and also a pair of tolerably broad short lines on the front
part of the disc of the thorax ; the dise of the thorax is practically
bare, as the pubescence, which consists of minute appressed whitish
hairs, is hardly visible, but the upper part of the pleuree and the
adjoining parts of the thorax bear a slight whitish pubescence.
Sentellum black, densely punctate, disc flattened and slightly
marginate at the tip, practically bare as the bristles are so short.
420 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide
Abdomen longer than the head (without antenne), thorax and
scutellum together, and constricted about the second and third seg-
ments ; the second and third segments are almost all yellow, but the
second segment has a black dorsal line and hindmargin, while the
third segment has only a black hindmargin (except the extreme
margin which is whitish), and a slightly darkened dorsal line ; the
fourth segment widens out and is mostly shining blackish and
bearing tiny black bristles ; the sides of the first segment and the
basal corners of the fourth segment are yellowish ; the end of the
fourth segment is dark brownish-red, but the extreme hindmargin
is whitish ; the sides of the second segment bear at the base the
usual remarkable fringe of white hairs, and all the other pubescence
is very short andinconspicuous. Genitalia shining dark brownish-
red, and bearing very soft whitish pubescence.
Legs mainly dark orange on the anterior pairs, but black on the
hind pair ; anterior coxe blackish, glossed with whitish grey ; middle
femora slightly darkened beneath, and with a short fine whitish
ciliation behind ; hind legs nearly all shining black, but the coxe
are glossed with whitish dust, and the legs are dark reddish on the
trochanters, the extreme base of the femora, a band just after the
middle of the femora which is scarcely extended to the upper side,
the extreme base and a tolerably obvious band just after the middle
of the tibiz ; beyond which the tips of the tibiee and the base of the
tarsi are indistinctly red, and in fact the tibie are altogether
slightly tinged with reddish ; the hind coxe bear a slight whitish
pubescence beneath ; the hind femora are considerably dilated on
the apical half, and bear two rows of spines besides the short
serration beneath, there being about eight regular spines behind
and about five in front on this thick apical half ; hind tibiz much
curved ; tarsi widely flattened, even to the tip.
Wings very pellucid ; pale yellow about the base, the subcostal
cell, and the stigma. Squame whitish with white fringes. Halteres
pale orange.
2. Face and frons whitish ; vertex shining black ; frons rather
narrow on the upper part, and often with an indefinite rubbed
dark crossband just above the middle, and it bears inconspicuous
short white pubescence ; the facets on the front of the eyes are not
dilated. Abdomen broader than in the male and not constricted ;
the sides of the first segment are whitish-yellow, the second and
third segments bear at the basal corners large yellowish triangular
spots which leave little more black than a broad hindmargin and a
less defined dorsal line, and on the third segment:a narrow grey
hindmargin ; the fourth segment is more brownish, with small
whitish-grey spots at the basal corners, and with a whitish-grey
collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Verbury. 421
hindmargin. Legs similar to those of the male, but the reddish
markings on the hind femora are often more extensive and more
conspicuous; the spines on the hind femora are similar but shorter
and rather less numerous; hind tarsi dilated, but not nearly so
conspicuously as in the male.
Length about 8°5 millm.
S. abyssinica, if a good species, has probably blacker
hind legs, a not yellow stigma, and not dilated hind tarsi.
S. bulbus, Walk., from Sierra Leone might be compared.
13. Syritta fasciata.
Syritta fasciata, Wied., Auss.-eur. Zweifl., u, p. 103.
This may be represented by two males and one female
taken at Haithalhim on March 30th, 1895. The specimens
represent a small species which seems to agree with
Wiedemann’s description of what must be the female,
though Wiedemann does not mention any sex. The
species may be worthy of a description as minute as I
have given of S. latitarsata, but as the material is weak
- and the identification Jess certain, I will only say that the
female specimen answers well to his description, but
that the frons is whitish, with the vertex and a cross-
band above the middle black; in the males the spots
on the second and third segments of the abdomen are
much larger, and occupy all those segments except a
dorsal line and the hindmargin, while in one male the
spots actually join on the foremargin of the third segment.
The abdomen of the male is but slightly constricted, the
third segment being the narrowest; the fourth segment is
black, rather shining, and rather long, with a small
whitish spot at each basal corner, and with a brownish-
yellow hindmargin. The legs of the male may be less
black than in the female, as although the legs of the one
female taken by Col. Yerbury would almost agree with
Wiedemann’s description of being almost all black, yet
one male has the usual orange band about the middle of
the hind femora, and the other male has the basal two-
thirds or more of the hind femora orange.
Some of the best characters to distinguish this species
must be its small size, orange antenne, yellow face, and
comparatively unarmed hind femora.
422 Mr. G. H. Verrall’s Notes on Syrphide.
14. Humerus lunatus.
“ Syrphus lunatus? Fabr., Ent. Syst., iv, p. 296, 64.
Rare, only three specimens taken. It sits on the stems
of Salvadora persica and is difficult to catch, as it keeps in
the thick of the bush.”
The specimens are all males, and, I think, correctly
named. Wiedemann has redescribed the species (Auss.-
eur. Zweifl., u1, p. 111).
15. Humerus obliquus.
“ Syrphus obliquus, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 194, 28.
ew
Rare ; three specimens taken in Aden, 15.2.95.
This species has been redescribed by Wiedemann (Auss.-
eur. Zweifl. ii, p. 112) and again by Loew (Dipt. Siid-
Afrik.), wherein Loew accidentally in his diagnosis says
“« fronte nigro-pilosa”’ instead of albo-pilosa.
( 423 )
XX. On some Oriental Scolytide of economic importance,
with Descriptions of five new Species. By WALTER
F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.
[Read November 2nd, 1898.]
From time to time I have received for determination
small consignments of Asiatic Scolytids, sent as being
injurious to, or more generally associated with a diseased
condition of, trees, &c., of economic value.
Such material is usually difficult to deal with. Too
often such a consignment contains but a few specimens,
among which may be examples of species, either new or
of a most obscure character. Rarely does one receive a
good series of specimens in proper preservation.
To discuss each sending separately is merely to multiply
short papers and single descriptions, unfortunately all too
common in economic entomology. In this paper I propose
to deal with an accumulation of such consignments which
have been in my hands for some time. The source of
each, and the particulars furnished therewith, are first
given, and the specimens sent are identified so far as
possible. The species which I regard as new are
afterwards described.
N.W. Provinces. “In bark of dead Pinus eaxcelsa—
Jaunsar and Deoban” (Ind. JMus.).
The specimens sent with the above note belong to the
genera Polygraphus and Pityogenes. I am uncertain
whether one or two species of Polygraphus are represented ;
as no Oriental species of the genus has been described,
the form or forms sent are likely to be new. All the
species are so closely allied, that it is useless to attempt
any determination without an exhaustive study of good
series of all available forms. The single example of
Pityogenes is an example of a black species allied to P. chal-
cographus and unknown to me; it is not P. scitws, Blandf.
The material is, however, insufficient for a description.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.)
49.4. Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some
E. Himatayas. “Taken from stem of a young
India-rubber twig, Ficus elastica—Tieta Valley, 1,100 ft.,
30th July, 1897” (£. P. Stebbing).
One new species, described under the name Diamerus fict.
CuitTacone. “Destructive to Mahogany-trees in the
Chittagong Hill Tracts” nd. Mus.).
Monsieur P. Lesne, of the Paris Museum, has forwarded
me examples of two species received by him among
Bostrychide from the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with the
above description of their habits. They belong to two
very interesting new forms, described under the names of
Scolytoplatypus brahma and Xyleborus gravidus.
CryLon. The following specimens have been forwarded
to me by Mr. E. Ernest Green :-—
(a). “Species injurious to ebony seed.”
Numerous examples, which I am inclined to refer to
Coccotrypes integer, Eichh., originally described from
Siam. I have not seen the type, but have made a
comparison of the specimens with a typical example of
C. pygmexus, Eichh., which Eichhoff very carefully
differentiates from C. integer. The habit of seed-boring is
common to the genus, and C. dactyliperda constantly
attracts notice in the East as a date-borer.
(b). Species supposed to cause disease to Cocoa-trees
(Theobroma cacao). Mr. Green writes of these :—“ Stems
of the diseased trees were submitted to me, and I found
the enclosed specimens either in the rotting bark or in
the wood itself. It was the smallest species, with smooth
elytra, that seemed to tunnel deepest. But I gave it as
my opinion that the beetles were not the cause of the
disease, but were attracted by the altered sap and dying
wood. I thought the real cause was either some fungoid
disease or unsuitable soil. The whole sap of the tree was
altered and turned sour, whereas the tunnels of the
beetles were very small and widely separated.”
Examples of four species were received: (1) a Crosso-
tarsus, which I take to be C. sawndersi, Chap., although it
differs slightly from the type in the direction of C. fair-
mairet, Chap.—probably both forms are races of one and
the same species; (2) Xyleborus semigranosus, Blandf.,
previously described by me (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896,
p. 211) from the refuse of imported Sumatra tobacco ;
Oriental Scolytide of economic importance. 425
(3) Xyleborus fornicatus, Kichh., recorded by me (loc. cit.,
p. 214) as injurious to the tea-plant in Ceylon, and again
referred to below; (4) Eecoptopterus sex-spinosus, Motsch.,
previously recorded as injurious to the rice-plant in
Burma.
I imagine that XY. fornicatus is the “smallest species,
with smooth elytra.”
(c). Further examples from Cocoa-trees. Mr. Green
writes : “I was of opinion that the beetles [consignment )]
were not primarily responsible for the injury, and this
opinion has been corroborated by the discovery of a fungus
in all the diseased specimens of bark submitted to Kew.
“JT am now forwarding two more species of Scolytid
beetles that are found in the younger branches of the
Cocoa-tree, which really are injurious to the plant. They
form their tunnels in what appears to be healthy wood
and rapidly cause the death of the parts attacked. A
dark chocolate or purplish stain spreads through the
tissues of the wood surrounding the galleries of the
insect.”
The two species are both new, and are described under
the names of Yyleborus mancus and X. discolor.
PENANG. ‘Species injurious to Nutmeg-trees.”
Mr. C. O. Waterhouse has received and has com-
municated to me examples of three species. The majority
belong to Phlwosinus ecribratus, Blandf. (Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1896, p. 198), first described from the refuse of
Sumatra tobacco ; they vary considerably in length (2-3:4
millim.), but not otherwise except that in some, presum-
ably males, the apices of the 1st and 3rd elytral interstices
are not tuberculate.
Besides these, there is an individual which appears to
belong to a distinct species of Phlwosinus, and is left
undetermined; there are also examples of Xyleborus
Sornicatus.
Descriptions follow of the species, five in number, sent
in these various consignments, which appear to be new
and recognisable.
Scolytoplatypus brahma, sp. n.
Q. S. mikado 9, Blandf., forma adeo similis, elytris tamen
proportione brevioribus prothorace solum tertia parte superantibus.
426 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some
Opaca, densissime minute reticulata, nigro-picea, fronte supra os,
elytrorum apice, pedibus, ventro plus minusve dilutioribus ; protho-
racis disco conferte strigoso-punctato, poro medio oblongo ; elytris
obsoletissime substriatis, punctis omnino nullis, interstitiis 1°, 3°, 5°
in declivitate minute tuberculatis. Long. 3 millim.
Fem. Similar in form to S. mikado 9, but with the elytra
relatively shorter, not more than one-third longer than the prothorax.
Blackish-pitchy, dull, entirely covered with fine and extremely dense
alutaceous reticulation. Front minutely punctate, with a transverse
subnitid impression over the mouth, the space between it and the
black epistoma brown-testaceous ; antennz brown-testaceous, the
club infuscate, obovate-acuminate. Prothorax with the lateral and
hind angles prominent and acute, median pore not large, oblong,
surface with very close confluent longitudinal strigose punctures,
not deep. Elytra scarcely bisinuate at the base, lighter along the
suture and at the apex, closely shagreened, with traces of striz, the
punctures of which are not discernible, interstices from behind the
middle with a faint median raised line, the Ist, 3rd, and 5th on the
declivity with a series of minute tubercles; declivity convex, with
short erect yellowish pubescence. Underside piceous, lighter in
places, with coarse shallow punctuation ; anterior legs piceo-ferru-
ginous, the middle and posterior legs brown-testaceous.
Hab. InpIA, Chittagong Hills.
While the sculpture is most like that of & eutomordes,
Blandf., it is quite peculiar, That of the elytra, though
very weak, is complex in character, and is consequently
difficult to describe adequately. The species belongs to
my subgenus Z'eniocerus.
Diamerus fict, sp. n.
Oblongus, niger, opacus, capite subnitido, dense punctato, pro-
thorace antice constricto, conferte punctato; elytris post basin
prothorace adeo latioribus, ad apicem haud productis, crenato-striatis,
interstitiis subconvexis, sat subtiliter multipunctatis et brevissime
setosis. Long. 5°5 millim.
Oblong, black, subopaque, the antenne and tarsi piceous brown.
Head slightly shining, closely but not very strongly punctate, and
furnished with very short accumbent grey pubescence, front im-
pressed between the antennal fovez, convex above and with a slight
median nodular elevation, somewhat more shining ; eyes oblong-
oval; antennal club flattened, obovate, somewhat blunt {at apex,
very closely pubescent, with a strongly angulate suture towards the
base. Prothorax not strongly transverse, constricted anteriorly, the
Oriental Scolytidx of economre importance. 427
sides rounded, lateral margins distinct but not prominent from the
base to the middle, dorsum convex, with very close but not coarse
punctuation, and a subcarinate median line from the base to the
middle, base impressed for the elytra. Scutellum indistinguishable.
Elytra twice as long as the prothorax, separately and strongly
rounded at base with narrow raised crenate margins carried back
obliquely and sinuate at the sides over the metasternum, the sides
sinuate but subparallel, obliquely inflexed at the apex, which forms
an angle at the suture but is not produced ; surface with moderately
deep incised shining crenate striz, the interstices subconvex, with
close and rather fine punctures bearing very short and inconspicuous.
sete. Underside strongly punctured, and pubescent with short grey
hairs. Legs robust, the anterior tibize widened apically, their upper
border crenate, the upper apical angle with a backwardly-directed
tooth ; middle and posterior tibiz with the upper border rounded
and crenate.
Hab. KE. Himatayas, Tieta Valley, 1,100 ft. (Z. P.
Stebbing).
The species has all the appearance of a Hylesinus, from
which the structure of the antennal club separates it.
Compared with D. curvifer, Walk., the nearest allied
species known to me, it differs im the absence of the
complete opacity characteristic of that species, in the
much closer thoracic punctuation, less deeply incised
elytral strize and more convex interstices, as well as in the
non-mucronate elytral apex. Assuming the species to be
correctly assigned to Diamerus, and I do not see any
reason for separating it, one must infer that Diamerus and
Hylesinus are somewhat nearly allied to each other.
Xyleborus gravidus, sp. n.
@. Curta, robusta, rufo-testacea, elytris praecipue versus apicem
ferrugineis, fulvo-pilosa; prothorace amplo, subgloboso, lateribus
leniter apice fortius rotundatis, hoe medio tuberculis 2 fortibus
ornato, disco posterius sat dense, in medio indistinctius punctato,
basi supra scutellum breviter erecte hirta ; elytris brevissimis in-
distincte lineato-punctatis, interstitiis multipunctatis, a medio abrupte
truncatis, declivitate ad latera et infra acute carinata-marginata,
subeonvexa, striato-punctata, interstitiis planis, pilis brevibus cum
setis nonnullis longis tenuibus commixtis. Long. 4°5 millim.
Fem. Short, robust, very convex, somewhat shining, bright-reddish
testaceous, the elytra ferruginous, darker posteriorly ; pubescence
sparse, fulvous. Head very large, globose, alutaceous, front more
428 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford on some
shining towards the mouth, with scattered rather large punctures ;
mouth infuscate, thinly fringed; eyes oblong, scarcely sinuate
anteriorly. Prothorax ample, broader than long, strongly convex,
the sides slightly, the apex more strongly rounded, the latter with
two prominent median blackish tubercles ; surface before the trans-
verse dorsal elevation with large transverse asperities, closer towards
the middle, behind, punctured rather closely and distinctly at the
sides, obsoletely over the middle, which is furnished before the
scutellum with a dense tuft of short upstanding hairs, remaining
pubescence scanty. Scutellum minute, rounded, infuscate. Elytra
strongly declivous and retuse from before the middle to the apex,
about a third longer than the prothorax, separately rounded and
finely bordered at the base, the sides slightly tending to diverge
behind, the apical borders seen from above abruptly inflexed, and
forming an obtuse angle at the suture ; surface convex from the
base to the declivity with indistinct rows of feeble punctures, the flat
interstices with finer scattered irregular punctures ; declivity sub-
abruptly rounded above into the cylindrical portion, margined at
the sides and apex with an acute ridge, separated from the fundus
by a slight gutter-like impression, fundus gently convex with sub-
impressed rows of shallow punctures carrying long fine hairs,
interstices flat with close fine piliferous points, their hairs short
and semi-accumbent. Underside and legs testaceous, the tibiz
closely and finely serrate.
Hab. Invi, Chittagong Hills.
This fine Yyleborus is most nearly allied to X. solidus,
Eichh., among described species. From that Australian
species it differs in its larger size and broader shape, in
the greater prominence of the apical tubercles, the more
evidently transverse asperities and finer punctuation of
the middle posterior portion of the prothorax, in the very
scanty punctuation of the basal portion of the elytra, and
in the very acute marginal carina and the flat non-tuber-
culate interstices of the declivity.
It is possible that the examples are not quite mature,
and that the colour may be sometimes blackish. It is
always difficult to determine whether light-coloured
Scolytids are immature or not.
Ayleborus mancus, sp. 0.
Q@. Cylindrica, castanea, elytris apice picescentibus, breviter
pilosa; prothorace antice fortiter rotundato, lateribus postice vix
Oriental Scolytide of economic importance. 429
rotundatis, dorso medio transverse elevato, postice in medio dense
subtiliter cribrose punctato et breviter hirto, linea media longitudinali
subelevata ; elytris prothorace longioribus, perindistincte lneato-
punctatis, interstitiis irregulariter punctatis, apice oblique truncato-
retuso, margine per totum acuto, subcirculari, fundo utrinque ad
suturam gradatim elevato et medio subimpresso, haud omnino opaco,
subirregulariter lineato-punctato, interstitiis haud perspicue punctatis,
Long. 3°3 millim.
Fem. Closely allied to X. amputatus, Blandf. (Trans, Ent. Soc.,
Lond., 1894, p. 575). Rather larger and more robust. Front
(concealed in the type of X. amputatus) convex, subopaque, rather
closely and finely punctate with a short shining elevated longitudinal
line above the middle of the shining blackish epistoma ; eyes rather
deeply emarginate. Sides of the prothorax nearly straight behind the
middle, its surface as in X. amputatus but with the basal patch of
piliferous punctures more conspicuous. Elytra much darker apically,
nearly black, the fundus of the apical retuse surface distinctly less
opaque (in X. amputatus it has not the slightest gloss), not concave
on each side but gradually raised towards the suture, with a some-
what irregular surface, due to a slight impression on each side, the
rows of punctures somewhat wavy, the punctures rather large, shallow
subnitid impressions (in X. amputatus the rows are perfectly straight
and the punctures are small and not shining), interstitial punctures
not perceptible (evident in X. amputatus).
Hab. CrE8yYLon (£. £. Green).
This species, though really distinct from 1. amputatus
upon comparison, is so far alike that I was unable to
separate it by means of my former description, and was
obliged to have recourse to my type of the latter species,
which Mr. Lewis kindly lent me for the purpose of com-
parison.
AXyleborus discolor, sp. n.
Q. Forma X. brevi, Eichh., proxima, sed multo minor, elytris
brevioribus, colore distincta. Curta, cylindrica, laete testacea ;
elytris nigris abrupte truncatis, truncatura circulari, breviter fulvo-
pilosa. Long. 1.8 millim.
Fem. Allied to X. brevis, Eichh., but much smaller. Short,
cylindrical, bright testaceous, with the elytra black. Head dull,
the front rather finely punctate, with a fine raised median longi-
tudinal line ; mouth infuscate ; eyes deeply emarginate. Prothorax
as long as broad, the sides nearly straight behind, gradually rounded
to the apex in an ellipse ; discal elevation post-median, indistinct ;
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.) 29
430 Mr. W. F.H. Blandford on some Oriental Scolytide.
surface in front with small granular elevations, behind subopaque,
very finely punctured, closely towards the middle, which bears a
brush of short erect fulvous hairs. Scutellum small, rounded tri-
angular, black shining. Elytra about as long as the prothorax,
cylindrical, abruptly truncate behind the middle, shining black,
finely punctate, the punctures of the rows and interstices scarcely
separable from each other ; terminal surface strongly declivous,
circular, defined above but not margined, the lateral and inferior
margin not acute, covered with very short fulvous pubescence
and hence subopaque, finely striate, the interstices quite flat. Under-
side and legs bright-testaceous, the anterior tibie narrow.
Hab. CEYLON (£. £. Green).
This little species is one of the best marked of the
group of small forms to which it belongs. The bright
testaceous colour of the body, black elytra, and fulvous,
downy pubescence of their sharply curtailed extremities
render it unmistakable even at a glance. |
4351
XXI. On some new species of African Pierine in the col-
lection of the British Museum, with notes on seasonal
forms of Belenois. By Artruur G. BUTLER,
Ph. DHL Ss &e
[Read November 16th, 1898.]
WHILST arranging the Pierine of the genus Phrissura, I
discovered three males of a species which is certainly
undescribed, mixed up with the series of P. sylvia (the
dry-season form of P. eudoxia), and in the Hewitson col-
lection I discovered the female of the same species I now
describe.
Phrissura perlucens, sp. 0.
¢. Above nearly resembling P. sylvia, but with the inner edging
of the black outer border of primaries more blurred, less distinctly
dentate-sinuate, the basal patch of lemon yellow without the least
tinge of orange; on the undersurface the border far more distinct
than in P. sylvia, irrorated with dark brown, yellowish externally ;
the base bright lemon yellow as above (not orange, as in P. sylvia) ;
the secondaries also with the costal area at base bright lemon yellow
instead of orange. Expanse, 50—61 millim.
Q. Similar in pattern to the female of P. sylvia, but with the
ground-colouring of all the wings above pure white ; the border of
primaries and marginal spots of secondaries rather broader than in
P, sylvia; primaries below bright lemon yellow at base, slightly
washed with saffron on costa; apical area irrorated with grey-
brownish and with an oblique subapical stripe of the same colour ;
secondaries with the base of costal area golden yellow, slightly more
saffron on costal margin : no trace of the ochreous bordering common
to the undersurface of all the wings in P. sylvia, Expanse, 64
millim.
Hab. ANGOLA and GoLp Coast (Mus, Brit.).
Phrissura narcissus, sp. v.
Q. Primaries bright ochreous ; a grey subapical crescentie band ;
veins pale buff, partly dividing a marginal series of black spots ;
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PART IV. (DEC.)
432 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierine
secondaries bright lemon yellow with a marginal series of cordiform
dark brown spots terminating the nervures; primaries below
ochreous with pale creamy costa, the cell suffused with saffron to-
wards the base, but not abruptly ; subapical grey band obsolete,
marginal black spots smaller than above, fringe black ; secondaries
butter yellow with deep saffron basi-costal area ; spots on margin
as above; pectus creamy yellow ; abdomen flesh-tinted. Expanse,
59 millim.
Hab. ANGOLA (Coll. Hewitson).
This is so strikingly distinct from everything else in the
genus that I do not hesitate to name it in spite of the fact
that 1t is a female; the male will probably be found to have
a broad blackish border to the primaries. In the genus
Belenois, of which I have recently completed the arrange-
ment, the seasonal forms are always tolerably well-defined.
Lelenois, though nearly related to Phrissura, has a different
style of marking; the males never have a pencil of hair
between the anal clasps as have those of Phrisswra; the
primaries as a rule are more produced, the costa being
longer, so that the wing-outline more nearly resembles that
of Appias ; there are however exceptions to this rule in a
few specimens which more nearly approach Phrisswra in
outline. A few notes on some of the seasonal forms in
Lelenois may perhaps be useful to the systematist; they
follow the usual rules of variation which have, in many
cases, been more or less satisfactorily proved by collectors
and breeders of Pierine ; so that there can be no reason for
refusing to accept them as facts. If they are rejected as
seasonal forms, they must be accepted as variations, inas-
much as (in nearly every case) the intermediate phase occurs.
Belenois hedyle, Cramer.
This is a wet-season phase, of which 5. rhena is the
female of the dry phase. In the Museum there are six
males and one female of the wet phase in addition to five
examples in the Hewitson collection ; of a perfectly inter-
mediate phase we have five males; of the dry phase we ~
have three males and two females, one additional example
being in the Hewitson collection.
Belenois thysa, Hopft.
The Angolan form of this species differs somewhat from
the more Southern and the EKastern type of the species,
ani on seasonal forms of Belenois. 433
representing a slight local variation of which &. meldolx
is the dry phase. The typical figures of the species re-
present the intermediate phase, the wet phase of which
has heavier black borders with which the subapical spots
on the primaries are often united ; the dry phase is repre-
sented by &. sabrata. A singular form of the species
occurs sporadically in the area bounded by the Victoria
Nyanza and Lake Nyasa; the females of this form differ
so remarkably in outline and in the more or less lilacine
greyish suffusion of the under surface that one might be
excused for believing that they represented a distinct
species.
Belenois dentigera, Butl.
This species, which is related to B. calypso, was based
upon a dry-season male collected by Emin Pasha. The
intermediate phase is represented by B. welwitschi of
Rogenhofer (who states that it was collected in Angola !) ;
of this phase we have a male obtained by Emin Pasha at
Kangasi and three males from Nyasa-land. Of the wet
phase, a heavily marked and more brilliantly coloured
edition of the intermediate phase, we possess four males
and one female from Nyasa-land.
Belenots instabilis, Butl.
Of this species we possess both sexes of all the phases,
the wet form of the female somewhat resembling that sex
of B. creona on the upper surface; both sexes are very
heavily black-veined on the under surface. The inter-
mediate phase bears much resemblance on the under
surface to the wet phase of 4. dentigera, excepting that
the insect 1s considerably smaller, the apical markings on
the primaries are sulphur yellow and the median vein of
the secondaries, with its branches, is black. In the dry
form the black markings are reduced on both surfaces, and
the secondaries below are more ochraceous.
Belenois subeida, Felder.
Related to the preceding ; we possess only single males
of the wet and intermediate phases and a female of the
dry phase. The species doubtless replaces Bb. instabilis in
North Africa: whilst it ismuch more heavily bordered on
434 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Prerine
the upper surface, it is altogether less brilliantly coloured
below.
Belenois crawshayt, Butl.
We now possess wet, intermediate, and dry phases of
both sexes of this species; B. diminuta was based upon
the female of the dry phase.
In the collection made by Dr. Gregory in British East
Africa is a species related to the preceding which I con-
founded with the Eastern form of B. zochalia: a careful
study of the two has now convinced me that this was an
error, the form of the wings being constantly very different,
and the costal margin of the primaries and the abdominal
margin of the secondaries being noticeably shorter.
Belenois formosa, sp. n.
a Belenois zochalia (part), Butler, P.Z.S., 1894, p. 579,
pl. xxxvui, fig. 3.
2. Primaries white above, the basal area nacreous ; secondaries
white or pale sulphur yellow ; markings as in B. zochalia.
At first I was inclined to regard this as the dry phase
of the East-African representative of B. zochalia, but the
coloration and vivid marking of the male are so distinctly
characteristic of a wet-season phase, that I was compelled
to abandon this idea as soon as it occurred to me. Un-
doubtedly the pattern of the females of both forms is very
similar, but nevertheless I feel sure that two species exist ;
we have five males and three females of B. formosa.
Of typical B. zochalia from South Africa we have wet,
intermediate, and dry forms of both sexes; they differ
chiefly in the definition of the black markings on the
under surface.
Belenors severina, Cramer.
Of b. severina we have an immense series commencing
with the wet-season Bb. infida (P.Z.S., 1894, pl. xxxvui,
figs. 1, 2), passing through two fairly defined intergrades,
of which one is typical B. severina, to the extreme dry
form, which nearly resembles B. creona on the under
surface. B. boguensis of Felder is a Northern race of the
species showing less variation, the wet phase being not
much unlike the first intermediate phase of B. severina,
but the dry phase more nearly approaches B. ereona.
and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 435
Belenors leucogyne, Butl.
This interesting species seems to possess a dry phase
only.
Belenois creona, Cramer.
The wet form of this species seems to be extremely
rare ; we possess only one pair; above it resembles the
common intermediate phase, but on the under surface the
veins are lilacine grey inthe male and black in the female.
The best characters for distinguishing B. creona from
B. severina consist in the smallness of the subapical spots
on the upper surface of the primaries in the males, the
black and scarcely spotted border of the secondaries in
this sex and the white ground-colour of the female streaked
on the under surface with deep ochreous. B. creona is
essentially a West-African species; B. severina Southern
and Eastern.
Belenois johanne, Butl.
I know this only as a dry-season phase; it is a very
distinct species.
Belenois mesentina, Cramer.
We have a very extensive series of this species, B.
augusta =agrippina =lordaca being the wet phase, B. me-
sentina=syrine intermediate, B. auriginea dry, and B.
taprobana being an insular dry phase differing in the
blacker outer border to the male primaries, on which the
subapical spots are less prominent.
Belenois teutonia, Fabr.
The wet form is B. clytie = niseia ; the intermediate form
shows a narrow break between the discocellular bar and
outer border in both the primaries and secondaries of the
female, but no noticeable difference in the male; in the
dry form the discocellular bar is well separated from the
border, and the white spotting of the border in both sexes
is clearly defined.
Belenois peristhene, Boisd.
The wet form has the secondaries below black with a
submarginal row of orange spots. We have two examples
436 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Prerine
from New Caledonia in which the whole basal area of the
primaries below is also orange, as in Bb. java; these are
probably either reversional sports or the result of hybridism
between the two species. The intermediate form differs
in having several squamose subbasal orange patches on
the under surface of the secondaries; the dry form has
the cell and a series of patches below it white, the basi-
costal patch and submarginal spots remaining orange.
Belenots clarissa, Butl.
The seasonal differences in this species much resemble
those of Lb. peristhene, the orange spots of the under
surface being replaced by sulphur yellow; we have all the
phases in both sexes.
Of B. picata we possess only a dry-season phase.
Belenois java, Sparrm.
B. deiopeia, Don., is the dry phase. We possess an
intermediate from the New Hebrides; as the species
occurs as far to the East as the Friendly Group, it
certainly crosses the range of B. peristhene, and is quite
likely to hybridize with it.
Belenois raffrayi, Oberth.
This is a wet-season form, and, without examining
specimens of the allied &. margaritacea, I would not
suggest that there may be more than affinity between
them. It is quite possible that they may be perfectly
distinct.
Respecting B. gidica, much confusion has arisen ; I may
begin by stating emphatically that 5. gidica is not the
wet-season form of 6. abyssinica, and that B. allica of
Oberthiir is not the B&B. allica of Boisduval, but is
identical with B. abyssinica. Furthermore, there are two
South-African species of the group, easily separated by
any one who has an eye for form and pattern.
Belenois gidica, Godt.
Differs at a glance from B. gidica of authors in the lack of con-
tinuity between the discocellular black spot of primaries with the
costal borders, the distinctly narrower and blacker outer borders of
the primaries, the fourth white spot on which opens without break
into the ground-colour, so as to form a quadrate excision of the
and on seasonal forms of Belenois. 437
border. On the under surface the differences are much greater ; the
apical brown border is unbroken, with three small whitish spots in-
ternally as above, whitish veins, and five tear-like whitish-sub-
marginal dots between the veins. Secondaries with irregular brown
borders interrupted by diffused whitish spots internally and enclosing
six distinct submarginal white spots ; veins pale; an oblique ab-
breviated brown spot at the end of the cell, but no other markings.
Expanse, 57 millim.
Hab. CAPE or Goop Hope.
Two males of the wet-season phase of this very distinct
species were in the Godman and Salvin collection associ-
ated with B. gidica of Trimen and others. To the latter
I propose to restore the name of B. westwoodi, Wallgr.
Lelenois abyssinica, Lucas.
The Godman and Salvin collection contained two males,
and the Museum series a female of the wet-season phase
of this species. It differs from the wet phase of B. west-
woodt above in the almost confluent character of the
marginal spots on the male secondaries; the differences
below are considerable, the ground-colour being much
yellower, and all the dark brown markings on the basal
area of the secondaries being wholly erased, bringing it
decidedly nearer to B. gidica.
The differences between the dry-season forms of the
two species do not appear to be so marked, though they
are of the same nature, the rusty ground-colour not being
so well suited for emphasizing the absence of dark mark-
ings as the primrose yellow of the wet-season phase.
Belenois westwoodi, Wallgr.
We have a long series of this species, the female of
which is very variable. I suspect that the most typical
wet phase is represented by the more heavily bordered
and distinctly marked examples, but the change from
heavy to light borders is so gradual that I have not
attempted to distinguish an intermediate phase. One of
our female examples in which the upper surface is very
lightly marked shows a distinct approach to the dry form
in the coloration of the under surface. Of the dry phase
we have five examples from Eastern Africa as far south-
ward as Natal, and there is an equal number in the
Hewitson collection.
438 Dr. A. G. Butler on new African Pierine.
Belenors occidentis, sp. n.
Allied to B. westwood’, but distinctly larger, the apical area of the
primaries irrorated with grey, the outer border greyer than in
B. westwoodi, the irregular transverse subapical band interrupted
in the middle ; the veins blackened to the cell, excepting the first
two median branches ; the discocellular black bars continued round
the end of the cell as far as or beyond the emission of the second
median branch ; secondaries with a well-defined black discocellular
dash and several black traces of the discal markings of the under sur-
face; black marginal spots and fringe as usnal. On the under surface
nearly the whole of the veins are brown, darker on the primaries ;
in the wet phase the primaries show a grey basal patch terminating
in a black discoidal streak ; the black discocellular bar is continued
broadly to the first median branch along which it runs to the
middle, so that it forms a large Z-shaped character ; in the dry
phase -the discocellular bar runs backward only half way to the
origin of the first median branch. In the character of the second-
aries this species is like B. westwoodi on the under surface. Expanse,
64 millim.
Hab. Coneo; Loanpna (Mus. Brit.).
These examples were received from the Godman and
Salvin collection, a male (wet phase) from the Congo, and
a pair (dry phase) from Loanda. There is very little
doubt that this is the species for which Boisduval pro-
posed his manuscript name of “ Pieris allica,’ but M.
Oberthiir having published the name as applying to B.
abyssinica, it has become a synonym and cannot now be
resuscitated.
439
XXII. Considerations on the Genus Tetracanthagyna Selys.
By Ropert McLacutay, F.RS., &c.
[Read December 7th, 1898. ]
WHEN Mr. C. O. Waterhouse in 1877 and 1878 described
in our “ Proceedings” and “ Transactions ” a grand dragon-
fly, under the name Gynacantha plagiata, he acted, I
believe, on my suggestion as to its generic position. In
1883 my friend Baron de Selys, in his “Synopsis des
AXschnines” (part i, classification), subdivided Gynacantha,
Rambur, and proposed the subgeneric term Tetracan-
thagyna for G. plagiata, being influenced principally by
the conformation of the 10th ventral segment in the female.
Prof. Karsch, in 1891, in his “ Kritik des Systems der Aesch-
niden ”’ (in which he propounded a new scheme which, I
venture to think, is a distinct step in advance), refused
to recognise T'etracanthagyna even as a subgenus.
Having to examine the materials available for a study of
the genus, of which there are certainly several species, I
arrived at the conclusion that not only is Tetracanthagyna
valid, but also that its relationship to Gynacantha is per-
haps not so intimate as has been thought; the mem-
branule is more developed, the network less dense, and
the abdomen more robust with, if I mistake not, a less
strongly chitinous integument. A character which may,
or may not, prove to be of importance, is the sinuate con-
tour of the ventral surface, caused by constrictions ; nor
should the very short styliform appendages of the female
be overlooked. Even from the limited materials at present
available, there are indications that the teeth on the 10th
ventral segment of the female will prove to be somewhat
variable, but probably individually rather than specifically.
I propose to describe in detail what appears to be a
new species, then to give in a tabular form characters of
the described, and some new, species, ending by noticing
some specimens the position of which seems uncertain.
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1898.—PARTIV. (DEC.)
44() Mr. R. McLachlan’s Considerations
TETRACANTHAGYNA VITTATA, Sp. 0.
d 2. Face dingy olive yellow, labium shining blackish-brown, tips
of mandibles black ; frons (excepting a line at the base) and vertex
wholly blackish, the vertex with a strong anterior ridge, anda broad
deep longitudinal groove, it is clothed with erect blackish hairs ;
vesicle black ; antennae reddish, black at the base ; occiput black ;
back of head blackish, but with an olivaceous orbital margin.
Prothorax blackish, its hinder margin produced into a broad median
obtuse lobe, and slightly excised on either side. Thorax brownish-
black, clothed with greyish-brown hairs, the ante-alar sinus olive-
brown ; anteriorly there are indications (at any rate in the @)
of short narrow ante-humeral pale lines ; sides with two very broad
greyish-yellow bands, one mesopleural, the other metapleural,
separated by a still broader mesopleural band of the dark ground
colour ; pectus blackish ; legs with dark reddish femora (black at
the tips) and black tibize and tarsi, spines black, claws piceous.
Abdomen robust, apparently wholly blackish, with no indications of
markings in the dead insect (but in the somewhat immature
d there is an indistinct olivaceous tinge).
Wings comparatively narrow, the apex obtuse but somewhat pro-
duced ; vitreous, but the anterior portion is occupied by a brownish-
black vitta from the base to the pterostigma ; at the base this vitta
is broad and its lower edge extends into the lower basal area, then it
is limited by the upper edge of the principal triangle, then it occupies
(partly in a fainter manner) the area between the subnodal and short
sectors for some distance, then it is limited by the subnodal sector,
then slightly invading the area between the nodal and subnodal
sectors and then bounded by the principal sector as far as the
pterostigma or slightly beyond ; in this vitta many of the areoles
below the median nervure have a pale centre (but in a somewhat
irregular manner), and most of the marginal nervules (at the base
almost as far as the triangle) are pale, and in addition (especially
in the costal area as far as the pterostigma) are also narrowly margined
with pale ; costal nervure olivaceons (almost whitish in the some-
what immature ¢), much incrassated towards the base ; neuration
otherwise black, not very dense for the size of the insect ;
pterostigma very small (4 mm.), brown (almost white in the some-
what immature ¢); membranule whitish, well-defined ; subnodal
sector fureating far before the origin of the pterostigma ; in the
anterior wings there are about 34 ante-nodal and 23 post-
nodal nervules, 8—10 hyper-trigonal, 7 in the lower basal area, 1
in the inner triangle, 7 cellules in the principal triangle (the
two inner divided by a longitudinal nervule in the 2, and
on the Genus Tetracanthagyna. 441]
symmetrically irregular in the ¢ individual before me, although
regular in the posterior wings) ; nodal sector much bent just before
the pterostigma (somewhat as in {the genus Hemianax), with severa!
double cellules below the bend ; 4—5 rows of cellules between the
subnodal sector and its branch; 5 cellules between the subnodal
and the interposed sector at the widest part ; a single row of cellules
between the sectors of the triangle. (In the posterior wings the
area between the sectors of the triangle is dilated for some distance,
with two rows of cellules, followed by one row.)
¢. Anal triangle 3-celled ; the inner upper cellule formed by an
oblique nervule (in one wing there is a small supplementary cellule
on the inner margin). On the abdomen the oreillettes are sub-
quadrate, black, finely limate on the edge. The 8th dorsal segment
is produced into a small acute tooth in the middle of its posterior
margin, on either side of which are smaller teeth; the 9th has a
stronger and blunter tooth-like production, and in the 10th there is
a terminal hump, in all cases extensions of the dorsal carina, which
on the 10th is much elevated, and has a deep broad sulcus on either
side. Appendages black ; the superior about as long as the 9th and
10th segments united (8 mm.), inserted well below the elevated
hump of the segment, foliaceous, but slender, nearly straight, but
slightly curved upwards from the middle; viewed above the inner
edge is gradually dilated from base and apex to the middle, the tip
ending in a sharp out-turned tooth or spine ; the apical portion for
some distance is occupied internally by a deep groove bounded by
the longitudinal carina and occasioning a torsion which causes an
appearance as of an obtuse subapical dilatation if viewed laterally .
the apical half internally has a strong fringe of hairs. Inferior
appendage one-third shorter, upcurved if viewed laterally, slender,
gradually narrowing from the base, it is suleated above, and the apex
is obtuse and slightly emarginate.
2. The 8th and 9th dorsal segments strongly produced into a
triangular tooth in the middle of the posterior margin, 10th scarcely
produced, but there are a few apical denticules. Appendages short,
black, straight, styliform and cylindrical, scarcely extending beyond
the abdominal extremity. Tenth ventral segment having (in the
individual before me) three large and one small acute teeth. Valves
of the 9th segment not extending to apex of 10th, with black filiform
appendages.
Length of abdomen ¢ 80 mm. (with appendages), 9 70 mm.
Length of posterior wing ¢ 75 mm., 9? 80mm. Greatest breadth
of posterior wing ¢ 23 mm., 2 22mm. Expanse of anterior wings
¢ 159 mm., 9 169 mm.
442, Mr. R. McLachlan’s Considerations
Hab. NortH Borneo (Waterstradt) one $ and 2 (the
¢ shghtly immature). Coll. McLachlan.
Distinctly related to 7. plagiata, but can scarcely be
identical therewith. Taking size and strength combined
this and 7. plagiata may be considered the largest of
known recent Odonata, for although some Agrionines (such
as Megaloprepus cenulatus) somewhat exceed them in
wing-expanse, they are feeble animals in comparison.
I proceed to give a synoptical table.
A. Legs black; the femora dark reddish, except at the apex.
Sides of the thorax with two broad pale bands. Eighth and ninth
dorsal segments of the abdomen in the ? endingin a tooth. Neura-
tion black. The area between the two sectors of the triangle in
the anterior wings not dilated at the base, and with only a single
row of cellules (one cellule is indicated as double in each anterior
wing in the figure of 7. plagiata). A blackish vitta (broad at the
base) extends from the base to the pterostigma (or further).
1. In addition to the costal vitta there is a broad dark band on all
the wings of the 9 between the nodus and the pterostigma
(or further). Length of posterior wing 79 mm. Length of
abdomen69mm....... . . 7. PLAGIaTA, Waterhouse
Hab. Borneo. Type in the collection of Sir Hugh
Low, not seen by me recently.
2. There is no band in addition to the costal vitta in either sex,
Anterior wings with about 34 antenodals and 23 postnodals.
Length of posterior wing ¢ 75 mm., 2 80mm. Length of
abdomen 9 70mm... . T. virratTa, McLachl. (vide supra),
Hab. North BorNeEoO. Types in Coll. McLachlan.
B. Legs wholly reddish. Ninth dorsal segment only, of the ?
ending in a sharp tooth.
1. Sides of the thorax reddish with no evident pale bands. Neura-
tion reddish. In the wings there is a brown costal vitta extend-
ing from the base to the pterostigma (or nearly so). The area
between the two sectors of the triangle in the anterior wings
not dilated at the base, and with only a single row of cellules
(this area is not mentioned in the description of 7. degorsi).
on the Genus Tetracanthagyna. 443
a. In addition to the costal vitta there is a broad brown band
(in the Q only?) between the nodus and _ pterostigma.
Anterior wings with about 36-38 antenodals and 24-25
postnodals, Length of posterior wing 65-68 mm. Length
of abdomen 59-60 mm. . . . . . . T. BRUNNEA, sp. nov.
Hab, Nortu Borneo. Two ? in Coll. McLachlan.
aa. No brown band between the nodus and pterostigma in
either sex. Anterior wings with 38 antenodals and 25
postnodals. Length of posterior wing ¢ 56mm., 9 65mm.
Length of abdomen 965mm. .. . . T.pEGoRSI, Martin.
(Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr., 1895, p. ecexciii.)
Hab. Borneo. f ¢ Coll. Martin, not seen by me.
It is just possible that 7. brunnea may be founded
on more mature individuals of degorvsi; but more material
is necessary.
2. Sides of the thorax with two broad pale bands. Neuration
black. In the wings (?) there is no dark costal vitta, but a
dark brown mark at the base extending a short distance along
the subcostal area ; no brown band, but the apical portion of
the wing is slightly tinged. Anterior wings with about 28
antenodals and 18 postnodals. The area between the two
sectors of the triangle in the anterior wings dilated at the
base and with two rows of cellules, followed by one. Length
of posterior wing 61 mm. Length of abdomen 58 mm.
Oe ee et ae T, WATERHOUSEI (Selys MS.) sp. n.
Hab. Borneo, one ? in the British Museum bearing
the MS. name here adopted; one ? in coll. McLachlan,
without locality.
This would seem to be a very distinct species by the
restriction of the wing markings, notwithstanding that the
deep black neuration indicates maturity. The neuration
is also less dense, and it is the only species at present
known with the area between the sectors of the triangle
in the anterior wings dilated at the base and with two
rows of cellules.
It remains to allude to certain specimens that I cannot
locate with certainty.
Ina male from Pulo Nias (Coll. McLachlan) the legs are
444 Considerations on the Genus Tetracanthagyna.
wholly reddish, there are no pale bands on the sides of the
thorax, a smoky blackish costal vitta extends from the
base to the nodus (or slightly beyond), no dark bands on
the wings, pterostigma whitish, neuration black, the area
between the two sectors of the triangle not dilated and
with only one row of cellules. About 36 antenodals and
23 postnodals int he anterior wing. Length of posterior
wing 60 mm. Length of abdomen (with appendages)
63 mm.
The anal characters are as follows :—There is a slight
tooth at the extremity of the dorsal carina on the 9th
segment, but the 10th is not sensibly produced at its
extremity. There is a strong constriction at the j nction
of the 6th and 7th ventral segments, reproduced in a
smaller degree at the junction of the 7th and 8th (this
seems to some extent to exist in the other spocies).
Superior appendages slightly shorter than the 9th and
10th segments, slender, foliaceous, (less twisted than in
T. vittata), ending in a small sharp tooth. Inferior
appendage one-half shorter, narrowing from base to apex,
upcurved, the apex obtuse and slightly emarginate.
A male from Deli (Sumatra) is described by Prof.
Karsch in Entomol. Nachr. xvii. (1891), p. 345, and referred
to 7. plagiata. The wing-expanse is given as 1385 mm.,
and the length of the abdomen as 90 mm. (thus the ex-
panse is much less, and the abdomen considerably longer
than in my & of 7. vittata); there is apparently no dark
band on the wings. Nothing is said of the colour
of the legs, or sides of the thorax, nor of :the condition.
of the area between the sectors of the triangle. It is
evidently very much larger than my male from Pulo Nias.
A female example from Laha (Sumatra), in the Amster-
dam Museum, is referred to 7. plagiata by Baron de Selys
(Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. (2), vii, p. 472). The length of
the posterior wing is given as 74 mm.,and of the abdomen
58 mm. Presumably it has a costal vitta and transverse
band, but no details are to hand.
DECEMBER 22, 1898.
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For THE YEAR 1898.
February 2nd, 1898.
Mr. G. H. Verraty, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. L. C. Coawner, of Forest Bank, Lyndhurst; Mr. F. A.
Heron, B.A., of the British Museum (Natural History) ;
Mr. Henry Stepssine, of The Shawe, Jarvis Brook, Tunbridge
Wells; and Mr. E. J. Burcess-Sopp, of Saxholme, Hoylake,
Cheshire, were elected Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
A letter was read from the Secretaries of the International
Congress of Zoology, calling attention to the meeting to be
commenced at Cambridge on August 25rd, and extending to
the Fellows of the Society the cordial invitation of the
Executive Committee to be present.
The Secretary also read a letter from Mr. A. D. Michael,
F.L.S., of 9, Cadogan Mansions, 8.W., asking if any ento-
mologists, who might find insects attacked by mites (Acar?)
among their disused boxes, would be willing to send him
such insects, with the mites still on them or accompanying
PROC. ENT. SOC., LOND. I., 1898. A
(ea)
them, or at least, the mites themselves, with the name of the
insect given in all cases, for the purpose of his forthcoming
monograph of the Tyroglyphide.
Mr. J. W. Turt showed a fine series of forms of Hemerophila
abruptaria, Thunb., on which he read the following note:
“Mr. W. G. Pearce has, during the years 1895, 1896, 1897,
been accustomed to take occasional dark specimens of
Hemerophila abruptaria in his garden at Holloway. From
these captures he, and his friend, Mr. W. Southey, have bred
a considerable number of interesting forms, some of which are
exhibited. The first was taken on May 14th, 1895, at the
front of the house (probably attracted by light). The second
was taken on May 28rd, 1895, a male, iz cop. with a normal
female on a bush in the garden. Eggs from the dark female,
and from the ordinary female paired with the dark male, were
procured, and in April and May, 1896, several dark and
ordinary forms were the result. Pairings from these were
obtained and some of the larve feeding up rapidly produced
a partial second brood, some of which were dark. Other
captures of the dark form of both sexes were made in the
garden in 1896 and in 1897. Mr. Southey and Mr. Pearce
both bred many examples, some forty-four emerging altogether.
Among the specimens may be observed: 1, a male form much
yellower (or more orange) than the type; 2, specimens much
suffused in ground colour on the forewings; 3, specimens
with the transverse lines on the hindwings changed into a
broad band extending towards the base, and with the outer
margin of the forewings much suffused, extending to the
characteristic transverse band ; 4, a bright mahogany-brown
form with a pale apical dash and traces of a pale submarginal
line on both fore- and hindwings ; 5, examples entirely suffused
with fuscous-brown, with faint traces of the actual black
markings—one or two of these being entirely black-brown ;
6, one gynandromorphous example, with the wings and right
antenna of the female type, the left antenna being strongly
pectinated. In all the dark forms the thorax is of the normal
pale coloration ; there is a distinct purplish hue about some
of the second brood specimens bred in August, 1896, by
Mr. Southey.”
(47 )
He also exhibited two specimens of Dianthacia luteago, bred
by the Rev. F. Lowe, from larvee obtained in Guernsey, and
of a very distinct character, having a tendency to the ochreous
coloration of the type-form, but being differently marked
from those figured by Hiibner, They did not bear the slightest
resemblance to var. brunneago, Esp., var. olbiena, Hb.-Gey.,
var. barrettii, Doubl., nor the grey form, taken in Cornwall
last summer, for which he had suggested the name ficklind.
According to Guenée the colour of the species varied from a
more or less pure and intense yellow to greyish in some
specimens.
On behalf of Mr. Heyne, Mr. Jacospy exhibited a series of
temperature-varieties of Lepidoptera.
Papers.
Mr. G. H. Carpenter read a paper by himself and the Rev.
W. F. Jonnson on “The Larva of Pelophila borealis,” de-
scribing its structure and life-history. On the larval charac-
ters the species, hitherto considered as of doubtful relationship,
was regarded as being closely allied to Hlaphrus.
Papers were communicated by Mr. F. D. Gopman, F.R.S.,
and Mr. O. Satvry, F.R.S., on ‘“ New Species of American
Rhopalocera,” and by Mr. M. Jacopy, ‘‘On Some Phyto-
phagous Coleoptera (Kumolpide) from the Islands of Mauritius
and Réunion.”
February, 16th, 1898.
Mr. G. H. Verratu, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Exhibitions.
Mr. G, C. Campion exhibited specimens of Jsodermus gay’,
Spin., from Punta Arenas, Straits of Magellan, and J. planus,
Er., from Hobart, Tasmania, both found by Mr. J. J. Walker.
The genus Jsoderma belonging to the Aradidz, afforded an
interesting case of geographical distribution, the only known
species occurring in Chili, Australia, and Tasmania.
Mr, C. O. Warernovse referred to the similar distribution
of other species of insects, which went to support the theory
of a former connexion between South America and Australia.
Cee)
My. CuAmpion also showed an example of Bagous lutosus,
Gyll., from Sweden. This insect had been on the British list
since the time of Stephens, but possibly in error, as all the
examples he had seen in collections were wrongly so named.
Mr. Jacosy exhibited a pair of the singular weevil, Apoderus
tenwissimus, Pasc., from the Philippines.
Mr. Burr exhibited examples of grasshoppers of the family
Kumastacide, resembling dead leaves, and referred to the
following species: Choretypus gallinaceus (Fabr.), C. fenes-
tratus, Serv., Hrianthus, sp. n., and Plagiotriptus hippiscus
(Gerst.). This was the only family of Acridiodea in which
such resemblances were found.
Dr. Cuapman exhibited a specimen of Zygena exulans with
six wings, the supernumerary pair arising between the normal
left forewing, and the corresponding leg on the same side. The
uppermost wing appeared normal in every respect, the second
was a reduced copy of the basal half of a forewing, and the
third a portion of crumpled wing-structure.
Mr, O. E. Janson, exhibited specimens of the rare Papilio
mikado, Leech, and of a pale variety taken in the province of
Higo, 8. Japan. Several examples of the variety, in which
the pale markings were very much extended upon the discal
portion of all the wings, were captured in company with the
typical form.
Mr. G. B. RouttepeGe showed a variety of Hnodia hyper-
anthus taken near Carlisle, and banded on the underside like
a Canonympha; also two moths from the same neighbour-
hood, captured by Mr. F. H. Day, which, after careful com-
parison, were regarded by Mr. Tutt as females of Hydrilla
palustris. This sex was almost or quite undiscovered in Great
Britain, and the occurrence of the species so far from the
fen-district was remarkable.
Papers.
Mr. H. J. Eiwes, F.R.S., read a paper entitled, “A Further
Revision of the Genus Hrebia,” which was illustrated by the
exhibition of males of each and females of all but five of the
species hitherto described, and one from British Columbia
which he described as new under the name of £. vidleri.
Cv)
Though he had published a revision of this genus in the
Transactions of the Society in 1889, yet, as a great deal of
new material had come to hand, he thought it was time for a
fresh revision, especially with regard to the genitalia, which
had been very carefully examined and figured by Dr. Chapman,
and threw great light on the affinities of some of the more
obscure species in the genus. His attention had first been
called to this by Herr Calberla of Dresden, who had shown
that the supposed melas from the Tyrol, which M. Oberthur
had named melas-nicholli, was really a variety of ZL. glacialis
which appeared to be fairly constant in the Dolomite moun-
tains of the Tyrol, occasionally appearing as an aberration in
the Western and Central Alps. He had been much assisted
in his investigations by a fine series of specimens from
Siberia lent to him by M. Alphéraky from the collection of
the Grand Duke Nicholas Michailovich. Tracing the geo-
graphical distribution, he stated that the principal European
centres of the genus were the Alps and Pyrenees, only a few
forms occurring in Scandinavia, while the Ural Mountains
and Caucasus were comparatively very poor in species; the
genus became abundant in E. Siberia. Though it was im-
possible as yet to pronounce a positive opinion as to the
distinctness of some of the forms, it seemed clear that there
was a distinct connexion between the Erebias of Eastern
Siberia and those hitherto known from North America, of
which only one from Boothia Felix seemed to be really
peculiar to the New Continent, the other seven being identical
with, or very nearly allied to, Siberian and European species.
He had been invited by the Director of the British Museum
to re-arrange their series of Hrebia, which would now, he
thought, owing to the large accessions of the Frey, and
Godman and Salvin collections, be a very fine one. He
appealed to the Fellows of the Society to complete as far as
possible the blanks remaining in the National collection, and
pointed out that there was still very much to be learned even
about the species of the European Alps, where two apparently
quite distinct new Erebias had been discovered in very
accessible localities since he wrote his last paper. The life-
history of most of the species still remained to be worked out.
Cx)
Dr. CHapman also read a paper ‘On the Species of the
Genus Lvrebia, a Review based on the male appendages,”
illustrated with drawings of these organs in about seventy-five
reputed species.
The appendages throughout the genus presented much uni-
formity in the tegumen or sickle ; in the valvz or clasps which
were marked by bold arrangement of spines in most species,
there was much variety, but they might be arranged according
to their general form into groups which were also natural
groups in the genus, judging from other characters.
Taking Z. manto or HL. euryale as a type, the “ grass Erebias ”’
(E. epiphron, EL. melampus, &c.) appeared to be direct deriva-
tives therefrom and toform a group. Z. ceto with some eastern
forms seemed nearest to this, and #. ethiops followed. <A
group with Z. glacialis as type had a very bold clasp, whilst
in the next group were placed £. neoridas, L. zapateri, EL. pronoe,
EL. scipio, EH. lefebvreit, EH. nerine, E. goante, HL. lappona, &e.
E. tyndarus seemed naturally to come here, and whilst £.
epistygne resembled /. tyndarus, it seemed to require a group
for itself. . disa, #. embla, and LH. ero formed another group.
There was a large group of Asiatic-American species divi-
sible into several subgroups and all characterised by a difference
in neuration from the preceding groups of European type. £.
medusa, both in neuration and clasp-form, seemed to be a
transition form between these two large sections.
E. evias, whose facies was that of the neoridas group had a
clasp-form like nothing else in the genus and a neuration
approaching that of the Asiatic group—its probable place was
preceding L. disa.
The chief items of revision as to specific rank were the
placing of #. melas as a form of JL. nerine, the recognition of
EL. magdalina and £. erinna as forms of FL. fasciata, of E. ero
as identical with #. rossii, and of £. cecilia (Pyrenees nec
Switzerland) and Z. gorgone as good species.
A few species were regarded as not properly belonging to
the genus.
In connexion with the above papers Mr. Turr exhibited
and made remarks on:
1, A long series of Hrebia nerine from the Mendel Pass, the
( vu )
males with a well-developed fulvous band on the upper side of
the forewings, the band of the females tending to orange.
The underside of the hindwings of the males black, with a pale
transverse band varying in intensity, some very pale; the
underside of the hindwings of the females with a dark grey
median band, edged externally with a dark fuscous line.
A similar series from the neighbourhood of Cortina, the
males with the fulvous band on the upper side of the forewings
much suffused (in some practically obsolete); the specimens
rather smaller in size than the Mendel individuals. The band
of the females paler orange than the Mendel specimens (two
females with the band suffused). The underside of the hind-
wings of the males almost uniformly black, with scarcely any
trace of pale transverse band; the underside of the hindwings
of the females almost unicolorous whitish grey with a
strongly-developed marginal row of ocellated spots. The under-
side of the Cortina females contrasted strongly with that of
those from Mendel.
2, Erebia glacialis ab. alecto from various localities.
3, Erebia lappona. A long series from Campiglio, Pejo, the
Falzarego Pass, the Nuvolau (Cortina), and The Engadine.
4, E. euryale. Two drawers from various localities exhibit -
ing different races from the Val Ferrex (Mont de la Saxe),
Campiglo, Mendel Pass, Toblach, Falzarego Pass, &c., and
extending from perfectly black specimens (without fulvous
bands or spots) to female specimens indistinguishable from
typical Z. ligea.
5, A series of £. ligea, chiefly from the neighbourhood of
Cortina, where no intermediates between this species and
extreme specimens of ab. (et var.) ocellaris were to be found.
6, A series of Hrebia ethiops chiefly from various localities
in the Tyrol.
In the ensuing discussion Mr. Verran called attention to
the necessity, which these exhibitions showed, of working with
large numbers of specimens, and to the facts mentioned by
Mr. Elwes as to species being perfectly distinct from each
other in one part of their range, and not in another. The
results which had been arrived at by study of the genitalia
amply fulfilled Mr. MecLachlan’s prediction, made in 1872,
( viii)
that these structures would prove of great importance in system-
atic lepidopterology.
Mr. Krrey mentioned with respect to the supposed occurrence
of £. ligea in Great Britain, that the two reputed British
specimens had been carefully examined by Dr. Butler, who
referred one to Z. ligea and the other to Z. euryale.
March 2nd, 1898.
Mr. G. H. Verrate, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
The following were elected Fellows of the Society: Miss
Marcaret Fountaine, 7, Lansdowne Place, Bath; Mr. J. H.
CARPENTER, Shirley, St. James’s Road, Sutton, Surrey ; Mr.
G. O. Day, Parr’s Bank House, Knutsford ; Mr. F. E. Frurr,
58, Southwark Bridge Road, 8.E.; Mr. R. Hamiyn-Harris,
The Conifers, Hambrook, Bristol; Mr. E. J. Lewis, 4, Elwick
Road, Ashford; Mr. T. Mapprtson, South Bailey, Durham ;
Mr. W. H. Movustey, Orchard House, Mundesley ; and Prof.
Enzio Reuter, Helsingfors, Finland.
Exhibitions, ete.
Lord Wa.sineuam exhibited a series of the larger and
more striking species of Xyloryctine, a subfamily of the
Gelechiade, especially characteristic of the Australian fauna.
The series illustrated the life-histories and the great disparity
in colour and form between the sexes of many species, and
included the following specimens: Uzucha humeralis, Walk.,
3, @, larva, pupe and mantle; Pilostibes enchidias, Meyr.,
2 ; Cryptophaga russata, Butl., ¢, 2 ; C. rubescens, Lew.,
3, 9, larva, pupe; C. wrrorata, Lew., 36, 2, pupe; C.
albicosta, Lew., 9; C. nubila, Lucas, 9; Zitua balteata,
Walk., 6, 2, pupe, burrow; Z. nigricincta, Turner, ¢, @,
pupe ; Z.tepadelpha, Meyr., d, 2, larva, pupx, mantle; Z. %
intermedia, Lucas, ¢, 2, pupe; Z.? sacerdos, MS., 6, 92,
pupa, burrow ; Maroga unipunctana, Don., 3, 2, pupe; I.
mythica, Meyr.’, 6, 9; M. undosa, Lucas, 3, 2, pupe;
Compsotorna oligarchica, Meyr., 3, 92; Lllidgea epigramma,
( ix )
Meyr., 5, 9, pups, pupa in burrow ; Xylorycta flavicosta,
Lucas, 3, 9, pup, mantle ; Telecrates porphyrinella, Walk.,
3, 9, pupa.
On this exhibition Lord Walsingham read the following
notes :
“The genus Cryptophasa (which has been very properly
corrected to Cryptophaga by Mr. Meyrick), as well as the
species published in Lewin’s ‘ Natural History of the Lepi-
dopterous Insects of New South Wales’ (London, 1805), have
been accredited to Lewin, but it would appear that they
should be attributed to M’Leay on the authority of a letter
from A. M’Leay to the Rev. W. Kirby, dated 20th February,
1805, and published in Freeman’s ‘ Life of the Rey. William
Kirby,’ pp. 226—27 (1852). In this letter M’Leay says ‘I
have been describing eighteen Botany Bay Lepidopterous
insects, which are about to be published by Lewin, with all
their changes and natural history. Amongst them, there is
a most distinct new genus (in my opinion), which I propose to
name WVycterobius from NvuxtepoBios, noctu victum querens.
The caterpillars form for themselves holes in the trunks of
trees, where they hide themselves in the day-time: at night
they come out and gnaw off leaves, which they drag to their
holes ; and when they have provided a sufticiency for the next
day’s consumption, they retire and feed leisurely, with their
heads toward the mouth of the hole, which is covered by a
curious contrivance.’
“This note can only relate to Cryptophasa, and this name
was probably adopted as being more descriptive, if read in
the sense of Mr. Meyrick’s correction of the word to Crypto-
phaga, which was obviously intended.
“The following notes have been compiled from a series of
very interesting letters received from Mr. Dodd of Queens-
land, to whose exertions I am indebted for the rich series of
bred examples of many species, from which the few specimens
exhibited have been chosen.
“The larger species of Cryptophaga are very rarely met with
in the perfect state, even by experienced collectors who spend
the greater part of their time collecting in the bush ; indeed,
it is not unusual for a whole season to pass by without a single
PROC. ENT. SOC., LOND. II., 1898. B
( x )
specimen being seen. Some of the species are occasionally
taken at light, and several of them feign death when roughly
disturbed. The species have therefore to be bred ; and this
is not a very easy matter, for, as a rule, the larve are very
restless and wander about, although some will stay in their
burrows after the branch has been cut down, and will feed
upon leaves placed near. C. rubescens is particularly difficult
to deal with. It is therefore necessary to collect the insects
in the pupal state, when they are not easy to find, owing to
their having destroyed the conspicuous mantle before sealing
up the burrow. The system found most successful is to locate
the larve, and in October, after they have pupated, to cut
down the branches containing the burrows.
“The larve must always leave their burrows at night when
in quest of food, and seem to wander about a good deal, for
quite a network of silken threads may be noticed along the
branches which they traverse. Asa rule they crawl up the
branch in which they reside, though the threads may some-
times be noticed upon a different branch. They have been
observed at night biting off the leaves and returning with
them to their burrow (which generally is only excavated to
the length of the larva), retiring tail first and securing the
leaf to the web, which masks the entrance of the burrow.
When the leaves become too dry, they are evidently cast off
by most of the species, but the webs of Z. nigricincta often
have a dozen or more fragments attached to them. The bark
around and under the protective covering is eaten to the wood,
and kept clean of the exuding gum by a spreading of silk.
Most of the species of the family do this; if they did not, the
hole and surrounding space would be covered with gum and
the pupa would be suffocated. Sometimes the gum escapes
and, breaking down this protective barrier, does occasion the
death of the pupa by suffocation. A clear smooth space is
therefore kept under, above, and on each side of the web, ex-
tending under the outside bark. Upon the approach of pupa-
tion the web immediately in front of the entrance to the
tunnel is torn away, and the hole itself is closed with a stiff
parchment-like plug or operculum. The protective mantle
which masks the entrance to the burrow is sometimes securely
( xi )
fastened to the tongue of bark jutting beneath, and to this
web the excrement is freely attached, as are also the discarded
skins of the larva itself—often four or five heads may be
found upon the mantle.
“The larva of Uzucha humeralis feeds in a different way :
it spins a broad and long web upon the surface of the tree,
feeding principally upon the thin outer bark, though it occa-
sionally gnaws down tothe wood. The web often extends for a
considerable distance, 12 by 1} inches being a common size.
On large trees the web is generally very broad, and it is then
not so long, being sometimes wider than a man’s hand;
whilst on thin branches the web may be 2 feet long and only
an inch wide. The larva not only eats the bark under the
protective web, but gnaws or eats away the outlying bark for
an inch or more on either side. This gnawed bark if un-
devoured is added to the increasing mantle, as is also the
frass. The larva of Uzucha does not burrow into the wood
like Cryptophaga; as the ELucalyptus and Angophora shed
their outer bark about the time the insect pupates, special
precautions are taken that the pupa shall not fall to the
ground with the shed bark. When about to pupate the
larva forms a hole at the lower end of the web, perforating
the bark about to be shed, and spins a stout cocoon with
a tube at its upper extremity. The web-covering gradually
falls away and the outer bark is shed, leaving the cocoon
attached to what has now become the outer bark of the tree,
where it may be easily found and detached with a knife. It
is believed that the gnawed space (often extending to several
inches on one side) is really occasioned by the larva moving
its mantle laterally when it has finished the bark in one
particular spot ; this is confirmed by the fact that the bare
gnawed area is not found in front of the web.
“The Xyloryctine are preyed upon by a host of ichneumons
and other flies, and a species of cricket is frequently dislodged
from the burrows,—whether it devours the larva or pupa or
whether it merely takes possession of the empty burrow has
not yet been ascertained. That many of the larve lose their
lives when out at night foraging for leaves is clearly shown
by the number of untenanted burrows met with.
(Sx)
“The pupa of one species at least (C. rubescens), as shown
by an example in the drawer, assumes a very peculiar form
which may or may not be protective. There are on the head
a pair of chitinous excrescences arranged in the form of
open mandibles; they themselves are of course immovable
but, having regard to the fact that the pupa lies in a narrow
hole with its head towards the opening, and that it has at
least sufficient freedom to move the head from one side to
the other, it is difficult to resist the impression that an
enemy attempting to enter the burrow would regard these
nippers as formidable objects. Is it possible that the resem-
blance to the jaws of some of the larger Hymenoptera may
be specially intended to alarm crickets? These Mr. Dodd
has frequently found in the burrows of other species which
do not possess the appendages, and possibly also in those
of C. rubescens.
“One of the most striking peculiarities of the genus Crypto-
phaga is to be found in the differences between the males and
females. In some few cases (e.g. C. rubescens and C. irrorata)
the males and females are alike and therefore quite normal
in this respect ; but in numerous other cases the male develops
more or less black colouring while the female remains white,
instead of being, as one might have expected, darker than the
male. In such species as Z. epadelpha and Z. intermedia, the
hindwings of the male become black, the forewings being
white like those of the female. In Z. sacerdos the male is
black but retains a white thorax, while in Z. nigricincta the
male is wholly slaty grey, and in the luteous species Z. balteata
the male is dark chocolate, and differs so widely in shape and
size from the female as to have been put at one time in a
separate genus. I leave it to those who have studied such
subjects with more attention than myself to endeavour to
give a rational interpretation of these differences. So far as
my experience goes, the prevailing rule among the Lepidoptera
is that the female is more sluggish and more protected by
coloration than the male, but here we have apparently an
exactly opposite process. The males appear to be gradually
assuming a protective colouring, which in the conspicuous
white females is wholly disregarded, with the single exception
( xiii)
of M. unipunctana, which has a nearly white male and a grey
female.”
Mr. Gawan exhibited a locust, Acridium cgyptium
= tartaricum), taken in a house in Hanover Square, and
probably imported in vegetables.
Mr. KirKaupy exhibited specimens of water-bugs, including
Enicoeephalus culicis (Uhl.) and Gerris robustus (Uhl.), both
taken for the first time in Mexico, by Prof. Carl Baker ; also
a male of the extraordinary Rheumatobates rileyi, Bergr., from
New York State, TZrepobates pictus, Herr.-Schiff., from
Alabama, and Gerris aspera, Fieb., from Scotland.
Mr. Cuampion showed specimens of Helota kolbei, Rits., and
H. fulviventris, Kolbe, from Haining, China, and of Apogonia
eribricollis, Burm., from Hong-Kong, all captured by Mr.
J. J. Walker, during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin.’
A discussion arose on the reported occurrence of the San
José scale, Aspidiotus perniciosus, in Great Britain.
Mr. R. Newsreap stated that, during nine years’ work on
Coccide, he had never once met with this species among
scale-insects taken in this country and sent to him for
identification. It was impossible even for an expert to dis-
tinguish it, without careful microscopical preparation and
examination, from among the thirty or more known species
of Aspidiotus, and any attempt to identify it on imported
fruit by naked-eye observation, or with a hand-lens, was there-
fore quite impracticable. The risk of its distribution by being
imported on fruit was small; there was, however, much more
likelihood of its introduction on plants.
At the same time, he saw no reason to suppose that it
would be more injurious in this country than the common
Mytilaspis pomorum (Aspidiotus conchiformis, Curt.) ; in
America the San José scale had several generations in the
year, sometimes as many as five, but in this country it would
probably conform with the habits of all other scale-insects at
present investigated, and become single-brooded, by which
modification its powers of multiplication would be materially
diminished.
Subsequent speakers agreed with Mr. Newstead’s con-
clusions, and the encouragement of a panic, such as had
(SS sh ia)
arisen in the case of the Colorado Beetle, was generally
deprecated.
Mr. Ganan stated that specimens of a beetle of the family
Cassidide had lately been received at the Natural History
Museum from an official source, with inquiries as to whether
they were examples of the San José scale.
March 16th, 1898.
Mr. R. McLacutan, F.R.S., Vice-President and Treasurer,
in the Chair.
Exhibitions.
Mr. Cuampion exhibited specimens of Acanthia inodora,
A. Dugeés, from Guanajuato, Mexico. This insect, a congener
with the common Bed-bug, was found in fowl-houses, where
it attacked poultry.
Mr. Wainwricut exhibited a locust found alive in broccoli
at Birmingham. ‘The insect was identified by Mr. Burr as
Acridium egyptium.
Mr. Turr showed a series of captured examples of Cadli-
genia miniata, varying in colour and the amount of black
markings, one example being a clear yellow and another
orange.
The SecreTary exhibited part of a series of holograph
letters, &c., which he had discovered among old papers in
the Society's Library, including communications from
Kirby, Spence, Darwin, Hope, Yarrell, Westwood, Babington,
Wollaston, J. F. Stephens, Lacordaire, Kolenati, Guenée,
LeConte, and other entomologists. That from Darwin, written
in 1853, unfortunately contained nothing of importance, but
some of the others were interesting ; as an example, the MS.
of the origina] account of the Tsetse-fly communicated to
the Society by Spence might be mentioned.
Amongst other documents exhibited were the voting papers
used in the first election of the Society, held in 1833. From
these it appeared that the name of Mr. G. R, Gray, of the
( xv )
British Museum, was originally printed for nomination as
Secretary, but that of Westwood was substituted in all the
papers save one, which bore that of Edward Newman.
Another paper shown was the MS. record of the visit of a
deputation from the Council to Kensington Palace, June 29th,
1835, when Her Majesty the Queen (then Princess Victoria)
and the Duchess of Kent signed their names on the first page
of the signature-book still used by the Society.
The Secretary proposed to preserve a selection of these
letters in an autograph book, and suggested that Fellows, who
possessed other letters interesting from their contents or from
the status of the writers, might perhaps be disposed to con-
tribute them for that purpose. If of too recent a date to be
fitly inserted, they could be preserved until a suitable time
arrived for their incorporation. He thought that such a
collection, in which the handwriting of past entomologists
could be scrutinised, would be of real and practical value.
Papers.
A paper by Mr. E. E. Green, of Punduluoya, Ceylon,
entitled “ Further notes on Dyscritina, Westwood,” was read
and illustrated by specimens and drawings.
The author had discovered two distinct species of Dyscri-
tina, which he was able to keep in captivity, and rear from
the early larval stage to that of the imago. The character-
istic abdominal cerci increased in length with successive
moults, until in D. longisetosa they became much larger than
the body. In the penultimate stadium they were lost with-
out a moult, being probably bitten off by the possessor, the
long basal joints alone remaining. The imago was a typical
earwig, the forceps being developed within the basal joints
of the cerci. Sensory organs on the antenne and palpi were
described, as well as the habits of both species.
In the ensuing discussion Mr. M. Burr referred the
imagos to the genera Cylindrogaster or Diplatys, that of D.
longisetosa being, he believed, a known species. The genus
Dyscritina must therefore be sunk.
Mr. Ganan observed that the fact of the forceps being
developed within the basal joints of the cerci alone did not
prove that they were not homologous with the entire cerci ;
perhaps the internal structure of the latter was retracted by
a histolytic process before amputation. In Forficula he had
found evident traces of meristic division in the forceps of
embryos which were nearly on the point of hatching.
Dr. CHapman read a paper entitled “Some remarks on
Heterogyna penella,” giving a full account of its life-history.
The female was destitute of all appendages whatever, and
only left the pupal case for pairing, returning within it about
ten minutes later. It possessed an organic connexion with
the pupal case in the situation of the legs. The larve were
hatched within the case and devoured the remains of the
mother. The pupa of the female was quite peculiar and
specialized in structure, and utterly unlike that of the male.
The larva-like character of the female imago he did not
regard as ancestral. On anatomical characters he assigned
to the insect a place near the Zygenide.
Sir Grorce F. Hampson pointed out that Herrich-Schatter
had suggested on other grounds that Heterogyna was probably
a link between the Psychide and Zygenide.
April 6th, 1898.
Mr. R. McLacutan, F.R.S., Vice-President and Treasurer,
in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Sir ARcHIBALD Bucnan-HeEppurn, Bart., of Smeaton-Hep-
burn, Prestonkirk, E. Lothian, N.B., was elected a Fellow of
the Society.
Exhibitions.
On behalf of Mr. Greenshields, Mr. Jacosy exhibited
specimens of the longicorn beetle, Micropsalis durnfordi,
Burm., from Patagonia. Mr. Greenshields, who was present,
stated that this species, remarkable for the great development
of the palpi, was originally taken by Darwin; his own ex-
amples were taken hiding in thorny bushes, locally known
as ‘Calefatas,” in a dry water-course. It was necessary to
beat these bushes before the insects would come out. They
Gsevine ? 4)
were very local, and he had ‘never taken them except in one
particular spot, about 15 miles from Bahia Camerones, on
December 27th, 1897 ; but they were not plentiful.
Mr. Cuampion exhibited European examples of Harpalus
Srolichi, a newly-discovered British species.
Mr. B. O. Bower showed living larve of Caradrina am-
bigua, an insect which had recently occurred in countless
numbers. They were bred from ova laid by a female taken
on the South Devon coast, and fed indiscriminately on low
plants.
Papers.
Mr. M. Burr read a paper supplementary to Mr. Green’s
previous communication on Dyseritina, and referred the
imagos definitely to the genus Dzplatys, D. longisetosa,
Westw., being a good species, and Mr. Green’s new form
proving to be D. nigriceps, Kirby.
Dr. CHapmMan read a paper on the larva of Hriocephala
allionella, which he stated to be essentially similar to that
of #. calthella, previously described by him.
May 4th, 1898.
Mr. G. H. Verraty, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. H. G. Patuiser, of 6, Mount Park Road, Ealing, W.,
was elected a Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions.
Colonel Yersury exhibited and read the following notes
on a series of Diptera collected at Hyéres during March and
April, 1898, and including the following species :—
SYRPHID&.
1. Mallota fuciformis, Fabr., fairly common at blackthorn
bloom.
2. Merodon clavipes, Fabr., uncommon.
3.
4,
5.
6.
sat
12.
@ exvaie)
Brachypalpus valgus, Panz., rare—the English species,
B. bimaculatus, is very near this, but differs in having
a dark instead of yellow arista. Thereafter the two
species may possibly be united.
Chrysotoxum intermedium, Meig., very common.
Chrysotoxum sylvarum, Meig., common.
Callicera fagesti, Guér., rare—the most interesting specimen
obtained. This species was described by Guérin, in
the ‘Iconographie du Régne Animal,’ from Mont-
pellier, but the name does not appear in Dr. Gobert’s
‘Catalogue des Diptéres de France.’ According to
the key given by Rondani (Dipt. Ital. ii, p. 209) this
species should be C. bertolinii (Rond.) ; it is probable
therefore that C. bertolinii is only a synonym of
C. fagesii. Whilst referring to the above key it may
be remarked that a Cadlicera obtained near Vizzavona
in Corsica is clearly C. rosserii (Rond.).
The species appears, however, to be doubtfully distinct from
C. ened.
Eumerus olivaceus, Loew, one specimen. The species is
described from Sicily, but is not in Gobert’s Catalogue.
. Syrphus euchromus, Kowarz, rare.
. Syrphus triangulifer ?, rare.
. Syrphus auricollis, var. maculicornis ?, uncommon.
. Peleteria ruficeps, Macq., common.
Muscip&.
Tachina fera, L., very common.
Macquartia flavipes, Meig., very common.
. Bothria pascuorum, Rond., common.
. Gymnosoma rotundatum, L., rare.
. Gonia atra, Meig., common.
. Gonia ornata, Meig., rare, a pair only.
Phorocera concinnata, Meig., bred from pupae of Pieris
brassice. A number of dipterous pupxe bred from
Aporia crutegi have been brought home, but the flies
have not yet emerged.
ASILIDAE.
. Andrenosoma atra, L., rare.
C. xix”)
BomByYLiiD&.
20. Anthrax paniscus, Rossi, one specimen.
21. Bombylius pictus, Panz., very common.
22. Bombylius ater, Scop., rare.
23. Bombylius undatus, very common.
24. Bombylius, sp. near venosus ?, very common.
25. Bombylius, sp. near nubilus ?, common. It was hoped
that the above two species would have been identified
before being exhibited at the meeting, but two days’
work having failed to identify them, they had been
handed over to Mr. Austen at the British Museum
who up to that time had failed to identify them.
26. Pelidnoptera nigripennis, Fabr., one specimen. Though a
widely-distributed species, it appears to be nowhere
common.
27. Limnia, sp. ? bivittata, Macq., a few.
28. Platystoma, sp. near wmbrarum but distinct—rare. It
does not seem to agree with any described species.
Mr. Barrett showed the following aberrant forms of
British species of Lepidoptera :—
Cynthia cardui—with a white ground. (Boynton, York-
shire—the Rev. G. M. Smith) :
Vanessa C-album—greatly clouded with black, the black
spots shaded off and the marginal markings altered into
ill-defined clouds. (Sandhurst, Gloucestershire—W. H. J ones) :
Melitea artemis—almost devoid of markings, pale chestnut.
(Gloucester—the Rev. G. M. Smith) :
Clisiocampa neustria 9 —a very fine specimen with the
forewings of unusual breadth, wholly of a rich red colour,
with the bands of the forewings but little darker. (Gloucester—
E. W. Lifton) :
Nemeophila plantaginis —fore- and hindwings suffused
with smoky-black, through which the usual markings were
distinct. (Gloucester—C. G. Clutterbuck) :
Ditto. 9 —four with orange-red hindwings, and a stripe of
the same colour along the costa of the forewings. (Gloucester—
E. W. Lifton) :
Se < aap)
Agrotis cinerea—large example, like the Continental form,
greyish-drab, well marked. (Farnborough, Warwickshire—
W. H. Jones) :
Phigalia pilosaria ¢—the usual grey colouring replaced by
ochreous, and the hindwings tinged with the same. (Farn-
borough—W. H. Jones) :
Coremia ferrugata—with the transverse bands exceptionally
well shown by intermediate pale stripes. (Gloucester—C. G.
Clutterbuck) :
and a pupa of Pygera bucephala, destroyed by Cordyceps
militaris, also from Gloucester.
Mr. WatTerHOUSE exhibited two burnished golden beetles,
Anoplognathus aureus from Queensland, and Plusiotis resplen-
dens from Panama, which he stated to be interesting examples
of a similar result being attained by a process of natural
selection in two species of the same family in widely separated
localities. Many members of the family had a slight
tendency to show metallic colours. It would be interesting
to ascertain whether there were any similarity in their
surroundings in the two countries which would make this
golden appearance an advantage, or whether it might be
considered a “warning colour.” Allied species, however,
appeared to be edible.
Mr. Cuampron stated that he had found metallic species of
Plusiotis in Central America at an elevation of 5,000 ft.,
flying out of reach round the tops of trees in flower. Most of
the Lamellicorns he took were found floating in the shallow
waters of a lagoon.
Mr. WALKER exhibited specimens of the rare Philonthus
Juscus, Grav., found in a Cossus-eaten poplar in Chatham
Dockyard at the end of April.
Papers.
Mr. R. McLacuian communicated a paper on the “ Neur-
optera-Planipennia taken by the Rev. A. E. Eaton in
Algeria.
(say)
June ist, 1898.
Mr. R. Triuen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Prof. B. Grassi, M. Hrprotyre Lucas, and Dr. August
WEISMANN were elected Honorary Fellows; and Mr. G. B.
Dixon, of St. Peter’s Road, Leicester, was elected an
Ordinary Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions.
Mr. P. B, Mason exhibited a specimen of the rare Lathridius
filum from his own herbarium. It had been previously taken
at Edinburgh by McNab, and he understood that an example
had been found in a sealed envelope containing Marchantia
from Franz Josef Land.
Mr. J. J. Waker exhibited a singular blue variety of
Carabus monilis, Fabr., resembling in colour C. intricatus,
and taken at Iwade, Kent, in flood-rubbish in May.
Mr. F. Merrirrecp forwarded for exhibition larve of the
** Corsican form,” var. ichnusa, of Aglais urtice.
Mr. G. C. Campion called attention to Mr. A. Somerville’s
recently-published sheet of the County and Vice-county divi-
sions of the British Isles for biological purposes, and a dis-
cussion ensued thereon.
Papers.
Papers were communicated by Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., on
‘“The Moths of the Lesser Antilles,” and by Mr. J. H. Lescu
on ‘ Lepidoptera Heterocera from Northern China, Japan, and
Corea.”
October 5th, 1898.
Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows,
Mr. T. B. Fuercner, of H.M.S. “ Centurion,” China
Station; Mr. Cuaupe Futter, of the Department of Agricul-
PROC, ENT. SOC, LOND. Iv., 1898. c
(Gest. 1)
ture, Cape Town; Mr. ALEXANDER GREENSHIELDS, of 38,
Blenheim Gardens, Willesden, N.W.; and Mr. Otiver J.
Janson, of Cestria, Claremont Road, Highgate, N., were
elected Fellows, and Mr. Joun W. Downine, of 45, Trevelyan
Road, Tooting Graveney, 8S.W., was re-elected a Fellow of the
Society.
Announcements.
The PresIDENT announced, with deep regret, the deaths of
Mr. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., a Member of the Council, and of
Dr. E. Candéze, a Fellow of the Society, which had taken
place since the previous meeting.
The President also announced that the late Mrs. Stainton
had bequeathed to the Society such entomological works from
her husband’s library as were not already in its possession.
This bequest was of great importance, and would add to the
Library a large number of works, many of which, formerly
in the library of J. F. Stephens, were old and now scarce.
Among the more important additions were copies of Clerck’s
“Teones insectorum rariorum,” Say’s ‘American Entomo-
logy’ (1817)—a work of extreme rarity, Goeze’s ‘“‘ Entomo-
logische Beytriige ”—complete, ‘“ Der Naturforscher ””—
complete, Linneus’s ‘Systema Nature,” ed. x., Godart
and Duponchel’s “ Lépidoptéres de France,” Harris’s “The
Aurelian,” ed. i., Donovan’s “Insects of New Holland,” and
Sepp’s “‘ Nederlandsche Insecten.” There were also numerous
modern works dealing with the lepidopterous fauna of Europe.
The number of bound volumes selected for the Society
amounted to about 500, and there were in addition a large
number of pamphlets, “‘separata’”’ and works in unbound
parts. There was also the beautiful series of original draw-
ings by C. M. Curtis and Westwood for Stephens’s “ Il ustra-
tions of British Entomology.”
Exhibitions.
Mr. J. J. Watker exhibited a black form of Clytus
mysticus, L. (var. hieroglyphicus), taken by Mr. Newstead at
Chester, where about one per cent. of the specimens were of
that variety; also a black variety of Letopus nebulosus, L.,
from the New Forest.
Xxili_)
Mr. J. W. Turr exhibited for Dr. Riding a series of
Zonosoma annulata, Schulze, with its aberrant forms obsoleta
and biobsoleta. He said that the form of this species with the
ring on the forewings absent was first taken some years ago
by D’Orville at Alphington, about twelve miles from Buckerell,
where the specimens exhibited were captured or bred, During
the last seven years Dr. Riding had twice netted the aberra-
tion without the black ring on the forewings, and in each
year since 1895 he had bred one or more similar examples, ten
in all, from larvee collected in the autumn, or their progeny.
In September, 1897, larvee were obtained, which pupated,
and produced imagos in May, 1898, five, all males, being of
the form obsoleta ; three others had the ‘‘omicron” very in-
distinct ; four were transitional between the latter form and
the type with a well-defined ring. The aberrations equalled
7 per cent. of the brood. Three also had the rings on the
hindwings ill-developed. The form with the “ omicron”
absent on the forewings had been named obso/eta, and that
with it absent on both fore- and hindwings biobsoleta (Ent.
Rec., x, p. 239). Three males of the May aberrations were
paired with normal females on May 7, 8 and 11. Ova laid,
hatched May 20, pupated by June 23, the imagos appearing from
June 30 to July7. There were 78 altogether, 21 (143,79)
ab. obsoleta, the rest normal. Four of the ab. obsoleta were
obtained on June 30, and July 1, and six others later. Their
ova began to hatch July 9, the larve pupated early in August,
the imagos appearing August 10 to 19, 15 per cent. of the
pupe emerging. All except one were females, and were of
the form obsoleta, one was ab. biobsoleta, and fourteen had the
black rings on the hindwings very imperfect.
Mr. Tutt also exhibited an example of Huchloe cardamines,
irregularly suffused with black markings, and a series of
local varieties of Lepidoptera from Wigtonshire, taken by
Mr. R. 8S. Gordon, and including forms of Canonympha
typhon, Nemeophila russula, Dasychira fascelina, Gnophos
obscuraria, Boarmia lichenaria, Cidaria comitata, ke.
Mr. S. [mace exhibited a specimen of Acidalia herbariata,
taken in July on the wall of a shop in Southampton
Row, W.C.
(et
("xxiv _.)
Prof. E. B. Pourron exhibited a series of Precis octavia,
(Cram.) var. natalensis Staud., and Precis sesamus, Trim.,,
both captured and bred by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall at
Salisbury, Mashunaland (5000 ft.) and read the following
notes thereon :—
“The specimens exhibited prove conclusively (as Mr.
Marshall has shown in the July number of ‘The Annals and
Magazine of Natural History,’ p. 30) that these two butter-
flies, which differ so entirely in appearance and even in shape,
size and habits, are seasonal forms of a single species. Mr.
Marshall deserves the thanks of all naturalists for this dis-
covery of the most wonderful example of seasonal dimorphism
as yet known, and for the generous manner in which he has
despatched to this country the invaluable material constitut-
ing his evidence, so as to make it accessible for all time
in the British Museum and Hope Collection.
“ Entomology is deeply indebted to Mr. Marshall for his
liberality now and at other times in placing large quantities
of valuable material at the disposal of investigators, and for
his readiness in undertaking biological observations ; and I
desire specially to thank him for constant help, and for
the valuable information contained in his letters, some of
which I hope to lay before the Society.
“The relationship between Precis octavia-natalensis and
P. sesamus has been described by Mr. Trimen (8. Afr. Butt.,
i, and ili, app.), who connected the two forms by a number of
comparatively rare intermediate varieties, which, having
regard to the fact that the forms themselves had been captured
in coitu, he regarded as probably hybrids. The conclusion
that the two forms were examples of seasonal dimorphism
was reached by Mr. C. N. Barker and independently by Mr.
Marshall (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 557).
“Of this conclusion the specimens exhibited furnish
absolute proof. They include in the first place specimens
captured by Mr. Marshall towards the end of the wet (summer)
and beginning of the dry (winter) seasons,
The red form (natalensis) was captured on Feb. 13, 1898,
(a pair in coitw) and Feb. 20, the blue form (sesamus), on
March 2, 12 and 16, and April 2. The latter form was
(i, ERY =)
noted by Mr. Marshall to become dominant about the middle
of March.
“ Larvee previously captured also produced sesamus at this
period, whereas an exactly similar individual that had been
placed ina damp jar on March 23 and pupated April 1,
produced on April 13 the typical natalensis now exhibited.
It would be of the utmost value to have many more ex-
periments of the kind.
“Of far greater importance is the fact that Mr. Marshall
has succeeded in breeding sesamus from natalensis in three
cases (‘ Ann. and Mag, Nat. Hist.,’ /.c.) ; two are exhibited,
the third is in the British Museum. Of the former, one
parent laid three eggs on Feb. 27, of which two produced
butterflies, one a typical sesamus (larva, March 5-31; pupa
March 31 to April 15), the other a red natalensis tending
slightly towards seswmus in its heavy black markings and
blue-marked border (larva March 5 to April 5; pupa
April 5-20). The second parent laid one egg on March 6
which produced a typical sesamus (larva March 12 to April 7 ;
pupa April 7—30). This larva was placed in a damp jar
from March 30 to April 5, but the ‘dry form’ of imago
emerged. The third example, in the British Museum, is a
sesamus bred from an egg laid by the summer form on Feb.
13 (larva, Feb. 19 to March 20 ; pupa, March 20 to April 4).
* As to the meaning of this seasonal dimorphism, I agree
with Mr. Marshall’s suggestion that the red natalensis,
appearing as it does in the keener struggle! of the warm
1 Mr. Blandford has pointed out, and the objection occurred to me
independently, that the press of life in the warm damp summer may
not, and probably does not, mean greater chanee of destruction for
any individual insect, the larger needs of enemies being more than
compensated for by an increased supply of food. The question can
probably be decided on the spot, and | am writing to Mr. Marshall
on the subject. In this climate the argument certainly holds good,
the danger to individuals of the comparatively few winter species
being probably far greater than to those of the numerous summer
forms. Granted that somewhat similar conditions exist in 8. Africa,
it might appear that the mimetic form would be found at the time
of greater stress, viz. the dry winter season. But in England,
although there are abundant examples of insects with warning
colouring and many which mimic them in the summer, when there
isa plentiful supply of palatable food, in winter none are to be
( xvi)
damp summer, is probably an incipient mimic of an
Acrean type of colour and markings. Mr. Marshall has
suggested that natalensis presents many similarities to Acre@a
acara, Hew., especially upon the under side of the wings.
The resemblance is probably closer when the insects are flying,
the most noticeable difference being in the shape of the
wings.
“Tt is in favour of this interpretation that a comparison
with allied species of Precis tends to show that the blue form
is ancestral and the red a recent departure ; furthermore, the
latter differs from the former and all its allies in the general
similarity of the upper and under sides of the wings—a
characteristic of the Acreinz, as of all specially protected
groups of butterflies.
‘‘ Mr. Marshall’s suggestions command increased confidence
because of his intimate knowledge of the habits of the two
forms. His description of the wide differences therein, as
well as in their appearance, is full of interest. The red
natalensis is described as frequenting higher and more open
country, while sesamus is found in shady places and gardens,
and is distinctly warier and more difficult of approach when
not feeding.
“Problems of the deepest interest remain to be attacked.
Thus Mr. Trimen has described the pupz of the two forms as
differing, and Mr. Marshall considers that both are certainly
procryptic in colouring, that of sesamus being gilded and con-
seen. Those, such as Coccinellide, which exist in the perfect form,
hide themselves. The reason probably is that the amount of palat-
able food available is not sufficient to make it safe to rely on
unpalatability, accompanied by warning colouring. Experiments
with hungry animals support this view. It is possible that the con-
ditions are similar in 8. Africa, and that warning colours are more
characteristic of the wet than of the dry season, thus affording
greater opportunities for mimetic resemblance. If it should here-
after be shown that Precis is to some extent unpalatable, and that
its resemblance to an Acrean type is synaposematic rather than
pseudaposematic, the parallelism with our own fauna would be even
closer, the conspicuous species which hide and thus adopt procryptic
habits being represented by one which gives rise to another brood
with markedly procryptic colouring and habits. It should be noted,
however, that Mr. Marshall (/.c.) is strongly of opinion that the
species is not unpalatable, and that the colours of the summer form
are not aposematic.—E. B, Poutron, November, 1898.
( xxyii )
cealed by its harmony with the yellow winter foliage, while
that of natalensis is dull brownish-black, with black patches
on the wings, and is protected among the dark withered leaves
of the moist summer. In one case he has bred the red form
from a gilded pupa, but never sesamus froma dark one. It
would be of great interest to ascertain whether these
pup exhibit true seasonal differences, or whether, as seems
more probable, the mature larve are susceptible to the
colours of their immediate environment, as has _ been
proved to be the case with those of several of the allied
Vanessidee.
“Of still more importance is the decision as to the cause
or causes of the seasonal differences of the imago. On this
question Mr. Marshall maintains that ‘it at once becomes
evident that the directly exciting cause is a climatic one’
(/.c., p. 37), and he argues that moisture, rather than tempera-
ture, supplies the efficient stimulus. The great want in the
matter is experimental inquiry on as extensive a scale as
possible, carried on over a large part of the year, so as to in-
clude larvee and pupe, that in the ordinary course certainly
produce the blue form, as well as those that produce the red,
and those that, at intermediate times, are known to produce
both forms.
“ Concerning those last-mentioned, Mr. Marshall has shown
conclusively that the offspring of a single parent, brought up
under the same conditions, may belong to both forms; in
fact, in his experiment already described, the summer form
emerged five days later (¢.e., when the winter season was to
that extent advanced) than the winter form. This fact leads
us to contemplate the possibility that the change of form is
due to internal causes and independent of, although on the
whole synchronous with, the seasons.
«‘ And even if some exciting cause be proved to be necessary,
it is probable there are great differences in the internally
caused degree of susceptibility to stimulus in the two seasons,
while a mixed susceptibility exists in the intermediate
period,
“Tt is likely that Mr. Marshall’s observations are to be
explained by one or other of these alternatives.”
(* sexvilla )
The PRESIDENT discussed Prof. Poulton’s exhibit, and also
congratulated Mr. Marshall on the importance of his
discoveries.
On behalf of Dr. Knaggs, Mr. Sours exhibited series of (a)
Dicrorhampha alpinana, Staint. nec Treit. (6 ex.) ; (6) D.
flavidorsana, Knaggs (7 ex.) ; (c) D. questionana, Zell. (4 ex.) ;
(d) D. petiverella, Linn. (7 ex.) ; and read the following notes
thereon :-—
“The specimen at the head of series 6 is the type of D.
flavidorsana, Knaggs, taken by Mr. C. G. Barrett at Hasle-
mere, about the year 1864, and for some time considered to be
a variety of D. alpinana, Staint. (Manual, ii, p. 114). Sub-
sequently Dr. Knaggs concluded that it was a distinct species
and described and figured it in the ‘‘ Entomologist’s Annual”
for 1867. He also published a more detailed description in
the ‘“‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine” (iii, pp. 176, 177),
where he doubtfully referred two examples of a Dicrorampha,
taken on the North Devon coast by Mr. E. G. Meek, to
flavidorsana. These last are now known to be really D.
petiverella, and are at the head of the series of that species
exhibited this evening.
“In 1878 Zeller described D. questionana (Stett. Ent.
Zeit.), and it has been pointed out that the last-named is un-
doubtedly identical with D. alpinana of Stainton’s Manual,
though not with D. alpinana, Tr. Zeller’s name has therefore
been adopted for the species under consideration. Although
it is somewhat darker than either alpinana, Staint., or
questionana, Zeller, there can be no doubt, I think, that
flavidorsana, Knaggs, is specifically identical with them ;
hence, as it is the earlier name, it should be adopted for the
species.
“T may add that D. favidorsana was not uncommon in May,
1881, among Chrysanthemum leucanthemum and Matricaria
inodora var. salina growing on the rocks at Woody Bay,
North Devon (Entom., xiv, p. 159).”
Mr. Barrett exhibited and made remarks on specimens of
Lozopera beatricella, Wals., taken at Folkestone by Mr. W.
Purdey and new to the locality, and showed for comparison
series of the following allied species: LZ. francillonana,
(xxix)
LI. dilucidana, and L. smeathmanniana, from Great Britain,
L. eryngiana from Germany, and ZL. sanguinana from
Hungary.
Mr. Porritt showed examples of Arctia lubricipeda, reared
this season, and probably the darkest ever bred in this
country, some of them being almost black. They had been
obtained by continued selection of the parents from successive
broods during the past five years. With them were exhibited
a pair representing the darkest examples of five years ago, the
contrast being very marked.
Mr. R. Apxkin exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Wm. Reid
of Pitcaple, series of Teniocampa gothica bred through four or
five generations from selected parents. The ova were obtained
in the first instance from wild females taken in the Rannoch
district, none of the male parents being known, and only
about two in a hundred of the first broods reared followed the
particular form of their respective female parents. These
were again bred from with the result that the greater portion
of the most recent broods were true to their particular forms.
The series exhibited included, among others, forms in which
the “ gothic’? mark was strongly produced, in black-brown in
one and bright chestnut in another; while in others it was
absent. The ground-colour of the wings of the various series
also showed great divergence. This exhibit also comprised
some remarkable forms of Abraxas grossulariata from Pitcaple,
in which the central area of the wings was devoid of markings
with the exception of the discoidal spots, which were un-
usually large and round; the form was said to be peculiar to
the neighbourhood of Pitcaple: also a series of Melanthia
bicolorata, var. plumbata, and of strongly-marked forms of
Pachnobia hyperborea, both from Rannoch.
Colonel YeRsury exhibited the following species of Diptera
from Scotland: Laphria jlava—only recorded once previously
from Great Britain, Syrphus annulipes—found in plenty
but usually a rare insect, S. topiarius, Hristalis rupium, Xylota
abiens, X. confinis—one previous British capture, Spilomyia
fallax—one previous British capture, Physocephala nigra,
Cephenomyia rufibarbis, and Pogonota hireus—very common,
usually rare; also a series of Volucella bombylans to show the
(Gasoocy )
difference between the English and Scotch races; and
Trichopalpus fraternus, from Wicken Fen, a species new to
the British fauna.
Papers.
Mr. F. MerririeLp read a paper, illustrated by a large
number of specimens, on “The Colouring of Pupe of P:
machaon and P. napi caused by the exposure to coloured
surroundings of the larvee preparing to pupate.”
It had generally been considered that the larva of P.
machaon was insusceptible to its surroundings when at the
period of pupation, but at the instance of Prof. Poulton he
had tried experiments last summer which proved that this was
not the case. Of eleven pupe of the first brood obtained in
July, six larvee were set to pupate on dark sticks; four of
these were of the bone-coloured form, but a fifth was inter-
mediate and the sixth fell to the earth, where it formed a
green misshapen pupa. Of the five larve set to pupate on
white sticks of peeled willow, four pupated on them and were
all green, the fifth pupated on the white muslin top and was
bone-coloured. Of seven other pupe that were found to have
attached themselves to the stems of the green carrot tops on
which they were fed, six were green and one bone-coloured.
This made a strong case, but experiments tried on a larger
number of the larve of the second brood in September were
conclusive. Of 16 pupated on black paper or dark sticks,
all but one were bone-coloured, and most of them dark, four
that pupated on green carrot tops were all green, and of 19
others that pupated on yellow or orange all but one were
green. Various intermediate colours gave mixed results ; abso-
lute darkness produced five bone-coloured pup but of a pale
hue. Seventy-two pupe had been obtained, and all these were
exhibited, as were the pupz or pupa-cases of the eleven of the
summer brood that had pupated. Several hundred pupz of
the second brood of P. napi were also exhibited, and these
were shown to be exceedingly sensitive. Of ten on black
paper all were dusky with much spotting of dark brown, so
were seven out of eight on dark sticks, the eighth being
green. Of twelve on green cabbage leaves or on the glass of
the bottle containing them the majority were green or
( wea)
greenish ; seven out of eight of those on yellow paper, and all
the eleven on orange leno were green ; of seven in absolute
darkness six were green, two much spotted with dark brown,
one bone-coloured with much spotting. He also exhibited
28 pupe of P. brassice and about 40 of P. rape, with results
in accordance with those obtained and recorded by Prof.
Poulton. In the case of both these species he had some con-
fined during the whole period of susceptibility to clear glass,
with no substances near that reflected any colours or white or
black ; the results very nearly resembled some kept in absolute
darkness, except that those on the clear glass were a little
darker, One very interesting napi exhibit was that of the sheet
glass roof of a breeding cage in two compartments, one having
the interior partly orange and partly yellow, the other black; in
the orange-yellow compartment 46 had pupated on the roof on
which orange leno had been placed, transmitting orange light,
and all but four of these were green with very little dark
spotting ; in the other compartment 34 had pupated on the
glass roof which had been covered outside with opaque black
paper and all of them were bone-coloured, most of them much
spotted with dark brown. He thought it was impossible to
doubt that much of the colouring was protective.
Mr. Bateson said that he had lately bred P. napi on a large
scale, and as regards that species he could quite confirm
Mr. Merrifield’s observations. His own experiments had been
undertaken with a different object, but he had frequently
noticed that there was a fairly close correspondence between
the colour of the pup and that of the substances to which
they were attached, though exceptions to this rule were not
uncommon. He had moreover observed that in this respect
there was considerable difference between different families of
larvee. In his experiments the offspring of each pair were
kept separate, and in some families many larvee pupated on
the food plant, while in others scarcely any did so. In some
families the pupal colours conformed in nearly every case,
while in other families the unconforming pupz were numerous,
The pupz were often clustered together in little groups, and
individuals composing such clusters sometimes agreed with
each other in conforming or in not conforming.
( ccs)
He did not propose on that occasion to discuss the general
proposition that the colour-resemblance was in these cases a
protection; but he pointed out that if a larva had the power
of forming a green pupa when attached to a green plant the
conformity of colour would make the pupa less conspicuous
only so long as the plant remained green. In the case of the
summer brood of nap, for instance, this resemblance might
perhaps be effective, though in this case the pupal period was
very short, only two or three weeks. But in order that the
resemblance may benefit pupze which over-winter it is necessary
that the green plant to which green pupe are attached should
remain green in the winter. His own pupe had turned green
on several food-plants which wither and go brown: in these
cases the pupze became conspicuous again.
To form a sound judgment on this matter it would be
necessary to know how the pup occur in nature. Pupz of
P. napi were hard to find. Had any one found the green
pup in the wild state?
Prof. Pouuron wished to congratulate Mr. Merrifield on
the results he had obtained. He was particularly interested
to know that the pupe of 2. machaon had now been proved
to be sensitive. His own experiments on the species led him
to infer the opposite, but they had been conducted with very
few individuals, and he had always hoped that the species
would be investigated on a large scale.
The results obtained by Mr. Merrifield upon Pieris napi
were very striking and showed that the mature larve were
most sensitive to the colours of their surroundings. The
strong influence of orange and yellow backgrounds in pro-
ducing green pup was corroborated by his own experience
and confirmed the conclusion reached in his earlier experi-
ments, that the efficiency of the greens of nature in producing
green pupe (and larvee) in sensitive species was due to the
orange and yellow rays which they reflect.
He exhibited some pupe of Pieris brassice which had been
rendered black-spotted and green by black and yellow sur-
roundings respectively, anda few pup of Papilio podalirius
which seemed to indicate that that species was sensitive. In
some experiments which he had conducted during the past
(Cxsaxi0e 8)
summer upon the struggle for existence in pupe, very large
numbers of pup of Vanessa urtice were produced upon back-
grounds of various colours, with results which confirmed
the conclusions he had already recorded. He hoped soon to
bring a detailed account of these observations upon pupal
colour-adaptation before the Society.
Replying to Mr. Bateson’s objections to the interpretation
of the colour-susceptibility of the pup of Pieris napi as of
protective value, he considered that it was in every way
probable that the larvee wandered before pupation (as those
of allied species were known to do) and that their power of
becoming green was of value when they were fixed to grasses
or other plants which remain green through the winter.
Even if all such green surfaces were covered up with snow in
the more northern part of the range of the species, this would
not be the case for the whole of the winter pupal period, nor
would it hold good for other parts of the range. As to the
objection that the results obtained with bred pup were not
invariably consistent, in his experience the more completely
the experiment was conducted with this sole object in view,
the more uniform and convincing was the result.
Furthermore, the conditions of even the most carefully
conducted experiments differed in many respects from those
which obtained in nature. The proof required by those who
objected to an interpretation based on natural selection was
the discovery in natwre of the exceptions noted in their
experiments—that of light green pupe of P. napi or P. rape
or the golden or green pup of Vanesse upon grey stone, or
the dark forms of all these upon leaves.
Although some of these pup had been often observed in
one or both situations he had not heard of any single ex-
ception to the rule; and if they occurred they must be
excessively rare.
Mr. G. H. Verraty read a paper on “Syrphide collected
by Colonel Yerbury at Aden,” the specimens being exhibited
by Colonel Yerbury.
Papers were communicated by Mr. G. C. CHAMPION on
“The Clavicorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the
Grenadines,’ based on the determinations of M. Grouvelle ;
and by the Rev. T. A. MarsHatt on “ The British Braconide,
edema Aa Ml TA
( X&xiV}
November 2nd, 1898.
Mr. G. H. Verratt, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. AmBrosE QuaiIL, of Palmerston North, New Zealand,
was elected a Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions.
Mr. Merririetp exhibited some Melitea aurinia from
Touraine forced and cooled as pupe, the latter being much the
darker and more strongly marked, some Hwuch/loe cardamines
from Sussex, those cooled having the apices of the wings darker
and the discal spots smaller than those which have been forced,
and some Colias edusa from eggs laid by two normal females
taken in Savoy, two out of the five reared being of the var.
helice ; the marginal border of one male, which had been forced,
was very pale and much suffused with long yellow scales. He
also showed four Papilio machaon ; two of them forced as
pup, had their dark parts very pale and their tails long and
slender, the two which had been cooled having the dark parts
much extended in area and darkened in hue, their tails being
short and broad. These results, which were to be obtained
with winter as well as summer pupe, corresponded with
those previously obtained by Dr. Standfuss.
Mr. J. J. WALKER exhibited two winter nests of Porthesia
chrysorrhea from the Isle of Sheppey, where the species had
lately become very common.
Dr. Mason exhibited a Buprestid larva found among
Baltic timber at Burton-on-Trent. This had been among
wood in a box since the beginning of July last, and there
was scarcely a trace of frass. Marsham had recorded the
escape of a larva of Buprestis splendens from the wood of a
desk in the Guildhall, which had stood there for more than
twenty years (Trans. Linn. Soc., x). It is probable that the
growth is extraordinarily slow and consequently that the larva
can maintain life for very long periods in most unfavourable
conditions.
Mr. BLanprorD called attention to similar cases which he
( xxxvy )
had brought before the Society. It appeared likely to him,
from what was known about such insects as Callidiwm
variabile, which was occasionally bred from dry wood at long
intervals, that these species were not abnormally slow-growing
under normal conditions, but became so in dry timber in
which they probably sustained life with difficulty, especially
when the outside of the wood was varnished.
Mr. WaternovuseE exhibited for Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy living
examples in various stages of a Caryoborus in nuts of Attalea
funifera from Brazil. Elditt had described the attacks of an
allied species upon the seeds of Cassia fistula.
Mr. Turr exhibited for Dr. Chapman a series of Zygaena
exulans from Finmark and discussed the differences between
them and the Scotch form.
Papers.
Papers were communicated by Mr. W. F. H. Bianprorp
‘On some Oriental Scolytide of Economic importance with
Descriptions of five new Species” and by Mr. vAN DER WuLpP
(through Colonel Yerbury) on “ Asilidee from Aden and its
neighbourhood.”
November 16th, 1898.
Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Dr. A. L. Bennett, Mission Protestante, Libreville, French
Congo; Mr. J. G. McH. Gorpon and Mr. R. 8S. G. McH.
Gorpon, of Corsemalzie, Whauphill, Wigtonshire; Mr. J. A,
Kersuaw, of Morton Banks, Lewisham Road, Windsor, Mel-
bourne, Victoria; Mr. A. G. Leruprinesr, of Glynde Place,
Lewes; Mr. W. J. Lucas, B.A., of 278, King’s Road, Kingston-
on-Thames; Mr. R. H. Reuton, c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd.,
Brisbane, Queensland, and Dr. A. J. Turner, of Wickham
Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland, were elected Fellows of the
Society.
Exhibitions.
Mr. Turr showed, for Mr. Herbert Williams, a series of
specimens of Pararge egeria bred from eggs laid on July 27,
( xxxvi )
1892, and hatched on August 7. Of those bred, one attained
the perfect state by the 19th September. The remaining
pupze were divided into batches, one lot being subjected to
varying high temperatures indoors, and consequently being
forced out in November and December, and the other, con-
sisting of eight pups, being placed out of doors exposed to the
full cold of the winter. These latter emerged during the
first nine days of April. A certain amount of variation existed
between the examples; those which emerged in November
and December of the same year showed marked darkening
of the hindmargin of the underside of the hindwings, and were
of a greyer colour than those which appeared in the spring, the
undersides of the latter being of a warmer brown coloration.
Mr. Tutt also exhibited the whole of a batch of fifty
specimens of Amphidasys betularia bred by Mr. Williams
from ova deposited by a female of normal type captured in
Essex, the male parent being therefore unknown. The pro-
geny ranged from a colour rather lighter than that of the
normal form to a blackish tint almost equal to that of
var. doubledayaria ; all intergrades were represented without
sign of discontinuity.
Mr. Bateson said that the series of P; egeria was especially
interesting to him, as he had for some years been engaged in
experimenting with varieties of that species. The specimens
exhibited were all from New Forest eggs. Some had been
warmed as pupze, while others had been exposed to the winter
of 1892-93. The butterflies resulting from both lots were
quite distinct from the ordinary English form of the species,
having the yellow spots of the more fulvous colour charac-
teristic of the variety found in Brittany. This form is almost
exactly intermediate between P. egevia of the south of Europe
and the English var. egeriades. Curiously enough, the speci-
mens which had been exposed to winter were on the whole
the warmest in colour. As regards the yellow of the upper
side, any of these latter might have been taken for Breton
specimens. The undersides were, however, peculiar, and un-
like any specimens he had previously seen. All the eight
were alike in having a dark area crossing the wings at about
the second third. Beyond this dark area the colour was
( .=xxvil >)
unusually light. A curious appearance of contrast resulted.
These specimens proved that a form differing little from the
Breton type might arise as a sudden variation from the English
type.
The series of A. betularia was of considerable interest.
The result of crossing betularia with the var. doubledayaria
had previously been the production of specimens of type and
variety sharply distinct from each other. In the present case
a single female had produced a number of type specimens, a
few nearly as dark as doubledayaria, and several intermediates.
The father was unknown, but not improbably it may have
been doubledayaria. Cases of this kind showed that the
degree of discontinuity occurring in crosses between varieties
cannot be determined without many experiments with different
strains, Between these two varieties there was reason to
believe sharp discontinuity was the rule. In this family the
discontinuity was only partial. Most of the specimens be-
longed either to betularia or to doubledayaria, but a few of
each sex were truly intermediate. He hoped a full account
of these insects would be published.
Mr. H. J. ELwes gave an account of a journey undertaken
by himself in the summer of the present year to the Altai
mountains of Siberia, partly for sport and partly to investi-
gate the distribution of Lepidoptera in that region, and to
discover if possible a line of demarcation between the Eastern
and Western Palearctic, or, as it is now more properly termed,
Holarctic region. He exhibited a very fine series of Lepi-
doptera, taken by himself in the Altai, and including about
140 species of butterflies and 80 of moths, many of which had
not previously been recorded from Western Asia, and traced
his journey on a large scalemap. The only entomologists who
had previously collected in this region, so far as he knew, were
Kindermann in 1851 and 1852 on the Buchtarma river, and
Ruckbeil who more recently spent three seasons in the same
part of the mountains. ‘Their collections were both of a much
more typical European character than those made by himself,
which included a number of species previously known only
from the Upper Amur region and Eastern Siberia, as well as
several Lapland and Arctic species, amongst which Lrebia
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. V., 1898. D
(| xXxxyl] ))
rossi, Cust. (=ero, Brem.) Melitea iduna, Dalm. and Arctia
thulea, Dalm. were the most remarkable. Of the latter insect
he believed two specimens only had been previously taken,
the type in Lapland and a second in Eastern Siberia. He
described the character of the country and the climate, which
is a very peculiar one; dry and hot during the extremely
short summer, but subject at elevations above 6,000 feet,
where most of his time was spent, to thunder- and snowstorms
almost daily. The total number of butterflies now recorded
from the region stood at about 180, a larger number than had
ever been taken in a similar area in Northern Asia, as far as
he knew. The Heterocera of course represented but a very
small part of what would be found in the Altai by a collector
who could give up his whole time to it, but as the time during
which he had been able to collect was little more than a month,
during which he had ridden nearly 1,000 miles, and the nights
when clear were almost always frosty above 7,000 feet, he had
been able to do no night work. There were very few novelties
in the collection, but when thoroughly worked out, which he
hoped to do in time for publication in an early part of next
year’s Transactions, he thought the list would be a valuable
contribution to our scanty knowledge of the Lepidoptera of
Siberia. He concluded by saying that now that the Siberian
railway made the journey as far as Irkutsk a comparatively
short and easy one, he hoped other English naturalists would
visit this very interesting country, especially as every facility
was given by the Russian government to bona fide scientific
travellers provided with proper credentials.
Mr. Bareson congratulated Mr. Elwes on the great success
of his expedition. The collection was full of interesting
features. The presence of so many forms recalling N. American
and Arctic faunas was clearly a point of great importance. In
this connexion he called attention to a specimen of P. napi ?,
having the brown veining on the upper side almost as much
marked as in the var. bryonie of the European Alps. The
ground colour was nevertheless white, instead of yellow as it
is in bryonie. He had lately received a specimen taken by
Mr. Gayner at Lulea in the N. of Sweden, which was practically
identical with that brought by Mr. Elwes from the Altai.
(Cex)
Paper.
Dr. A. G. BuTLER communicated a paper “On some new
species of African Pierine in the collection of the British
Museum, with notes on seasonal forms of Belenois.”
December 7th, 1898.
Mr. R. Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Monsieur Lton Canphze, of 64, Rue de l’Ouest, Liége ;
Mr. C. L. B. Srargs, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., of the Infirmary,
Wandsworth, 8.W.; Mr. A. Russet, of The Limes, Southend,
Catford; and Mr. C. B. Hotman Hunt, of Meddecombra,
Watagoda, Ceylon, were elected Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions.
Mr. McLacuian exhibited a series of specimens of the
Neuropterous genus Tetracanthagyna, de Selys, including a
pair of a new species from Borneo, which was the largest
known of all recent dragon-flies, though it was slightly ex-
ceeded in wing-area by the much more slender Megaloprepus
cerulatus, 2 common Central-American species.
Mr. A. H. Jones showed about sixty species of Lepidoptera,
taken round electric lights at Zermatt,in August. Among
the more interesting were Crateronyx taraxaci, Ellopia fasei-
aria, ab. prasinaria, two 2, one bright green, the other an
intermediate form, Cidaria cyanata, a light form of C. variata,
a large and light form of C. populata, Agrotis grisescens,
A. decora, A. candelarum, and a large form of A. ducernea,
Plusia illustris, and a series of P. argenteum, Hadena maillardi,
a light form of Dianthecia cesia, and a fine black variety of
Polia flavicincta.
Dr. Dixry exhibited a series of Pierid butterflies from the
Neotropical region to show the existence among them of
seasonal forms. The species shown were Parura rurina,
Feld., ¢ ; P. neocypris, Hiibn., ¢ ; Phabis argante, Fabr.,
3, 9; P. agarithe, Boisd., ¢ ; Callidryas senne, Linn.,
3, 9; C. philea, Linn., g. In each case three specimens
( xl)
were shown, exemplifying the “wet season,” “dry season,”
and “intermediate ” forms of the species, and selected from
the Hope Collection by permission of Professor Poulton.
With reference to the exhibit, Dr. Dixey remarked that
although direct evidence as to the seasonal changes in these
Neotropical species was at present scanty, the indirect evidence
was strong; inasmuch as the range of variation here shown
was analogous with that existing in certain African and
Oriental species, whose seasonal relations had been put on a
firm basis by the work of Watson, Barker, Marshall, and
others. In every one of the present instances the ‘“‘ wet
season” form tended to be more deeply coloured, and to have
its markings on the underside more fully developed ; while
the “dry season” form was usually smaller, had its forewings
more sharply pointed, and was nearly or entirely devoid of
markings on the underside. He stated further that where
evidence of the date of capture existed, it accorded very fairly
with the supposition that these variations bore relation to
seasonal conditions, though of course more data of this kind
were much needed. He had selected the specimens of each
species so far as possible from the same locality, endeavouring
thus to meet the possible objection that these varieties, several
of which had been described as distinct species, might have a
local rather than a seasonal significance. He added that by
an “intermediate” form he meant simply one that came
somewhere between the other two—not necessarily half-way.
He was accustomed to use the term in a general sense as
equivalent to the German “ Zwischenform,” not as conveying
the idea of an arithmetical mean (Mittelform).
The Presipent observed that the exhibit was of special
interest, as affording the first recorded evidence of the exist-
ence of seasonal dimorphism in Neotropical butterflies.
Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited an extraordinary variety of
Bombyx quercus, bred in June last by Mr. W. Tunstall, from
a larva found near Huddersfield. The specimen was a female
of deep chocolate colour, with the band very faintly traced in
dark olive. He also showed a yellow variety of Anchocelis
rufina from Wharncliffe Woods, West Yorkshire.
Dr. Cuarpman, Mr. Luoyp, and Mr. Nicuotson exhibited
© tale
butterflies taken by them in Norway from June 20 to July 22,
during the past summer at Szterstiéen and Bolkesji, about
60° 12’ N., and Bossekop, 69° 50’ N. It appeared from the
exhibit that it would have been better to collect a month or
so earlier, especially in the more northern locality visited. It
was also seen that northern races of butterflies and moths
were apt to differ a little from those of the mid-European
fauna, but that various named varieties supposed to be
characteristic boreal representatives of their species, were
often rather aberrations, and not the dominant northern type.
This was the case in Vanessa urtice, Hrebia medusa, E. ligea,
etc. ; on the other hand, as in Brenthis selene, var. hela, the
entire local race was of the variety.
The series exhibited comprised the following species :—
1. Colias paleno, from Seterstéen and Bossekop. The
northern specimens with distinctly narrower borders than
the southern ones.
2. Vanessu urtice. About half the specimens bred were
shown, the larve from Kaafiord near Bossekop. Many
specimens resembled English ones, though the average was
much darker than that of English examples. One or two
approached var. polaris, which was not actually represented.
Polaris appeared therefore not to be a northern race, but an
aberrant form no doubt more frequent there than in England.
3. Brenthis aphirape, chiefly var. ossianus, Herbst. Variable
in intensity of markings and the amount of silvering beneath,
but presenting no marked aberrations, such as are described by
Meves (Entom. Tidskrift, 1894).
4, Gneis jutta, Seterstien. A large race exceeding 2} inches
in expanse and varying from a form without spots to one with
six spots on the forewings and four on the hindwings, in some
with a trace of white pupils.
5. Hrebia embla from Szeterstéen, showing considerable varia-
tion, but no extreme examples.
6. Hrebia ligea. Four series respectively from Kaatfiord,
69° 50’ N., July 20; Tromsdé, 69° 40’ N., July 24; Bodi,
67° 15' N., July 25 ; Trondjhem, 63° 25’ N., July 27.
The Tromsé specimen very worn, those from Trondjhem
very fresh, though taken 3 days later. The Kaafiord
( xiii)
examples smaller than the others, some of them not larger
than the smaller form of oced/aris, but with no sign of the
red band diminishing; the females differing little from the
males in the colouring of the underside. This was the case
also with those from Tromsé, but in a less degree, and even
the Trondjhem example had no approach to the pale banding
of Central-European females.
7. Erebia medusa, var. polaris. Some approaching typical
medusa, and only a few near polaris as described, which is
therefore an aberration rather than a constant variety. The
whole series however with a different facies from that of an
equal series of Central-Huropean specimens, and, unlike the
southern form, entirely without Asiatic neuration.
Dr. CHapMAN remarked that Hrebia embla as taken at
Seterstéen and #. disa as taken at Bossekop, had all the
characters of distinct species. The male appendages were
very constant in each form, and as described in the Trans-
actions for the present year, p. 228. In #. embla the spines
were confined to the head, in #. disa they extended along the
whole of the neck; the appendages were also definitely
smaller (5 to 6) and of a darker (denser ?) chitin.
The ova were also distinct as follows :—
Height
Width
Greatest breadth
Ribs
Colour
E. embla (three eggs).
1-16 millims se.
cee one
a little above middle .
about 30, approaching
the apex, straight
and regular.
Reddish-brown, macu-
late.
Papers.
E. disa (one egg.
1:00 millim.
25 Gy
below middle, tapering
upwards.
47 or more, irregular,
breaking up low
down, reuniting
above, more beaded.
Darker, reticulate.
Papers were contributed by Mr. R. McLacutay, entitled,
** Considerations on the genus TZetracanthagyna ;” by Mr. M.
Burr, entitled, “A List of Rumanian Orthoptera ;” and by
Mr. J. H. Leecu on “Lepidoptera Heterocera from China,
Japan, and Corea, Part IT.”
( xliii_ )
ANNUAL MERTING.
January 18th, 1899.
Mr. Rotanp TrimeEn, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., President, in the
Chair.
Mr. A. Huan Joness, one of the Auditors, read the
Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance of £86 4s. 2d.
in favour of the Society.
Mr. W. F. H. Buanprorp, one of the Secretaries, read the
following
Report of the Council.
The Society is to be congratulated on the close of a Session
marked by a large increase in the number of Fellows and by
unusual prosperity.
During 1898 it has indeed lost by death three Ordinary
Fellows—Mr. Stephen Barton, Dr. Ernest Candéze and Mr.
Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., F.L.S..—and by resignation, eight
Ordinary Fellows.
On the other hand, three Honorary Fellows—Professor
B. Grassi, M. Hippolyte Lucas and Dr. August Weismann—
and thirty-four Ordinary Fellows have been elected.
This is by far the largest number of additions to its ranks
in any one year, except in 1886, when, owing to the grant of
the Society’s Charter, 35 new Fellows were elected and 21 Sub-
scribers were admitted as Fellows, the position of a Subscriber
having been abolished.
As in previous years, the Society is indebted to one or two
Fellows for unremitting and successful endeavours to increase
its members ; it is, however, noteworthy that out of 18 Fellows
elected since the summer vacation, 9 are resident outside the
British Isles.
The Society now consists of 12 Honorary, 53 Life, and 359
Fellows liable for the Annual Contribution, making in all
424 Fellows, or 26 more than last year.
The Transactions for the year form a volume of 444 pages,
as against 434 pages in 1897, and consist of twenty-two
Memoirs. These have been contributed by the following
(C exlive”)
authors: Mr. Walter F. H. Blandford; Mr. Malcolm Burr ;
Dr. Arthur G. Butler; Mr. George Champion (3 papers) ;
Dr. Thomas A. Chapman (3 papers); Mr. Henry J. Elwes,
F.R.S.; Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., and the late Mr.
Osbert Salvin, F.R.S.; Mr. E. Ernest Green and Mr. Malcolm
Burr ; Mr. George U. Griffiths ; Sir George F. Hampson, Bart. ;
Mr. Martin Jacoby ; the Rev. William F. Johnson and Mr.
George H. Carpenter; Mr. John Henry Leech ; Mr. Robert
McLachlan, F.R.S.; Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S.; Mr. James
W. Tutt; and Mr. George H. Verrall. .
Of these Papers, 16 are descriptive, systematic or faunistic,
and relate: four to Coleoptera, one to Diptera, one to Hemi-
ptera, seven to Lepidoptera, two to Neuroptera, and one to
Orthoptera. Of the remaining Papers, four deal with life-
histories in Coleoptera, Lepidoptera (2) and Orthoptera ; one
deals with experimental breeding, and one with the morphology
of the frenulum in Lepidoptera.
The Memoirs are illustrated by 19 plates, of which 3 are
coloured.
The Society is indebted to Mr. F. D. Godman, F.R.S., for
the cost of Plates II and III; to the West India Committee
of the Royal Society and British Association for the cost of
Plate XVIL;' to: Mr. H. J. Elwes, F:R:S:, and) Dr, DT: -A.
Chapman for a portion of the cost of Plates V-XVI; and
to Mr. J. H. Leech for a portion of the cost of printing
Paper XV.
The Journal of Proceedings, containing an account of, and
notes on, Exhibitions and Discussions at the Meetings, extends,
exclusive of the Report of the Annual Meeting, to 43 pages.
This is of somewhat shorter length than usual, owing to
several of the Meetings having yielded but little material for
record. It need scarcely be pointed out that the remedy for
this lies with those Fellows who attend the Meetings.
The most notable event of the year is the bequest to the
Society, by the will of the late Mrs. H. T. Stainton, of such
books from her late husband’s library as were not already in
the Society’s possession. The bequest was made kuown in
October, and the selection of books from the late Mr. Stainton’s
library, which included that formerly belonging to James
( aly)
Francis Stephens, occupied four days, and was carried out
in accordance with the terms of the will by Mr. W. F. H.
Blandford.
Although immediate possession was granted of the books
selected, no exact statement can be made in the present
Report of the number of works thus added to our shelves.
Many of the books, being in immediate need of re-binding
and repairs, were sent off for that purpose, and have not yet
been all returned. Extensive alterations have been required
in the Library, the shelves of which were already overstocked,
to accommodate this addition, together with others received
during the current year, including a donation of upwards of
150 books and pamphlets from Mr. W. F. H. Blandford.
It may, however, be assumed that the Stainton Bequest
will add from 400 to 500 volumes to our shelves, together
with a large number of pamphlets and “ separata.”
The extra accommodation required in the Library has
been provided by a re-arrangement of bookcases and shelves,
and the addition of two new bookcases, at a cost of over
£40, which, together with other expenses attendant thereon,
it is proposed to treat as a capital charge and to defray out of
prospective Life-Compositions and other sources of adventitious
income, so as not materially to interfere with the sum available
for our Transactions and current expenditure.
In view of the additions which have been made to the
Library, and the consequent diminution in utility of the
Catalogue published in 1893, of which a large number of
copies remain unsold, the Council have decided to issue, at as
early a date as possible, a Supplementary Catalogue, to con-
tain all additions made_to the Library from 1893 up to the
date of publication, It is hoped that this Supplementary
Catalogue, in which the Stainton books will receive a dis-
tinctive mark, will meet, together with the remaining copies
of the original Catalogue, with such a sale as to justify the
expenditure incurred in its production.
The financial condition of the Society is thoroughly sound.
The amount received for current subscriptions is the largest
on record, and most of the other items of revenue show a
satisfactory increase over last year. The sum spent for
(xiv)
printing is less, and there has been a saving in the mis-
cellaneous items grouped under Office Expenses. Two Life-
Compositions were received during the year, and were in-
vested in Consols ; the amount so invested is now £581 18s.
( = £588 9s. 11d. Consols). Owing to the increase in
ordinary revenue, combined with liberal donations towards
the cost of Papers published, and the decrease in expenditure,
the balance in hand, which at the beginning of the year was
only nominal, reached the large sum of £86 4s. 2d. at the
end. Part of this has since been treated as a loan to the
Capital Account, and expended on the new bookcases and
repairs to existing ones, rendered necessary by the Staintonian
bequest.
11, CHanpos STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.
18th January, 1899.
The Balance Sheet and Report of the Council having been
unanimously adopted, it was announced that no notice had
been sent to the Secretaries proposing to substitute other
names for those contained in the lists prepared by the Council.
The following Fellows therefore constitute the Council for
1899 :—Walter F. H. Blandford, M.A., F.Z.S.; George C.
Champion, F.Z.S. ; Thomas A. Chapman, M.D. ; Horace St. J-
K. Donisthorpe ; the Rev. Canon W. W. Fowler, M.A., F.L.S. ;
Charles J. Gahan, M.A. ; A. Hugh Jones ; Robert McLachlan,
F.R.S., F.L.S. ; Frederic Merrifield ; Edward Saunders, F.LS. ;
Roland Trimen, F.R.S., F.L.8.; James W. Tutt; George
Henry Verrall ; James J. Walker, R.N., F.L.S. ; and Charles
O. Waterhouse.
The following are the Officers elected :—President, Mr.
George Henry Verrall; Zreaswrer, Mr. Robert McLachlan ;
Secretaries, Mr. James J. Walker and Mr. Charles J. Gahan ;
LInbrarian, Mr. George C. Champion.
The Address of the retiring President, Mr. Ronanp TRIMEN,
was then read on his behalf by Mr. Blandford, one of the
Secretaries.
Professor Mrnpoua, at its conclusion, proposed a vote of
thanks to the President for his valuable and interesting
( xlvii_ )
Address, and for his services to the Society during his term
of office. This was seconded by Mr. W. L. Distant, and
carried by acclamation.
The Presipent having acknowledged the vote, a vote of
thanks to the Officers and Council was moved by Professor
PouLtTon, seconded by Mr. H. J. Exwes, and supported by
Mr. C. J. Ganan. The vote having been carried, Mr.
McLachlan and the retiring Secretaries, Mr. Merrifield and
Mr. Blandford, spoke in acknowledgment.
(( xlynr )
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Balance Sheet for the Year 1898,
RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS.
San G Ss de
Balance in hand, Ist Jan., Printing Transactions, &c. 177 3 7
rch o)y Sipe ie ec ok FON! i Plates..&e: cach l cesy Ueoty OURLO MD)
Subscriptions for 1898 .. 319 4 0} Rent and Office Ex-
ATTCATS# =. ceyeusceuucccemreson Ldn lilimneU, PENSES t-sys cee ee LOO MLORLO
Admission Fees ... ... 44 2 0 | Books and Binding... ... 1613 7
Donations... ...... ... 38212 0 | Investment in Consols ... 3110 0
Sales of Transactions, Xc. 58 17 38 | Subscriptions in advance
Do. of Surplus Books... 8 8 0 | carried to 1899 10,
Interest on Investments :— | IBEW Bog gon cou | coo el 4
Consols =... 2.. G15) 3 7
Westwood Bequest 6 19 0
22 2 7
Life Compositions ... ... 3110 0
Subscriptions in advance.. 11 11 0
£547 3 11 £547 3 ul
ASSETS.
Balance (per contra) : see) ess Meee OO) 4) 2
Subscriptions in arrear Goneidereal Sard (Gag) esi Roce Le ORO,
Investments :—
Cost of £588 9s. 11d. Consols
£581 18s. Od.
Cost of £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham Corporation 3 per cent.
Stock (Westwood Bequest) £250.
TRCACES slp Uip tee Ve
(Since discharged.)
Cost of New Bookcases and Alterations to Old Ones, £40 14s. Od.
Ropert McLacuian,
Treasurer.
11th January, 1899.
Audited and found correct,
A. Hueu JoNEs.
Rost. ADKIN.
Louis B. Provt.
WatterR F. H. BLANDFORD.
( wexlibcen)
THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
GENTLEMEN,
It is not necessary for me to say much in reference
to the highly satisfactory Report of the Council, which shows
that the promising prospect of the Society’s affairs at the
beginning of 1898 has been amply verified by the year’s ex-
perience. Our meetings have been well attended ; thirty-
seven new Fellows have been elected ; and our finances show
a phenomenal balance in hand.
Our Library has also been especially favoured during the
year. By the bequest of the late Mrs. H. T. Stainton, widow
of our former President, the highly-distinguished lepidopterist,
the Society was entitled to select from her late husband’s
library—which included the well-known Stephensian collec-
tion—such entomological works as were not previously in its
possession, and it has thus acquired a large number of books
and separate memoirs, including copies of many older works
now of great rarity and value. From Mr. W. F. H. Bland-
ford, who has devoted much time and attention to the develop-
ment of the Library, we have received a most welcome dona-
tion of books and memoirs relating principally to economic
entomology—a branch of the Science hitherto imperfectly
represented on our book-shelves.
In July the third annual visit of the Officers and Council
to Oxford, at the invitation of the Hope Professor of Zoology,
took place, and was marked by renewed hospitality on the part
of Prof. Poulton and other distinguished resident members of
the University. A very interesting time was spent in the
Hope Department, where many advances have been made in
the increase, classification, and cabinet arrangement of the
Gils)
entomological collections. One notable feature that I found
especially pleasing was the attention bestowed on the sepa-
rate arrangement of groups of insects illustrating the pheno-
mena of mimicry and warning colouration, and of seasonal
dimorphism. So completely had this improvement been
considered, that it extended to the including of specimens
of Lepidoptera whose mutilated wings gave evidence of the
attacks of birds and other insect-eaters—the first instance
known to me of the recognition by any Museum of the value
of such injured examples, which have everywhere been re-
jected as worthless. Prof. Poulton has also succeeded in
securing several groups of tropical and subtropical species,
exhibiting mimetic resemblance or common warning colours,
captured in one locality and on the same day, and thus in
initiating an invaluable series in evidence of the actual com-
panionship in life of their wonderfully adapted forms.
In resigning the Presidential Chair, I desire in the first
place to thank the Society, and more particularly my col-
leagues on the Council, for much consideration extended to
me on the too frequent occasions when my health obliged me
to devolve the duties of Chairman on one of the Vice-Presi-
dents. More especially am I indebted to our Secretary,
Mr. W. F. H. Blandford, who has most kindly aided me
by preparing the Obituary Notices, and also by undertaking
to read my Address at both the Annual Meetings at which |
have had the honour of presiding. Gratifying as it is to me
to recognise that the Society has made more than average
progress during my two years’ tenure of the Chair, I am
well aware that I have personally been able to do very little
to promote this prosperity, and that credit for it is mainly
due to the unremitting attention given to our affairs by the
Treasurer and Secretaries. Our experienced Treasurer, Mr.
McLachlan, I am glad to say, maintains his post as guardian
of our finances; but it is with sincere regret that we have
received the resignation of both our Secretaries, Mr. Blandford
and Mr. Merrifield, who have rendered such able service for
the last two years. The withdrawal from office of these gen-
tlemen will not be surprising to any one who, like myself,
has been Secretary to a learned Society, and knows how large
( li)
an inroad upon one’s time and energies is inseparable from
the efficient discharge of the duties of that position. I have
for some time past thought that the Society, considering its
growth and more established status of late years, and the
consequent increase of the work attendant on its proper
administration, would do well to follow the example of
the other Chartered Societies devoted to Natural Science,
by appointing a paid Assistant-Secretary to conduct the
ordinary routine business under the direction of the
Secretaries. In Mr. J. J. Walker and Mr. C. J. Gahan, who
have accepted election as Secretaries, we are fortunate in
obtaining officers whose proved entomological attainments are
ample warrant for the maintenance of that devotion to the
Society’s interests which has marked the service of the
retiring Secretaries.
I join with you in welcoming, as my successor in the Pre-
sidency, Mr. George Henry Verrall, who is well known to us
all as an entomologist, and specially as a dipterist, of high
standing, and also as one of our oldest Members and Fellows,
who has repeatedly served on the Council and as Vice-
. President. Mr. Verrall has in every way shown unfailing
interest in the well-being of the Society, and has done much
to promote it both scientifically and socially; and it will
certainly not be his fault if the Society does not flourish
during his occupancy of the Chair.
OBITUARY.
Although numerically our losses by death during 1898 have
been small, it is a matter of great regret to miss from
our roll of Fellows—and in one case from our Council
and Society Meetings—two such highly-distinguished ento-
mologists as Osbert Salvin and Ernest Candéze. Among the
few deaths outside the limits of our Society, special mention
should be made of the late Joseph A. Lintner, State Entomo-
logist of New York ; William M. Maskell, a notable authority
on the Coccide ; and James Thomson, the well known coleo-
pterist, of Paris.
(Alay)
OsBERT Savin, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., was ‘the second and
only surviving son of the distinguished architect, Mr. Anthony
Salvin. Born at Finchley in 1835, he was educated at West-
minster School, and later at Trinity Hall, Cambridge, of
which he was elected an Honorary Fellow in 1897. He
graduated in 1857, and immediately afterwards proceeded
to Tunis and Algeria for the purposes of natural-history
exploration, in company with Mr. W. H. Hudleston and Mr.
(now Canon) Tristram. In the autumn of the same year he
began his long and intimate connexion with Central-American
natural history by visiting Guatemala, where he remained till
the middle of 1858. In the following year he paid a second
visit to Central America, and in 1861 he again revisited it
in company with Mr. F. DuCane Godman, since that time
his constant fellow-worker. After his marriage in 1865 he
made one further journey to Central America in company
with his wife. His attention was at this time more particu-
larly directed to Ornithology, on which he became one of the
leading British authorities. He was one of the founders of
the Jéts, the third series of which he edited ; he was the
author of the volumes on the Humming-birds and Petrels in
the British Museum Catalogue of Birds; and from 1874 till
1883, when on his father’s death he took up his residence at
Hawksfold, near Haslemere, he filled the office of Strickland
Curator at Cambridge, also publishing a catalogue of the
Ornithological collection in his charge.
As an entomologist, Osbert Salvin’s name will chiefly and
always be remembered, in association with that of Mr. F. D.
Godman, for the important part he took in the inception,
preparation, and issue of that great work the Biologia Centrali-
Americana, and more particularly for his joint authorship of
that portion of it which monographed the extremely rich
butterfly-fauna of the region between Mexico and Panama.
All his work, whether ornithological or entomological, bore
the stamp of thoroughness, and gave testimony to the great
extent and exactness of his knowledge, no less than to his
soundness of judgment. The latter quality was, indeed, a
conspicuous feature of his character in all aspects, and caused
him to be always in request on the Councils and Committees
@ ie)
of the various scientific Societies (Royal, Linnean, Zoological,
and Entomological) of which he was a Fellow. Those who
have served with him on such Boards will recall his quiet,
kindly ways, enlivened by a pleasant sense of humour, and
how often his brief suggestions exactly met a difficulty, or
indicated the best course to adopt. But for his weak health
during recent years, he would long since have taken the chair as
President of our Society. In private life he was a kind and
constant friend, and to all his scientific acquaintances most
amiable and obliging, readily placing at their disposal both
his great knowledge and his unrivalled collections.
ERNEST CHARLES AuGcuste Canphze, M.D., F.E.S., was born
at Liége on the 27th of February, 1827, and studied medicine
there and at Paris. He became assistant medical officer to,
and subsequently director of, a large asylum at Glain, near
Liege, a post which he retained until a few years ago,
In entomology he was a pupil of Lacordaire, under whose
guidance and supervision, and in collaboration with a fellow-
pupil, F. Chapuis, he published in 1853 his first work, a
Catalogue of Coleopterous Larvee, known up to that date, and
still of much utility. It is probable that Lacordaire, in his
solicitude for the study of the more neglected families of
Coleoptera, induced Chapuis to take up the Phytophaga
and Xylophaga, and Candéze to devote himself to the Elate-
rid, a family with which his name is permanently associated.
He formed an extensive collection of Elaterids, which in-
cluded series from the Dejean and other old collections, and
served as the groundwork of his monograph of the family,
published in 1857, 1859 and 1860, in three volumes. This
collection was purchased by the late Mr. E. W. Janson, and
was subsequently acquired by Mr. F. D. Godman for the
British Museum. Candéze formed more than one subsequent
collection, and published a large number of papers on the
family, chiefly in the “ Annales” of the Belgian Entomological
Society, of which he was one of the founders. He also com-
piled a catalogue of the species described subsequently to that
of Gemminger and Von Harold. Dr. Candéze was a man of
much culture and many accomplishments. He joined this
Society in 1860.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. V., 1898. E
(iva)
SrepHEN Barton, F.E.S., who died on November 17th,
1898, aged 78 years, was one of the oldest Fellows of this
Society, which he joined in 1865. He visited Australia in
1852, where he made extensive collections of Coleoptera,
including many new species, which were described on his
return to England by his friend, Henry Walter Bates and
other authors. It was proposed that Barton should join
Bates on the Amazons; but the arrangement came to nothing,
and Barton settled in Bristol, where he formed large collec-
tions of insects, chiefly Coleoptera. He was for thirty years
President of the Entomological Section of the Bristol Natu-
ralists’ Society. He never contributed to the publications of
this Society, and though an excellent entomologist, his name
is probably little known to the present generation of Fellows,
except those who reside in the West of England.
The deaths of the following distinguished entomologists, not
Fellows of this Society, have been recorded since the last pre-
ceding Annual Meeting :—
James 'THomson, an American by birth, who passed most of
his life in Paris, formed a large and valuable collection of the
more striking Coleoptera. He published numerous papers on
the insects of his collection, chiefly on Longicornia, from 1856
onwards in the “Annales ”’ of the French Entomological Society
and other periodicals, and his name must be very familiar
to any one who has occasion to consult French monographic
works on Coleoptera, published between 1860 and 1880.
Some years ago he parted with his collections to M. René
Oberthiir, and since that time his interest in entomology
largely ceased. He was a member of this Society from 1856
to 1888. It should not be forgotten that he married a sister
of Charles Stewart Parnell.
Wix.iaAm Mites MAsKELL, late Registrar of the University
of New Zealand, was born in Hampshire, and, after serving
for a short time in the Army, went to New Zealand in 1860.
His earlier scientific work was done in connexion with micro-
scopy, but he afterwards devoted himself to the study of
Aleurodide, ‘Psyllide, and especially Coccide, on the New
Zealand species of which he was the one established authority,
though he subsequently investigated Australian and Asiatic
ae)
species. His published entomological papers began in 1879,
and appeared mainly in the “ Transactions of the New Zealand
Institute.” In 1887 he published “ An Account of the In-
sects noxious to Agriculture and Plants in New Zealand.
The Scale insects (Coccide),” a work of considerable utility
and value. His researches on this family of insects have
materially contributed to the great development of know-
ledge of the distribution and economy of Scale insects which
has taken place during the last fifteen years.
Jutes Micneaux, the well-known French entomological
artist; Dr. Josep ALBERT LinTNER, State Entomologist for
New York, and one of the leading American economic entomo-
logists ; Martian JEAN Maurice Nova.uisr, a capable hemi-
pterist, specially interested in the Hydrocores, and Prof.
Mariano DE LA Paz GRaiLLs, one of the leading Spanish
entomologists, have also died during 1898.
SEASONAL DIMORPHISM IN LEPIDOPTERA.
I wave thought this to be a suitable subject for my
Address, because it is not only of high interest as a remark
able phase of Variation, but has also of late years been
brought prominently to notice by the researches of two
groups of entomological observers ; firstly, those who, like
the pioneers, G. Dorfmeister, W. H. Edwards and August
Weismann, have experimentally studied the effects of high
and low temperatures artificially applied to lepidopterous
pupz of European or North American species ; and secondly,
those who have noted the seasonal changes in butterflies
occurring naturally in various tropical and subtropical regions,
and have in some cases reared one seasonal form of a species
from ova deposited by the other. The earlier temperature
experiments in Europe and North America were long in
advance of the observations on seasonal dimorphism in
tropical countries, the latter indeed being the natural out-
come of the former. It may prove not uninteresting if I
briefly pass under review the published memoirs relating to
both sets of observations, but, as regards the temperatwe
E 2
( lvi )
experiments, limiting my remarks almost exclusively to those
relating to seasonally-dimorphic species.
No doubt many of us remember with what interest we
welcomed Weismann’s able treatise * published twenty-three
years ago, whether in the original or in the English edition
(translated by Prof. Meldola) issued in 1882. The cases
known to Weismann, and described in this memoir, were not
numerous ; he calls special attention to six European cases
(Araschnia levana, Lycenu amyntas, L. agestis, Chrysophanus
phleas, Pieris napi, and Euchloe belia), and to three North
American (Phyciodes tharos, Grapta interrogationis and Papilio
ajax), the latter known to science through the investigations
of W. H. Edwards, the well-known monographer of the butter-
flies of North America, whose experiments and results tT are
re-published with additions as Appendix IT. to Weismann’s
essay. In the phenomenon of seasonal dimorphism Weis-
mann recognised, as two prominent factors in the possible
direct influence of the varying external conditions of life,
temperature and duration of the pupal period; and his ex-
periments with Araschnia levana and Pieris napi were accord-
ingly carried on with the view of ascertaining whether the
dimorphism exhibited by those species could be traced to the
direct action of those factors. In the case of A. levana, he
first subjected the pupz obtained from eggs laid by the winter
form, immediately after pupation, to artificial low tempera-
tures, and the result was that, by exposure to temperature of
0°—1° R. for four weeks, three-fourths of the pup produced,
not the summer form prorsa—as under natural conditions
they would have done—but the intermediate form porima
(extremely rare in nature), three of these being very nearly
the pure winter form devana. Increasing the period of ex-
posure to cold to eight weeks did not materially add to the
extent to which the summer form was lost and the winter
form substituted. The converse experiment, frequently re-
peated, consisted in placing in a hot-house (temperature
* «Studien zur Descendenz-Theorie. I. Ueber den Saison-Dimorphis-
mus der Schmetterlinge,” 1875.
+ Canadian Entomologist, vii, p. 236 (1875), and ix, p. 69 (1879).
( lvii )
12°—24° R.) immediately after pupation, pupe from eggs laid
by the August brood of the summer form, prorsa ; but here
the artificial temperature had little or no effect, all, or nearly
all, the pupe hibernating, and emerging in the following
spring as the pure winter form /evana. This latter result led
the author to the opinion that cold and warmth could not be
the immediate causes of a pupa emerging in the prorsa or
levana form ; and that the explanation of the facts seemed to
be (a) that the winter form /evana is the original type of the
species, seeing that it was found possible to make many
specimens of the summer form prorsa revert to it by means of
cold, whereas the converse change could not be effected; and
(6) that the species originally existed in the glacial period as
a single-brooded and monomorphic butterfly, and only became
double-brooded and gradually developed the prorsa form as
warmth of climate increased.
With Pieris napi, Weismann found the pupe from eggs
laid by the winter form much more responsive to the action
of cold (applied immediately after pupation and continued for
three months) than those of A. levana, by far the larger
number emerging as the pure winter form when transferred
to a hot-house, and the remainder (which resisted forcing and
hibernated) all producing the same form in the following
spring. The converse experiment was not tried with the
pupe of ordinary P. napi, but with those of the Alpine and
Polar variety, bryonia, but the result was in accordance with
that of the corresponding experiment in the case of A. levana
—the application of heat had no transforming effect, and all
the butterflies emerged as pure bryoniw. Weismann was thus
led to regard the single-brooded variety bryonie as the original
form of the species from the glacial period, and napi in its
winter and summer forms as gradually produced under
increasing climatic warmth.
The experiments conducted with so much skill and perse-
verance by W. H. Edwards with the North-American
Papilio ajax and Phyciodes tharos yielded much the same
results as those obtained by Weismann in Europe. In the
complicated case of P. ajax—where the winter form presents
itself in the two differing generations known as walshii and
(Wii)
telamonides, and the summer form known as marcellus appears
in three similar generations—Mr. Edwards, by the applica-
tion of ice for a period of two months, found that fifty pup
reared from eggs laid by the second generation of the
winter form (telamonides), which under natural conditions
would nearly all have given the summer form marcellus,
produced no fewer than twenty-two telamonides, one speci-
men intermediate between telamonides and walshii, eight
examples intermediate between telamonides and marcellus,
but nearer to the former, eight intermediate between the
same forms but nearer to the latter, and only eleven true
marcellus. It should be observed, however, that there is a
difference in the shape of the wings between the winter and
summer forms of this Papilio, and that the strong innate
tendency of the progeny of the winter form to assume
the summer form was evidenced in the fact that all the
butterflies from the refrigerated pupz which had the
markings of telamonides or of walshit yet bore the shape
of marcellus.
The extreme variability of Phyciodes tharos renders it
difficult to follow the details of Edwards’ experiments with
the various broods from different districts, but it is clear
that, as in the case of P. ajax, the application of cold in-
duced the summer form to revert to the winter form (marcia).
I do not gather that the converse experiment was tried with
this butterfly ; but it was attempted to a certain extent with
Papilio ajax, whose hibernating pupe were subjected to a
moderate degree of heat during some months, for several
years in succession, without any change being effected in the
resulting winter form of the butterfly. The evidence in the
case of Grapta interrogationis has a different bearing on the
subject, seeing that this species does not hibernate as pupa
but as imago, and that therefore there is not, strictly speak-
ing, any “ winter” form; but it would appear that the first
of the four broods in the year consists wholly of the form
named wmbrosa and the fourth of the form named /fabriciz,
while the intervening second and third broods are each com-
posed of both forms.
Only brief reference is made by Weismann to the experi-
(Cilia P)
ments on Araschnia levana made by G. Dorfmeister,* an account
of which was published as far back as 1864, but a full résumé
of them has been given by the late Prof. Th. Eimer.t
From this I find that, although, as Weismann points out,
Dorfmeister did not sueceed—apparently from not employing
a low enough temperature—in transforming the prorsa-form
into the Jevana-form, but obtained only some few of the
intermediate form porima, yet he was apparently repeatedly
successful in the important converse experiment (where
Weismann’s results were almost negative), obtaining prorsw
by means of warmth from the prorsa August brood. He
further obtained numerous gradations of the intermediate
form porima, stages which under natural conditions occur so
rarely that, during forty years’ collecting, he met with only
a Single specimen in the wild state in places where the forms
levana and prors« were quite common. Dorfmeister was
clearly the first to point out that temperature exercises its
chief influence during the act of pupation or shortly after-
wards, but he expressed his “ inability to decide whether the
modifications obtained were the direct consequence of the
rise in temperature, or only the indirect, depending on the
shortening of the time of development caused by the in-
creased temperature.”
Familiar to all of us is the fine series of papers on
temperature experiments contributed to our “‘ Transactions ”’
and ‘ Proceedings’’ to the ‘ Entomologist,’ and to the
* Proceedings of the South London Entomological Society ”’
by our Secretary, Mr. F. Merrifield ; they are eight in number,
the first having been published in 1888 and the last in 1897.4
Mr. Merrifield’s earlier experiments were made with Geo-
* ¢* Ueber der Einwirkung verschiedener wahrend der Entwickelungs-
perioden angewendeter Warmegrade auf das Farbung und Zeichnung der
Schmetterlinge.” (Mittheil. Naturw. Vereins fiir Steiermark, 1864.)
+ ‘‘Entstehung der Arten auf Grund von Vererben erworbene Eigen-
schaften nach der Gesetzen organischer Wiichsens,” 1888. (Engl. transl.,
by J. T. Cunningham, 1890, Sect. iv, pp. 131-134. I have to thank
Mr. Merrifield for lending me this work. )
+ Fora most convenient précis and illustration of Mr. Merrifield’s work,
by Dr. F. A. Dixey, see ‘‘ Nature,” vol. 57, pp. 184-188 (1897).
(rks)
metrid moths of the genera Selenia and Hnnomos, certain
species of which have normally two differing seasonal forms
in England, and they extended to the application of both
icing and forcing for various periods in all stages from egg
to imago. The results were of much interest from many
points of view, and more especially as showing (a) that the
continued application of low temperature to the pupz reared
from eggs laid by the spring brood produced moths more and
more like their parents, instead of the natural summer form ;
(5) that the opposite experiment of applying heat to the pup
from eggs of the summer brood was fatal to a majority of
individuals, and produced in the survivors a proportion of
the summer form but mainly specimens intermediate only
between the spring and summer types ; (c) that it was in the
pupal state that temperatures exercised their chief influence ;
(d) that forcing produced pale and comparatively spotless
moths, while cooling or icing produced dark and much
spotted ones. Another noteworthy point was that the ap-
plication of moisture in combination with various tempera-
tures to the pupe of S. tetralunaria and L. autumnaria had
no effect on the resulting moths.
The dimorphic species next treated by Mr. Merrifield in
1892-93 were Pieris napi, Araschnia levana, and Chryso-
phanus phleas. The results in the first and second of these
species were generally confirmatory of those obtained by
previous experimenters. In the case of C. phleas, which,
though many-brooded almost throughout its immense range,
does not exhibit seasonal dimorphism in Europe except in
Southern Italy, Corsica, and Greece, forcing caused on the
upperside the dusky suffusion and larger black spots of the
forewings characteristic of the southern summer form eeus,
while cold induced exactly the opposite characters in the fore-
wings and also a great broadening and radiation of the
coppery band in the hindwings. In 1896, Mr. Merrifield
experimented on pup of Pieris daplidice, and found that
forcing produced the ordinary summer form, while cooling for
six weeks brought out the spring form bellidice.
I have here only very briefly mentioned those of Mr.
Merrifield’s experiments which dealt with seasonally-dimorphic
(xi)
species. His researches extended besides to upwards of twenty
monomorphic ones; they were carried out with admirable
skill, care, and exactness of record, and the resulting
phenomena—especially in the species of Vanessa—were not
only most remarkable in themselves, but also, as disclosing
apparently ancestral characters, of the deepest interest in
their bearing on the phylogeny of the species concerned. The
latter aspect of these investigations has been ably dealt with
by Dr. F. A. Dixey, who, in his published comments on Mr.
Merrifield’s papers of 1893 and 1894,* points out that they
seem to go far towards indicating the possibility that a dis-
turbance of natural temperature conditions, whether in the
direction of heat or cold, can produce in a monomorphic
species a tendency towards reversion, and also notes the pro-
duction by these experiments of ancestral features in Vanessa
io, V. polychloros, and Grapta C.-album.
Concurrently with Mr. Merrifield’s later work appeared
both Dr. M. Standfuss’s f and Prof. Weismann’s { important
memoirs, containing accounts of the series of temperature
experiments carried on by them respectively in the course of
‘the last decade. Standfuss’s paper of 1894 deals with the
effects of the warm and cold treatment of the summer pup
of nine species of European butterflies. None of these can be
included among seasonally-dimorphie species in Europe itself,
but the author points out that the effect of heat on the
Ziivich pup of Papilio machaon was to produce specimens
perfectly resembling the August form of the species that is
found in Syria. Other striking results as given by the
* See Dr. Dixey’s papers (1) ‘‘ On the Phylogenetic Significance of the
Variations produced by difference of Temperature in Vanessa atalanta”’
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 69); and (2) ‘* Mr. Merrifield’s Experi-
ments in Temperature Variation as bearing on Theories of Heredity.”
(Op. cit., 1894, p. 439.)
+ ‘* Ueber die Griinde der Variation und Aberration des Falterstadiums
bei den Schmetterlingen,” 1894. (Engl. transl. by Dr. F. A. Dixey in
** Entomologist,’ 1895.)
‘¢ Handbuch der Paliarktischen Gross-Schmetterlinge fiir Forscher und
Sammler,” 1896.
+ **New Experiments on the Seasonal Dimorphism of Lepidoptera ”’
(1895). Engl. transl. by W. E. Nicholson in ‘‘ Entomologist,” 1896.
( lxii )
experimenter were the production of specimens representing
(a) Local forms, such as constantly occur in nature in certain
definite localities ; in Vanessa urtice, Pyrameis cardui, and to
some extent in Papilio machaon and Vanessa antiopa: (b)
Aberrations, like those which now occur in nature; in JV. 7o,
P. cardui, and Argynnis aglaia: (c) Phylogenetic forms,
““which may have either existed in past epochs, or may
perhaps be destined to arise in future:” in certain cooled
V. io and V. antiopa and certain warmed JV. atalanta, and the
reverse respectively. Noting the remarkable circumstance
that the same conditions lead to such diverse effects in
different species—the changes wrought in one species being
entirely within the limits of its variation at the present day,
while in another they far surpass those limits,—he suggests
that the species coming under the former category are the
phylogenetically older, and those belonging to the latter are
the phylogenetically younger. The author found that the
high temperature of 104° F. rapidly caused death in nearly all
the species tested—P. machaon and G. C.-album proving least
sensitive—but low temperatures prolonged for even four
weeks were much better tolerated ; and it was thought that
this favoured the conclusion that the species so tested ‘ were
constrained in past ages to accommodate themselves much
?
more to lower than to higher temperatures.”
In the edition of his ‘‘ Handbuch” which appeared in 1896,
Standfuss recapitulated the cases published in 1894, and
added mention of a warmth experiment with Gonepteryx
rhamni which had the effect of inducing in the females some
indications of the yellow colouring of the males. He also
gave excellent coloured figures of most of the more marked
variations resulting from temperature treatment, some of
them exhibiting marvellous divergence from the normal form
now existing in nature.
Before turning to Weismann’s memoir of 1895, it will be
convenient to refer briefly to Standfuss’s recent and elaborate
treatise issued during the present year (1898).* After re-
* « Experimentelle Zoologische Studien mit Lepidoptern. A. Tem-
peratur-Experimente.” (Denkschr. Schweiz. Naturf-Gesellsch., xxxvi,
i, 1898.)
( Ixiii_ )
viewing (in Sect. I.) his experiments as to effects from treat-
ment of pup with constant moderately high (+37° to
+ 39° C.) or moderately low (+4° to +6° C.) temperatures
in the years from 1885 to the beginning of 1895, the author
proceeds (in Sect. II.) to give an account of the continuation of
these “ Warm and Cold” experiments during the succeeding
period from the middle of 1895 to1897. These additional experi-
ments were made on no fewer than fifty-six species of European
Lepidoptera (thirty-six butterflies and twenty moths) and on
a largely-increased number of specimens:; and their results
were found to be fully confirmatory of those derived from the
earlier more restricted experiments, affording various fresh
instances of the production of more or less marked variation
in the directions previously indicated, viz.: seasonal forms,
local forms, aberrations, phylogenetic forms, and forms showing
assumption of the male colouring by the female. Under the
respective headings of “ Frost-Experiments” (Sect. III.) and
“‘ Heat-Experiments” (Sect. IV.) the several results are
given of employing temperatures under 0° C. (0° to —18° C.,
and exceptionally to — 20° C.), and those above + 40° C. (up
.to +45°C.); and the attempt is made (Sect. V.) to explain
from the results of these two sets of experiments the active
cause of most of the “ Aberrations” occurring in nature.
Attention is directed to the extremely interesting fact that
the aberrations resulting from the artificial very high tem-
peratures agree closely with the aberrations found in nature,*
while aberrations like those produced by the use of very low
temperatures are never found in nature ; and the inference
drawn from this is that the typical aberrations occurring
naturally among the Nymphalidze are produced by the tem-
porary influence of a high degree of heat (40° to 45° C.).
I cannot here do more than just refer to the remaining
* This is well illustrated by Plate IV accompanying the memoir,
where figures of Aberrations, (a) captured at large, and (b) forced at very
high temperature, of the following species, are given side by side, viz. :
Vanessa polychloros, V. antiopa, V. atalanta, and Pyrameis cardui,
figures 1, 3, 5, 7 differing very slightly respectively from figures 2, 4, 6,
and 8. (Plate III figures the Aberrations produced in the same four
species by ‘‘ Frost-Experiments.’’)
(> Isa ©)
sections of Dr. Standfuss’s treatise ; they include a consideration
of the mode of action of the frost and heat experiments, a
discussion as to the nature of aberrations, and an account of
the further breeding of aberrational Vanessa urtice, and with
the concluding remarks at pp. 37 and 38 will well repay
perusal. Some idea of the satisfactory and extensive scale
upon which the experiments were conducted, may be gathered
from Standfuss’s statement that he had employed altogether
during 1895-97 the number of over 42,000 pupz belonging to
about 60 different species.*
Weismann’s memoir of 1895, above referred to, contains a
full record of his later experiments and results in the cases of
Araschnia levana, Chrysophanus phleas, and Pieris napi, as
well as in those of Pararge egeria (with its ‘ climatic variety,”
meione) and Vanessa urtice. It further treats of the effect
on pup of variously-coloured light, and on hibernating pupz
of warmth, and concludes with a comprehensive general review
of the whole subject, including a comparison of the results of
some of his own experiments with those obtained by Merri-
field and Standfuss. In the case of A. levana, he not only
succeeded, by means of temperatures of 27-28° C.,and 30-32" C.,
in obtaining repeatedly a small number of the prorsa-form from
the second summer generation of that form, but also proved that
occasionally the same result arose in isolated instances without
the use of a higher temperature than that of an ordinary warm
room. It was further established that the intermediate forms
known as portma, so rare under natural conditions, are pro-
duced whenever a brood is subjected to an unsuitable tempera-
ture at the beginning of the pupal stage, occurring indeed
with the second brood from unusual cold, and with the third
brood from unusual heat. As regards the seasonal forms of
Pieris napt it was shown that low temperature effects the
conversion of the summer form into the winter, only when
* Dr. E. Fischer, of Ztirich, has also carried out very extensive tem-
perature experiments on European Lepidoptera with most striking results,
which are mentioned by Weismann, Merrifield, and Standfuss. I have
not seen Dr. Fischer’s published accounts of his work, but I believe he
did not experiment with seasonally dimorphic species.
(size )
applied immediately after pupation ; while repeated experiments
with the variety bryoniw gave no sufficient support to Weis-
mann’s view (see above, p. 9) that this variety was the
original parent-form of napi.
It isin this memoir that Weismann first recognises fully
what he had formerly questioned, but had latterly* put forward
as probable, viz., that, besides the direct seasonal dimorph-
ism attributable to temperature, there also exists adaptive
seasonal dimorphism dependent on the indirect influence of
the varying environment according to the time of year. He
again cites the case of A. /evana itself as possibly exhibiting
in its prorsa-form mimicry of Limenitis, and suggests that the
seasonal forms of P. napi may be adapted on the underside to
the vegetation tints of spring and summer respectively. In
the case of the latter species he expresses the belief that
adaptive and direct seasonal dimorphism are combined, point-
ing out that the differences presented by the upperside may
perhaps be referred to the direct influence of temperature.
The possible adaptation of the green-and-white underside of
the dimorphic Anthocharis belia to the respective resting
-plants of each season is also indicated.
The poverty, however, of such instances among the season-
ally dimorphic species of the European butterfly-fauna is
manifest ; and itis thus satisfactory to find Weismann turn-
ing, in support of his view, to the numerous striking cases
(first brought to his notice in 1894 in a paper by Dr. G,
Brandes) of seasonal dimorphism occurring in tropical and
sub-tropical regions, among which were instances where one
seasonal form at least assumes a special protective colouring.
Hitherto all the cases investigated and experimented on,
whether in Europe or North America, had been found refer-
able to the influence of high and low temperatures, and
nobody seems to have suspected the occurrence of similar
seasonal variation in hot countries; but, as Mr. L. de
Nicéville, Mr. W. Doherty, and other observers have pointed
out, and as Weismann was apt to recognise, the alternation of
wet and dry seasons is as actively inciting an agent in the
* «© Aeussere Einfliisse als Entwickelungsreize,” 1894.
(Eb)
production of seasonal dimorphism in many parts of the
tropics, as that of hot and cold ones is in the temperate
latitudes.
I must confess that I shared in the prevalent erroneous
opinion that seasonal dimorphism was not to be looked for in
countries without summer and winter seasons of greatly
differing temperatures; and no doubt this was mainly due to
my never having resided for any length of time in a region
where the rainy season is the warmer and the dry one the
cooler. In the south-west of the Cape Colony, where I was
stationed, exactly opposite conditions prevail, and in the
rainy winter, scarcely a dozen species of butterflies appear,
and none of them presents any marked difference from the
dry summer specimens of the same species. I was thus
unprepared to attach due value to the suggestion, by my
friend, Mr. W. D. Gooch, as early as the year 1877, of the
occurrence of differing seasonal forms of butterflies in Natal,
or to the opinion to the same effect given by Mr. A. J. Spiller
in 1880 (‘‘ Entomologist,” vol. xiii, p. 3). I believe this
communication of Mr. Spiller’s to have been the first
published intimation of the apparent occurrence of seasonal
dimorphism in the warmer parts of the world ; and the four
cases which he specially notices (in the genera Anthocharis
[= Teracolus], Pieris, Mycalesis, and Hypanis) are un-
doubtedly true ones. Mr. Gooch (op. cit., pp. 226 and 273)
published his concurrence in the main with Mr. Spiller’s view,
but at the same time mentioned that, in the only two attempts
he made to test the matter, by rearing Zeracolus omphale and
Pieris severina, he found no difference between the winter and
summer broods, both belonging to the theoretical winter form
with reduced black markings.
It was in 1885 that Mr. L. de Nicéville, the well-known
authority on Indian butterflies; published* a notice of
apparent seasonal dimorphism in several species of Calcutta
Satyrine of the genera Mycalesis, Ypthima and Melanitis—the
wet-season form presenting distinct ocellated spots on the
* <¢ List of the Butterflies of Calcutta, etc.” (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
liv, plssaisps189.)
( Ixvii )
underside, and the dry-season form being without those
markings. He suggested as a possible explanation, that
while the conspicuously marked wet-season form is concealed
by the dense vegetation, the dry-season non-ocellated form
had in the scantily-clothed jungle found protection by the
gradual loss through natural selection of the conspicuous
markings. Mr. de Nicéville’s specimens illustrating his
paper were exhibited at a meeting of this Society in February,
1885, but his view did not meet with much acceptance among
the members present, nor was any alternative explanation of
the phenomenon brought forward. He was able, however, in
the following year to adduce proof of the correctness of his
theory in a memoir* giving details of the rearing of one
seasonal form from eggs laid by the other in four of the
seven cases named by him in his previous paper, viz. :—
Ypthima hiibneri and Y. howra ; Y. philomela and Y. marshallii ;
Mycalesis mineus and M. indistans; Melanitis leda and M.
ismene ; these pairs consisting respectively of the ocellated
wet-season form and non-ocellated dry-season form of each
species concerned.
Just previously to the latter notable record of Mr. de
Nicéville, Mr. W. Doherty had contributed to the same
Journal t his four years’ observation of seasonal variation
while collecting Indian butterflies. He brings to notice that,
speaking generally, there were ows broods annually in that
country, viz.: two in the wet season and two in the dry
season, and that, while there was no perceptible difference
between the two broods of the same season, there were often
very marked differences between the wet-season broods and
the dry-season ones. ‘These differences included size (the wet-
season form boing usually smaller), the angulation of the
wings, and the colouring and ocelli of the underside, and
were well illustrated by species of Junonia, Ypthima, Mycalesis,
* «On the Life-History of certain Calcutta Species of Satyrine, with
special reference to the Seasonal Dimorphism alleged to occur in them.”’
(Op. cit., lv, pl. ii, p. 229, 1886.)
7 ‘‘A List of Butterflies taken in Kumaon,.” (Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, ly, pt ii, p. 107.)
Crilixvili=
and Melanitis. The author remarks that some countries
with wet climate do not yield any but wet-season forms,*
and conversely that some very dry countries produce only
dry-season ones, instancing the case of Junonia almana, the
dry-season form of which alone occurs in Scinde, while its
wet-season form (asterie) only is met with in Ceylon and
Singapore. He is of opinion that De Nicéville’s view is
strengthened by the fact that the dry-season forms are more
or less leaf-like both in shape and in the underside colouring,
while no such resemblance is manifested by the wet-season
ones, and argues that this points to the greater exposure to
danger in the dry season ; but he is inclined to think that the
eye-like underside markings in the wet season may serve as a
protection from the attacks of birds. It is singular that,
while this observant collector enumerates no fewer than
twenty-three species of Pierine in his “ List,’ he does not
seem to have noticed the occurrence of seasonal dimorphism
in the subfamily which is especially fertile in illustrations
of it.
In view of the satisfactory evidence afforded by De Nicé-
ville’s experiments with Indian Satyrine, I could no longer
doubt that many hitherto puzzling cases of variation among
African butterflies would find their solution in the same way,
especially as the dated specimens accessible all pointed to the
seasonal character of the varieties. I kept the question con-
stantly before my entomological correspondents in Natal and
the other warmer parts of South Africa, and was enabled by
their assistance to indicate, in 1889,+ various extremely
probable instances of a corresponding phenomenon among
African Satyrine and Pierine. Among a most interesting
collection made by Mr. A.W. Eriksson in tropical 8.-W. Africa,
* Mr. de Nicéville has recorded (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, pt. ii,
p. 362, 1895) that in N.E. Sumatra rain falls in every month of the year,
and it is rare for a week to pass without a shower, and that consequently
there are no dry-season forms of butterflies to be found there, with the
solitary exception of the dry-season form of Melanitis leda, which (as in
Java) prevails all the year round as commonly as the wet-season form.
+ ‘South-African Butterflies,” I1I, pp. 6, 7, 125,and 395 (1889).
( Ixix )
described by me in 1891,* I noted what appeared to be un-
doubted cases of seasonal dimorphism in species of Acreine,
Lycenide and Pierine ; and again, in cataloguing Mr. F. C.
Selous’s Manica butterflies in 1894,r I showed reason for
recognising the prevalence of the same kind of variation,
especially pointing out how in the case of Melanitis leda all
the dated South African examples went to confirm De Nice-
ville’s experience at Calcutta, and what strong similar ground
existed for considering the much-discussed variation in the
Nymphaline Hamanumida dedalus to be seasonal.
An important contribution to the elucidation of the subject
was made in 1894 by the late Capt. EK. Y. Watson in a paper
entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Synonymy of some Species of Indian
Pierine.” +
According to this experienced entomologist’s observations
some species—Terias hecabe, for instance—produce successive
broods (from four in the cooler to ten or twelve in the
warmer districts) throughout the year, and the last alone of
the wet-season or dry-season broods respectively yields off-
spring exhibiting the opposite seasonal form ; but it is at the
same time pointed out that “in some cases the eggs laid by
one female would produce more than one form, according to
the state of the atmosphere shortly before the emergence of
each individual, which is the period at which it would be
chiefly affected.” The author calis attention to the fact that
“in different parts of the Indian Region, the seasons vary to
a certain extent, so that it cannot be laid down that speci-
mens captured in any particular month will belong to any
particular form”; he defines, however, roughly the limits of
the rainy and dry seasons and states that “the very large
majority of specimens obtained during those periods will be
wet- and dry-season forms respectively.” Emphasis is laid
on another important point, viz., that the seasonally dimor-
phic species present numerous intermediate forms, and that
these intermediate forms themselves vary according to the
* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, pp. 59, 64, 85, 89, 96, 97, and 99.
+ Op. cit., 1894, pp. 14, 22, 29, 37, 64, and 67.
+ Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe., viii, p. 489 (1894).
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. v., 1898. FE
(@ ke<))
vegetation and rainfall, “so that the extreme of a rainy-
season form from a district where the rainfall is great and
the vegetation dense, is much more pronounced than the
extreme of a rainy-season form from a district with slight
rainfall and sparse vegetation ; and these differences are even
more marked in the dry-season forms.” The genera of
Pierine dealt with in this paper are Huphina, Appias, Ixias,
Terias, and Teracolus, and seasonal dimorphism is shown to
prevail largely in all of them, so that the author feels war-
ranted in materially reducing the number of hitherto ad-
mitted species, contending that many of these are palpably
founded on mere seasonal variations.
In 1895, I had the pleasure of receiving from a valued
friend and correspondent in Natal, Mr. Cecil N. Barker,
the MS. of an interesting paper he had drawn up, from
many years’ field observations, on the seasonal variation
of butterflies in that colony and the adjacent territories.
This paper, which was published the same year,* proceeds on
much the same lines as that of Capt. Watson’s just noticed,
but, instead of being confined to the Pierinz, traces the occur-
rence of the phenomenon throughout the suborder, indicat-
ing the following cases, viz., Acreinz 1 (in Acr@a) ; Satyrine
2 (in Mycalesis) ; Nymphaline 9 (1 each in Atella, Junonia,
Aypanis, Hamanumida and Charaxes, and 2 each in Precis
and Crenis); Lycenide 3 (in Lycena); and Pierine 20
(9 in Teracolus, 4 in Pieris, 3 each in FLronia and Terias, and
1 in Herpenia). In many of these thirty-five cases the
seasonal differences and the occurrence of intermediate
specimens about the change of season are carefully described ;
and several instances are recorded of the pairing of Pieris
gidica with P. abyssinica or with intermediate examples.
Mr. Barker’s observations were decidedly in support of my
own published opinion as to the seasonal dimorphism of
Hamanumida dedalus, Herpenia eriphia, Teracolus regina,
T. speciosus, Pieris pigea, P. gidica, Hronia cleodora, and
H. leda.
* « Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism of Rhopalocera in Natal.” (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 413.)
(CO Mest)
Mr. Barker’s paper was soon followed by one of equal
interest * contributed to our “Transactions ” by Mr. G. A. K.
Marshall, who has a most wide and intimate knowledge of
butterfly-life south of the Zambesi. Mr. Marshall, after ex-
pressing his concurrence with Mr. Barker’s opinions on the
subject, proceeds to criticise with justice Dr. A. G. Butler’s
rather random suggestion fT that in the Acreine the presence
of a broad apical black patch on the forewings indicates a
wet-season form, proving this idea to be wholly untenable, at
any rate in three of the five cases advanced by Dr. Butler.
He goes on to indicate the signs of seasonal variation in nine
species of Acrea, and notably in the Mashunaland 4, halali,
where both sexes vary strongly, and unlike the other known
cases in the genus, have the black spots larger in the dry-
season than in the wet-season form. To the numerous in-
stances given by Barker he adds two more in Mycalesis and
eight more in Precis. The latter are shown to offer a
beautiful series of gradations in dimorphism, from the four
species P. natalica, P. elgiva, P. tugela and P. artaxia, where
—in addition to larger size and more falcate forewings—the
. dry-season change is almost limited to the dull withered-leaf
colour and marking of the underside ; then to the two species
P. ceryne and P. archesia, where the upperside as well pre-
sents considerable alteration both in colour and marking ;
and finally, to the species P. stmia and P. octavia-natalensis,
where the suggested respective dry-season forms P. cwama
and P. sesumus present such extreme disparity in the aspect
of both upper and under sides as to render it almost incred-
ible that they can belong to the same species as the two wet-
season forms in question.
The actual rearing of the dry-season form of Terias zoe
from eggs laid by the latter, and its proving to be (as had
long been anticipated) the butterfly known as 7’. brigitta, is
recorded in this paper on the authority of that practised
collector and observer, my friend Mr. J. M. Hutchinson, of
* «Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in South-African Butterflies.”
(Op. cit., 1896, p. 551.)
+ Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1895, p. 519.
=
bo
(GQ ab-c-cnl )))
Estcourt in Natal ; and early in 1897, Mr. Marshall, writing
from that locality, informed me that he had succeeded in
rearing three specimens of Zeracolus auxo, a wet-season form,
from eggs laid by 7’. topha, a dry-season butterfly. In each
of these two Pierine cases the close relationship of the
seasonal forms was so manifest, that all the circumstances
of their occurrence led one to expect the species-identity
to be proved before very long; but it was otherwise in the
ease of Precis octavia-natalensis and P. sesamus, notwith-
standing the significant facts—very close resemblance in
both larvee and pupe, occasional pairing of the two forms,
and the existence of various intermediate examples—which
favoured a similar conclusion. Thus it was with no ordinary
interest that I received from Prof. Poulton Mr. Marshall’s
announcement, in a letter dated June, 1898, that in three
cases he had bred P. seswmus from the eggs laid by P.
octavia-natalensis, and that I saw the actual specimens of
parent and offspring in two of the three cases, which had
been sent to the Hope Department of the Oxford University
Museum. An excellent account by Mr. Marshall of what
he rightly describes as “the most remarkable instance of
seasonal variation as yet known” was published in July
last.* What makes the case so striking is not alone the very
great difference of the upperside—deep salmon-red with
black borders and spots in ociavia-natalensis, and violaceous-
blue streaked with black, and a continuous series of
salmon-red spots in sesamus—but that of the underside
also—almost the same as the upperside, but pinker in octavia-
natalensis, and very dark greenish-bronze with black
streaks in sesamus. Owing to the latter disparity nothing
could be more different than the appearance of the
two forms when at rest, octavia-natalensis being very con-
spicuous, while sesamus is well concealed ;7 and this wide
* See ‘‘Seasonal Dimorphism in Butterflies of the Genus Precis, Doub.”
(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 11, p. 30 (1898).)
+ The rarely-occurring intermediate examples, as I have pointed out
(South-Afr. Butt., i, pp. 230, 231, and 233 ; 1887), exhibit a complete
gradation as respects both upperside and underside.
( Ixxiii )
divergence is associated with the differing haunts and habits
of the two forms. Mr. Marshall seems inclined to the view
that the wet-season form octavia-natalensis is the older one,
and that the dry-season form sesamus, with its distinctly
protective underside, may be the result of greater persecution
—in the scarcity of insects of other orders—during that
season. On the other hand, he suggests the possibility of
the wet-season natalensis-form being in process of modification
in mimicry of the prevalent red black-spotted Acree of the
same region ; in which case sesamus would have to be taken
as the older form. I consider the latter to be more likely
than the former view, seeing how much less seswmus has
diverged than octavia-natalensis from the general pattern of
the genus Precis.*
A noteworthy fact in Mr. Marshall’s experience in this
case was that, while in the second instance recorded he
reared an example of sesamus from an egg laid by octavia-
natalensis, he also obtained, only five days later, from another
egg laid by the same mother, on the same day, a pure
octavia-natalensis. He expressly states that the two larve from
“which these amazingly different butterflies resulted were
reared from the egg under precisely similar conditions ; and
he adds that not a few similar instances had come under his
notice. This is sufficiently remarkable, but it by no means
exhibits the apparent extreme of variation among the off-
spring of one mother; for Mr. de Nicéville (in a letter
of 13th June last) assures me that in India “at the change
of the season, in one brood, from one batch of eggs laid by
one female, you sometimes get both seasonal forms and all
intermediate ones.”? Such cases, like those of more or less
* The only other species of Precis of the octavia pattern and colouring
is P. simia (considered by Mr. Marshall to be the wet-season form of the
dry-season P, cwama) and this species may possibly also be mimetic of the
Acree.
+ It would be of the very greatest service to these inquiries if such a
series as this, the offspring of one mother, could be preserved in its
entirety, together with a full record of all the conditions bearing on the
case. Mr. de Nicéville does not mention the actual species to which his
remark applies.
( lxxiv=§)
complete resistance to altered temperature, so frequent in
the experiments of Weismann and others, point very clearly
to the operation of some other factor than the degree of
humidity, or of temperature ; but it must be admitted that
we are as yet quite in obscurity as to its actual nature, and
that our investigations into seasonal dimorphism must be far
more systematically and thoroughly prosecuted before con-
clusions of a satisfactory character can be arrived at.
While the observations already on record, to which I
have drawn attention above, render it beyond question that
seasonal dimorphism is of world-wide prevalence, it is at the
same time surprising—considering the great and increasing
study devoted to exotic butterflies of late years—that so very
little is definitely known of the actual range and conditions of
its occurrence beyond European limits. So far as the Pale-
arctic Region is concerned we are indebted to Standfuss* for
a comprehensive list of the cases recognised, distinguish-
ing between those where the seasonal disparity 1s so marked
as to have led to the bestowal of distinct names on the
two forms, and those where the disparity is less and no
second name has been given. In the former category there
are 23 cases (17 in Butterflies and 6 in Moths), and in the
latter 15 (14 in Butterflies and 1 in Moths), making in all 38
cases, viz., 31 in Butterflies and 7 in Moths. The butter-
flies comprised in the more marked category include | case
in Satyrine, 2 cases in Nymphaline, 5 in Lycenide, 6 in
Pierine, and 3 in Papilionine; while those in the less
marked category are three cases in Satyrine, 3 in
Nymphaline, 3 in Lycenide, and 5 in Pierine, so that
taking the totals of both categories in their order of
numerical importance we have 11 cases in Pierinew, 8 in
Lycenide, 5 in Nymphaline, 4 in Satyrine, and 3 in Papilion-
ine. The moths are all ranked in the more marked category
with the exception of a Liparid (Dasychira abietis); they
are two in the Bombycide and four Geometers. The number
of known cases in the Palearctic Region thus appears to be very
* © Handbuch der Paliarktischen Gross-Schmetterlinge fiir Forscher
und Sammler,” Ed. 1896, p. 229.
( Ixxv )
small, when contrasted with the very large number of species
of the groups to which they belong ascertained to inhabit
the Region; but it may be observed that a considerable
proportion of them must be of greatly extended occurrence
and very ancient standing, Pryer* noting no fewer than six
of them in Japan (besides three additional cases in local
species); and Dr. A. Fritze + further recording in the same
country the case of Araschnia levana (var. burejana),.
When we turn tothe great tropical and subtropical Regions,
where butterfly life finds its fullest and most varied develop-
ment, it is almost disheartening to find how extremely little
has been done in the observation of this apparently prominent
feature of seasonal variation. With the exception of India
in the Oriental Region, and South Africa in the Ethiopian
Region, none of the hot or warmer countries have hitherto
received the slightest investigation as regards this particular
subject of biological inquiry. I can find no record of any
observations in East or West Africa, in Australia, or in
Central and South America. Feeling especially the deplore
able lack of information from that paradise of butterflies, the
Neotropical Region, I consulted Dr. F. A. Dixey with the
view of ascertaiming whether the Pierinee—the group which he
has made so emphatically his own, and which in the Old
World has yielded more cases of seasonal dimorphism than
any other—offered any instances of the kind in Central or
South America. He most obligingly brought together, in
the Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum,
a series of Neotropical species of Callidryas, all of which
included forms corresponding in character with the seasonal]
varieties occurring among their Old-World congeners and
allies, viz., a larger form, of deep or rich colouring with the
underside freckling and markings strongly expressed; a
smaller form, of paler colouring, with the underside freckling
* “ Rhopalocera Nihonica: a Description of the Butterflies of Japan,”
1886-88. The species named are Papilio machaon, P. xuthus, Pieris napi,
Colias hyale, Vanessa C.-album, and Polyommatus phleas.
+ Zool. Anzeiger, 1890, p. 12. Transl. in Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
6), v, p. 200 (1890).
(Gy besa)
and markings very faint or altogether absent ; and, in addi-
tion to these, specimens holding an intermediate position be-
tween them as regards the characters mentioned. Dr. Dixey
exhibited this series (with some additions and substitutions)
at the Society’s meeting on December 7th, and explained
that, in order to meet the possible objection that the varia-
tions in question pointed to local forms, he had been careful
in the case of each species to select examples from the same
locality. The species concerned were C. vurina (Mexico), C.
neocypris (South Paraguay), C. argante (Brazil), C. agarithe
(Mexico), C. senne (Guatemala and Brazil), and C. philea
(Guatemala). There was no sufficient evidence as to the
seasons of appearance of these variations, only seven examples
(four C. argante and three C. senne) in the whole series
bearing dates of capture; but the nature of them, and the
parallelism with which they were displayed by each of the
six species, were such as to leave little doubt of their being
seasonal.
I am further indebted to Dr. Dixey for the first indication
of the occurrence of seasonal dimorphism in Australia, afforded
by the Old-World section (Catopsilia) of the same genus Ca/l-
lidryas. In one species, C. gorgophone, from Melville Island
and Queensland, gradations are found quite in correspondence
with those observed in both Indian and Neotropical - species ;
and the same phases are even more completely illustrated in
a fine series of Brisbane examples of the well-known Oriental
C. crocale, which lends some probability to Dr. Dixey’s sus-
picion that C. crocale and C. pomona (including C. catilla)
will prove to be seasonal forms of one species.*
In bringing to a close this attempt to give a general survey
of what has been published on the subject, 1 purposely abstain
* ©. crocale is an extremely variable and very widely distributed
butterfly. Mr. de Nicéville (‘‘Gazetteer of Sikkim,” 1894, p. 166 ; and
‘¢ Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,” lxiv, ii, p. 490, 1895) considers that C.
catilla cannot be held a distinct species from C. crocale, all the supposed
distinctive characters proving quite inconstant, and breaking down when
large numbers of specimens are compared. But he does not think seasonal
dimorphism comes into play here, ‘‘ the innumerable varieties which are
found in both sexes occurring at all times.”
(| ixxvne )
from indulging in any speculative disquisition on my own part,
because, however attractive to myself such a course might be,
I very much doubt if, in the present very restricted bounds
of our knowledge, it would prove of any service to the
Society. To generalise or to speculate to any good purpose
demands a considerable body of well-ascertained fact as a
basis, and this—as my remarks have shown—is precisely what
is wanting in the present instance, notwithstanding the
labours of the entomologists of distinction to whom reference
has been made. ° While fully recognising that the artificial-
temperature experiments noted above have been designed and
conducted with a skill and thoroughness truly admirable so
far as certain species of Palearctic and Nearctic Lepidoptera are
concerned, it cannot at the same time be denied that even in
Europe very little has been done to ascertain all the natural
conditions under which seasonal dimorphism occurs, or to
what extent it is adaptive to the environment; and when
we turn to the wide tropical and subtropical regions, it 1s
obvious that we stand upon merely the threshold of inquiry.
We have, indeed, from these regions—thanks to such capable
observers as De Nicéville and Marshall—some valid experi-
mental evidence to guide us, but this must be very greatly
added to, and the life-history of the dimorphic species. be
worked out from many different directions, before we can
hope to approach to a clear comprehension of the complex
problem now presented by the extraordinarily impressionable
and mutable lepidopterous organism. In studying the cases
under notice, it is impossible not to recognise that the most
diverse influences are at work,—indications of protective and
mimetic adaptation, and of sexual selection as well, being com-
bined or contrasted with the effects of varying temperatures
and degrees of atmospheric humidity, and with distinct ten-
dencies in the direction of reversion to ancestral characters.
The investigation is one to tax the insight and resource of
the ablest and most zealous naturalists, and demands unre-
mitting and most exact observation and record, with carefully
controlled breeding from the ova for many successive genera-
tions, during a considerable series of years. I am as fully
persuaded now as I was on the occasion of my last year’s
( Ixxvii )
Address, that such researches as these can never be satisfac-
torily prosecuted, and still less brought to any interpretation
of permanent scientific value, without the establishment in
tropical countries of fitly equipped Biological Stations for the
special observation and study, under as natural conditions as
possible, of the surrounding terrestrial fauna. It is unneces-
sary to dwell upon the manifest advantages attendant on
well-directed work pursued steadily and continuously in such
a zoological observatory, planted in the very midst of the
abounding forms of tropical life, or to do more than mention
the exceptionally favourable opportunities for discovery that
would thus be afforded. In conclusion, therefore, I will simply
express my firm conviction that from a few well organised
stations of this kind, on carefully chosen sites in the four
great tropical regions, Science would gain more in ten years
than from the casual and incomplete observations of ordinary
collectors and travellers for the next half century.
(Se ixiscer:)
LN) Eh Xe
Notrt.—Where the name only of the {Genus or Species is mentioned, the
description will be found on the page referred to.
The Arabic figures refer ‘to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman
numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings,
New Genera and Species, and those which have been redescribed, will be
found in detail, but in faunistic papers the contents are arranged
generically under the headings of those papers.
The President’s Address is not separately indexed.
Page Page
GENERAL) SUBJECTS) jc. cesescesse se] SIR] EREMIEPTER AS eee tenet esteceenees -7-L XXCKAT
@OMEOPTERAW sce) cet scasceecter creme EE IGEPIDOPTERIAY sreseaceteeteres see XXKOT
DIPTERA] sostscvesccsmsciccess eocee eX XG NEUROPTERA ...... ......0.+-+-s-IXXXVIl
ORTHOPTERA:s.:essedtessecesees Ixxxviii
_—_——————————
GENERAL SUBJECTS.
Aberrant forms of British Lepidoptera, exhibited, xix.
Abnormality in Zygena exulans, exhibited, iv.
Altai Mountains, account of journey to and lepidopterous fauna of
(H. J. Elwes), xxxvii.
Annual Meeting, xliv.
Autograph Letters, ete., belonging to the Society, exhibited, xv.
Balance Sheet, xlviii.
Biological chart of British Isles, exhibited, xxi.
Buprestid larva, dormant, in wood, exhibited, xxxiv.
Burnished golden beetles, exhibited and discussed, xx.
Dyscritina, further notes on (E. E. Green), 381.—Appendix on the Species of,
reared by Mr. Green (M. Burr), 387.—exhibition of, and discussion on, xv.
Electric light, Lepidoptera taken at, from Zermatt, exhibited, xxxix.
Erebia, papers, exhibitions and discussion on the genus, v.
Frenulum of the Lepidoptera, On the (G. C. Griffiths), 121.
Great Britain, Acridium xgyptium, introduced into, exhibited, xiii, xiv.—
San José scale in, discussion on the alleged occurrence of, xiii.
Hybridisation of Tephrosia bistortata and T, crepuscularia (J. W. Tutt), 17.
OM Eeee))
Hyeres, diptera from, exhibited, xvii.
Insect-injury, of Caryoborus, sp. to seeds of Attalea funifera, exhibition,
xxxv.—of Scolytidee to various oriental plants, 428,
Melanic forms of Arctia lubricipeda, exhibited, xxix.
Mites attacking dried insects, i.
Norway, butterflies from, exhibited and discussed, x].
President’s Address, xlix.
Protective colouring of pups of Papilio machaon, P. podalirius, Pieris
brassicae, P. napt, exhibitions and discussion, xxx.
Seasonal dimorphism in Belcnois (A. G. Butler), 431.—in Precis octavia and
P. sesamus, exhibition and discussion, xxiv.—in neotropical Pierinz,
exhibition and account of, xxxix. (See also President’s Address.)
Stainton library, bequest of books from, xxil.
Temperature experiments, results of, exhibited, iii—on lepidopterous pupe,
results of, exhibited, xxxiv.
Varietal races of Lepidoptera, bred, exhibited and discussed :—<A mphidasys
betularia, xxxvi.—Hemerophila abruptaria, ii.—Pararge egeria, xxv.—
Teniocampa ygothica, xxix.—Zonosoma annulata, xxiii.
Wigtonshire, Lepidoptera from, exhibited, xxiii.
Xyloryctine, exhibition and account of larval habits, ete. (Lord Walsing-
ham), vili.
COLEOPTERA.
Acts vestita, referred to T'richostola, 118.
Anoplognathus aureus, exhibited and discussed, xx.
Apoderus tenuissimus, exhibited, iv.
Bagous lutosus, exhibited, iv.
Buprestid larva, dormant, in wood, exhibited, xxxiv.
Carabide, List of, collected in the region of the Straits of Gibraltar (Mr. G.
C. Champion), 67.
Carabus monilis, variety of, exhibited, xxi.
Caryoborus, stages of, in seeds of Attalea funifera, exhibited, xxxv.
Cicindelide, List of, collected in the region of the Straits of Gibraltar (Mr.
G. C. Champion), 66.
Clytus mysticus, var. hieroglyphicus, exhibited, xxii.
Coccotrypes integer, referred to, 424.
Diamerus fict, n. s., 426.
Eumolpide, from Mauritius and Réunion (M. Jacoby), 113.
Harpalus frélichi, exhibited, xvii.
Lvongius mauritiv, n. s., 118.
Lathridius filum, exhibited, xxi.
Leiopus nebulosus, var., exhibited, xxii.
Micropsalis durnfordi, exhibited and referred to, xvi.
Nossicecus lateralis, n. s., 119.
Pelophila borealis, The larva of (W. F. Johnson and G. H. Carpenter),
138.
Phitonthus fuscus, from Chatham, exhibited, xx.
Phleosinus cribratus, referred to, 425.
Plusiotis resplendens, exhibited and discussed, xx.
(7 een, 5)
St. Vincent, Grenada and the Grenadines, List of the Clavicorn Coleoptera
of (G. C. Champion),393. Species of the following families and genera
enumerated and referred to: Acritus, 395.—Bactridium, 410.—LBothri-
deres, 402.—Brachypeplus, 396.—Brachypterus, 395.—Byrrhide, 411.—
Camptodes, 399.—Carcinops, 394.—Carpophilus, 397.—Cathartus, 406.—
Catolemus, 401.—Cerylon, 402.—Clinidium, 403.—Colastus, 395.—Coly-
diidx, 400.—Conotelus, 396.—Cryptamorpha, 405.—Cryptophayide, Crypto-
philus, 407.—Cueujide, 403.—Dermestes, Dermestide, Diplocelus, 411.—
Ditoma, 400.—Elinis, 412.—Europs, 409.— Haptoncus, 397.—Hister, 394.—
Histeride, 393.—ILnopeplus, 403.—Leimophleus, 404.—Lemnis, 400.—
Litargus, 410.—Loberus, 408.—Lobiopa, 399.—Lophocateres, 400.—Lyto-
peplus, 402.—Macrostola, 396.—Microbrontes, 405.—Microsicus, 401.—
Monotoma, Monotomide, 408.—Mycetophagidx, 410.—Nausibius, 407.—
Nematidium, 402.—Neotrichus, 401.—WNitidulide, 395.—Nosodendron,
411.—Pallodes, 399.— Parnidex, 411.— Paromalus, 394.— Penthelispa, 401.—
Phanocerus, 412.—Phelister, 393.—Philothermus, 403.—Psephenops, 411.—
Pycnomerus, 401.—Rhysodidw, 403.—Saprinus, 395.—Silvanus, 405.—
Sosylus, 402.—Stelidota, 398.—Synchita, 400.—Telephanus, 404.—Temno-
chila, 400.—Tenebroides, 399.—Tistphone, 410.—Trogositide, 399,—
Typhxa, 410.—Xevanchorinus, 412.
Scolytidz, On some oriental, of economic importance (W. F. H. Blandford),
423.
Scolytoplatypus brahma, n. 8., 425.
Staphylinide, List of, collected in the region of the Straits of Gibraltar (Mr.
G. C. Champion), 86.
Trichostola, new species :—alluaudi, 117.—aurata, 115.—striatipennis, 116.—
variegata, 116. T. vestita, 113.—puberula, 114, referred to.
Xyleborus discolor, n. s., 429.—gravidus, n. s., 427.—mancus, n.s., 428.
DIPTERA.
Asarcina salviw, referred to, 414.
Baccha sapphirina, referred to, 415.
Callicera fagesit, referred to, xviii.
Eristalis aneus, var. taphicus, quinquelineatus, teniops, referred to, 415.
Eumerus lunatus, obliquus, referred to, 422.
Helophilus africanus, n. s., 416.
Hyéres, Diptera from, exhibited, of genera Andrenosoma, Anthrax, Bombylius,
Bothria, Brachypalpus, Callicera, Chrysotoxum, Eumerus, Gonia, Gymno-
soma, Limnia, Macquartia, Mallota, Merodon, Peleteria, Pelidnoptera,
Phorocera, Platystoma, Syrphus, Tachina, xvii.
Paragus longiventris, serratus, referred to, 413.
Seotland, Diptera from, exhibited, of genera Cephenomyia, Evistalis, Laphria,
Physocephala, Pogonota, Spilomyia, Syrphus, Volucella, Xylota, xxix.
Simoides crassipes, referred to, 416.
Syritta latitarsata, 418.—fasciata, referred to, 421.
Syrphide, Notes on some, collected near Aden by Col. J. W. Yerbury (G.
H. Verrall), 413.
Syrphus adligatus, eyyptius, referred to, 414.
Trichopalpus fraternus, from Wicken Fen, exhibited, xxx.
( Txscxt 9)
HEMIPTERA.
Acanthia tnodora, exhibited, xiv.
Amblystira pallipes, referred to, 61.
Aspidiotus perniciosus in Great Britain, discussion on the alleged occurrence
of, xiii.
Corythucha fuscomaculata, referred to, 57.
Dolichocysta, nu. g.,56.—D. venusta, n. s., 57.
Gargaphia trichoptera, referred to, 58.
Hydrocores, species exhibited of genera Enicocephalus, Gerris, Rhewinatobates
Trepobates, Xiil.
Isodermus gayi and I. planus, exhibited, iii.
Leptobyrsa steint, referred to, 58.
Leptocysta sexnebulosa, referred to, 61,
Leptodictya fuscocincta, referred *%o, 60.
Leptopharsa elegantula, referred to, 60.
Leptostyla furcata, referred to, 60.
Monanthia loricata, parmata, referred to, 64.
Pachycysta, a. g., 59.—P. diaphana, un. s., 59.
Spherocysta globifera, referred to, 61.
Stephanitis mitrata, referred to, 58.
Teleonemia brevipennis, n. s., 63.—longicornis, n. 8., 62.—aterrima, belfragii,
limbata, luctuosa, morio, prolixa, validicornis, referred to, 62.
Tigava precellens, referred to, 61.
Tingitide, notes on American and other (G. C. Champion), 55.—Genera and
species belonging thereto referred to: Acanthochila, 60.—Alyattes, 55.—
Amblystira, 61.—Corythaica, 58.—Corythucha, 57.—Dolichocysta, n. g.,
55.—Eurypharsa, 63.—Gargaphia, 58.—Leptobyrsa, 58.—Leptocysta, 61.—
Leptodictya, Leptopharsa, Leptostyla,60.—Leptoypha, 61.—Monanthia, 64.—
Pachycysta, n. g., 59.—Phyllotingis, 55.—Solenostoma, 56.—Sphxrocysta,
61.—Teleonemia, Tigava, 61.—Tingis, 58.
LEPIDOPTERA.
Abraxas grossulariata, varieties of, exhibited.
Acidalia herbariata, exhibited, xxiii.
Acrxa hypoleuca, 0. $., 2
Actias selene, referred to, 262.
African butterflies, On some new or little-known species of (R. Trimen), 1.
Agalope immaculata, n. s., 348.
Agrotis cinerea, aberrant form of, exhibited, xx.
Altai mountains, account of journey to, and lepidopterous fauna of (H. J.
Elwes), 169.
American Rhopalocera, Descriptions of new species of (F.D. Godman and O.
Salvin), 105.
Amphidasys betularia, varietal race of, exhibited and discussed, xxxvi.
Anchocelis rufina, variety of, exhibited, xl.
( iexx )
Antilles, The Moths of the Lesser (Sir G. F. Hampson), 241. Species belong-
ing to the following families and genera enumerated and referred to:—
Acronycta, 245.—Agrotis, 244.—Ammalo, 243.—Amphigonia, 252.—Am-
phonyx, 258.—Amyna, 247.—Anceryxr, 258.—Anomis, 253.—Arctiade
242.—Attacus, 258.—Atethmia, 247.—Automeris, 258.—Azeta, 252.—
Baniana, 251.—Bendis, 253.—Bleptina, 254.—Callopistria, 247.—Capnodes,
253.—Caradrina, 245.—Cassandria, 249.—Catephia, 250.—Chadisra, 259.—
Chexrocampa, 258.—Chusaris, 257.—Cisthene, 243.—Concana, 253.—Coru-
batha, 247.—Cosmophila, 250.—Cosmosoma, 242.—Cosside, 259.—Cropia,
244.—Cucullia, 245.—Cydosia, 243.—Deiopeia, 243.—Dilophonota, 258.—
Ditrogoptera, nu. g., 256.—Drepanopalpia, n. g., 255.—Duomitus, 259.—
Ecpantheria, 243.—Enyo, 259.—Epidromia, 252.— Erebus, 250. —Eublemma,
248.—Eucereon, 242.—Euplexia, 245.—Eutelia, 249.—Euthisanotia, 244.—
Givira, 260.—Glympis, 252.—Gonodonta, 253.—Halisidota, 242.—Heliothis,
244,— Hemiceras, 259.—Hyblxa, 244.—Hypena, 2571.—Hypside, 258.—
TIngura, 249.—TIsogonia, 254.—Itonia, 253.—Laurona, 258.—Letis, 250.—
Leucania, 244.—Limacodidx, 259.—Melipotis, 251.—Neoselca,n. g., 244.—
Noctuidx, 244.—Nodaria, 255.—Notodontide, Nystalea, 259.—Otketicus,
260.—Omimatochila, 247.—Ophiusa, 251.—Oresia, 253.—Orthocraspeda,
259.—Palindia, 249.—Palthis, 254.—Panula, 251.—Parachabora, 249.—
Pareuchxtes, 242.—Peosina, 250.—Pheta, 241.—Philampelus, »258.—
Pleonectyptera, 252.—Plusia, 253.—Poaphila, 252.—Polydesma, 250.—
Prodenia, 245.—Protoparce, 258.—Pseudcraspedia, 256.—Pseudobendis,
251.—Psychidx, 260.—Raparna, 253.—Remigia, 252.—Rhesena, 257.—
Rhuda, 259.—Saturniadxe, 258.—Selenis, 254.—Semyra, 259.—Sphingidx,
258.—Spragueia, 247.—Stictoptera, 249.-—Syntomeida, 242.—Syntomida,
241.—Tarachidia, n. g., 248.—Teratocera, Thermesia, 252.—Tortricodes,
255.—NXanthoptera, 247.—Yrias, 254.
Aphnxus erikssoni, 3,9.
Arbudas albofascia, nu. 8., 340.
Arctia lubricipeda, dark forms of, exhibited, xxix.
Artona albomacula, n. s., 329.—cuneonotata, n. s., 328.
Augata chinensis, n. 8., 362.—iminuta, n. s., 362.
Baniana veluticollis, n. s., 251. ,
Belenois, notes on seasonal forms of (A. G. Butler), 432. BL. formosa, n. s.,
434.—gidica, 436.—occidentis, n. s., 438. Species referred to, B. abys-
sinica, 437.—clarissa,436.—crawshayt, 434.—creona, 435.—dentigera, 433.—
hedyle, 432.—instabilis, 433.—java, 436.—j ohannx, 435.—leucogyne, 435.—
mesentina, 435.—peristhene, 435.—raffray?, 436.—severina, 434.—subcida,
433.—teutonia, 435.—thysa, 432.—westwoodi, 437.
Bombyx quercus, variety of, exhibited,
Brenthis aphirape and var. ossianus, from Norway, exhibited, xli.
Calligenia miniata, varieties of, exhibited, xiv.
Callithomia, new species:—butes, 110.—imegaleas, 111.—philomela, 111.—
procne, 110.
Campylotes romanovi, n. S., 346.
Capnodes distacta, n. s., 254.
Caradrina fuscimacula, n. subsp., 246.—tristicta, n. s. 246. C. ambigua, from
South Devon, exhibited, xvii.
Catephia seriptura, n. s., 251.
( lexxiv *))
Chalcosia alpherakyt, vn. s., 345.—reticularis, n. s., 344.—suffusa, a. s., 343.
China, Northern, Japan and Corea, ‘Lepidoptera Heterocera from (J. H.
Leech), 261. Species belonging to the following families and genera
enumerated and alluded to:—<Acanthopsyche, 352.—Acherontia, 274.—
Acosmeryx, 281.—Actias, 261.—Adscita, 331.—Ayalope, 348.—Aglaope,
325.—Aglia, 269.—Ambulyx, 280.—Ampelophaga, 281.—Amuria, 332.—
Andraca, 272.—Antherwa, 264.—Anticyra, 302.—Apha, Apona, 273.—
Arbudas, 340.—Arxocera, 332.—Artona, 328.—Attacus, 264.—Auzata,
362.—Aczygophleps, 354.—Basiana, 280.—Bintha, 326.—Bombycide,
Bombyx, 271.—Brachionycha, 304.—Brahnwa, Brahmaxide, 269.—LBre-
merida, 827.—Caligula, 264.—Callicilix, 361.—Callidulide, 358.—Campto-
chilus, 872.—Campylotes, 346.—Cephonodes, 296.—Cerura, 307.—Chwero-
campa, 282.—Chaleosia, 343.—Chelura, 349.—Chrysartona, 327.—Cilia,
371.—Cinogon, 290.—Clania, 351.—Clelea, 330.—Cnethodonta, 305.—
Cossidx, Cossus, 353.—Cyclosia, 845.—Daphnusa, 279.—Deilephila, 285.—
Deroca, 370.—Dicranura, 308.—Dilina, 278.—Dolbina, 289. ~Drepana
365.—Drepanulide, 359.—Drymonia, 303.—Dudusa, 297.—Edema, 300.—
Eleysma, 349.—LEvrasiia, 346.—Euchera, 359.—Eupterote, 274.—Euptero-
tide, 273.—Fentonia, 304.—Gangarides, 273.—Gelastocera, 316.—Gor-
gopis, 357.—Gurelca, 291.—Hemaris, 294.—Hepialide, 355.—Hepialus
357.—Herimba, 358.—Herpa, 340.—Heterusia, 341.—Histia, 347.—Hylo-
icus, 287.—Hy pereschra, 311.—Hyperthyris, 319.—Hypolamprus, 378.—
Hypsomadius, 369.—Ichthyura, 316.—Llliberis, 332.—Kentrochrysalis,
289.—Leucodonta, 816.—Leucodrepana, 363.—Leucophlchia, 279.—Loepa,
267.—Lophocosma, 311.—Lophopteryx, 312.—Macrauzata, 361.—JJacro-
ctliz, 360.—Macroglossa, 292.—Metopsilus, 286.—Microphalera, 309.—
Milleria, 342,—Mustilia, 272.—Nadata, 297.—WNerice, 318.—Norraca,
302.—Wotodonta, 310.—WNotodontidx, 297.—Oreta, 371.—Phacusa, 335.—
Phalacra, 371.—Phalera, 298.—Phassus, 355.—Phauda, 350.—Pheosia,
309.— Phragmatecia, 355.—Piarosoma, 336.—Pidorus, 338.—Plateumeta,
352.—Platychasma, 314.—Plustogramnma, 317.—Polyptychus, 276.—Pris-
mosticta, 274.—Protoparce, 286.—Pryeria, 350.—Pseudopsyche, 332.—
Pseudosphinx, 288.—Psyche, 352.—Psychide, 351.—Pterodecta, 358.—
Pterostoma, 314.—Ptilophora, 312.—Pydna, 300.—Pygera, 318.—Pyri-
niotdes, 375.—Retina, 337.—Rhodinia, 268.—Rhodoneura, 376.—Rhopalo-
psyche, 291.—Rondotia, 271.—Salassa, 268.—Sataspes, 294.—Saturnia,
266.—Saturniida, 261.—Sericophora, 375.—Smerinthus, 278.—Somera,
306.—Soritia, 336.—Spatalia, 315.—Sphecodina, 294.—Sphingide, 274.—
Sphinx, 287.—Spica, 369.—Stauropus, 305.—Striglina, 373.—Syntomide,
Syntomis, 319.—Tarsolepis, 297. —Tasema, 330.—Teldenia, 362.—Theretra,
286.—Thyrassia, 330.—Thyridide, 373.—Thyris, 378.—Uropyia, 305.—
Zeuzera, 804.—Zyyena, Zyyxnide, 325.
Chusaris bilineata, n. s., 257.
Cisthene metoxta, nv. s., 248.
Clisiocampa neustria, aberrant form of, exhibited, xix,
Colias paleno, from Norway, exhibited, xli.
Coremia ferrugata, aberrant form of, exhibited, xx.
Cosmosoma hypocheilus, n. s., 242.
Cryptophasa, referred to, ix.
(ole? =)
Cynthia cardut, aberrant form of, exhibited, xix.
Desmolycena, a. g., 7.—D. mazoensis, n. s., 8.
Diantheecia luteago, varieties of, exhibited, iii.
Dicrorhampha alpinana, flavidorsana, questionana, petiverella, exhibited and
discussed, xxviii.
Ditrogoptera, n. g., 256.—D. trilineata, n. s., 256.
Drepana, new species:—fenestra, 368.—yrisearia, 365.—manleyi, 366.—
rubromaryinata, 365.
Drepanopalpia, n. g., 255.—D. polycyma, un. s., 256.
Duomitus punctifer, n. s., 259.
Durbania pallida, u. s., 12.
Enodia hyperanthus, variety of, exhibited, iv.
Erebia, the genus, A revision of (H. J. Elwes), 169;—A review of, based on
an examination of the male appendages (T. A. Chapman), 209. Phylo-
genetic table, 215. Synopsis of species, 174. Table of geographical
distribution, 206. Species and varieties alluded to:—E. adyte, 198,
216.—athiops, 220.—afra, 204.—ajanensis, 197, 216.—alemena, 194, 221.—
alexandra, 231.—almangovix, 225.—arete, 218.—astur, 192.—brucet, 190.—
cecilia, 189, 216.—callias, 223.—casstope, 218.—ceto, 189, 219.—christi,
187, 218.—cyclopius, 208, 228.—dabanensis, 199, 232.—dalmata, 204.—
disa, 199, 228, xlii.—discoidalis, 202, 232.—edda, 231.—embla, 199, 228,
xliiiepiphron, 218.—epipsodea, 190, 230.—epistygne, 224.—erinna, 204,
233.—eriphyle, 184, 217.—ero, 202, 228.—ethela, 188, 219.—ewryale, 196
216.—euryaloides, 198.—evias, 227.—fasciata, 203, 232.—flavofasciata
186, 219.—gertha, 231.—qlacialis, 191, 222.—goante, 226.—ygorge, 222.—
gorgone, 194, 221.—haberhauert, 188, 219.—hades, 233.—herse, 233.—
hewitsont, 192, 229.—hippomedusa, 190.—hispana, 223.—intermedia, 203.—
ttalica, 193.—jeniseiensis, 198.—jordana, 233.—kalmuka, 231.—kefer-
steint, 186, 218.—kindermanni, 187.—lama, 201.—lappona, 227.—lefebvre?,
191, 225.—ligea, 196, 214.—livonica, 198.—magdalena, 203, 233.—man-
ctnus, 200.—manto, 189, 217.—maracandica, 233.—margarita, 195, 225.—
mauristus, 187, 219.—medusa, 189, 228, xliii—melampus, 218.—inelan-
cholica, 194.—melas, 191, 225, 226.—melusina, 220.—meta, 231.—nnestra
221.—mopsos, 231.—morula, 193, 226.—imyops, 233.—nelamus, 218.—
neoridas, 224.—nerine, 193, 226.—niphonica, 220.—ocellaris, 197.—ocnus,
231.—eme, 190, 226.—ottomana, 222.—parmenio, 233.—pawlowsky?, 188,
219.—pharte, 218.—pitho, 194, 225.—polaris, 190, xlii.—pronoe, 194,
225.—pyrenaica, 194, 223.—pyrenea, 192.—pyrrhula, 189, 217.—radians,
231.—retchlin?, 193.—rosst, 202, 228.—scipio, 194, 225.—sedakovt, 195,
220.—sibo, 231.—sofia, 188.—spodia, 190.—stelviana, 193.—stubbendoryi,
188.—stygne, 192, 226.—succulenta, 201.—theano, 188, 219.—tristis, 232.—
tundra, 199, 282.—turanica, 231.—tyndarus, 223.—uralensis, 190,—vales-
taca, 192.—vidleri, 195, 216.—yssica, 231.—zapateri, 225.
Evebia valesiaca, vu. var., 192.—vidler?, n. s.,195. Specimens of FL. exhibited,
vi; of disa, embla, ligea, medusa, polaris, from Norway, exhibited, xli.
E. ligea in Great Britain, referred to, viii.
Eriocephala allionella, The larva of (T. A. Chapman), 391.
Eublemma rosescens, 0. s., 248.
Euchera fractifasciata, n. s., 360.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. v.. 1898. G
(C laxxvir >)
Eupterote chinensis, n. s., 274.
Euschemon rafflesiv, referred to, 124.
Frenulum of the Lepidoptera, On the (G. C. Griffiths), 121.
Givira pulverosa, 1. s., 260.
Hemerophila abruptaria, varieties of, exhibited and described, ii.
Herimba flavilinea, n. s.,359.—nigropuncta n. s., 348.
Herpa ochvacea, n. s., 340.
Heterogyna penella, Some remarks on (T. A. Chapman), 141.
Hydrilla palustris @ , from Carlisle, exhibited, iv.
Llliberis consimilis, n. s., 334.—ochracea, n. s., 335.
Inguva canofusa, n. s., 249,
Lolaus alienus, n. s.. 10.
Leucodrepana? lineata, n. s., 364.—L. quinquelineata, n. s., 364.
Lophopteryx umbrosa, n. s., 313.
Lozopera beatricella and allied species, exhibited, xxviii.
Lycexna gigantea, vu. s., 4.
Mechanitis equicolortdes, n. s., 109.—sylvanoides, n. s., 110,
Melinxa crameri, egesta, macaria, n. spp, 107.
Melitwa artemis, aberrant form of, exhibited, xix.
Methona psamathe, n. s., 108.
Mimacrea marshalli, n.s., 13.
M. charmian, referred to, 13.
Nemeophila plantaginis, aberrant forms of, exhibited, xix.
Neoselca, n. g., 244.
Nodaria griseirena, a. 8., 255.
(Eneis gutta, from Norway, exhibited, xli.
Orthocraspedia bistrigata, n. s., 259.
Papilio machaon, protective colouring of pup of, exhibition and discussion,
xxx.—of P. podalirius, xxxii. P. mikado, exhibited, iv.
Pararge egeria, bred varieties of, exhibited and discussed, xxxv.
Phatera alpheraky?, vn. s., 299.
Pheia daphnexa, n. s.. 241.
Phigalia pilosaria, aberrant form of, exhibited, xx.
Phrissura narcissus, 0. S., 136.—perlucens, n. s., 136.
Pidorus fasciatus, n. s., 339.
Pierine, African, On some new species of (A. G. Butler), 431 ;—seasonal
dimorphism in Neotropical, exhibition and account of in genera Calli-
dryas, Parura, Phebis (¥F, A. Dixey), xxxix.
Pieris brassice, protective colouring of pup of, exhibition and discussion,
xxxll.—of P. napi, xxx. P. napi, var. hryonix, referred to, xxxviii.
Porthesia chrysorrhea, winter nests of, exhibited, xxxiv.
Precis octavia, var. natalensis, and P. sesamus, exhibited and discussed (KE. B.-
Poulton), xxiv.
Pseudcraspedia melanosticta, nu. 8., 256.
Ptychoglene xanthopleura, nu. s., 248.
Pydna frugalis, a. s., 302.—insignis, n. s., 301.
Pyrgus delagox, nu. s., 15.
Retina rubiginosa, n. s., 338.
Rhodoneura parallelina, n. s., 377.
( lexxvii )
Rondotia lineata, n. s., 272.
Sericophora? brunnea, un. s., 375.
Spraguevia canofusa, n. 8., 247.
Stauvropus comatus, nv. s., 122.
Stictoptera tumidicosta, n. s., 249.
Striglina suffusa, n. 8., 374.
Teniocampa gothica, bred forms of, exhibited, xxix.
Tarachidia, un. g., 248.—T. flavibasis, n. 8., 248.—holophea, n. s., 248.
Teldenia inconspicua, n. s., 363.—sericea, Nn. 8., 363.
Temperature experiments, results of, described and exhibited, on Colias edusa,
Euchloe cardamines, Melitwa aurinia, Papilio machaon, xxxiv.
Tephrosia bistortata and T. crepuscularia, Experiments in hybridising (J. W.
Tutt), 17.
Tithorea, new species :—flacilla, 105.—furina, 105.—hermias, 106.—parola, 106.
Thyridia colombiana, n. s., 108.—pallida, n. s., 109.
Uzucha humeralis, habits described, xi.
Vanessa C-album, aberration of, exhibited, xix. V. urticw, from Norway,
exhibited, xli.—var. ichnusa, referred to, xxi.—var. polaris, referred
to, xli.
Wigtoushire, Lepidoptera from, exhibited, xxiii.
Xyloryctine, exhibition and account of (Lord Walsingham), viii.
Zermatt, Lepidoptera taken at electric light at, exhibited, xxxix.
Zonosoma annulata, series of, with aberrant forms, exhibited, xxiii.
Zygxna exulans, abnormality of, exhibited, iv.—from Finmark, exhibited,
XXXV.
NEUROPTERA.
Algeria, Neuroptera-Planipennia collected in (R. McLachlan), 151. Species
of the following families and genera referred to:—Ascalaphide, 159.—
Ascalaphus, 161.—Berotha, 162.—Bubopsis (Bubo), 159.—Chrysopa, Chiry-
sopidxe, 165.—Creagris, 154.—Gymnocnemia, 153.—Halter, 161.—Hemero-
biidw, 162.—Hemerobius, 164.—Macronemurus, 155.—Megalomus, 165.—
Micromus, 164.—Myrmecelurus, 154.—Myrmeleon, 156.—Myrmeleonidx,
151.—Nemopteridex, 161.—Neurorthus,163.—Nothochrysa, 165.—Osmylide,,
162.— Palpares, 151.—Sisyra, 162.
Berotha eatoni, n. s., 162.
Bubo hamatus, referred to, 160.
Bubopsis, n. n. for Bubo, 159. B. eatoni, n. s., 159.—gravidus, n. s., 160.
Chrysopa caviceps, n. 8.,165.—mutata, n.8.?, 167.
Creagris plumbeus, referred to, 154.
Macronemurus elegantulus, n. 8., 155.
Mucropalpus parvulus, referred to, 164.
Myrmecelurus atrox, referred to, 154.
Myrmeleon microstenus, n. 8., 157.—distinguendus, 157.—oulianin?, 156, re-
ferred to.
Neurorthus fallax, referred to, 163.
Palpares angustus, 0. 8., 152.—id., var. oranensis, nov., 153.
Tetracanthagyna, Considerations on the genus (R. McLachlan), 489. 7,
brunnea, n. 8., 442.—degors?, 443.—plagiata, 442.—vittata, n.s., 440.—
waterhouse?, n. s., 4433 species exhibited, xxxix.
( lxxxviii )
ORTHOPTERA.
Acridium xyyptium, imported, exhibited, xiii, xiv.
Acrotylus versicolor, n. s., 50.
Diplatys, imago of Dyscritina (q. v.), 387, Xv, Xvi.
Dyscritina, Further notes on (E. E. Green), 381 ;—Appendix on the species
of, reared by Mr. Green (M. Burr), 387. D. (Diplatys) longisetosa, 388,
referred to, 381—387.—nigriceps, 389, referred to (as n. sp.), 383. Speci-
mens exhibited and discussed, xv.
Eumastacide, species of, exhibited, iv.
Nemobius saussurvet, 0. s., 52.
Rumanian Orthoptera, List of (M. Burr), 48. Species belonging to the
following tribes and families enumerated and referred to:—<Acridiidx,
47.—Acridiodea, 44.—Blattodea, 44.—Callimenidx, 47.—Conocephalidx,
Decticidy, 48.—Ectobiide, 44.—Ephippigeride, 49.—Forficularia, 44.—
Gryllide, Gryllodea, 49.—Gryllotalpida, 50.—Locustodea, 47.—Wan-
tide, Mantodea, 44.—Meconemidw, 48.—Gicanthide, 49.—@dipodide,
46.—Phaneropteridx, 47.—Phyllodromiide, 44.—Tettigide, 47.—Tridacty-
lide, 50.—Tryxalide, 44.
EXPLANATION OF PuATE I.
Illustrating Mr. R. Trimen’s paper “On some new or little-known
Species of African Butterflies.”
Fic. 1. Acrxa hypoleuca, sp. n., 2.
2. Lycena gigantea, sp. i, ¢.
3 5 ss ee ee
4, Desmolycena mazvensis, gen. et sp. n., ¢.
5. Aphnxus erikssoni, Trim, ¢.
6
}. Iolaus alienus, sp. n., ¢.
~I
. Durbania pallida, sp. n., ¢.
”? 9? ” 2 i
Mimacrea marshalli, sp. 0.
SO 02
Trans Ent. Sec. Lond 1898. PL.1
>
New African Butterfhes.
i sane +4 i ' o , ie
a i 1 art ay ;
rh ; i
an ' ff : =
‘ ‘ ’ ht
fi
iL a és i <> ,
« i ‘i i
t .
~% i 1 4 a
f «
, ier ‘ x
i Y ‘ RY |: ! : -_ e
. - ‘f ;
a bog i ' a .
: Y oe me
; ; : ee
: iy - ' 7 a
t at i
‘ Ty .
7 a
a a fh
' v y
‘ : : :
,™ a
‘
4 wi
Pa
Bie Wyre xt
“v
me 4)
a> =
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II,
Mlustrating Mr. G. C, Champion’s “ Notes on American and other
Tingitide.”
Fic. 1, la Dolichocysta venusta, gen. et sp. n.
2 Corythucha fuscomaculata, Stal.
w
, 38a Stephanitis mitrata, Stal.
4 Leptobyrsa steini, Stal.
5 Gargaphia trichoptera, Stal.
fon
, 6a Pachycysta diaphana, gen. et sp. n.
~I
, Ta Leptostyla furcata, Stal.
8 Leptopharsa elegantula, Stal.
9 Leptodictya fuscocincta, Stal.
10, 10a Leptocysta sexnebulosa, Stal.
11, lla Spherocysta globifera, Stal.
12 Amblystira pallipes, Stal.
’
+
. sj
74
aa
Trans Lint Soc. Lond 1898 Pl. Hf.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
Illustrating Mr. G. C. Champion’s “‘ Notes on American and other
Tingitide.”
Fie. 1. Tigava pulchella, Stal.
2. Teleonemia (Amaurosterphus) morio, Stal.
3. 5 aterrima, Stal.
4, +5 validicornis, Stal.
5: 7 luctuosa, Stal.
6. 3 proliza, Stal.
if FF longicornis, sp. n.
8. a belfragii, Stal.
op brevipennis, sp. N.
10. - (Americia) limbata, Stal.
11. Monanthia loricata, Dist.
12. 3 parmata, Dist.
Ie
on
-
nt.soc. Lond 1898 Ft
FOTOS LS
yy
Cc
on. Cambridg
Wils
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.
Illustrating Mr. G, C. Griffiths’s paper “On the Frenulum of the
Lepidoptera.”
Fic, 1. Frenulum of Protoparce convolvuli, ¢.
‘ Sphinx ligustri, 9.
. Spinulee of Protoparce cingulata, Q .
. Spinulee of Smerinthus populi, 9°.
2
3
4. Abortive spina of Smerinthus populi, 3.
5
6. Spina of Protoparce cingulata, g.
7
. Frenulum of Composia olympia, ?.
8 5 Arctia sp., 3 (Florida).
9. 53 Callimorphia virgo, 9.
10. a Zygena ephialtes, 2.
11 + Drepana unguicula, g.
12. + Tanagra chexrophyllata, 2.
13: <5 Castnia licus, &.
14. a Euschemon rafflesix, &.
15. Spinulee of Sesia tipuliformis, ° .
16. Frenulum of Cataclysta lemnalis, ¢.
m = median nervure of forewing ; c = costa of hindwing.
4
t
Trans. Lint. Soc. Lona. 1898. Pl. IV
West, Newman lith.
The Frenulum of Lepidoptera.
Trans. int. Soc. Lord. 1898. Pl. V.
BRREBIA. West, Newman hth.
ae Ligea. 2,Euryale. 3, Cecilia. 4, Vicleri.
Trans. Ent. Sec. Lond. 1898. Pl. Vi
ee 6f 6g
EREBIA. West, Newman hth.
5, Manto. 6, Eriphyle.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pu. VI.
pp :
West, Near hth.
ERE BIA.
7, Epiphron. 8, Pharte. 9, Melampus.
Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond, 1898. Pl. Vi
asd ont NX
SEES
Se
i West, Newman hth.
EREBIA.
10, Arete. 11, Christi. 12, Kefersteim. 18, Flavofasciata.
‘ . ’
; ‘4
. . :
@ 1 -
. ; '
: " ‘i
i}
- " iJ
,
= af x
: c -
= 2s -
7 >
, . é
j
7 hoy 7 j
, :
5 \
; “, e : : oy
1 :
7. ‘ H
“ y Y, i}
. ii
1 ; r
.
7 ’
x
7
Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond. 1898. PU. IX.
EREBIA. West, Newman lith
14,Ceto. 15, Meaurisius. 16, Pawlowskyt. 17, Aithiops.
————
4 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pu. X
EREBIA. “/ 33a
West, Newman lth
17, Atthiops. 18,Alcemena. 19,Mnestra. 20, Gorgone.
al, Gorge. 22,Glacialis. a3, Ottomane.
aed
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. PU.XI.
Q4b - 2ac
24a
meee: \ / 28d pf
as s) . | \ a
= pee nie : wa Fy Ii
‘“EREBIA. on ;
: ; est, Newman lth,
24,Tyndarus. 425, Epistygne. 26, Neoridas.
27, Zapateri. 28, Pronoe.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898. Pv. XI
; aoe Ps + b/ d\] ; P
y i : ( ‘ ui ,\ i!
He z= = \ Lf =z
ae ; aS it
oN, gee he 32a { a
I) a eee
326 ; 32¢
EHREBIA. West, Newman hth
ao: Serpio. 30, Lefebvr ei. 31, Nerme. 32, Goante.
mn
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. J898.Pu. XU
ERE BIA ane
33, Stygne. 34, Came. 35, Lappona. 36, Evias.
37,Rossii. 38, Embla. 39, Cyclopius.
West, Newman lith.
Trans. Lint. Soc. Lond. 1898, Pl. XIV.
EREBIA.
West,Newaman lth.
40, Disa. 41,Medusa. 42,Hewitsomi. 43, Kpipsodea.
4.4,Meta. 45,ac. Sibo. 45,d-9. Ocnus.
Trams. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1898. Pu. XV.
)
—— ee)
NS : M—_ Se }
SQ \ SS |
46a See wi . \\ /
46b 4] :
SS pa
aD ee Se
oe nt at LS]
52¢ 52a
ERE BIA.
West Newman hth.
46,Kalmuka. 47,Radians. 48, Turanica. 49, Edda.
50, Tristis. 51, Dabanensis. 51* Tundra. 52, Discoidalis.
Trams. Lint. Soc. Lond. 1898.PU. XVI.
546
596 60a 0b
BREBIA. West Newman hth.
_53,Fasciata. 54,Parmemo, 55,Afra. 56, Myops.
57, Maracandica. 58,Jordana. 59,Hades. 60,Herse.
porn
Sat ie
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Illustrating Sir George F. Hampson’s paper on “‘The Moths of the
Lesser Antilles.”
Figs. 1, 15. Ptychoglene xcanthopleura.
2. Caradrina tristicta.
3. Tarachidia flavibasis.
4. Spragueia canofusa.
5. Stictoptera tumidicosta.
6. Pseudcraspedia melanosticta.
7. Baniana veluticollis.
8. Cisthene metoxia.
9. Eublemma rosescens.
10. Catephia scriptura.
11, Duomitus punctifer.
12. Givira pulverosa.
13. Nodaria grisevrena.
14. Drepanopalpia polyeyma.
16. Ingura canofusa,
17. Tarachidia holophea.
18. Chusaris bisinuata.
19. Capnodes distacta.
20. Ditrogoptera trilineata.
21. Orthocraspeda bistrigata.
bh ane Ata i a Ay
i ui
ae +a at )
Piatra ay: anh ‘SY
y a NAVE
i
T rz Cc a yay po Tr
Frans. int, Soc. Lond. 1898 Pl. XVI.
West, Newman chromo
.
we
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
Illustrating Mr. E, Ernest Green’s “Further Notes on Dyseritina,
Westw.”, and Mr, M. Burr’s Appendix thereto.
Diplatys (Dyscritina) nigriceps, Kirby.
Fic. 1. Penultimate stage, after loss of caudal appendages.
2, Fully grown larva.
3. Adult female.
Diplatys (Dyscritina) longisetosa, Westw.
Fic, 4. Fully grown larva.
5, Adult female.
16, Part of caudal appendage of larva.
tite ath, on
Pere ith Uae sia
a te
| a
re ey
Th. Bannwarth, lith. et imp.Vienna,
E.E.Green del
ise
K
5)
UL
FORMATI(
RANS
AU:
AWSU
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
Illustrating Mr. E. Ernest Green’s “ Further Notes on Dyscritina,
Westw.”, and Mr. M. Burr’s Appendix thereto.
Diplatys (Dyseritina) nigriceps, Kirby.
Fie. 6. Adult male with expanded wings.
7. Extremity of labial palpus, showing tactile organ.
8. Pygidium and forceps of adult female.
_
or
.
Part of caudal appendage of larva.
Diplatys (Dyscritina) longisetosa, Westw.
Fic. 9. Pygidium and forceps of adult female.
10. First abdominal segment of larva, showing the dorsal
glandular folds.
11. Caudal appendages of penultimate stage, shortly be-
fore the final change.
12. Part of antenna of adult female, showing auditory (?)
organs.
13. Terminal joint of larval antenna (after treatment
with potash).
14. Posterior tarsus of adult female.
hae
vee? ; wa oy an
ne 4 ie
fait, ann *
a its - oo
> rie ire var ne
atte en rey Lo
a avg
ile
Pai hs AN
eT ne we =
ue Ya Kim ie fim mut tat
a uni iste A) ath vi “ fi ny Das Wins ‘| hie nd
| if vf pas Nh iinet 2 _
ip tb
aital, mun M, “nt iy 7
: er sale
% Oy 7 t) :
Bee ue) ae 7 AN AE ik *T
om ae kee i
i
Ae hts ite Aunts ul
RN) r Li
%
*
a
-
q
]
Th. Bannwarth, ith et imp.Vienna.
E.E.Green del.
THE TRANSFORMATIONS OF DYSCRITINA (DIPLATYS).
ay |
ey it
I
Oe Ta i
ee
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
UA TU UN
a
a
P a ‘
ha
we me
s
Pe as
pa? Sree
y F 7 t S r : &
us “*£ $ ' } oe Ps sere
» rt rr 4 ’ : ' were s.
io ; i ey i _ z i 7 ‘. a ‘ " ce ‘ ») ‘i " Se date 2 i "3 ERIE wx
_ aassermine = pete ke TES SAE ETE GRO UR™ PF LO PPT PE PEE TOS IN PONE FRO IRL IP NF i Sar ‘ . FSR i arb eit ae ese Heth ASEH woe oven
isonet Soe - : - t Koper )odns aoa ae SOR One pty Pipe Me FD PASS INE EL BCE BIS ESTER EE Be RR TEI POR kk . Ea ae ass a ae Bea eS BE Re ia a
Sti Ninn 5e ASHE
-
\
mt.
A
iB